-ilTE VOUr. NAME IN TMIJ ^PACE ONLY. 
 
 mjTFrrr 
 
 LJBRXRY f 
 
 UNIVERSITY Of I 
 CAIIFORNIA J 
 
 mOATlOIf IIIB, 
 
^/ 
 
THE 
 
 - . i 
 
 A SHORT AND Practical Method ' 
 
 OP i 
 
 8 
 \ 
 
 A.CQUIRING COMPLETE FLUENCY OF SPEECII 
 
 I 
 
 IS THE \ 
 
 GERMAN" LANGUAGE. I 
 
 By Dr. Riceabd ?? Rosenthal, ! 
 
 i 
 
 LASTS Director of the " Akademie fur frkm3>e Sprachen" in Berlin ak^ 
 
 Leipzig, of the " Meistebschaft College" in London, and Pein- -j 
 
 CiPAii of the "Meistebschaft School of PRACTioAii \ 
 
 Lenguistby" in New York and Boston. j 
 
 IN FIFTEEN PARTS. 
 
 PAET L 
 
 BOSTON: \ 
 
 THE MEISTERSCHAFT PUBLICATION COMPANY. \ 
 
 1887. ] 
 
Copyright, 
 
 B? Richard S. RosEMXHiMUfc 
 
 i88a. 
 
The JHeistcrschaft Systeni. ^ 
 
 \%12 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 It is a widely known and acknowledged fact that, ] 
 although cur young men and women study German I 
 and French for years, frequently under the tuition of j 
 able native masters, they very rarely attain any degree j 
 of \ 
 
 PRACTICAL FLUENCY IN SPEAKING THESE- 
 TONGUES.   
 
 In oui times, when internationai commerce and in- ] 
 tercourse is so constantly increasmg, our schools and \ 
 colleges must aim at other and more practical results ; 
 than heretofore were considered necessar}. j 
 
 It IS no longer sufficient to teach the student the j 
 grammatical peculiarities of French and German, and I 
 to introduce him into the classic literature of these Ian- "j 
 guages ; but f/ie true end and aim of our linguistic education \ 
 must be to actually speak the mode7'7i tongues^ and to I'eally be \ 
 able to con7'erse in them fluently and idiomatically. i 
 
 "The usual mistake," says the New York World^ 
 in an able editorial on the study of modern languages, J 
 " in America, throughout the majority of schools, is ! 
 that in studying a foreign tongue more actual study is | 
 put upon English and a formation of a smooth transia- ? 
 tion than in building up and acquiring the language in \ 
 question. But whatever the faults of teachers or of the ] 
 
 527 ; 
 
system, of one fact the parents and public are painfully 
 assured, and that is that after years of study the schol- 
 ars are still unable to speak and write \he language, 
 and with difficulty can even read it. Everybody 
 knows how he has been able to repeat page«: of gram- 
 matical rules and foreign words, and then, amid his con- 
 gratulations on mastering so much, how some day he 
 has found himself stranded in a foreign land only to 
 discover that he has no use for the rules and words he 
 has learned-^that somehow and strangely enough the 
 people have quite a different stock of language." 
 
 For two, three, and frequently five years the pupils 
 • — according to our present false and unnatural systems 
 — study different French and German grammars, man- 
 uals, and vocabularies ; they learn to conjugate and to 
 decline, to parse and to analyze, etc. 
 
 If a boy will learn how to build a chair his master 
 does not give him chairs to break asunder ; but rather 
 wood to build them with. He does not tear apart, but 
 builds up. So, if one would learn French, or any for- 
 eign speech, his work must not consist of taking a cer- 
 tain amount of French, tearing it into bits, and then 
 building it up into good English, which he already 
 knows, but it must be just the reverse. 
 
 In our preparatory schools, our seminaries, the best 
 of all our colleges and universities — indeed throughout 
 our whole land, the greater part of the time is spent in 
 this false and absurd way — and the student who takes 
 a piece of Latin, Greek. French, or German, and renders 
 it into the smoothest English, stands first and best 
 above his fellows. 
 
5 
 
 It is an utter deception ; for the same student wo'.l:! 
 be quite unable to reverse the process and render the 
 same amount of English into even a passable foreign 
 phrase. In one word, our schools educate philologists 
 and grammarians, but only in rare instances do they 
 turn out practical linguists. 
 
 Of what 2ise^ JwiveT-er^ is a perfect knowledge of ah 
 granwiaiical Fre7ich rules to the tourist who fails to under- 
 stand the simple utterances of even a raihvay porter ^ and whc 
 after five years' study of the best French grammars^ can 
 scarcely ask for his common necessities ? 
 
 To understand the grammar of a language is desir- 
 able, but it is by no means so important as being able 
 to speak the language. 
 
 As v^e can never become painters by the critical 
 study of pictures, so we can never hape to make our- 
 selves practical linguists by the mere study of gram- 
 mar. 
 
 Or to use a still clearer illustration : We may 
 understand perfectly the theory of swimming, but this 
 theoretical knowledge will be of little practical help 
 when we are obliged to take the first actual plunge. 
 
 These are incofitrovertible facts^ felt and acknowl- 
 edged not only by almost all learners, but even by the 
 majority of our teachers. 
 THE TASK OF LEARNING A FOREIGN LAN- 
 
 GUAGE 
 has hitherto been so difficult, so wearisome and produc- 
 tive of so little efficiency, that few persons of mature 
 age have attempted it, however great their need of it 
 either for business purposes or for cultivation. 
 
•' These difficulties," writes Z>r. Heinrich Schliemann^ 
 the celebrated explorer of Greek antiquities, " havo now 
 been happily obviated by the 
 
 ' MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM,' 
 which is simply a scientific adaptation of the natural 
 method by which all persons, whether children or 
 adults, educated or otherwise, rapidly and correctly 
 acquire the language which they constantly hear, and 
 which they are instinctively impelled to imitate when 
 resident in a foreign country." 
 
 HOW THE MEISTERSCHAFT SYSTEM 
 TEACHES. 
 Jacotot, P render gast^ Bayard Taylor^ and others proved 
 years ago that 
 
 the Speaking of Foreign Tongues 
 is not a matter of the intellect^ as shown by the fact that 
 children acquire a foreign language much moie rapidly 
 than grown persons. 
 
 They have neither teacher, book, nor interpreter ; 
 they are frequently too young to read or write in their 
 own tongue ; they understand nothing about the prin- 
 ciples of grammar ; they do not think about this or 
 that method of acquiring the language ; yet without 
 tninking at all, in coming either to Calcutta or Paris — 
 they rapidly enunciate the foreign sounds correctly, and 
 in a few short weeks chatter like natives with their for- 
 eign attendants. 
 
 It must have been observed by every intelligent 
 traveller how the ignorant donkey boys in Alexandria — 
 native Egyptians mostly, who never went to any school 
 — express themselves clearly and sometimes very 
 
7 
 
 fluently in both English, French, and Italian ; sometimes 
 even in Greek and Turkish. In spite of their uncultiva- 
 ted intelligence, the natural and wonderfully subtle pow- 
 er of imitation docs for thcr.i what a \onrr course of orram- 
 matical study fails to do for the educated and refined. 
 
 These facts must show to the most casual observer 
 that some natural laws exist governing the mode by 
 which foreign languages are acquired, and which 
 should be scientifically considered and made useful for 
 practical purposes. 
 
 ALL SCIENCE IS BUT THE SEARCHING OUT 
 OF NATURAL LAWS. 
 
 The greatest scientific results have originated by 
 the careful observation of some very simple and com- 
 monplace occurrence, which has itself directly illus- 
 trated some great unchangeable natural law. 
 
 The fall of an apple, the steam of a boiling kettle, 
 have conferred untold blessings upon mankind, and yet 
 apples innumerable had fallen before Newton's time. 
 
 *' The careful observation of ' the lisp of children 
 and their earliest words' — or rather the common and 
 natural process by which human beings master the 
 powers of speech, has" — to quote the language of the 
 celebrated philologist Professor Bernhard Schmitz — 
 " produced a system by which we can rapidly^acquire 
 other tongues, and which has really created a new 
 science — that of Ltngmstry, which must not be con^ 
 founded with Philology." 
 
 JVou' i?i what 7aay do children — and we might add adiiUs 
 — learn to master a foreign language 7vhe?i resident in a for- 
 eign country ? 
 
8 
 
 At first, the mind gets entirely confused by the 
 multiplicity of foreign sounds u^hich it hears contin- 
 ually uttered without possessing the ability of grasping 
 what is said. In the course of a few weeks, however, 
 the ear becomes accustomed to some of these sounds, 
 and we begin to utter that sentence (not a single noun, 
 for unconnected words are not language^ ^ which we have 
 heard most frequently used by the persons about us. 
 
 This sentence is usually relative to our most urgent 
 necessity ; a common object, water, food, towels, or a 
 railway ticket. 
 
 In a little while a new necessity arises. We use 
 again the same sentence — not knowing any other — 
 altered only by the substitution or addition of a new 
 noun, adjective, or adverb. For instance, the water or 
 food required may be asked for either hot or cold, at 
 once or later, etc. ; and the sentence is then altered or 
 enlarged by a new word which the attendant — under- 
 standing us — suggests. 
 
 This new word may have some remote or close 
 affinity of ideas with some other word we know, and 
 after a few repetitions, the ear is so accustomed to it 
 that it becomes a part of ourselves, and is uttered by 
 the tongue unconsciously whenever the necessity occurs. 
 
 This is the process by which sound becomes a mat- 
 ter of language. Foreign words at first convey no 
 ideas to us, and it is only by constant repetition and use 
 of them that we are led directly to" think in them. 
 They are then no longer foreign, but have become part 
 of ourselves, and suggest to us the same ideas as do the 
 words of our native tongue. 
 
It is clear that the i7iieUigence has at first but little to 
 do in the acquirement of foreign languages. The truth 
 of this observation will very likely be doubted, for it 
 seems as if <2// study niusi appeal to our faculties of rea- 
 son. Yet the experience of any one who has studied 
 the modern languages in our colleges virill verify my 
 statement. A college graduate will undoubtedly un- 
 derstand the peculiarities of the French or German 
 grammar ; he will be able to read the literature to a 
 certain extent ; he may even be capable of writing a 
 letter faultlessly and grammatically in these languages, 
 and yet as soon as he tries to converse in them 
 he gets utterly confused and is unable to express 
 himself. 
 
 How is this to be accounted for ? He can read 
 French and cannot speak it. He can write French let- 
 ters and yet cannot express himself orally. He under- 
 stands French grammar better than a native, and still 
 he cannot give utterance to his simplest thoughts in 
 that language. 
 
 It is just here where our school-systems are at fault. 
 They appeal to the reasoning power, instead of to the 
 memory. 
 
 The ear^ the tongue^ and the memory are almost 
 solely employed in mastering the foreign sound.-, 
 and our intelligence,, though it superintends the whole 
 process, can only really be said to come into action 
 when the foreign sounds have become our mental and 
 bodily property so fully and entirely that we begin 
 to think in them just as readily as in our own ver- 
 nacular. 
 
And this brings me to 
 THE PRINCIPAL MISTAKE OF OUR PRESENT 
 METHODS AND SYSTEMS. 
 
 E\ery observer of human nature must be aware of 
 the existence of an unconscious process of thought which is 
 entirely apart from and independent of will power, and 
 which — in speaking our mother tongue — is mainly in- 
 strumental in expressing our wants and desires. For 
 instance, we go into a shop to purchase a pair of 
 gloves. Our conscious thought is occupied in the size^ 
 color ^ and quality of the gloves we wish to purcha>e. All 
 these different points we readily express wii/ioiit one 
 thought of the words to be used. At the \'ery moment of 
 uttering these expressions, our thoughts are often occu- 
 pied with some care or sorrow which is far removed 
 from our bodily necessities. Still, in this absent-minded 
 condition we buy our gloves, pay for them, and proba- 
 bly exchange some civilities with the attendant. 
 
 This unconscious power of thinking and speaking has 
 so far never been touched upon by philologists and 
 teachers, and only Schopenhauer and Hartmann among 
 modern philosophers have alluded to it. Yet I am 
 fully convinced, by practical experience and by close 
 study of the human mind, that in acquiring a foreign 
 tongue it is the mainspring of all proficiency. 
 
 Our own tongue is of course flesh and blood to us. We 
 express our thoughts distinctly and clearly without be- 
 ing aware of any mental activity. I allude, of course, 
 only to common, every-day experiences, and not to 
 subjects which require conscious and concentrated 
 thought. 
 
J^Jow let any one who has studied a foreign tongue 
 for years according to the prevailing methods try to 
 express such a simple sentence as, " / should like to pur- 
 chase some goods this 7)iorning. Would you be kind enough to 
 accompany ineV 
 
 It surely cannot be said, when we utter such a trite 
 and commonplace phrase in our own tongue, I hat we 
 even for a moment realize that any activity of thought 
 is going on in our minds; but in the very instant we 
 have this thought the tongue unconsciously utters it. 
 
 Yet, I say, let the graduate of any college try to 
 give this sentence as rapidly in French as in English, 
 and not one in a thousand will be able to do it. 
 
 He has to think about each single word ; he 
 searches the recesses of his memory for the proper 
 equivalents ; he weighs the different grammatical rules 
 which may or may not govern this construction. In 
 one word, he thinks about his French instead of thinking 
 in French. 
 
 This is one of the greatest fundamental errors in 
 the present grammatical systems, and the chief cause of 
 failure in learning to speak ; and to this alone it is to be 
 attributed ih-al Latin is no longer spoken by our scholars. 
 
 I choose ihis seemingly far-fetched illustration on 
 purpose, as it will give me an occasion to show 
 HOW AND SINCE WHEN OUR UNNATURAL 
 METHODS HAVE COME IN VOGUE. 
 
 It is an undnniable fact that up to the middle of the 
 sixteenth century Latin was the language spoken, like 
 a living tongue, in all cultivated and refined society 
 throughout Europe. 
 
And how was it taught ? Undoubtedly by word ot 
 mouth, since the art of printing was almost unknown, 
 and the old manuscripts were only within the reach of 
 a very wealthy and privileged few. 
 
 With the birth of the press died the practice of 
 oral teaching. The teacher gave the living tangible 
 word over to the dumb book ; the frequent repetition of 
 sound, so vit'd to the learning of a foreign tongue, was 
 lost, and the scholars remained dumb, like the book 
 which they had been studymg. For how could linguis- 
 tic results be expected from the intelligence, instead of — 
 as by the natural process — from the ear and \.\\q tongue ? 
 
 Latin is more generally studied in our times than 
 in the past ; yet who is able to speak it ? 
 
 It may be argued that, in taking Latin for an exam- 
 ple, I overlook the fact that it is a dead language. But 
 was it not equally dead five hundred years ago ? And 
 yet it was spoken because it was studied in a common^ 
 sense, natural manner. 
 
 And for the same reason — though they are living 
 tongues — French and German are not now spoken in our 
 schools, because they are taught in a false, unreasonable, and 
 unnatural way. 
 
 The observation of these facts caused me to investi- 
 gate the subject fully, and to determine in the first place 
 THE SIZE AND CHARACTER OF THE VOCAB- 
 ULARY OF EVERY-DAY CONVERSATION 
 
 It is well known to philologists that the ordinary 
 vocabularies of men are quite small ; that children, who 
 are able to express nearly every physical wish, are never- 
 theless armed with oftentimes less than 500, and sel- 
 
13 
 
 dom over looo words. Nature provides the child with 
 some subtle instinct by which he selects no word which 
 is not of absolute and immediate importance. From 
 .the first uttered syllables on through his whole little 
 life, not a moment is wasted in learning superfluous 
 words. 
 
 Similar it is with the vocabulary of every-day life. 
 It has occurred to more than one scholar that if he 
 could only actually determine the extent and nature of 
 these words he would be able to make the acquisition of 
 modern languages a very easy matter. 
 
 Bayard Taylor ^ in his " Views Afoot," has declared 
 himself able to acquire a working knowledge of almost 
 any language in less than a months and he goes on to 
 show the character of the words he would learn. He 
 naturally hit upon this idea ; it was suggested by the 
 very wide experience which he had, and the demand 
 that his travels made upon him for acquiring a great 
 many languages. 
 
 My own rather extended experience as a traveller 
 and linguist coincides exactly with Bayard Taylor's. 
 
 In all languages there is what might be called 
 A STOCK VOCABULARY, 
 a quantity of words necessary in all walks of life, 
 understood by all, learned first by all, needed and used 
 by all, and with the great mass of people never increas- 
 ing above a certain number, put variously by scholars at 
 from one to three thousand. The nature of these words 
 is about the same with all civilized nations. 
 
 The observation of many scholars has done much 
 to determine this. The results of these studies are now 
 
beginning to be felt in Germany especially, where a visit 
 to the public schools will convince any one that school- 
 children are no longer learning the interesting facts 
 given in a well-known American grammar, tliat " //^<? 
 Italiaji sJiocinaker has purchased an Egyptian antelope^'' or 
 that ' the shoes of the Spanish peasant have a golden heel^*^ 
 or that " the shepherds rested, and the swine and sowl 
 grazed.'' German text-books begin to be formed on a 
 more sensible basis. Efforts have been made to select 
 the words of every- day speech, and the results are such 
 that, although still hampered by the influence of the 
 old methods, the German schools are certainly produc- 
 ing the best linguists in the world. 
 
 The study of foreign languages has been made 
 hitherto as difficult as possible, the memory in addition 
 to the numerous abstruse rules being taxed with many 
 words unnecessary for conversation in its initiatory 
 stage. 
 
 An examination of most American grammars, man- 
 uals, conversation books and all the labored aids to this 
 study, will show that fne vocabularies are crammed 
 with promiscuous words, which seem to have been 
 drawn out of the dictionaries by some novel system of 
 ** legalized lottery" — not so m.uch with a view to provide 
 a necessary vocabulary as to do reverence to the diction* , 
 ary, and give every word a fair chance of representa- 
 tion. 
 
 I hold that a few idio?natic sentences, containing the most 
 necessary words, should be learjted in the conwiencetnent, en- 
 abling the student to at once begin conversation. It is astonish- 
 ing how naturally and rapidly other words will then be 
 
15 
 
 learned, while at the same time the ear is becoming 
 accustomed to the sounds, and the mind begins to think 
 in them. 
 
 Lcpsius, the celebrated scholar on Egyptian antiqui 
 ties, limits 
 THE NUMBER OF WORDS NECESSARY FOR 
 
 CONVERSATION ON ALL GENERAL TOPICS 
 to eix hundred. I take about four times that number, 
 /.<?., 2,000-2,500, founding my estimate upon the fluency 
 of speech usually attained by young men of between 15 
 and 18 years of age. 
 
 »■ This number of words appears at first sight absurdly 
 small, but if we remember that with 40 words we can 
 construct 1,024,000 sentences of twenty words each, it 
 will be seen that my estimate is strictly correct. 
 
 For persons interested in mathematical calculations, 
 I give the following table : 
 
 From 6 words we can form 8 combinations of 3 
 words each ; from 
 
 ORDS. 
 
 COMBINATIONS. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 10 
 
 32 
 
 5 
 
 12 
 
 64 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 128 
 
 7 
 
 16 
 
 256 
 
 8 
 
 18 
 
 512 
 
 9 
 
 20 
 
 1024 
 
 10 
 
 40 
 
 1,024,000 
 
 20 
 
 It is therefore self-evident what an enormous number of 
 sentences may be formed with 2000 words, and that the 
 
i6 
 
 knowledge of them is absolutely sufficient for the com- 
 mon occurrences of every-day life. 
 
 It must also be remembered that if we really know 
 2000 words, we will recognize at least five to ten times as 
 many more which are either derived from or closely 
 related to them. 
 
 Aided and assisted by the works and the help of 
 many teachers, I have made all possible efforts to select 
 only those words which are and must be always em- 
 ployed in all transactions of our daily life. 
 
 Certainly, if a man in common life is able to do 
 with 2000 words, it will not be a difficult matter to 
 acquire his language, provided only these words are 
 rightly selected. Nature never fails to select the propef 
 ones. Men can only do it by long and extensive study. 
 
 The proper selection of the vocabulary of common life iS 
 the first distinguishing feature of the 'Meisterschaft System.* 
 
 But, highly important as this part of the work is, it 
 must not be forgotten that 
 
 UNCONNECTED WORDS ARE NOT LAN- 
 GUAGE, 
 and that m acquiring a foreign tongue we must have a 
 framework, or rather a series of formulae which contain 
 the peculiar constructions of the language in question. 
 
 This is a very important point, as each and every 
 language has 
 
 CERTAIN FORMS OF EXPRESSION, OR 
 
 ID^ )MS, 
 
 which are entirely and peculiarly its own, and which 
 
 cannot be literally translated into any other tongue. 
 
 For examnlf we o}^ Z3.^^ ''How do yy.i doV Dn 
 
I? 
 
 what ? What are we supposed to be doing that we 
 should be asked " how we do it '7 This mode of saluta- 
 tion ia just as peculiarly English as the German greet- 
 ing, " Wie geht esV or, literally, " How goes itV is in. 
 trinsically German. 
 
 Yet, in order to master either of these, or any other 
 language, we must learn their peculiar idioms almost 
 mechanically. We must free ourselves from that ?fiost mis- 
 leading habit of translating literally front one languajj^e intt 
 another, and must accustom ourselves from the very start 
 to the foreign idioms and constructions. 
 
 This seems at first exceedingly difficult, and yet it 
 is the only practical w^ay in which real mastery of the 
 foreign forms of speech can be reached. Grammatical 
 rules will certainly assist us in so far as to give us a 
 more or less lucid explanation of peculiar constructions 
 and modes of expression, but only in rare instances can 
 they give a logical reason for these peculiarities of Ian* 
 guage. For who can explain the involved constructions 
 of the German tongue in a logical' manner ? Or who 
 can give a logical reason for the way in which the 
 French handle their pronouns ? Such peculiarities of 
 speech must be received as facts^ and all we can do is 
 to practice these idioms and constructions ^o fully that they 
 become natural to us, and are uttered just as glibly as 
 the English equivalents. 
 
 We all know that most grammars plunge the 
 scholar directly into dry grammatical rules, and syntax, 
 and long, tedious, ill-arranged vocabularies. The bulk 
 of the ordinary scholar's time is consumed in learning 
 hundreds of unconnected words, which, though of lit* 
 
18 
 
 erary and etymological importance, are proven to be 
 outside of daily or yearly wants, and learned only to be 
 forgotten. 
 
 " This, ' says a highly accomplisned American 
 scholar in a letter to the Evening Post^ *' is the complaint 
 of teachers and students everywhere. But now that 
 in the ' Meisterschaft System ' a method has been dez'iseit^ 
 ^rou7ided on the laivs actually gotierning the nature of * volk ' 
 vocabularies giving at once sentences formed of these words \ 
 instead of silly phrases and useless vocabularies^ introducing a 
 scholar into an idiomatic^ and not a literal study of the foreign 
 tongue^ its benefit and value can hardly be estimated. 
 I believe this is the method to be adopted throughout 
 our schools. We study P'rench, but the soul of our work 
 is in English. We study German, but strive only to 
 make good English from it. And so with Latin and Greek. 
 And anyone who has observed the results in our highest 
 and our best institutions feels like hiding for shame. 
 It is the wickedest sham that ever lurked about our life. 
 I believe it will be- bettered ; and as I see the ^Meister- 
 schaft Syste?n * applied so sensibly to self-study it seems 
 to me practical that if its author can only be induced to visit 
 Amei'ica^ it will be possible for hiui to carry on this lawrk sc 
 far that it shall root up our wretched methods and 7Vork a 
 ■^-eform straight through our schools. ',' 
 
 It is an old established maxim that 
 WHOEVER WISHES TO SPEAK A FOREIGN 
 
 LANGUAGE MUST THINK IN IT; 
 but, incontrovertible and true as this principle undoubt- 
 edly is, the difficulty of thinking in the language itself is 
 abnost insjirmountable. When resident in a foreign country 
 
19 
 
 among persons who speak nothing but their own ver- 
 nacular, we gradually and imperceptibly catch their 
 meaning, and in time become — as we havQ shown — so 
 accustomed to the foreign sounds that we at last begin 
 to think in them. 
 
 But h(nv can this be accomplished in our (ntm land ' 
 How is thXs possible when we are continually surrounded 
 by our own countrymen, and are perpetually obliged to 
 use our mother tongue ? 
 
 We know that the study of grammar as practiced in 
 our schools does not give us this ability. Oral teaching 
 so called has also been tried, but with very indifferent 
 success. Robertso7i^ Ollendorff^ Otto, Ffendergast, and Jacotoi 
 attempted to solve the difficulty, and though the two 
 last-named scholars started undoubtedly with correct 
 ideas, they all failed to give us facility of speech. 
 Prendergast, perhaps the most, original mind among 
 modern philologists, worked out a most able theory ; 
 but being himself no linguist, and unfortunately being 
 totally blind, he was obliged to leave the practical part 
 of his work to his assistants, who made — as he acknowl- 
 edged himself to me — a most miserable failure in the 
 compilation of his text-books. 
 
 My system, though far from being entirely original, 
 combines the good features of all modern methods, and 
 follows at the same time nature's own 7vay as closely as 
 possible. "W hile some grafnmars teach nothing but theory, 1 
 lay the greatest stress on practical mastery. While others 
 give nothing but a number of ill- arranged French or Ger- 
 man conversations, and sneer at any grammatical study, 1 
 give the English equivalent^ and as much of the grammar as 
 
to 
 
 must* he ln(mm for all practical purposes. While others, 
 again, do not distinguish between the language of litera- 
 ture and thai of every-day life, I give the common vocabulary 
 first, and leave other less necessary words ior after -studies. 
 
 In one word, my system is, to use Dr. Schliemann s ex- 
 pression, *' a scientific adaptation of the natural mode of mas^ 
 tering foreign tongues /' and while I gratefully ackn owl* 
 edge my obligation to the works of many grammarians^ 
 and especially to those of Lehmann, Frendergast^ and 
 facotot, I claim that " the Meisterschaft System,*' so far as 
 any scientific work can be original, is my own, and has* 
 been thoroughly tried by myself for more than 14 years, 
 and most successfully used by teachers arid scholars all 
 over the Continent of Europe for the last three years. 
 
 A glance at the first few pages of the lessons will 
 show 
 HOW I TEACH THE STUDENT TO THINK IN 
 
 THE FOREIGN LANGUAGES THEMSELVES. 
 I give first what I call a foundation sentence, which con- 
 tains a number of idiomatic peculiarities, and is com- 
 posed of about 20 words most necessary for ordinary 
 conversation. Asa native teacher is not always accessiole, 
 I have given the exact pronunciation of each word so dearly 
 and distinctly that no mistake can possibly be made. 
 
 The student must not attempt to learn the founda- 
 tion sentence by heart, but read and repeat it aloud 
 until it sounds perfectly familiar to his ear, and flows 
 smoothly from the tongue without effort or mistake 
 
 Of course he must read the English equivalent ot 
 the phrase first so that he may have di general idea of its 
 Tcieaning. 
 
ts 
 
 The fo^^ndation sentence is next divided into different 
 parts, and having perfectly mastered Xki^ pronunciation the 
 pupil may proceed to study the 7nea?ung of each word^ so 
 that he can follow the different transpositions and varia- 
 tions intelligently. 
 
 For in order to accustom the pupil to th.Q peculiar for* 
 eign constructions y and to make him familiar with their 
 modes of thought and expression^ I form new and similar 
 sentences, repeating the same constructions and some of 
 the words learned. By introducing some nouns, ad- 
 verbs, adjectives, or conjunctions, the sentences are 
 continually altered and enlarged. 
 
 Short grammatical rules^ or raiXher hints ^ are constantly 
 given in the foot-notes, so that the student may under- 
 stand what he is learning, and not simply work mechan- 
 ically, as Prendergast erroneously recommends. Practice 
 and theory fuust be united. 
 STUDY NEVER TO EXCEED TEN MINUTES 
 AT A TIME. 
 
 After the learner has intelligently gone through the 
 /ariations of Part I. he must read and re-read them aloud 
 for about 3-5 minutes. 
 
 This done, the pupil will turn to the E?iglish^ which, as 
 will be observed, is printed on the opposite page, repeating 
 aloud from it the foreign equivalent as fluently and quickly oi 
 fossible. 
 
 He must J however, 
 
 NEVER TRUST TO HIS MEMORY. 
 If he cannot remember a word, or if he is not 
 quite sure that he has given the foreign phrase 
 correctly, he must immediately re-read the Frencl? 
 
22 
 
 or German, and then give it once more from the 
 English. 
 
 This exercise also must never be continued for more 
 than five minutes, so that the whole time of reading and 
 translating is not to exceed ten minutes at a time ; but this must 
 be repeated at intervals during the day, as often as the conven- 
 ience of the pupil permits, but in no ease less than three times 
 « day. Always read and trarislate aloud. 
 
 By these frequent repetitions the pupil not only- 
 masters the pronunciation thoroughly, but gets also 
 perfectly familiar with the foreign sounds, which imper- 
 ceptibly impress themselves so indelibly on his memory 
 that after a few days he will find himself able to utter 
 the foreign equivalents as fluently and unconsciously as 
 his native English. 
 
 At the same time he has become so familiar with 
 the foreign constructions and modes of thought that he 
 will begin to form other similar sentences for himself, 
 without making the slightest grammatical mistake. 
 For this purpose the vocabulary must be used and the 
 exercises translated. 
 
 The student must never begin a new^ division before 
 he has gained perfect command and mastery over all 
 the preceding sentences. 
 
 My rules strictly followed will undoubtedly lead 
 to the most perfect success, as proved by the experience 
 of thousands of my pupils. 
 
 THE AUTHOR. 
 
23 
 
 Directions for Private Study. 
 
 As all fluency of speech in a foreign language is 
 mainly attained through the repetition of the different 
 sounds, the pupil must not simply read, but repeat aloud 
 the sentences given, so that he can hear the sound of his own 
 voice. 
 
 He must begin with the Foundation Sentence, and 
 read and repeat it a/oud,until it sounds perfectly familiar 
 to his ear, and flows smoothly from the tongue without 
 effort or hesitation. 
 
 This, it will be observed, is not study but an exercise 
 of the tongue and the ear. 
 
 The pupil will naturally read the English equivalent 
 of each sentence, so that he will have 2i general idea of its 
 meaning, but literal translation — word for word — is in 
 this system strictly forbidden. 
 
 He must not attempt to learn the Foundation Sentence 
 bv heart. By reading it often, it will unconsciously 
 impress itself so indelibly on his memory that he cannot 
 possibly forget it again. 
 
 Having perfectly mastered the pronunciation of the 
 Foundation Sentence, the pupil may proceed to study the 
 meaning of each word of Division /., so that he may be able 
 to follow the different transpositions and variations 
 intelligently. 
 
 All the German variations of the first division must 
 then be read and re-read aloud. 
 
 This exercise should last from three to five minutes 
 only, so that no fatigue whatever is felt. After a correct 
 and fluent pronunciation has been attained, the pupil 
 will then turn to the English, giving aloud from it the 
 
f4 
 
 German eqr.ivj,lent without looking at the German 
 pages. 
 
 He 7,'!.'ru% however^ never trust to his memory. If he can- 
 not re ncmber a word instantly, or if he is not quite sure 
 that he ii.is given the German phrase correctly, he must 
 imir.ediately re-read the German, and then repeat it once 
 more from the English. 
 
 This exercise also should never exceed five minutes, 
 so that all in all about ten minutes may be given to the 
 reading of the German, and the translating from the 
 English into the German. 
 
 These short exercises must be repeated at intervals 
 during the day as often as the convenience of the pupil 
 permits, but in no case less than throe or four limes 
 a day. 
 
 By these frequent repetitions^ the pupil not only masters 
 the prmiunciation thoroughly^ but secured, the Gerjnan sentences 
 and idioms so accurately, that after a feiv days he will find 
 himself able to utter the German phrases as fluently and un- 
 consciously as those of his native tongue. 
 
 He will thus gradually and imperceptibly learn to 
 think in German, and must for that purpose translate the 
 Exercises, and learn the words of the vocabulary by heart. 
 
 The student must never biggin a new sentence be- 
 fore he has gained perfect comf?iand and absolute mastery 
 over all the preceding ones. 
 
 These rules jnust be strictly followed, since it is only by 
 constant repetition that real sua ess can be attained. 
 
 These books are issued in a form intended expressly 
 for the convenience of learners, and should not be bound, 
 but kept in the soft cover so that the book can be doubled 
 back. It is not a book intended to be oreserved for bind- 
 
25 
 
 ing or show, but should be always carried in the pocket 
 and made a constant companion so that the spirit of the 
 language shall impress itself thoroughly upon the mind 
 of the student. 
 
 CORRESPONDENCE WITH THE TEACHER. 
 
 At the end of each lesson will be found Exercises 
 for translation — German into English, and English into 
 German. 
 
 These should be examined by a teacher. 
 
 At great personal inconvenience Dr. Rosenthal has 
 established himself for a time in New York, thus placing 
 himself in direct postal communication with every Sub- 
 scriber in the United States, to answer all inquiries rel- 
 ative to study, and o correct all exercises sent to him 
 
 THE GRAMMATICAL REMARKS. 
 
 Pupils who wish to study fpr colloquial purposes 
 only, need not study them. They will be found useful 
 however, and should be studied after all the sentences 
 have been mastered. 
 
t^lli '^m^ntf\^il'^pUm, 
 
 G E R M J!l N. 
 
 PART r. 
 
1. 
 
 FOUNDATION SENTENCE. 
 My brother did not see your father while 
 he was iu the store of the German merchant 
 yesterday. 
 
 1. 
 
 My brother did not see your father. 
 
 My 
 
 i) The German ' «' has the sound of our ' i9<? ' in * fool, soon* &c.. 
 
 2) The German 'a' has always the sound of our 'a' in ' far^ 
 father' &c. The pupil must be particularly careful not to pronounce 
 the ' a ' in the above word ' hat' like our short ' a ' in can or hat. 
 
 3) There is no sound in the English language answering to that 
 of the German * ch.' It cannot therefore be clearly defined, and must 
 be learned from the lips of the teacher. It sounds somewhat sira* 
 
FOUNDATION SENTENCE. 
 Mein Bruder hat Ihren Herrn Tater nicht 
 
 mine broo' d6r* hat^ gg'-r6n herrn fah'-t6r' ni>l' 
 
 geseheii. als er gestern in dem Laden des deut- 
 
 gh6-zai'-h6n* als air gh6 -sigrn in dame lah'-dgn d6s doit' 
 
 8chen Kaufmanns war. 
 
 shen^ kowf-mans* vahr'. 
 
 Mein Bruder hat Ihren Herrn Yater nicht 
 
 mine broo'-dfir hat eg'-rga hSrrn lah'-t6r nin 
 
 gesehen. 
 
 ghe-zai -h6n. 
 
 Mein {mine) 
 
 ilar to a strongly-aspirated h. The f denotes the soft pronunciation 
 of the German ch. 
 
 4) * C? ' is always pronounced hard, like g in go, garden, give, or gh 
 in ghost. 
 
 5) ' eu' sounds like oy in boy, or like oi in moist. 
 
 6) The German ' au' is pronounced like ' ow' in our word * brow* 
 
 7) ' w' in German is always pronounced like, our ' v,' 
 
3D 
 
 brother 
 
 has 
 
 your 
 
 Mr. (master; gentleman) 
 
 father 
 
 not 
 
 seen. 
 
 1. My brother saw your father. {Literally: My brother 
 has your Mr. father seen.) 
 
 2. My father saw your brother. {Literally : My father 
 has your Mr. brother seen.) 
 
 3. Has he (er) not seen your father.? [Literally: Has 
 he your Mr. father not seen .?) 
 
 4. No {nein), he {er) did not see your father. {Literally: 
 No, he has your Mr. father not seen.) 
 
 5. He {er) did not see my {meinen) brother (= He has 
 my brother not seen). 
 
 6. Did you see my brother (= Have you [hahe7i Sie] 
 my brother seen) ? 
 
 7. No, sir (neiUf mein Herr), I did not see your brother 
 (=: I have \ich habe] your Mr. brother not seen). 
 
 8. I saw your father and {und) your brother. {Literally i 
 I have your Mr. father and your brother seen.) 
 
 i) All substantive nouns begin with a capital letter. 
 
 2) The pronouns ' b>ie — zee, you,' and * Ihr or Ihren, your,' are 
 always written with capital letters. 
 
 3) The Germans — as a term of politeness — say always: 'Your 
 gentleman father — Ihr Herr Vater; your lady mother — Ihre Frau 
 Mutter.' 
 
81 
 
 B ruder (broo^-derY 
 hat {hat) 
 Ihren {ee'-ren)* 
 Herrn (herrn)* 
 Vater {fdh'-ter) 
 nicht («/y/) 
 gesehen {ghe-zai'-hen).* 
 
 1. Mein Bruder hat Ihren {ee*-ren) Herrn Vater ( /^^ • 
 ter) gesehen {ghe-zai'-hen). 
 
 2. Mein Vater hat Ihren {ee'-ren) Herrn Bruder ge- 
 sehen {ghe-zai'-hen). 
 
 3. Hat er {air) Ihren Herrn Vater {fdh'-ter) nicht ge- 
 sehen ? 
 
 4. Nein {nine), er («/>) hat Ihren Herrn Vater nicht ge- 
 sehen. 
 
 5. Er {air) hat meinen {mi'-ncn) Bruder nicht gesehen. 
 
 6. Haben -Sie {hah' -ben zee) meinen Bruder gesehen ? 
 
 7. Nein, mein Herr {nine, mine herr), ich habe {i^ hah'' 
 be) Ihren Herrn Bruder nicht gesehen. 
 
 8. Ich habe {i^ hah' -be) Ihren Herrn Vater und {doni*) 
 Ihren Bruder gesehen. 
 
 4) The Germans, as will be noticed, construe the above sentence 
 in a very peculiar and rather awkward manner, i.e., * My brother has 
 your ^entletnan father not seen' To accustom the pupil to this, 1 giv» 
 a literal translation of all phrases thus constructed. 
 
 5) od is pronounced like 00 in look, book, See. 
 
32 
 
 9. Did you not see my father and my brother (— Hare 
 you my father and my brother not seen) ? 
 
 10. Whom (wen) did you see (=: whom have you seen) ? 
 
 11. Whom have you seen at (m) the (clem) store (Laden) ? 
 (Literally : Whom have you at the store seen ?) 
 
 12. Did you not see my father at your brotlier's store ? 
 (Literally : Have you my father not at the store of 
 your brother \Ilires Bruders] seen ?) 
 
 13. I saw your father at my brother's store. (Literally : 
 I have your Mr. father at the store of my brother 
 [viei7ies Bruders] seen.) 
 
 14. Where (wo) did you see my (meiJien) father ( = Where 
 have you my father seen) ? 
 
 15. I saw him (iJm) at my brother's store. (Literally : I 
 have him at [tVi] the store of my brother seen.) 
 
 16. Have you not seen him (= Have you him not seen) .? 
 
 17. Yes, sir (/«, mein Hen-), I saw liim (ihn) at my 
 father's store ( = 1 have him at the store of my father 
 seen). 
 
 x8. Have you bought (gehauft) ? 
 
 19. Have you not bought (or, Did you not buy) ? 
 
 20. What (ivas) have you bought (or, What did you buy) ? 
 
 21. What did you buy in London? (Literally: What 
 have you in London bought ?) 
 
 i) The German auxiliary verb ' ic^ habe, I have', is conjugated 
 thus ; 
 
 ich habe {p hdJi-be), I have, 
 
 du hast {dod hast), thou hast. 
 
 er hat {air hdt\ he has, 
 
 sie hat {zee hat), she has. 
 
 es hat {es hat), it lias. 
 
 wir haben {veer hah' -ben), we hare. 
 
83 
 
 p. Haben Sie (hdh^-ben zee^) meinen Vater iind {don^) 
 meinen Bruder nicht gesehen :' 
 
 10. Wen iyain) haben Sie gesehen ? 
 
 11. Wen haben Sie in dem {liame) Laden (Idh'-den) ge- 
 sehen ? 
 
 12. Haben Sie meinen Vater nicht in dem Laden Ihres 
 Bruders {ee'-res broo'-ders) gesehen ? (Compare the 
 Grammatical Remarks on the German Declension.) 
 
 13. Ich habe {hah' -be) Ihren Herrn Vater in dem Laden 
 {Idh'-den) meines Bruders {mi'-nes broo'-ders) ge- 
 sehen. 
 
 14. Wo {vo) haben Sie meinen {mi'-nen) Vater gesehen ? 
 
 15. Ich habe ihn {ee?i) in dem Laden meines Bruders ge- 
 sehen. 
 
 16. Haben Sie {hah' -ben zee) ihn nicht gesehen ? 
 
 1 7- Ja {ya-h)^ mein Herr, ich habe ihn {eeti) in dem Laden 
 meines Vaters {7?n'-ftes fdh'-ters) gesehen. 
 
 18. Haben Sie gekauft {ghe-kowft' ^)'} 
 
 19. Haben Sie nicht gekauft {ghe-kowff) ? 
 
 20. Was {vds) haben Sie gekauft ? ^ 
 
 21. Was haben Sie in London gekauft? 
 
 ihr habt {eer hdbt), \ -^^^^ 
 
 Sie haben {zee hah -ben), \ ^ 
 sie haben {zee hd/i hen), they have. 
 The form * ihr habt' is not used in common conversation, but 
 'Sie liaben.' The Germans use the 3d person plural in address- 
 ing, but write ''Sie' to distinguish it from ^ sie' of the 3d person 
 plural, always with a capital letter. 
 
 2) The German " au' is pronounced like ' ow' in the English 
 word ' brow,' 
 
34 
 
 22. What did your {Hir) father buy? {Literally: What 
 has your Mr. father bought ?) 
 
 23. Did you buy your coat {Ihren Rock) at this {in diesem) 
 store ? {Literally : Have you your coat in this store 
 bought ?) 
 
 24. I bought this {diesen) coat at your brother's store. 
 {Literally : I have this coat at the store of your 
 brother bought.) 
 
 25. Where {too) did you buy this coat.'' {Literally: Where 
 have you this coat bought ?) 
 
 26. Did you pay } {Or : Have you paid [hezahW] }) 
 
 27. How much {wie viel) did you pay.? {Or : How much 
 have you paid) ? 
 
 28. How much did you pay for {fur) this coat } [Liter* 
 ally : How much have you for this coat paid }) 
 
 2. 
 
 While he was in the store of the German 
 merchant yesterday. 
 
 While ; when ; as 
 
 he 
 
 yesterday 
 
 in ; at 
 
 i) The German *v' is pronounced like */.* 
 
 2) There is no equivalent in the EngUsh language for the Germao 
 
35 
 
 22. Was hat Ihr {ecr) Flerr Vater gekauft ? 
 
 23. Haben Sie Ihren Rock {)ock) in diesem {dee'-zem) La- 
 den gekauft ? 
 
 24. Ich habe diesen {dee'-zen) Rock in dem Laden Ihres 
 
 Bruders gekauft. 
 
 25. Wo haben Sie diesen Rock gekauft? 
 
 26. Haben Sie bezahlt {be-isdhlt') ? ^ 
 
 27. Wie viel {vee feel^) haben Sie bezahlt {be-tsdhtt') } 
 
 28. Wie viel (z^^^ /^//) haben Sie fur '^ diesen Rock be* 
 zahlt ? 
 
 2. 
 
 Als er gestern in dem Laden des deutschen 
 
 als air ghg'-stfirn in dame lah'-d6n d6s doit'-shgn 
 
 Kaufnianns war. 
 
 kowf'-mans vir.   
 
 Als (d/s) 
 
 er (air) 
 
 gestern {ghe^ -stern) 
 
 in (///) 
 
 • az.' To pronounce a German ' tf,' it is necessary to round the lips 
 as if going to whistle, and then sound an ' <V".' 
 
m 
 
 the^ 
 
 store ; shop 
 
 of the " 
 
 German ' 
 merchant* 
 
 1. I saw vour brother yesterday, while he was in the 
 German me»-chant's store. {Literally: I have yoar 
 Mr. brother yesterday seen, while he in the store of 
 the German merchant was.) 
 
 2. I was in London^ yesterday,*' and (/^/icZ) saw yorr 
 father (= and have your Mr. father seen). 
 
 3. Was my father well {woJiT) ? 
 
 4. Thanks {danhe)^ your father (— Mr. father) was very 
 well {sehr wohl). 
 
 5. I bought this coat {diesen EocJc), w^hile I was in Lon- 
 don. [Literally : I have this coat bought, while I in 
 London was.) 
 
 6. Where {luo) did you buy it {ilin) ' ? {Literally : Where 
 have you him {ilin) ' bought .?) 
 
 7. I bought it {ilm) at {bei) the German tailor's {dem 
 deiitschen Schneider). {Literally : I have him at the 
 German tailor's bought.) 
 
 1) deni is the so-called dative case of the definite article. Compare 
 the grammatical remarks on " the article." 
 
 2) des is the so-called genitive or possessive case of the definite 
 article. Compare the gramtnaiical remarks on " the article." 
 
 3) German in the so-called attributive sense means ' deutsch* 
 .(doitsch) ; for instance, this is German, das ist deutsch. The expla- 
 
 nations are given in a later lesson. 
 
 4) The nominative case is ' der Kaufmann,' whWe 'des Kaufmanns' 
 is the genitive. Compare the grammatical remarks on "the declen 
 sion of substantives." 
 
37 
 
 dem (damgY 
 
 Laden {Idh'-deri) 
 
 des {(ies) "^ 
 
 deutschen ' {doit'-shen) 
 
 Kaufmanns* {kowf-mdns) 
 
 war (vdhr) ^ 
 
 . Ich habe Ihren Herrn Bruder gestern gesehen, als ei 
 • in dem Laden des deutschen Kaufmanns war. 
 
 2. Ich war gestern' in London* und {dont) habe Ihren 
 Herrn Vater gesehen. 
 
 3. War mein Vater wohl {vol) ? 
 
 4. Danke (ddn'-ke)^ Ihr Herr Vater war sehr wohl {zair 
 vol). 
 
 5.' Ich habe diesen Rock {dee'-zen rock) gekauft, als ich 
 in London war. 
 
 6. Wo {vo) haben Sie ihn ' {ien) gekauft ? 
 
 7. Ich habe ihn bei {by) dem deutschen Schneider {dame 
 doif-shen shni'-der) gekauft. 
 
 5) Note the peculiar German construction in subordinate sen- 
 tences : ' Wiiile he yesterday in the store of the German merchant 
 was.' 
 
 6; The Germans always say ^yesterday in London' i.e., they place 
 the adverb of lime before that of place. 
 
 7) him — ihn — because it refers to coat — der Rock (mascul.). As a 
 general rule, the pronoun of the third person, in the singular, takes 
 \\iM gender of the noun to which it relates. 
 
38 
 
 8. How much {wie viel) did you pay (hezahlt) for (/w?-) 
 this coat ? {^Literally : How much have you for this 
 coat paid ?) 
 
 9. I did not pay much {viel) for this coat. {Literally : I 
 have not much for tliis coat paid.) 
 
 10. I bought it {ihn) very cheap {selir Mllig). {Literally : 
 
 I have him very cheap bought.) 
 ii. How much did you pay for your ticket {fur Ihr 
 
 Billet) ? {Literally : How much have you for your 
 
 ticket paid ?) 
 
 12. I was in the waiting-room {in clem Wartesaal), when 
 he purchased his {sein) ticket {= when he his ticket 
 bought has). 
 
 13. Do you know"^ {ivissen Sie), how much he has paid for 
 his {sein) ticket (= Know you, how much he for his 
 ticket paid has) ? 
 
 14. Did you see ni)^ servant {Diener), when you were {Sie 
 waren) in the waiting-room } { I iterally : Have you 
 my servant seen, when you in the waiting-room 
 were ?) 
 
 15. Where (wo) were you yesterday? 
 
 16. Were you at the concert {Concert) last evening 
 (gestern Abend) {= yesterday evening in the con- 
 cert) ? 
 
 1) '«.' There is no equivalent in the English language for this 
 sound. It is so utterly different from anything in our tongue,, that 
 the nearest approach we find to it, is in * «' in the word ' ^uit^ ' in the 
 Scotch l.mguage. To pronounce a German ' u,' it is nece^sa;^ mi 
 place (or raiher, round the lips) as if going t«) whistle, and then 
 sound an ' ee.' 
 
 2) In the interrogative and negative forms the English auxiliary to 
 i/o cannot be expressed. We say in English: ^ Do you knew?' the 
 Germans say simply : ' Kno v you = VVissen Sie ?' We say : * You 
 do not know,' the Germans, ' You know not = Sie wissen nicht.' 
 
39 
 
 S. Wie viel {jre fffl) liaben Sie fiir {fur)^ diesen Rock 
 bezalilt {be-hanlt') ? 
 
 9. Ich habo 11 i( lit vicl {/('('I) fiir diesen Rock bezahlt. 
 
 10. Icli lial)e ilin sehr billig [zair l>il'-li^') gekauft. 
 
 11. Wie viel [vee feel) haben Sie fiir Ihr (eer) Billet {bil' 
 yet') bezahlt? 
 
 "2. Ich war in dem Wartesaal {var^-te-zdhl), als er sein 
 (zine) Billet gekauft hat. 
 
 13. IVissen Sie^ {ins' -sen zee), wie viel er fiir sein {zine) 
 Billet bezahlt hat ? 
 
 14. Haben Sie meinen Diener {dee'-ner) gesehen, als Sie 
 in dein Wartesaal waren* {vdr* -te-zdhl vd'-ren) ? 
 
 15. Wo {vo) waren Sie gestern ? 
 
 16. Waren Sie gestern Abend {dh'-bent) in dem Concert 
 
 {kon-tsert') ? 
 
 t) Ich war, I was, is thus conjugated : 
 
 Ich war {i^ TdJi'-^, I was. 
 
 du warst (,idd ^'i h'st). thou wast. 
 
 er war {nir vahr), he was. 
 
 sie wnr {zee 7 din), she was. 
 
 es war {es vdlir), it was. 
 
 wir waren Kveer vdh'-rin), we were. 
 
 ihTw^nie-ervdhrt Uqu were 
 
 St£ waren (zee van ren, ) ^ 
 
 sie waren {zee vdh'-ren), they were. 
 
40 
 
 17. No, sir, I was not at the concert, I was at home {zu 
 Hause) last night (= yesterday evening at home). 
 
 1 8. Were you at home last night, when my brother came 
 {kam) ? 
 
 19. We {tvir) were not at home last night, when vour 
 brother called on us {zu uns ham) ( = when your Mr. 
 brother to us came). 
 
 20. I was not at home yesterday, when your brother was 
 with us {hei uns), {Literally : when your Mr. brother 
 with us was.) 
 
 3. 
 
 1. What {ivas) did you buy yesterday ( = What have you 
 
 yesterday bought) ? 
 
 2. I was at the store of the German merchant yester- 
 
 day (=1 was yesterday in the store, &c.). 
 
 3. And what did you buy there {dort) ? {Literally : And 
 
 what have you there bought ?) 
 
 4. I bought a hat {einen Hut) for my son {Sohn), a pair 
 
 of gloves {ein Faar Handschuhe) for my brother, and 
 a comb {einen Kajmn) for myself {mich selbst). {Lit- 
 erally : I have a hat for my son, a pair of gloves, &c., 
 bought.) 
 
 5. How much did you pay iov this {diesen) comb ( = H()vv 
 
 much have you for this comb paid) "^ 
 
 6. Why {warum) have you taken {genommen) a ticket 
 
 {ein Billet) to {nach) Berlin (= Why have you a ticket 
 to Berlin taken) ? 
 
41 
 
 1 7- Neiii; mein Herr. ich war nicht in dem Concert, ich 
 war gestern Abend zu Hause {tsod how'-ze). 
 
 i8. Waren Sie gestern Abend zu Hause, als mein Brudef 
 kam (caJwi) ? 
 
 19. Wir {veer) waren gestern Abend nicht zu Hause, als 
 
 Ihr Herr Bruder zu uns {tsod dons) kam. 
 
 20. Ich war gestern nicht zu Hause, als Ihr Herr Bruder 
 bei uns (by dons) war. 
 
 3. 
 
 1. Was {vds) haben Sie gestern gekauft ? 
 
 2. Ich war gestern in dem Laden des deutschen Kauf- 
 
 manns. 
 
 3. Und was haben Sie dort {^dort) gekauft {ghe-kowft') ? 
 
 4. Ich habe einen {i'-nen) Hut {hoot) fiir meinen Sohn 
 
 (zone), ein (/W) Paar (/>dr) Handschuhe {fidnf -shoe- 
 he) fiir meinen Bruder, und einen Kamm {kam) fiir 
 mich selbst {zelbst) gekauft. 
 
 5. Wie viel haben Sie fiir diesen {dee'-zeri) Kamm be- 
 
 zahlt ? 
 
 6. Warum {vd-room') haben Sie ein {tne) Billet nach 
 
 {nach) ^ Berlin {ber-leen') genommen [ghe-nom'-7fien)J 
 
 i) The strongly aspirated * M ' in German is pronounced Hke ' ch ' 
 in the Scotch 'loch.' 
 
42 
 
 7- My brother bought my ticket for me (= My brothe* 
 has my ticket for me \^fur mich] bought). 
 
 8. Where do we take^ the tickets? {^Literally: Where 
 takes one [nimmt mmi] the tickets [die Billete] ?) 
 
 9. The tickets to Berlin are taken here (= One takes 
 
 [man nimmt'] the tickets to Berlin here [hier']). 
 
 10. Excuse me {or^ I beg your p9.Tdon[entschuldigen Sie\). 
 where do we take the tickets to London (= where 
 takes one the tickets to London) ? 
 
 11. The tickets to London are taken at this ticket-office 
 {in diesem Billet- Bureau), {Literally : One takes the 
 tickets to London, &c.) 
 
 12. I beg your pardon, Sir {Entschuldigen Sie, mein 
 Herr), do we take the tickets to Berlin at this office / 
 {Literally : Takes one the tickets, &c,?) 
 
 13. How much is a ticket to Berlin ? {Litei'ally : How 
 much costs [hostet] a ticket [ein Billef] to Berlin ?) 
 
 14. Please {hitte) give me {gehen Sie mir) a ticket to 
 London. 
 
 15. Which class {tvelche Klasse) ? 
 
 16. Please give me a first class ticket {ein Billet erster 
 Klasse) to London. 
 
 17. Please give me the German book {das deutsclie 
 Buck). 
 
 18. Please give me your brother's German book (= the 
 German book of your hrothQv [Hires Herrn Bruders]). 
 
 19. Please give me the German newspaper {die deutsche 
 Zeitung). 
 
 20. Have you seen the German newspaper ? ( = Have you 
 the German newspaper seen ?) 
 
 i) Questiors are asked without the use of our auxiliary verb ' to 
 do.' Thus the Germans say instead of: ^ Do you love?* — love you. 
 
43 
 
 7. Mein Bruder hat mein Billet fiir mich (w/y) gekauft. 
 
 8. Wo nimmt {jiimt) man ^ (nidn) die (dee) Billete {bil- 
 yet'-te) ? 
 
 9 Man nimmt die Billete nach Berlin hier (here). 
 
 lO, Entschuldigen Sie [ent-shool' -dee-ghen zee), wo nimmt 
 uian die Billete nach London ? 
 
 \i. Man nimmt die Billete nach London in diesem 
 Billet-Biireau {hil-yef huro'^. 
 
 12. Entschuldigen '^x^, xw^wxW^xr [ent-shooV-dec-ghen zei^ 
 mine herr), nimmt man die Billete nach Berlin in 
 diesem Biireau ? 
 
 13. Wie viel kostet (ko'-stc^) ein (ine) Billet nach Berlin ? 
 
 14. Eitte (bii'-te), geben Sie mir (ghai'-ben zee rncer) ein 
 
 Billet nach London. 
 
 15. Welche Klasse (veV -che kids' -se)} 
 
 16. Bitte, geben Sie mir ein Billet erster Klasse {air'-ster 
 kids' -se) nach Ivondon. 
 
 17. Bitte, geben Sie mir das deutsche Buch [das doit'-sM 
 
 booch). 
 iS. Bitte, geben Sie mir das deutsche Buch Ihres ITnrrn 
 Bruders. 
 
 19. Bitte, geben Sie mir (meer) die deutsche Zeitung {dee 
 doit' -she tsi'-toong). 
 
 20. Haben Sie die deutsche Zeitung (tst'-tddng) gesehen 
 
 lieben Sie (lee'-ben zgg)? Instead of: ' Does one take f — takes one, 
 nimmt man ? &.c. 
 
GRAMMATICAL REMARKS. 
 
 Exercises and Words used in Co??imon Conversation, 
 
 Alphabet. 
 
 1. The German language is usually printed in an 
 alphabet having the same origin as our own, and the 
 same extent ; but in the form of characters nearly re- 
 sembling what we call " Old English," or "Black-letter." 
 
 2V The letters of the ordinary German alphabet, with 
 their " Roman " equivalents, and the names by which 
 the Germans call them, are as follows : 
 
 German 
 letters. 
 
 9t,a 
 
 Roman 
 equivalents. 
 
 A, a 
 
 German 
 name. 
 
 a {ah) 
 
 German 
 letters. 
 
 % n 
 
 Roman 
 equivalents. 
 
 N, n 
 
 German 
 name. 
 
 en 
 
 93,6 
 
 B, b 
 
 bay 
 
 0,0 
 
 0,0 
 
 
 
 e,c 
 
 C, c 
 
 tsay 
 
 ^.P 
 
 P,P 
 
 pay 
 
 S), b 
 
 D, d 
 
 day 
 
 0, q 
 
 Q,q 
 
 koo 
 
 e,c 
 
 E,e 
 
 ay 
 
 ^,r 
 
 R,r 
 
 err 
 
 g,f 
 
 F,f 
 
 ef 
 
 ^f fr S' 
 
 S,s 
 
 es 
 
 ®,9 
 
 G,g 
 
 gay 
 
 %i 
 
 T,t 
 
 tay 
 
 ©-I) 
 
 H, h 
 
 ha 
 
 U,u 
 
 U, u 
 
 00 
 
 3,i 
 
 I,i 
 
 ee 
 
 %t> 
 
 V,v 
 
 fow 
 
 ai 
 
 J,j 
 
 yot 
 
 mr\Q 
 
 W, w 
 
 vay 
 
 t,f 
 
 K, k 
 
 ka 
 
 x,^ 
 
 X, X 
 
 IX 
 
 S,i 
 
 L, I 
 
 el 
 
 %^) 
 
 Y,y 
 
 ip'-see-lon 
 
 m, m 
 
 M, m 
 
 em 
 
 3. a 
 
 Z, z 
 
 tset 
 
 i) The last 3 is used at the end of a syllable before a consonant 
 or at the end of a word. 
 
45 
 
 Letters which may easily be mistaken one for another: 
 
 8 b and i8 V 
 
 ^ c and (S e 
 dl n and dl r 
 P o and O q 
 
 !D d and £) o 
 @ g and (B s 
 ^ k and 5^ n 
 m ni and S w 
 
 b b and b d 
 
 f s and f f 
 
 t) V and t] y 
 
 r r and ^ x 
 
 Beading Exercise.' 
 
 ajjcin ^rubcr {)at 3I)ren ©crrn 33ater ni^t gefe^en, al^ er 
 geftern in bem 333artefaa( wax, 2Bar 3^l)r §err 3Sater geftem in 
 bem Sartefaal? (5r ()at S^rct; §errn 33ater geftem Ibenb nic^t 
 gefe^en. Sen ()aben @ie in bem Saben be^ bcutfdjcn ^anfmann^ 
 gefe^en? §abcn (Sie ben beut[d)en ^aufmann in bem Saben 
 meine«^ ^ruber^ gefc()en? SKa^ Ijat ^i)x §err :^rnber in :^er(in 
 grfanft? S^ tjahc biefen D^ocf gefauft, aU id) in bonbon war. 
 SKo l^abcn @ie i^n gefanft? 9}?cin ^mber l)at biefen 9^oc! fe^r 
 billig gefanft. Siffen @ie, h)ic t)ie( er fiir fein iBiUet bega^lt ^at? 
 2[Baren (5ie geftem 5Ibenb in bem Concert? S^ein, mein ^err, 
 idi) wax geftcrn ^Ibetib nid)t in bem Concert, id) loar gn §aufe. 
 Qd) I)abe einen §nt fiir mcinen (Sol)n, ein ^aar §anbfc^n^e fiir 
 meinen ^rnber, unb einen ^amm fiir mid^ felbft gefanft. (Snt^ 
 fdjnibigen <Sie, mein ^cxx, too nimmt man bie ^iUctt nad) Ber- 
 lin? 9}?an nimmt bie ^iiktt md) Berlin in biefem ^iirean 
 Sitte, gebm (Bk mix ein billet erfter ^(affe nad) Sonbon. 
 
 i) The eye must, as soon as possible, become accustomed to the 
 German letters. I have, therefore, repeated a number of our 
 previous sentences in German type. The student must translate 
 this exercise into English, and must then — without the help of 
 the text-book— render it into German. Write with English letters j 
 the German hand-writing will be taught later. 
 
46 
 
 2 
 
 The Article. 
 
 The German language, like the English, has a definite 
 ■.\ an indefinite article, of which the latter has no plural 
 . either language. 
 
 Both the definite and indefinite article are declined^ and 
 iicate by their endings the gender^ number, and ease ofi the 
 un to which they belong. 
 
 Tliere are four cases in the German declension : the 
 nominative,^ genitive,^ dative, and accusative.*' 
 
 
 Declension of the Definite 
 
 Article. 
 
 
 
 :SinguIar. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Netiier. 
 
 For all Gendi rs. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 bcr 
 
 bie 
 
 baS the 
 
 bic the 
 
 Gen. 
 
 beS 
 
 bcr 
 
 be3 of the 
 
 ber of the 
 
 Dat. 
 
 bcm 
 
 ber 
 
 bcm to the 
 
 ben to the 
 
 Ace. 
 
 ben 
 
 bie 
 
 ^iOii the 
 
 bic the 
 
 It will be se-en tliat the nomiTiative and accusative are the 
 same except in the singular of the masculine where 
 the nominative is b C r and the accusative b C U. 
 
 i) The nominative, answering to the English nominative, belongs 
 to the subject of a sentence, and answers to the question : rvho? or 
 
 li'hat? Ex "50?cin 33nibci: l)at 3|ren ^atcr gcjeljcn. Who has seen ? 
 
 A:isvver: My I'rother. 
 
 2) The genitive ox possessive case answers to the question : ^vhos' ? 
 
 or of which? Ex. 3n bcm i'oben bcsi bcutfriini .^niifinnnn^, In the 
 
 Cierman merchant's store. Question: In ichose s\o\el Answer: The 
 iJer/nan merchant's. 
 
 3 The dative case answers to the question : to t; horn ? Ex. 2J?ein 
 yiiiber l)at ba^ 35illet bcm X^icncr gctjcbcn. To -whom did he give the 
 
 ticket? Answer. To the servant. 
 
 4) The accusative case corresponds to our ohjec/ive case, and answers 
 to the question : 7uhom ? or tuhat ? Ex. Wq'xw ^rubcr l)at ^IjVCn ^atCI 
 gcje^U. Whom did he see ? Answer : Your fattier. 
 
47 
 
 In the same manner the following words are declined 
 (which are often substituted for the definite article), viz : 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fem. 
 
 Neuter. 
 
 For ali 2 Genders 
 
 biefrt {dee'-zer) 
 
 biefc {dee'-ze) biefc^ {dee'-zes). 
 
 this 
 
 biefc these 
 
 iencc <^yay.ner) 
 
 jenc (>/«/- 
 
 ne) jenc^ <^yay-nes), 
 
 that 
 
 ieiic those 
 
 luelcfjcr {vel-yer) 
 
 lDe(d)c (w/ 
 
 -^e) tDeld)C0 (?)//'-y/^), 
 
 which 
 
 meld)c whicn 
 
 jebci; i^yay'-der) 
 
 jebc (jay'-rf'/) jebc^ {yay'-des\ 
 
 every 
 
 no plural. 
 
 
 
 Declension. 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fem. 
 
 Neuter. 
 
 For all Genders. 
 
 Nom. bief=tr 
 
 bief--c 
 
 biej^C^ this 
 
 W\-t these 
 
 Gen. bief^cg 
 
 bief^cc 
 
 biej-c^ of this 
 
 bief=cc of these 
 
 Dai. bie^cm 
 
 bief=cc 
 
 bief^cm to this 
 
 biej^cn to these 
 
 Ace. bief^cn 
 
 bic^e 
 
 bief^c^ this 
 
 biej-e 
 
 these 
 
 The Indefinite Article. 
 
 Like the definite, the indefinite article has four cases, 
 which, by their endings, serve to indicate the gender and 
 case of the noun to which the article belongs. Because 
 of its original significance = one, the indefinite article 
 has no plural. 
 
 Declension of the Indefinite Article. 
 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fem. 
 
 Neuter. 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 ciu {Ine) 
 
 eiu-C {i-'ne) 
 
 eiu {Ine) 
 
 a or an 
 
 Gen. 
 
 ciu-c^ 
 
 ein cc 
 
 ein^c^ 
 
 of a 
 
 Dat. 
 
 ciu nn 
 
 eiu^cr 
 
 ein^cm 
 
 to a 
 
 Ace. 
 
 eiu en 
 
 ein-c 
 
 ein 
 
 a 
 
48 
 
 The following words, the so-called possessive pro7wuns, 
 which occasionally take the place of the article, are de- 
 clined in the same wa}^, but have a plural : 
 
 Possessive Pronouns. 
 
 
 ntem K7mne) 
 
 menie (nil -ne) 
 
 mein 
 
 ray 
 
 
 bciu {dine) 
 
 beine {di'-ne) 
 
 bcin 
 
 thy 
 
 
 fein {zine) 
 
 feine {zi'-ne) 
 
 fein 
 
 his 
 
 
 i^r {eer\ 
 
 \))Xt {ee'-re) 
 
 t^r 
 
 her' 
 
 
 Unfer {don'-zer) 
 
 linfere {oon'-ze-re) 
 
 unfer 
 
 our 
 
 
 Sfir {ee-r) 
 
 3f)re {ee'-re) 
 
 3^r 
 
 your ' 
 
 
 i^r {eer) 
 
 i^re {ee're') 
 
 Declension. 
 
 t^r 
 
 their' 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 Masc. Fern. 
 
 Neuter. 
 
 For all Genders, 
 
 Norn. 
 
 tnetn mein-c 
 
 ntein my 
 
 mein-c 
 
 my 
 
 Gen. 
 
 mein=c^ mein^ct 
 
 mein-fg of my 
 
 mein rv 
 
 of my 
 
 Dat. 
 
 mein-nn tnein^ci* 
 
 ntein-cm to my 
 
 mcin=cn 
 
 to my 
 
 Ace 
 
 mein^cn mein^c 
 
 jnein my 
 
 mein=c 
 
 my 
 
 In order to get familiar with the declension of the 
 German article, the student ought to decline \\v& possessive 
 pronomis. It would, however, be a loss of time to try to 
 master the article thoroughly, for this is a feat which no 
 foreigner can ever hope to accomplish except by long 
 residence in Germany, and by constant attention and 
 study. 
 
 Gender of Substantives. 
 
 In German \\iq gender of substantives is not^ as in Eng- 
 lish, determined merely by the signification ^ but also by 
 
 i) There is one form only for 'your, her, and their', — viz., il^r. This 
 is very confusing. The pupil must remember that ^Ijr, in address- 
 ing a person, is always written with a capital letter. The same is 
 the case with t^ic when it means you. 
 
4 9 
 
 the endings. The names of inanimate things, therefore, 
 may be either masculine^ feminine^ or neuter. 
 
 This part of German grammar is unfortunately so dif- 
 ficult to reduce to general and precise I'ules^ that the 
 student can be successful only by constant attention to the 
 article which I shall repeat before each noun. 
 
 Words, 
 
 bcr 3>atcr {fdh'-ter), the father, 
 ber ®ol)U {zone), the son. 
 bcr ^rilbcr {broo-der), the brother.. 
 bcr Ontel {on'-ket), the uncle, 
 ber ©rofjUQter {gros'-fah-tir), the 
 
 grandfather, 
 bcr (Soufin {cdd-zaing'\ the cousin, 
 bcr ^Setter {fet'-ter), the cousin, 
 ber SSlt^t {nef-fe), the nephew, 
 bcr ®(^tt)agcr {shvah'-gher), the 
 
 brother-in-law. 
 ber (Snfel {en -kit), the grand-child 
 
 bcr ®d)miegcr»atcr {shvce-gher. 
 fdh-ter), the father-in-law. 
 
 bie '^ixiitx {modi' -ta), the mother.' 
 
 bie %o^itl{toch' -tef),\he daughter.* 
 
 bie <^^\\)t\in {shve -ster),ihe sister. 
 
 bie Staute (idn'-ti\ the aunt. 
 
 bie ©roOmntter {gros' -mddt-ter), the 
 grandmother. 
 
 bie (Soufxne {coo-zee -ne), the 
 cousin. 
 
 bie 9^ad)tC (;//y'-//), the niece. 
 
 bie @d)lrdgerin {shvay'-ghe-rin), 
 the sister-in-law. 
 
 bie (Snfelin (^«'->^6'-//w), the grand- 
 child. 
 
 bie <2c^H)icgermutter {shvee-ghet- 
 modt-ter), the mother-in-law. 
 
 ic^ l)abe {iy hah' -be), I have, 
 bu ^aft {(too hdst), ihou hast 
 cr ^ ayr -. he 
 
 flC (. l)at zee (. //^if/, she 
 C3 ) es \ it 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 Present. 
 
 lt»ir ^Qben {veer hah' -ben), we have. 
 it)r l)abt (<'» /^J<^/), | you 
 
 (gie t)abeu (^fV hdh'-bin), S have.^ 
 has. flC l^abeu (z^V kdh'-ben), they 
 have. 
 
 i) J<? is pronounced like oo in ^<?£7^, look, &c. 
 
 2) <?r-4 is pronounced like the Scotch 'loch.' 
 
 3) The Germans use the 3rd person plural in addressing, but 
 write the ' @ie ' always with a capital letter. The form ' il)r IjnUt* is 
 not used in common conversation. 
 
50 
 
 Translate this exercise into English, and then render 
 it again into German : 
 
 3(i) \mv geftcrn mit (with) ^^rcm {ee'-rem) DtiM in Berlin. 
 SSie (angc {7'ce /dn^-g/n', how long) iDarcu (Sic in Berlin? 
 9J?eine ©djtDefter tt)ar brei ^a^re (^dry ydh'-re, three years) in 
 Berlin unb i}at bort (there) bcutfd) gelernt {ghd-lernt\ 
 learned). SKo T)abeit (Sie beutfd) gelernt? 3d) ^abe meiit 
 :Deutfd) in (Snglanb {eng'-idnd) gelernt. (Sprcdjen ©ie {shpre*- 
 ^enzee^ do you speak) beutfd)? 21'armn {vd-room') fpredjcn 
 (Ste nic^t beutfc^ mit meincr ^JJ^utter? So l)at ^\)Xt grau^ 
 2)^utter (/-r6'7£/ modt'-ter) beutfd) gekrnt? 9i)kinc DJ^utter \^qX 
 bentf(^ in T)rc§ben getcrnt, ido fie brei 3a^re (for three years) 
 getijo^nt ^at {ghe-vont' hdt, has lived, <?/- lived)» %{^ id) geftcvn 
 Slbenb in bem Sartefaal be^ ^ambnrger (Jiam'-bdorg-er, Ham- 
 burg) ^af)n{)of^ luar, {)abe ic^ O^re gran 3:ante gefe^en. Sar 
 nteine Confine and) (^^/^z^, also) bort? 3d) l^abe 3^re (Confine 
 nic^t gefe^en ; fie (she) n)ar ni^t in bem SavtefaaL 
 
 ^ ' 3. 
 
 Declension of Substantives/ 
 
 There are two declensions in German, called respectively 
 the strong and the weak, or the 8 declension and the N declen- 
 sion. 
 
 i) ^rau {frotv) means ' woman, 7vife, and Mrs.* 
 
 2) German grammarians are not yet agreed on the division of 
 the substantives into declensions. While Adelung adopted eight, 
 and Klopstock preferred six, some have classified them into five. 
 This classification has been chosen mainly on account of the plural, 
 but as liiere are almost as many exceptions as verifications of the 
 rules of the above-mentioned. I — like Sanders and Grimm — give 
 but two declensions. This simplifies the study materially, and will 
 be found quite sufficient, as I always mention the plural of each noun 
 as it occurs. 
 
51 
 
 The distinguishing sign of these declensions is found in 
 the genitive of the singular. 
 
 The strong declension^ or 8 declension^ adds ' ^ ' (or * c§ ') in 
 the genitive sing. Ex. Nom. bcr ^rubcr, the brother- 
 Gen. bo's ^rubcr^^, of the brother, or the brother's. Nofn. 
 bcr Sol)n {zone)y the son ; Gen. be^ 3ol)n==Cv5 {zd'-ncs) of the 
 son, or the son's. 
 
 The 7veak declension^ or N declension, takes the termination 
 ' cn' in the genitive sing. Ex. Notn. bcr §crr, the gentle- 
 man ; Gen. bc§ ©crr-cn (or §ciT=n), of the gentleman, or 
 the gentleman's. Nom. bcr ^abe {k-ndh'-be), the boy ; 
 Gen. be§ £nab'Cn {kndk'-bcn), of the boy, or the boy's. 
 
 Declension. 
 
 Masculine and neuter substantives are generally declined 
 by the strong or S declension. 
 
 The only change of termination consists in adding '§ ' 
 in the genitive singular^ and 'n' in the dative plural. 
 
 In the plural, most words belonging to this declension 
 modify the three vowels, ' a, 0, u/ in 'd, o, ii.' 
 
 Nouns with other vowels remain unchanged in the 
 plural. 
 
 Examples of Masculine Nouns. 
 
 Singular. 
 Nom. bcr 53ruber, the brother. 
 Gen. De8 33riibcr=3, of the bro- 
 ther, or the brother's. 
 Dat. Dcni S3rubcr, to the brother. 
 
 Plural. 
 bie 33nibcr, the brothers, 
 ber 33rubcr, of the brothers, or the 
 
 brothers', 
 ben 53rubcr=n, to the brothers. 
 
 Ace. ben Sruber, the brother. I bie 33rubcr, the brothers. 
 
52 
 
 Examples of Neuter Nonns. 
 
 Plural. 
 bie ^enfter, the windows. 
 
 Singular 
 
 Norn bag ^enfter {fen -ster\ the 
 window. 
 
 Gen bcS ^eiiftev-^, cf the win- 
 dow, or the window's. 
 
 Pat bem ?5Cufter,to the window. 
 
 Ax baS ?V'^»ft'^^*' t^® window. 
 
 Decline in the same way: 
 
 bLT SSatcr (//. ^L^citcr), the father, 
 bcr l-ct)rer {lay -rer), the teacher. 
 bcr iSd)UIer {shilh -let), the pupil, 
 ber ^Sc^nciber {shni~der\ the tailor, 
 bcr @tiefc( {shtee-fel), the boot. 
 
 ber ?^enfter, of the windows, m 
 
 the windows', 
 ben genfter^n, to the windows, 
 bie genfter, the windows. 
 
 bo§ SJieffer {mcs'-ser), the knife. 
 'iia'i 3iJ"nter {tsim'-jner), the room. 
 bag 9)?dbd)en {maid-^en), the girl.' 
 bag aj^ittel {mit'-m\ the means. 
 bag 5^"^^^ {foi'-er), the fire. 
 
 ic^ bin, I am. 
 bn bift, thou art. 
 er ift, he is. 
 fie ift, she is. 
 
 \6) trar {vdr), I was. 
 bn tt)arft {vdrst), thou wast, 
 er Xoax {var), he was. 
 f.e tnar \7'dr), she was. 
 
 you are. 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 Present. 
 
 \ toil fmb {zint), we are. 
 i^r fetb {zite),^ ) 
 @ie ftnb {zmt), j 
 fie fmb (zint), they are. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 )uir iraren {va-ren), we were. 
 
 i^r ttjart (z/arO.^ ) 
 
 _. , /- you were 
 
 (2?ie irtaren (z'^ -r^«), ) 
 
 fie IDaren {va-ren), they were. 
 
 Translate into English, and then again into German; 
 
 A. 
 SKcr (7w>, wlio .?) ift bicfer 90^ann? SBiffcn ©ic {vis' -sen 
 zeiy do you know), wtx biefer SO^ann ift? Siffen (Sie nid)t, 
 
 l) • The girl ' is neuterm German ; also bag 3Sei^ {vipe), the woman, 
 a) The form ' i^r tt)art ' is not used in common conversation. 
 
63 
 
 bag (that) t^ bicfctt 3J?ann geftcm in bem SK^artcfaal gefe^en 
 t)abc? SS^ij'fen etc, tDte (how) biefcr §crr Ijeifet (/^/"-j/, is 
 named) ?^ X)icfer $crr ift cin T)eutfd)cr {dttt'-shcr, a Ger- 
 man) unb t)ei6t Otto {pt'-to). ^ittc, gcben^ie mu' (give me) 
 cin bcutfd)C^ ^ud) (i>/^ doif-shes booch, a German book). S5$te 
 Die! t'oftct (kos'-tet, costs, ^r does cost) bicfc^ 48uc^? Siffctt 
 eiC; ob (^, if) mcin 33ater biefc^ ^nc^ gefauft ^at? 
 
 B. 
 
 The learner may now commit the lollowing words to 
 memory, and translate the Exercise. 
 
 Words. 
 
 gcmac^t {ghe-macht'\ made, done, 
 bejatjlt {be-lsd'hlt), paid. 
 gcfac)t {ghe-zd'hgt), said. 
 
 <ii\)OX{ {gh^-ho yty, heard, 
 gegcben {ghe-ghai'-ben), given, 
 gelefcn ighe-lai' -zen), read. 
 
 gef(^riehen^/->4/.j/4r//'-3/«),written. i %t\^{(x\t\\{ghe-shldh'-/en), slept. 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 What have you done.? What has he been dowg^ in Lon- 
 don ? What has your brother done } Has he done it 
 ((g) ? Have you paid the bill (bic 9iCC^nung, re^'-noong) ? 
 He has not paid the bill. < Why did h± not pay ^ the bill ? 
 What did he say ^ ? What did he say^ to (3U, tsdo) you (3^« 
 ncn) ? Have you written the letter (iicn ^ricf) ? My 
 brother 7^/r^/^ * a German letter (etncn bcutfd)en^r[ef). Why 
 did you not luj-ite?"^ Why did you not ivrite"' a German let- 
 ter? ^Have you heard this opera (bicfc Opcr) ? No, sir, I 
 have not heard this opera. Have you read the newspaper 
 (bie 3citung) ? No, sir, I did not read the newspaper to- 
 day (()eutc, hoi'-te). Did you read"" this book (bicfe^ -53ud)) .? 
 
 i) Do you know what is the name of this gentleman? 
 
 2) The Germans have only one form for ' did you do ; have you 
 done ; have you been doing,' viz.: l)aben <Sie gcmadjtV '/ rvrote, I did 
 write,! have written, I have been writing' viz.: id} l^obc gefc^riebett. 
 
^^t "^thimtk^ufi pst(w. 
 
 FABT II. 
 
II. 
 
 FOUNDATION SENTENCE. 
 Can you tell me at what o'clock the first 
 
 train leaves for Dresden? If it is ^uy way 
 possible, I should like to arrive there this fore- 
 noon, as I am very anxious to meet a business- 
 friend of mine. 
 
 1, 
 Can you tell me? 
 
 1) The German *<?' sounds very much like our '^a* in * early; 
 only much longer, 
 
 2) The German ' ch' is a palatal to which no English sound ap- 
 proaches. It sounds somewhat similar to a strongly-aspirated h, 
 and is either soft (after e and »), or harsh. In the latter case it is 
 
n. 
 
 FOUNDATION SENTENCE. 
 Konnen Sie mir vielleicht sagen^ um wic 
 
 kon'-n6n * zgg mere fesl-liyt' ' z3,h'-ghen 66m ^ ves 
 
 viel Uhr der erste Zug nach Dresden abgeht^ 
 
 fggl Oor^ dayr air'-st6 ts66ch * nach * drais'-d6n Sp'-gayt 
 
 Wenn irgend moglicli, so moelite ich noch lieutc 
 
 ven irr'-ghent mog'-Iiy* zo moy'-te * i^ ' noch' hoy'-t6 
 
 Tormittag dort ankonimen, da mir sehr daran 
 
 fore'-mlt'-tag ^ d6rt an'-k6m-m6n dah mere zair dah-rSn 
 
 liegt, einen meiner Geschaftsfreunde zu treifen. 
 
 leegt l'-n6n ral'-ner ghg-sh6fts'-froyn-dfi tsOO trfif-fgn. 
 
 1. 
 
 Konnen Sie mir yielleicht sagen ? 
 
 kdn'-ngn zee mere fe5l-liyt' zah'-ghgn. 
 
 Bounded like ' cV in the Scotch word * loch.* It is always pro 
 nounced in this manner after *a, o, and «.* 
 -;) " dd' sounds like oo in look, book, &c- 
 
 4) ^00^ is pronounced like ^00' in fool, soon, &c. 
 
 5) 'w^'and ' ag' are commonly pronounced like *i«rA' and 'J^A 
 though more refined people say * ug* and '4Jr.' 
 
' 
 
 
 Can you ? 
 
 
 I can. 
 
 we can. 
 
 thou canst. 
 
 you can. 
 
 he can. 
 
 they can. 
 
 to me {or me) 
 
 
 perhaps 
 
 
 to tell {or to say ; to inform) 
 
 
 I say. 
 
 wc say. 
 
 thou say St. 
 
 you say. 
 
 he says. 
 
 they say. 
 
 1. Can you pay the bill ? (Literally : Can you the bill 
 pay [bezaJden] ?) 
 
 2. I cannot pay the bill to-day. (Literally : I can the 
 bill to-day not pay.) 
 
 3. When can you pay this bill 1 (Literally : When 
 
 \wann\ can you this \diese\ bill pay ?) 
 
 4. When can he pay this bill ? (Literally : When can 
 he this bill pay .'*) 
 
 ^. Why can he not pay this bill to-day? (= Why 
 {ioarai)i\ can he this bill not to-day ^}ieute\ pay ?] 
 
 6. Can you speak German t (= Can you German 
 speak [sprechen] ?) 
 
 i) Kdnnen Sie? can you? It must be observed that the form ihr 
 is not used in every-day conversation, or at least only among vety 
 intimate friends and relatives. Ihr is the plural of <lii, thou. — Sie 
 (originally the 3d person plural) must always be written with a cap- 
 ital letter when it is used in addressing a person. 
 
 2) Vielleicht, perhaps. The Germans are very fond of employing 
 
59 
 
 Konngn Sie {kon'-nSn zee) * ? (Present of the Auxiliary 
 
 Verb konnen^ to be able, which is thus conjugated : 
 
 ich kann {kdn). wir konnen. 
 
 du kannst {kanst). \ 'J/ ^°""^-' 
 
 ^ ' \ Sie konnen. 
 
 er kann {kdn) sie konnea. 
 
 mir (mere) 
 
 vielleicht (feel-lnt^) * 
 
 sagen {zdh'-ghen). (Infinitive of the regular verb sagen, 
 to tell ; to say.) The present tense is thus con- 
 jugated : 
 
 ich sage {zdh'-ghe). wir sagen {zahf-ghen). 
 
 dns.gst (zakgs^), ] 'sYe Tafef ^''^• 
 
 er sagt (zd^g^). sie sa|en i^^^"-^^^^- ) 
 
 1. Konnen Sie die Rechnung bezahlen (dee re^'-noong 
 be-tsdh' -len) ? 
 
 2. Ich kann die Rechnung heute nicht bezahlen (dei 
 re'^'-noong hoy*-te ni^t be-tsdh'-len), 
 
 3. Wann {Tjdn) konnen Sie diese (dee'-ze) Rechnung 
 bezahlen } 
 
 4. Wann kann er diese Rechnung bezahlen ? 
 
 5. Warum (vdh-room') kann er diese Rechnung nichi 
 
 heute bezahlen .? 
 
 6. Konnen Sie deutsch sprechen (doitch sh'pre'-^en) ? 
 
 little particles, as : vielleicht, perhaps ; sckon (shOne), already ; nock, 
 yet, &c., in conversation. These particles cannot be translatec^ 
 literally into English, neither can their use be learned by any rules 
 In this sentence : * Konnen Sie mir vielleicht sagen,' the ' vielleicht* 
 renders the question more polite. In its literal sense vielleicht sig- 
 nifies perhaps. 
 
60 
 
 7- I can speak and write German (= I can German 
 speak and write [schreiben']). 
 
 8. I cannot speak German well (=1 cannot well \^uf\ 
 German speak). 
 
 9. I can read German, but I cannot speak it ( = I can 
 German read [lesen], but [aber\ I can it [es] not 
 speak). 
 
 10. Can your brother-in-law speak German } {Literally : 
 Can your Mr. brother-in-law [Schwager] German 
 speak ?) 
 
 11. My brother-in-law was three (drei) years (Jahre) in 
 Germany {Deutschland) and can speak, read, and 
 write German (= and can German speak, read, and 
 write [schreiben] ) . 
 
 12. Can you write German (= Can you German write)."* 
 "13. Can you write this letter ? {Literally : Can you this 
 
 letter [diesen Brief] write ?) 
 
 14. When can you write this letter? (= When can yon 
 this letter write) ? 
 
 15. Can you write this German letter for me? {Literally : 
 
 Can you this German letter for me [filr mich] 
 write ?) 
 
 16. I cannot write this letter for you now (=1 can this 
 letter not now [jetzt] for you write). 
 
 17. When can you write it for me? {Literally: When 
 can you him \ilin] ^ for me \inich] write ?) 
 
 18. I cannot do it now; I will write it to-morrow for 
 you. {Literally : I can it \es] now not do \tliun] -^ I 
 will [luill] him'^ to-morrow [morgeii] for you write.) 
 
 i) Wliy must ' ihn'' be used in this sentence? Compare Note 7, 
 >age 37. 
 a) There is no sound in German resembling our ' M ' ; and it is 
 
61 
 
 7- Ich kann deutsch sprechen und schreiben {doitch 
 sJCpre'-^en dont shri'-ben). 
 
 8. Ich kann nicht gut {goot) deutsch sprechen. 
 
 9. Ich kann deutsch lesen {lay'-zhi)^ aber {ah'-ber) ich 
 kann es nicht sprechen. 
 
 ;o. Kann Ihr Herr Sch wager [sh^ vdh* -gher) deutsch 
 sprechen ? 
 
 11. Mein Schwager war drei Jahre in Deutschland [diy 
 yah! -re in doitch' -land) und kann deutsch sprechen, 
 lesen und schreiben. 
 
 12. Konnen Sie deutsch schreiben {shri'-ben)} 
 
 13. Konnen Sie diesen Brief schreiben {dee'-zen brief 
 shrl'-ben) ? 
 
 14. Wann konnen Sie diesen Brief schreiben ? 
 
 15. Konnen Sie diesen deutschen Brief flir mich schrei- 
 ben i^fiir mP shri'-ben) ? 
 
 16. Ich kann diesen Brief nicht jetzt fiir Sie schreiben 
 (ni^t yetst fiir zee shrV-bai). 
 
 17. Wann konnen Sie ihn * {een) fiir mich schreiben ? 
 
 18. Ich kann es jetzt nicht Xhwn'^ {yetst ni^t toon)] id'* 
 will {viil) ihn {een) mor'gen fiir Sie schreiben. 
 
 for this reason that nowadays — especially in Austrian books — the 
 German th is entirely discarded. Jix. tun, to do ; Mut (otherwise 
 written Mulh), courage ; teuer (otherwise spelled tkeuer), dear, &c. 
 
62 
 
 1 9- He cannot do it to-day (=He can it [es] to-day not 
 do). 
 
 20. When can you do (or make) it ? {Literally : When 
 can you it make \jnaclieii\ ?) 
 
 21. When can you make this dress for me ? (=:When can 
 you this dress [dieses Kleid] for me make) ? 
 
 22 I cannot make your dress this week. (=1 can your 
 dress [Ihr Kleid'] not in this week \in dieser Woche] 
 make.) 
 
 23. Wh not.? 
 
 24. It is impossible {immoglicli) ; I have too much {zu 
 viel) to do {zu thun). 
 
 25. Have you much to do {zu thun) ? 
 
 26. Yes, Sir, we have very much {sehr viel) to do. 
 
 27. We have a great deal to do in our business. {Liter- 
 ally : We have a great deal [=very much, sehr viel] 
 in our business [m U7iserem Geschdft] to do.) 
 
 28. Have you much to do in your business now {or now- 
 adays) .»* (=Have you now [jetzt] much in your 
 business [in Ihrem Geschdft] to do) ? 
 
 29. Yes, Sir, we are very busy nowadays (=we are now 
 
 very busy [heschdftigt]). 
 
 30. My father was very busy yesterday; there were [es 
 waren] many [viele] German customers [Kunden] in 
 his store. 
 
 31. Have you many [viele] German customers? 
 
 32. We have very many German and English customers 
 {Kundeii), but most {die meisten) of our {unserer) 
 customers are Americans {Amerihaner). 
 
03 
 19- Er kann es heute nicht thun (toofi). 
 
 20. Wann konnen Sie es machen {md'-chen) ? 
 
 21. Wann konnen Sie dieses Kleid {dee'-zes klite) flii 
 mich machen ? 
 
 2 2 Ich kann Ihr Kleid nicht in dieser Woche machen 
 {klite nVt hi dee'-zer vo'-che md'-chen), 
 
 23. Warum nicht 1 
 
 24. Es ist unmoglich (oon-mog'-lt^) ; ich habe zu viel zu 
 thun (P' hah' -be tsod feel tsod tdon). 
 
 25. Haben Sie viel zu thun {feel tsod toon) ? 
 
 26. Ja, mein Herr, wir haben sehr viel zu thun (zayr feel 
 tsod toon). 
 
 27. Wir haben sehr viel in unserem Geschaft zu thun 
 {in don' -ze-reni ghe-sheft' tsod tddn). 
 
 28. Haben Sie jetzt viel {feel) in Ihrem Geschaft {tn ee'- 
 rem ghe-sheft') zu thun ? * 
 
 29. Ja, mein Herr, wir sind jetzt sehr beschiiftigt {be- 
 shef'tiH). 
 
 30. Mein Vater war gestern sehr beschaftigt {be-shef- 
 tP't)\ es waren viele deutsche iCunden in seinem La- 
 den (fee'-le doit' -she kdon'-den in zt' -nan Idh'-den). 
 
 31. Haben Sie viele deutsche Kunden [fce'-le doit' -she 
 kdon'-den) ? 
 
 52. Wir haben sehr viele deutsche und eng'lische Kun- 
 den ; aber die meisten unserer Kunden sind Ameri- 
 kaner {ah'-ber dee mf-sten ddn'-ze-rer kdon'-den zint 
 d-may-ree-kdh' -ner). 
 
64 
 
 33. What do you say ? (= What say you ?) 
 
 34. What does he say ? (= Wliat says he ?) 
 
 35. What does this man say ? (= What says this man ?) 
 
 36. He says he cannot read this letter. {Literally : He 
 says he can this letter not read, or : He says that he 
 this letter not read can.) 
 
 37. He says he cannot speak German. {Literally .-He 
 says he cannot German speak, or : He says that he 
 not German speak can.) 
 
 38. What does she say } (=What says she .-*) 
 
 39. She says she cannot make this dress for you. {Lit- 
 erally : She says she can this dress [dieses Kleid] not 
 for you make, or : She says that she this dress not 
 for you make can.)^ 
 
 40. Tell him so. (= Tell you^ [sagen Sie'] to him [ihm] 
 that.) 
 
 41. Tell him that I am not well. (= Tell you to him I 
 am not well [ivolil]^ or : that I not well am.) 
 
 42. Tell Mr. Muller that I am ill. (= Tell you Mr. Mul- 
 ler .tliBt I ill [krdnlc] am.) 
 
 . 2. 
 At what o'clock the first train leaves for 
 
 Dresden! 
 
 At 
 
 i) The 2d person of the imperative of German verbs differs in so 
 farfrcm the English that the pronoun Sie must always be added, 
 
6a 
 
 33. Was sagen Sie ? 
 
 34. Was sagt er ? 
 
 35. Was sagt dieser Mann? 
 
 ^'- Ie 
 
 Er sagt, er kann diesen Brief nicht lesen. 
 
 37- 
 
 Er sagt, dass er dieeen Brief nicht lesen kann. 
 
 j Er 
 (Er 
 
 Er sagt, er kann nicht deutsch sprechen. 
 
 sagt, dass er niciit deutsch sprechen kann. 
 
 38. Was sagt sie ? 
 
 / Sie sagt, sie kann dieses Kleid nicht fiir Sie machen, 
 
 39. -! Sie sagt, dass sie dieses Kleid nicht fiir Sie machen 
 ' kann. 
 
 40. Sagen Sie^ ihm das {eim dds). 
 
 41 
 
 ( Sagen Sie ihm, ich bin nicht wohl {vohl) 
 ( Sagen Sie ihm, dass ich nicht wohl bin, 
 42. Sagen Sie Herrn Miil'ler, dass ich krank bin (krdnk 
 bin). 
 
 2. 
 
 Um wie viel Uhr der erste Zug nach Dresden 
 
 60m v55 feel OQr dayr air'-ste tsdOch nach drais'-den 
 
 abgeht? 
 
 ap'-gayt. 
 Um (dom) 
 
 as : Sagen Sie ihm, td* him ; Geben Sie ihm, fir've him ; Bringen Sie 
 ihm^ brini; him. 
 
m 
 
 how 
 
 much 
 
 clock {or watch) 
 
 at what o'clock/ 
 
 the 
 
 first 
 
 train 
 
 to 
 
 Dresden 
 
 leaves. 
 
 I go. 
 
 thou goest. 
 he goes. 
 
 we go. 
 you go. 
 they. go. 
 
 Can you tell me where the depot is ? {Literally 
 you to TsxQ perhaps'^ say where the depot /V^ .?) 
 
 v: Can 
 
 i) The following 
 
 Remarks on the German Construction 
 are very important and ought to be carefully studied by the pupil. 
 (Compare the grammatical remarks.) 
 
 In order to construe a German sentence correctly we must always 
 consider whether it be 2i principal or a dependent proposition. 
 
 The construction of principal sentences is the same in German as in 
 English, provided the verb stands in a simple tense, as : The father buys 
 a house, der Vater kauft ein Haus. The servant goes to the bank, der 
 Diener {dee'-nh-) geht nach der Bank. The boy learns [or is learning) 
 his German lessons, der Knabe (k'ndh'-bi) lernt seine deiitschen Lectionen 
 {lik-tsyd'-7ien). 
 
 But if the verb stands in a compound tense (as : I have written ; / 
 shall buy, &c.) the auxiliary {I have ; I shall) takes the second place, 
 while the participle {zuritten) or infinitive {buy) is placed at the very 
 end of the sentence, as : 
 
 Object. Participle. 
 
 Ihren Herrn Vater gesehen. 
 ein Paar Handschuhe gekauft. 
 dieses deutsche Buch gelesen. 
 sein Billet kaufen (infin). 
 
 diesen Brief schreiben {infin.). 
 
 Subject. Auxiliary. 
 Mein Bruder hat 
 
 Ich habe 
 
 Meine Schwester hat 
 Der Diener wird 
 
 Ihre Mutter wird 
 
67 
 
 wie (vei) 
 
 viel {fee/) 
 
 Uhr {{em.) {dor) 
 
 um wie viel Uhr (oom vee feel dor) ? 
 
 der {dair) 
 
 erste {air'-ste) 
 
 Zug (masc.) {tsooch) 
 
 nach {ndcK) 
 
 Dresden {drais* -deri) 
 
 abgeht* {dp'-gayt). The simple verb is : 
 
 ich gehe {gay -he). wir gehen [gay'-hM). 
 
 er geht {gayt). 
 
 sie gehen 
 
 {gay'-hen). 
 
 I. Konnen Sie mir vielleicht^ {/eel-iP't') sagen, wo del 
 Bahnhof ist'? 
 
 The main difficulty, however, is in the construction of the dependent 
 (or subordinate) sentences. A dependent sentence is an add tion to 
 one of the members of the principal sentence defining or explaining 
 it. A dependent clause in German must always begin either with a 
 relative pronoun (as: welcher, wer, wen, Sic.), or with a subordijiate 
 conjunction (as : als, da, nachdem, weil, ob, dass, &c.). 
 
 in the dependent sentences the verb always occupies the very last place 
 of the sentence. In compound tenses the auxiliary stands last. 
 
 Principal sentence. Dependent sentence. 
 
 Mein Bruder hat Ihren Herrn als er gestern in dem Wartesaal 
 Vater gesehen, des Hamburger Bahnhof s war. 
 
 Ko men Sie mir vielleicht sagen, ob der Herr Doctor zu Hause ist ? 
 
 \Vissen Sie, 
 Mein Freund sagt, 
 
 Der Mann, 
 
 ist ein Amerikaner {a may-ree- 
 kdh'-nir) und heisst Brown. 
 2) Compare Note 2, page 58. 
 
 dass der Zug nach Dresden um 
 
 neun Uhr ab^'ht? 
 dass er nicht nach der Bank 
 
 gehen kann, weil (vile) er sehr 
 
 beschafligt ist {zayr be'-she/'-ti^'t 
 
 ist). 
 welchen Sie gestern Abend m 
 
 meinem Laden gesehen llubeii, 
 
68 
 
 2. Can you tell me what o'clock it is? {Literally : Can 
 you to me perhaps say what o'clock it is ?) 
 
 3. I cannot tell you. (=1 can it \es\ to you not say.) 
 
 4. Can you tell me where Mr. Schmidt lives .^ (= Can 
 you to me perhaps say where Mr. Schmidt lives 
 {wohnt\ ?) 
 
 5. I cannot tell you precisely, sir. (=1 can it to you 
 {^[lineii\ not precisely [genau] tell, sir.) 
 
 6. Can you tell me if Dr. Berg lives in this house? 
 {Literally : Can you to me perhaps say if \ob\ Mr. 
 Dr.^ Berg in this house [in diesern Hause] lives ?) 
 
 7. Yes, sir, he lives on the first floor {i7i dem ersten 
 Stock). 
 
 8. Can you tell me if the doctor is at home ? {Literally : 
 Can you to me perhaps say if [ol)\ the Mr. doctor at 
 home \zu Hause] is ?) 
 
 9. That I cannot tell you precisely. ( = 1 can it to you 
 \_Ihneri\ not precisely [genau or hestimmt] tell.) 
 
 10. Can you tell me at what o'clock the first train leaves 
 for Berlin ? 
 
 11. I can tell you exactly. 
 
 I) The Germans are very polite and place the word ' Herr^ before 
 all titles. To a doctor the)' say: ' Herr Doctor'; to a professor, 
 ^ Herr Professor' ; to a general, * Herr Gen»i-ar {ghay-nay-rdhl'). But 
 this is not all ; they transfer even the husband's title to his wife and 
 say to a doctor's wife, ' Frau Doctor'; to a professor's wife, * Frau 
 Professor' ; to a general's, ' Frau General .' Uneducated Germans 
 always say : ' Frau Doc tor in ; Frau Professoriti; Frau Generalin! 
 thus making the title feminine. 
 
69 
 
 2. Konnen Sie mir vielleicht ^ sagen, wie viel Uhr es ist 
 {vee feel dor es ist) ? 
 
 3. Ich kann es Ihnen {ee'-neti) nicht sagen. 
 
 4. Konnen Sie mir vielleicht sagen, wo {voH) Herr 
 Schmidt wohnt {shmitt vohnt) ? 
 
 5. Ich kann es Ihnen nicht genau {ghe-now') sagen, mein 
 Herr. 
 
 6 Konnen Sie mir vielleicht sageii, ob {op) Herr 
 Doctor ^ Berg in diesem Hause wohnt (doc' -tor berg 
 in dee'-zem how'-ze vohnt) ? 
 
 7. Ja, mein Herr; er wohnt in deni ersten Stock^ {dame 
 air'-sten sh'tock). 
 
 8. Konnen Sie mir vielleicht sagen, ob der Herr Doctor"^ 
 zu Hause ist {tsoo how'-ze ist) ? 
 
 9- 
 
 Ich kann es Ihnen {ee'-nen) nicht genau {ghe-now') 
 
 sagen. 
 Ich kann es Ihnen {ee'-nm) nicht bestimmt {be- 
 I sh'timtnt') sagen. 
 
 10. Konnen Sie mir vielleicht sagen, um wie viel Uhr 
 der erste Zug nach Berlin abgeht {oom vie feel dor 
 dayr air'-ste tsooch ndch ber-leen' dp'-gayt) ? 
 
 11. Ich kann es Ihnen ganz genau sagen {ee' -nen gdnts 
 ■ghe-now' zdh' -ghhi). 
 
 2) See Note 2, page 67. 
 
 3) The German and French houses are built very differently from 
 our residences. A German house is usually 75 feet wide and 150 
 feet deep, and consists of from two to seven stories. It would, how- 
 ever, be erroneous to imagine that these houses resemble our tene- 
 ment-barracks, or even the French fiats, though the latter are more 
 like them. 
 
70 
 
 12. Can you tell me in which story {in welchem Stock) 
 Mrs. Gartner^ lives {woJmt) ? 
 
 13. Certainly {Ja wohP)y sir; Mrs. Gartner'^ lives in the 
 second story, but (aher) she is not at home (zu 
 Haiise). 
 
 14. Can you tell me if he saw my uncle on /change 
 (= if he my \meinen\ uncle on 'change [auf der 
 Borse] seen has *) } 
 
 15. Yes, sir, he saw him on 'change (==:he lias him on 
 
 'change seen). 
 
 16. Can you tell me at what price he has bought these 
 goods (= at what price [zu ivelchem Pi^eitic] he these 
 goods [ Waareti] bought has) .'' 
 
 17. That I cannot tell you precisely; I think {ich glaube) 
 they cost 500 marks {fiXyifhun' dert Mark). 
 
 18. Do you know (wissen Sie) what is the price of these 
 goods (= what the price [der Freis] of these goods 
 is) ? 
 
 19. What is the cheapest wholesale price {der MVligste 
 engros' Preis) of these goods } 
 
 20. The cheapest A^holesale price {der MVligste engros' 
 Preis) at which I can give you these goods is five 
 hundred marks (= at which \zu loelcheni] I to you 
 these goods give can^ is five hundred marks). 
 
 1) Der Gartner rtieans the gardener ; der Garten (pi. die Garten), the 
 garden ; der Blu'mengarten {bloo -men-gdr-tin), the flowergarden. 
 
 2) Ja wohl is a little more polite than >«, and means about as much 
 as our'^'^j, «>.' 
 
71 
 
 12. Konnen Sie mir vielleicht sagen, in welchem Stock 
 (vel'-^em sh'tock) Frau Gartner^ wohnt {/roui gayrt'- 
 ner vont) ? 
 
 13. Ja wohl"^ (^«// ?v/), mein Herr, Frau Gartner'^ wohnt 
 
 in dem zweiten (tsvi'-ten) Stock, aber sie ist nicht zu 
 Hause {ah'-ber zee ist ni^t tsod ho7u*-ze). 
 
 14. Konnen Sie mir vielleicht sagen, ob er meinen On- 
 kel auf der Borse {owf* dayr bor'-ze) gesehen hat ? ' 
 
 15. Ja wohl,^ mein Herr, er hat ihn auf der Borse ge- 
 
 sehen. 
 
 16. Konnen Sie mir vielleicht sagen, zu welchem Preise 
 
 {tsod veV-'^em pri'-ze) er diese Waaren gekauft hat 
 (ayr dee'-ze vdh'-ren ghe-kowft' hat) ? 
 
 17. Das kann ich Ihnen nicht bestimmt' sagen; ich 
 glaube {gloiv'-be% sie kosten flinfhundert Mark 
 {fiinf hod n' 'der t mark). 
 
 18. Wissen Sie {vis'-sen zee)^ was der Preis dieser Waaren 
 ist {lids dayr price dee^-zer vdh'-ren ist)} 
 
 19. Was ist der billigste engros Preis dieser Waaren 
 {vds ist dayr biU-H^'-ste dng-groh' price dee'-zer vdh'-ren) ? 
 
 20. Der billigste engros Preis, zu welchem {dayrbil'-lP- 
 ste dng-groh' price tsod vel'-^em) ich Ihnen diese Waa- 
 ren geben kann^ ist flinfhundert Mark {funf hoon'- 
 dert mdrk). 
 
 3) See Note i, page 66. 
 
 4) The German ' au* is always pronounced like our * ow* in the 
 leord now, brow^ &c. 
 
73 
 
 21, 
 
 ^ Is that the lowest {das genau'ste) ? 
 
 Is that the cheapest {das du'sserste) ? 
 
 Is that the lowest price {der genau'ste Preis) ? 
 . Is that the cheapest price {der ctu'sserste Preis) ? 
 
 22. I cannot let you have it any cheaper {= I can it you 
 not cheaper {biVliger'] give) ; that is the lowest price. 
 
 23. Can you tell me what o'clock it is ? 
 
 24. Very sorry, sir {das tliut mir selir leid)^ I cannot tell 
 you ; I have not my watch {meine Uhr) with me {bei 
 mir). 
 
 25. It is one o'clock {ein Uhr), 
 
 26. It is two o'clock {zwei Uhr). 
 
 27. It is three o'clock {drei Uhr), 
 
 28. It is four o'clock {vier Uhr), 
 
 29. It is five o'clock {filnf Uhr). 
 
 30. It is six o'clock {sechs Uhr). 
 
 31. It is seven o'clock {sieben Uhr). 
 
 32. It is eight o'clock {acht Uhr). 
 
 33. It is nine o'clock {neun Uhr). * 
 
 34. It is ten o'clock {zehn Uhr). 
 
 35. It is eleven o'clock {elf Uhr). 
 
 36. It is twelve o'clock {zioolf Uhr). 
 
 37. It is one o'clock. 
 
 38. It is five minutes past one (= after one, nach eins% 
 3Q. It is ten minutes past one {nach eins). 
 
 40. It is a quarter {eiyi Viertel) past one. 
 
21. 
 
 73 
 
 1st das das genauste [ghe-now'-sie) ? 
 
 1st das das ausserste {oy' -ser-ste ) ? 
 
 1st das der genauste Preis {ghe-now'-ste price); or, 
 
 der billigste Preis ? 
 1st das der ausserste Preis {oy' -ser-ste price) ? 
 
 22. Ich kann es Ihnen nicht billiger geben {ee'-nen nVt 
 biV-lee-gher ghay'-ben) ; das ist der ausserste Preis 
 (oy' -ser-ste price) . 
 
 23. Konnen Sie mir vielleicht sagen, wie viel Uhr es ist ? 
 
 24. Das thut mir sehr leid {das toot mere zayr lite) ; ich 
 kann es Ihnen nicht sagen ; ich habe meine Uhr 
 nicht bei mir (ml'-ne dor nt^t by mere). 
 
 25. Es ist ein Uhr [ine dor). 
 
 26. Es ist zwei Uhr {ts''vi dor). 
 
 27. Es ist drei Uhr (dry dor). 
 
 28. Es ist vier Uhr (feer dor). 
 
 29. Es ist fiinf Uhr (funf ddr), 
 
 30. Es ist sechs Uhr (zecks ddr). 
 
 31. Es ist sieben Uhr (zee' -ben ddr). 
 
 32. Es ist acht Uhr (dcht ddr).. 
 ^^. Es ist neun Uhr (noine ddr). 
 
 34. Es ist zehn Uhr (tsayn ddr). 
 
 35. Es ist elf Uhr (ailf ddr). 
 
 Tyd. Es ist zwolf Uhr (tsvolf ddr). 
 
 37. Es ist ein Uhr (ine ddr). 
 
 38. Es ist fiinf Minuten nach eins (ndch i'-nce). 
 
 39. Es ist zehn Minuten nach eins (tsayn mee-ndd'-tH 
 ndch i'-nce). 
 
 40. Es ist ein Viertel (fir'-tel) nach eins. 
 
74 
 
 41. It is twenty minutes past one. {Literally : It is ten 
 minutes to \his\ half two \halh zwei].) 
 
 42. It is twenty-five minutes past one. {Literally: It is 
 five minutes before half two [yor halb zwei].) 
 
 43. It is half-past one. (Literally : It is half two, }ialh 
 zwei. ) ^ 
 
 44. It is half-past one precisely. (Literally: It is just 
 
 [gerade] half two.) 
 
 45. It is twenty -five minutes to two. (Literally : It is five 
 minutes past half two.) 
 
 46. It is twenty minutes to two (zwanzig Minuten vor 
 zwei), 
 
 47. It is a quarter to two. (Literally : It is three quarters 
 of two l^drei Viertel auf zwei].) Or^ It is a quarter 
 before two (ein Viertel vor zwei) ; or^ It is a quarter 
 to two (ein Viertel zu zwei). 
 
 48. It is ten minutes to two (= before two, vor zwei). 
 
 49. It is five minutes to two (= before two, vor zwei). 
 
 50. It is precisely two o'clock (= it is 'stroke' two, 
 Schlag zwei). 
 
 3. 
 I. Can you tell me if he saw my clerk on- 'change (— if 
 he my clerk [meinen Commis] on 'change [auf der 
 Borse] seen has) ? 
 
 i) In the same way the Germans say: Es ist halb drei, it is half-past 
 two. Es i<;t halb^ vier, it is half past three. Es ist halb fiinf, it is half- 
 past four. Es ist halb seeks, it is half-past five. Es ist halb sieben, it 
 is half-past six. Es ist halb acht, it is half- past seven. Es ist lialb 
 
75 
 
 41. Es ist 2ehn Minuten bis halb zwei (isayn mee-ndo* -ten 
 bis hdlp tsvi) ; <?/-, Es ist zwanzig Minuten (isvdn'- 
 tst^ mee-ndo' -ten) nach eins. 
 
 42. Es ist fiinf Minuten vor halb {for hdlp) zwei ; or^ 
 Es ist fiinf und zwanzig Minuten nach eins. 
 
 43. Es 1st halb zwei ^ {hdlp tsvi). 
 
 44. Es ist gerade halb {ghe-rdh' -de-hdlp) zwei ; or^ Es ist 
 Schlag halb zwei ; or, Es ist genau {ghe-now*) halb 
 zwei. 
 
 45. Es ist fiinf Minuten nach halb zwei ; or, Es ist fiinf 
 und zwanzig Minuten vor zwei. 
 
 46. Es ist zwanzig Minuten vor zwei {tsvdn'-tst^ mee-ndo'- 
 ten for tsvi ). 
 
 / Es ist drei Viertel auf zwei {dry fir' -tel owf tsvi), 
 
 47. \ Es ist ein Viertel vor zwei {ine fir' -tel for tsvi). 
 ' Es ist ein Viertel zu zwei {ine fir' -tel ts do tsvi). 
 
 48. Es ist zehn Minuten vor zwei {tsayn tnee-noo' -ten for 
 
 tS7'i). 
 
 49. Es ist fiinf Minuten vor zwei {for tsvi). 
 
 50. Es ist Schlag zwei {sh'ldg tsvi). 
 
 3. 
 I. Konnen Sie mir vielleicht {feel-ii^f) sagen, ob er 
 mtinen Commis (kom-mee') auf der Borse {bor'-ze) 
 gesehen hat.^ 
 
 neun {noine), it is half-past eight. Es Ut halb zehn, it is half-past nine. 
 Es ist halb elf, it is half-past ten. Es ist halb zwolf it is half- past 
 eleven. Es ist halb eins, it is half-past twelve. 
 
re 
 
 2. Yes, sir, he saw him there (= he has him there [dort] 
 
 seen). 
 
 3. And did he give him the package (= has he to him 
 
 [ihm] the package [das Packet] given) ? 
 
 4. That I cannot tell you precisely. I only know that 
 
 lie saw him there (= I know only lich weiss nur] 
 that he him there [dort] seen has). 
 
 5. Can you go to the North-German bank for me 
 (= can you for me to the North-German bank [nach 
 der nord-deutscheJi Bank] go) ? 
 
 6. Certainly (ja wohl)^ sir; with pleasure {mit Vergnu- 
 (jen). 
 
 ^ 7. I beg your pardon, sir; can you please direct me to 
 the North-German depot (= excuse me [entschul- 
 digen Sie]y sir ; can you to me perhaps say how [wie] 
 I to the North-German depot go) ? 
 
 8. Go straight down * Frederic Street' ^ till you reach 
 the * Linden' ^ (= go you'" the Frederic Street 
 straight down [gerade Mnunter] till [bis] you to the 
 Linden \zu den Linden] come). 
 
 9. Which is the way to the opera-house, pray (= pray, 
 how goes one to the [nach dem] opera-house [Opei'n- 
 hause]) ? 
 
 10. Go straight down the Linden (= go you ^ the Lin- 
 den on/y " always [nur immer] straight down). 
 
 11. Which is the way to the royal theatre, please 
 (— pray, how goe^ one to the royal theatre [7iacU 
 dem kdnigliche7i Theater] ) ? 
 
 i) Names 0/ streets are always given with the definite article, though 
 no article is employed in English, as: I live in Frederic Street, ich 
 wohne in der Friedrichsstrasse. The Friedrichsstrasse and Unter den. 
 Linden are two of the most fashionable streets in Berlin. 
 
 2) In the imperative mood the word Sie must always be added, 
 
77 
 
 2. Ja, mein Herr, er hat ihn dort gesehen. 
 
 3. Und hat er ihm {eem) das Packet gegeben {pdk-kayf 
 ghe-ghay' -ben) ? 
 
 4. Das kann ich Ihnen (ee'-nen) nicht bestimmt' sagen. 
 
 Ich weiss {vise) nur {ndor)^ dass er ihn dort gesehen 
 hat. 
 
 5. Konnen Sie fur mich nach {nii"^ ndch) der nord- 
 deutschen Bank gehen ? 
 
 6. Ja wohl, mein Herr, mit Vergniigen {fer-g'nii'- 
 ghen), 
 
 7. Entschuldigen Sie (ent-shool' -dee-ghen zee), mein Herr; 
 . konnen Sie mir vielleicht sagen, wie {vee) ich nach 
 
 dem nord-deutschen Bahnhof gehe? 
 
 8. Gehen Si'e^ die Friedrichstrasse ^ {free'-dri^^-sh'trdh- 
 se) gerade hinunter (ghe-rdh' de hi-noon* -ter)^ bis Sie 
 zu den Linden ^ (tsod dayn Im'-den) kommen. 
 
 9. Bitte, wie {vee) geht man nach dem Opernhaus« 
 {p* -pern-how-ze) ? 
 
 10. Gehen Sie die Linden nur^ immer gerade hinunter 
 (dee lin'-den noor tm'-mer ghe-rdh' -de hi-noon'-fer). 
 
 11. Bitte, wie geht man nach dem koniglichen Theater 
 
 (kd'-mg-lt-^en tay-dh'-ter) ? 
 
 though in English the simple verb is used, as : Write, schreiben Sie; 
 go, gehen Sie; tell him, sagen 6"/^ ihm ; ask him, fragen Sie ihn. 
 
 3) iV«r cannot be translated in this connection. Literally it means 
 only. Compare Note 2, p. 58. 
 
78 
 
 12. I really cannot tell you (= that I can to you really 
 [wirklich] not tell). I am a stranger here myself 
 (=1 am here self [selbst] strange [fremd]). 
 
 13. What does this man say (= what says this man) ? 
 
 14. He says he does not know (er weiss nicht) where the 
 royal theatre is. 
 
 15. Ask (= ask you [fragen Sie]) this policeman {Poli- 
 zisten) ; he surely can tell us (= he can it to us [uns] 
 surely tell). 
 
 16. Waiter (Kellner), bring me my breakfast (mQin 
 FrIXhstiXck), 
 
 1 7. Waiter, bring me my breakfast at once (gleich) ; I am 
 very hungry {hungrig). 
 
 18. What did you tell him } or^ What have you told him 
 (= what have you to him said) } 
 
 19. What did you write him (= what have you to him 
 written) ? 
 
 20. Why (warum) did you not inform him (= write him) 
 that we cannot take the samples (= that we the 
 samples [die Muster] not take [nehmenl can)? 
 
 21. Why did you not tell him that he lives in number ten 
 King Street (= why have you to him not said 
 that he in number [Nummer] ten in the \i7i der\ King 
 Street [Konigstrassel lives) ? 
 
 22. Did he tell you in which story (in welchem Stock) he 
 lives ? 
 
 23. He told me, but I forgot (= He has it [es] to me 
 said, but [aber] I have it forgotten [vergessen]). 
 
 24. Can he read this letter (= can he this letter [die- 
 sen Brief ] read).-* 
 
79 
 
 12. Das kann ich Ihnen wirklich {virk'-lP) nicht sagen ; 
 ich bin hier {here) selbst fremd. 
 
 13. Was sagt dieser Mann {dee*-zer man) ? 
 
 14. Er sagt, er weiss {vise) nicht, wo das konigliche 
 Theater ist {voh das ko* -nig-li-^ e iay-dh' -ter ist). 
 
 15. Fragen Sie {frdh'-ghen zee) diesen Folizisten {dee'-zen 
 pd-Ue-tsis'-ten) ; er kann es uns bestimmt sagen. 
 
 16. Kellner, bringen Sie mir mein FriihstUck {kel'-nir 
 brin'-ghen zee mere mine fru'-s/itiick). 
 
 17. Kellner, bringen Sie mir mein FriihstUck gleich 
 
 {fru'-sh'tuckgliy) \ ich bin sQhr huugvig {zayr hoon^ - 
 
 x8. Was liaben Sie ihm gesagt ? 
 
 19. Was haben Sie ihm geschrieben {ghe-shree'-ben) ? 
 
 20. Warum (vdh-room*) haben Sie ihm nicht geschrieben 
 
 {ghe-shree'-ben)^ dass wir die Muster {mods' -ter) nicht 
 nehmen konnen? 
 
 21. Warum haben Sie ihm nicht gesagt, dass er in Num- 
 mer zelm in der Konigstrasse wohnt {in noom'-mer 
 tsayn in dayr ko'-ni'^-shUrd-se vohnt) ? 
 
 22. Hat er Ihnen {ee'-nen) gesagt, in welchem Stock er 
 wohnt ? 
 
 23. Er hat es mir gesagt, aber ich habe es vergessen (//r- 
 ghes'-scn). 
 
 €4. Kann er diesen Brief lesen {dee'-zen brief lay' -zen)} 
 
80 
 
 25. No, he cannot read this letter. 
 
 26. Why not ? 
 
 27. He does not understand^ German (= he understands 
 \er verstehf] no [kein] German; or. He understands 
 not German). 
 
 28. Can you read this book (= can you this book [dieses 
 Buck] read) ? 
 
 29. No, sir, I cannot read it ; I do not understand Ger- 
 man ( = I understand not German). 
 
 30. Do you understand"^ German (= understand you Ger- 
 man) ? 
 
 31. Do you understand me (= understand you me \r)iic}i^ ? 
 
 32. Do you understand me when I speak German 
 {= understand you me \mich'\ when [wen7i] I Ger- 
 man speak) ? 
 
 33. I understand you {Sie) when you speak slowly and 
 distinctly (= when you slowly [langsam] and dis- 
 tinctly [deutUch] speak). 
 
 34. Please, do not ^ speak so fast (= please, speak you 
 not so fast [schnell]). 
 
 35. You speak too fast {zu schnen)y sir. I really cannot 
 understand you (= I can you really not understand 
 (verstehn). 
 
 36. Did you understand me (= have you me [mich] 
 understood [verstanden]) ? 
 
 i) Negations in German are expressed without the auxiliary verb 
 to do, which is always employed in English. Thus they say : Ich ver- 
 stehe Sie nicht, I do not understand you {=■ I understand you not). 
 Er spricht nicht, he does not speak (= he speaks not). Sie spr«chen 
 nicht deutlich, you do not speak distinctly (= you speak not distinctly). 
 
81 
 
 2$. Nein {nine), er kann diesen Brief (breef) nicht lesen. 
 
 26. Warum' nicht? 
 
 27. Er versteht kein {klne) deutsch ; or, Er versteht {fer- 
 sh'tayf) nicht deutsch. 
 
 28. Konnen Sie dieses Buch (dee'-zes booch) lesen ? 
 
 29. Nein (nine), mein Herr, ich kann es nicht lesen ; ich 
 verste'he nicht deutsch. 
 
 30. Verstehen Sie deutsch (fer-sh'tay'-hen zee doitsh) ? 
 
 31. Verstehen Sie mich ? 
 
 32. Verstehen Sie mich, wenn {ven) ich deutsch spreche 
 (doitsh sh:pre*-^e ) ? 
 
 33. Ich verstehe Sie, wenn Sie langsam und deutlich 
 
 (Idng'-sdhm dont doyt'-liy) sprechen. 
 
 34. Bitte, sprechen Sie nicht so schnell (zo shnell), 
 
 35. Sie sprechen zu (tsoo) schnell, mein Herr. Ich kann 
 Sie wirklich nicht verstehn ( fer-sKtayn^). 
 
 2f>. Haben Sie mich verstanden (fer-sh'tdn'-den) ? 
 
 2) Questions are asked without the use of our auxiliary verb to do. 
 Thus the Germans say : Verstehen Sie deutsch, do you understand Ger- 
 man (understand vou German)? Sprechen Sie englisch, do you speak 
 English (= speak you English)? 
 
82 
 
 37' Did you understand the conductor (= have you the 
 conductor [den ^ Schaffner'] understood) ? 
 
 38. Did you understand what the conductor said (= have 
 you understood what the conductor [^der^ Schaffner] 
 said has) ? 
 
 39. Yes, he said you have overweight (= yes, he has said 
 you have overweight [UebergetvicJU]). 
 
 40. How much overweight have I ? 
 
 41. He says the train does not stop here (= he says that 
 the train here not stops [anhdlt]). 
 
 42. I was in church yesterday, but I did not understand 
 a word (=1 was yesterday' in the church [in der 
 Kirche], but I have no word [kein Wort] understood). 
 
 43. Do you speak German (= speak you German) ? 
 
 44. I speak only very little {nur sehr wenig) German, 
 but (aher) I understand {ich verstehe) almost every- 
 thing {fast alles). 
 
 45. Can you read German (= can you German read [le- 
 sen] ) ? 
 
 46. I can read, speak, and write German (=1 can Ger- 
 man read, speak, and write [schreiben]). 
 
 47. Where (wo) did you learn German (= where have 
 you German learned [gelernt]) ? 
 
 i) Note the objective case, '</?«* Schaffner. The objective case 
 of masculine nouns only differs from the nominative, i.e. Nom. (f<rr; 
 Ace. den. Feminine and neuter nouns remain unchanged in the ob- 
 jective case, i.e. Nom. die; Ace. die; Nom. das, Ace, das. In the 
 plural the nominative and accusative cannot be distinguished, so 
 that only the objective case of masculine nouns in the singular has a ter- 
 mination of its own, i.e. den. 
 
83 
 37' Haben Sie den Scliaffncr {shdf-ner) verstanden ? 
 
 38. Haben Sie verstanden, was der Schafiner gesagt 
 [gke-zdgt') hal i 
 
 39. J a {ydh)^ er hat gesagt, Sie haben Uebergewicht 
 {u'-bh-ghe-vtyt). 
 
 40. Wie viel Uebergewicht habe ich? 
 
 41. Er sagt, dass der Zug hier nicht anhalt {an-'helt). 
 
 42. Ich war gestern in der Kirche (kir'-^e\ aber ich 
 habe kein Wort {kine vort) verstanden. 
 
 43. Sprechen Sie deutsch ? 
 
 44. Ich spreche nur sehr wenig (ndor zayr vay'-nH) 
 deutsch, aber {dh'-ber) ich verstehe {fer-sh'tay'-he) 
 fast alles (fast ah' -lis), 
 
 45. Konnen Sie deutsch lesen [lay'-zen) ? 
 
 46. Ich kann deutsch lesen, sprechen und {dont) schrei* 
 ben (shri^'ben). 
 
 47. Wo haben Sie deutsch gelernt (ghe-lernt') ? 
 
 2) Nominative case, because the conductor is the subject of the sen- 
 tenet*. 
 
 3) J^ie adverb of place comes always last. We say : I was in chutch 
 yesterday; the Germans do the very op;iosite, and say : I vf2i% yesterday 
 in church, Ich ivar gestern in der Kirche. We say : Come to my offi.ce 
 to-monozu; the Germans: Come to-morrow to my office, Kommen Sie 
 morgen nach meinem Bureau (or Comptoir \kdm-two dr\ or kdm* 
 to r']). ^-^ 
 
84 
 
 GRAMMATICAL REMARKS. 
 
 Exercises and Words used in Common Conversation. 
 
 1. 
 
 Oonjugation of Verbs. 
 
 General Observations. 
 
 1. There are two different ways of conjugating Ger- 
 man verbs ; the one is called the modern or regular form, 
 the other the ancient or irregular form. All the verbs are 
 accordingly divided into two great classes — 
 
 1. Regular or Modern Verbs. 
 
 2. Irregular or Ancient Verbs. 
 
 2. In German all verbs end in the infinitive in *n,' or 
 rather in 'ett.'^ By removing this ending w« find the 
 root. Ex. : fe^-en (zay'-hen), to see ; fauf^eu {ko^v'-fen), to 
 buy ; fag^en {zdh'-ghen), to say. 
 
 Conjugation of the Regular Terb. 
 
 I. In all the regular verbs the vowel (or diphthong) of 
 the radical syllable^ remains unchanged. These verbs end 
 in Xhe Imperfect in *te,'and in \\\q Past Participle in ' t.' 
 Ex.: 
 
 1) Not ending in * cn ' are only fcilt {zlne), to be ; tl)Un {toon), to do ; 
 and infinitives from roots of n'ore than one syllable ending in ' I ' or 
 'r,' as luanbeln {van -dcln), to walk ; Itianbern {vdn'-dem), to wander. 
 
 2) The radical 7'07i<er\s always found (or so to say, inclosed) in the 
 root. Ex. beife-eil {/n-sen), to bite — the radical vowel is ' ci ;' fatl*en 
 {fdh^-len), to fall — the radical vowel is ' a.' 
 
85 
 
 Infinitive. 
 fauf-cu, to buy. 
 lob en, to praise, 
 Ueb=cn/ to love. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 \6) faufte, I bought, 
 id) Iob4c, I praised. 
 \i\ X\thM, I loved. 
 
 Past Participle, 
 getauf4, bought. 
 getob4, praised. 
 geUeb=t, loved. 
 
 Id) fauf-c {kow'-fe), I buy.' 
 bu fauf^ft (kow'/st), thou buyst. 
 er J he 
 
 flC y tauf=t {kow'/t), she ^ buys. 
 e« ) it 
 
 ^auf^en, to buy. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 Voix fauf-en {kow-Ien), we buy. 
 
 il,r ImW ) you buy. 
 
 @ie fauf-en, f 
 
 fie tauf^Ctt {kow'fin), they buy. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 \i) fou^te {kowf-te), I bought.'* tt)ir !auf4en 
 bu !auf4eft {kowf'-test\ thou 
 
 boughtst. 
 er ) he 
 
 fie \ ^^"^^^ she ^ bought, 
 
 ed 
 
 {kowf-te). 
 
 bought, 
 i^r fauf4et,=^ 
 (Sie !auf=ten, 
 fic foiif4eii 
 
 bought. 
 
 (kowf-ten)^ we 
 
 v you bought. 
 {kowf-tin)y thej' 
 
 Perfect Tense, 
 
 \6) \^QSit gefauft {ghe-ko%vft'), I have bought 
 bu ^aft gefauft, thou h^st bought. 
 
 i; Pronounce ; lee -ben. 
 
 2) 3d) taufc means either / buy, or / am buying, while do I buy ? 
 is simply given by faufe ic^? do you buy ? faufeu @ie? &c. 
 
 3) The forms |()r taiift, (1)1' fauftet, ll)r l)abt gefauft are the plural of 
 t\\ faufft, bu faufteft, bu l)a)'t gefauft. The Germans use bu and il)i: in 
 the family, to very intimate friends, and to servants at d small 
 cliildrer.. They are not used in common conversation. In address- 
 i'lsf a person the Germans always say: ^lc faufeu ; (^JC taufteu ; v^ie 
 l)abiMi gt'tauft. @ie when it means jj^^w is always written with a capital 
 ' Iter, while id), /, is never written with a capital, except at the be- 
 ginning of a sentence. 
 
 4) 3d) fauftc means either / bought or I was buying^ while did he 
 buy? did you buy i &.C., is translated simply by faufte cr? taufteil 
 @te? &c. 
 
86 
 
 er J he 
 
 fie r Ijat gefauft, she \ has bought 
 
 eg ) it 
 
 ttjir Ijdbni gefauft, we liave bought 
 
 ©ie '^abei 
 
 fie l^aben gefauft, they have bought. 
 
 en, ) 
 
 getouft, you have bought. 
 
 Words. 
 
 'Die 5lleibung {dee kn'-dodng), 
 ber UebcrrodE {a'-ber-rock), ) 
 
 ber Uebcrjie^cr {U'-ber-tsee-her), f 
 
 ber 9^o(f {rock), pi. bie 9ib(fe, 
 bie SSefie (wj'-//), pi. bie ^efteit, 
 bie ^ofen {ho'-zen)? 
 ber ^at (/4<)^/), Pi bie ^iite, 
 bie (Jrauate {kra-vah! -te), pi. bie drooa'ten, 
 ber ^ragen {krdh'-gken), 
 bog ^einbe {him'-ds), pi. bie §entben, 
 't(X% Ober^embe {o'-ber-hem~de), 
 ba« Safdjentuc^ {id'-shen-tdoch), pi. bie ) 
 Safdjentiidjer {ta-shin.tuJer)\ ) 
 
 bie ^ofentrager^ {ho -zen-tray-gher\ 
 bie ^itriimpfe {sh'-trum'-pfe\ 
 bie oticfet {sh'-lce-fel), 
 bie 3d)u()e {shoe -he), 
 bie ^antoffel {pan-tof -fel), \ 
 
 bie §aiigfd)ut)c {house -skoe-hi), J 
 bie ^anb)rf)U^e {kdnt' -shoe'he\ 
 
 ba§ Itleib (/^/f^^), pi. bie Meiber, 
 bag §au§!leib {house -kllde\ 
 
 The dress, 
 
 the overcoat. 
 
 the coat, 
 the waistcoat 
 the tiousers, 
 tht hat or borjnei, 
 the necktie, 
 the collar, 
 the shirt, 
 the dress-shirt, 
 the pocket -handker 
 
 chief, 
 the suspenders, 
 the stockings, 
 the boots, 
 the shoes. 
 
 the slippers. 
 
 the gloves. 
 
 the dress. 
 
 the raorning-dr*3* 
 
 i) See Note 3, p. 85. 
 
 2) Only used in the plural* 
 
87 
 
 ber Unterrorf {ddn-tir.rock\ the petticoat. 
 
 ber @d)Iafrocf {shlaf -tock\ the wrapper. 
 
 bie Unteriacfe {ddn'-ter-yake)^ the flannel waistcoat. 
 
 bie Unter^ofen {pon -ter-hd-zSn\ the drawers. 
 
 Translate the following 
 
 Exercise 
 
 into English, and then render it without assistance into 
 German : 
 
 So Ijabcn ^\t bicfen Uebeqie^er (overcoat) gcfauft ? 3c^ 
 ^obe bie[en Uebergie^er geftern getauft,- a(^ id) in Sien {veen^ 
 Vienna) juar. ^oSitw. (^tc "^Q,^ ^(eib gefel)en, iDelc^e^ {vel'-^es^ 
 which) id) geftern gefauft l)abe? ^dnnen (Sie mir tjielkid^t 
 fagen, ob er bie[en §nt unb bicfe Xafd)cntuc^er bci bem 
 cnglijcften taufmann gefauft l)at? i)?ein» mein ©err , er l)at 
 fie (them) in bem fran^qi^d^en {jrdn tso' -zi-shen) i^aben 
 gefauft. ®e^en ®ie ^eute 3)lorgen ntd)t au^? 3d) mug 
 (nwds=^m\xs\) ^eute au^gef)en uub etnige ^leinigfeiten {I'-nee-ghe 
 klf-nU'kl-ten^ some little things) fiir meine (SdjiDcfter 
 faufen. 
 
 2. 
 
 Conjugation of Pab^n, to have. 
 
 iuir ^aben {hah' -bin), we have. 
 
 it)r fiabt ^ (/5^/^/^/), ) you 
 
 , j have. 
 
 Id) l)abc {hdh'-bi), I have. 
 bu l)Qft {hast), thou hast.* 
 er ^ he 
 
 Ttc (. l)at (Aa^),» she J. has, 
 CS ) it 
 
 @ie l^aben {hah' -ben), 
 
 fie I)Qben {hah'-ben), they have. 
 
 i) Be very careful to give the full sound to * a * in \\abt, l)aft, 
 ^Qt, &c. 
 
 2) The form * i'^r' is not used in common conversation. 
 
88 
 
 id) tiattC {hdt'-te)} I had. 
 
 bu l)atteft {hdt'-tesl), thou hadst 
 
 cu 1 he 
 
 fie >^\)aiit {hdt'-te), she h had. 
 
 e§ ^ it 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 n)ir l^atten (Jiaf-tin), we had 
 ll)r ^attet {hdf -tet),'^ ) 
 @ic l^atten {hat' -ten), \ 
 flC l^atten {hat' -ten), they had. 
 
 you had. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 idi liabe ge'^obt {ghe-hdbt'), I have 
 
 had. 
 bii l)nft geljabt, thou hast had. 
 cv t)at gel}abt, he has had. 
 
 tDir l^aben ge'^obt, we have had. 
 i^r !)abt gel)abt,'* ) you have 
 @ic ^aben ge^abt, ) had. 
 fie Ijaben gel^abt, they have had. 
 
 id) l)atte ge^abt, I had had. 
 
 \>\x t)atteft gel)abt, thou hadst had. 
 
 ev ^atte ge^abt, he had had. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 hjir I)atten ge'^abt, we had had. 
 
 il)r liattet getjabV ) ^ ^ ^ ^ 
 
 >- you had had. 
 
 ®ie qatten ge!^abt, ) 
 
 fie fatten ge^abt, they had had. 
 
 id^ tt)crbe l^aben,^ l shall have, 
 bu trirft ^aben, thou wilt have, 
 er n)irb \Q^tVi, he will have. 
 
 Future. 
 
 it)ir irerben ^abcn, we shall have. 
 \\c trerbet ^aben, ) you will 
 @ie tt^erben ^oben, j have, 
 fte tnerbcn ^aben, they will have. 
 
 Second Future. 
 {(^ ttjerbe gel^abt ^aben, I shall have had. 
 'tM. hjirft gel)abt l^aben, thou wilt have had. 
 er njirb ge^abt l^aben, he will have had. 
 xqxx njerben ge^abt ^aben, we shall have had. 
 il)r merbet ge^abt ^ben, 
 ®ie irerben gct)abt l)aben, 
 fie tDcrben gel)abt ^aben, they will have had. 
 
 „( 
 
 you will have had. 
 
 I) See Note i, p. 87. 2) See Note 2, p. 87. 
 
 3) Pronounce : ich vayr-de, dod virst, ayr virt, veer vayr-din^ %ii 
 vayt'-den, zee vayr'-den. 
 
89 
 
 bu tuiirbcft Ijaben, 
 er ttjiirbe ^obcn, 
 n)ir tuiirbcn baben, 
 iljr luiirbet I)abcn, 
 ®ic triirben t)aben, 
 fic tuiirbcn ^abcn, 
 
 ^abc (bu) ! have (thou) ! 
 
 Present, I)aben, to have. 
 
 Present, ^bcub, having. 
 
 First Canditional. 
 or id) ^citte,' 
 
 I should have, 
 thou wouldst have, 
 he would have, 
 we should have. 
 
 bu l)atteft, 
 
 * er ^Qtte, 
 
 ' \Q\x fatten, 
 
 i^rl)attct, ) 
 
 ^. , >• you would have. 
 
 * fie ^fittCU, they would have. 
 Imperative. 
 
 (I^abet) or l^aben @ie ! have (you) ! 
 Infinitive. 
 
 Past. 0cl)abt l^aben, to have had. 
 
 Participle. 
 
 Past. geljQbt, had. 
 
 Remarks on the Grerman Con- 
 struction. 
 
 " The German, like the Latin," says Professor IV/titney, 
 "admits of a great variety in the arrangement of words 
 in sentences, thus affording great facilities for securing 
 proper emphasis and for imparting to its periods the 
 same harmonious flow for which the Latin and Greek 
 classics are distinguished." 
 
 It must, however, be acknowledged that the German 
 mode of construction is very difficult, awkward, and 
 involved. The logical clearness of the English lan- 
 guage is entirely lacking in the German .tongue. 
 
 With regard to the order of words, all depends whether 
 the sentence be i^ principal or a dependent one. 
 
 1) Pronounce: ichvUrr -de, dod viirr -dest, ayr viirrdc^ veer viirr -din 
 zee vUrr -din, zee viirr'-dfn. 
 
 2) ich hdt-te (like our ' a ' in hat), doo hdl'-test, ayr hdt'-ie, &c. 
 
90 
 
 Construction of Principal Sentences. 
 
 1. In its ordinary or normal arrangement^ the German 
 sentence, like the English, requires the subject to be placed 
 first, then follows the p?'edicate, while the object takes the third 
 
 place, provided the verb stands in a simple tense. 
 
 Subject. Predicate. Object. 
 
 2>er ^ater T fauft cinen Sftocf, 
 
 The father buys a coat. 
 
 S)er ?el)rer jc^reibt einen Srief. 
 
 The teacher writes a letter. 
 
 2. If the verb stands in a compound tense ^ the auxiliary 
 takes the second place^ w^hile the participle or infinitive takes 
 the last place in the sentence. 
 
 Subject. A uxiliary. Object. 
 
 gjJein iBruber 
 
 l)at 
 
 3d^ 
 
 l^abe 
 
 S)er l^ef)rer 
 
 liat 
 
 2)er 3)icner 
 
 n)irb 
 
 Participle, 
 gefel)en. 
 gefouft. 
 gejd^rieben. 
 \Q.yx\t\\{infinitive\ 
 
 3^ren 3>oter 
 einen §nt 
 einen iBrief 
 ein S3iUet 
 
 Compare the sentences of the first lesson. 
 3. The negation 'nid)t' generally follows the direct ob- 
 ject. 3d) V^^ ^^^ ^^1^ tl t d) t ge(e[cn, I have not read the 
 book. 3)2ein grcunb iDtrb ba^ gau^ n i d) t faufen, My friend 
 will not buy the house. 
 
 Construction of Dependent Sentences. 
 
 In the dependent sentence ' the verb always occupies the very 
 last place of the whole clause. The auxiliary comes always last. 
 
 A dependent sentence may always be known by the 
 subordinate conjunction (as^ when, while, after, &c.), or by 
 the relative pronoun {which, who, whose, &c.), which stands 
 at the head of it. 
 
 i) A dependent {or subordinate) sentence is an addition to one of the 
 members of the principal sentence in form of a clause. Such de- 
 pendent (or subordinate) clauses begin either with a relative pronoun 
 or with a subordinate conjunction. 
 
91 
 
 All sentences, therefore, which begin with the subjoined con- 
 Junctions or relatives are dependent clauses, and the verb must 
 always occupy the last place in them. Ex. : 
 
 Principal Sentence. Dependent Sentence. 
 
 3ei) l)obe 3l)ren §errn 33ruber gc^ 
 
 jel)cn, 
 
 ^onncn @ic mir DieHeid^t fagen 
 
 ttB id) geftern in bem 3Bartc[aaI 
 
 iuttr. 
 ob §err 33raun gu §au|c ifl ? 
 
 Compare the sentences in this pamphlet. 
 List of Relatives, 
 
 which? 
 
 XQtM^zx, tt)clc^e, hjetd^eg, 
 bcr, bie, baS, ) 
 
 ft)a3 («i7/w. and a^rc), what ? 
 
 n)a« fiir ein, what sort of? what 
 kind of? 
 
 trier {vayr) {interrogative^, who ? 
 
 tuen {vain) {interrogative), whom ? 
 
 iDCffen {ves'-sen), whose ? 
 toem {vaym\ to whom ? 
 tDO {vo), where ? 
 tt)ann (7^a«), when? 
 h)ie (z//<?), how ? 
 marum {va-room'), why ? 
 
 List of Conjunctions. 
 
 qIS {dhls), as ; when, 
 ba {ddli), as ; because. 
 nad)bem {nach-daym'), after. 
 U)Ql)renb {vay'-rent), while, 
 c^e {ay' -hi), before. 
 )citbem {zite-(taym'), since. 
 bis {bis), until. 
 ba§ (^aj), that. 
 
 Words 
 
 lIDte ©fenba^tl (l* -zen-bahn), 
 
 her 33a^nt)of {bdhn'-hof), 
 
 ba§ billet {bll.ye't'), pi. bie Sittc'te 
 
 ba« 58itIet=SBiireou {bil-yH' hard'), 
 
 bie Ueberfrad^t {u -ber-fracht), 
 
 baS ©cpdcf {ghe'.pick'), 
 
 bcr ©epacfjc^ein {ghi-pick' -shine). 
 
 because. 
 
 bamit {ddh-mit'), in order that. 
 
 rtieim (7//«), if {conditional). 
 
 ob (<7^), if {interrogative), 
 
 lueil (z^//<f), 
 
 ba (^a/^), 
 
 obgleic^ {op-glr^e'), \ although j 
 
 objd^on {op-shone'), ) though. 
 
 Railroad. 
 
 the depot ; station. 
 
 the ticket. 
 
 the ticket-office. 
 
 the surplus, overweight. 
 
 the luggage. 
 
 the luggage-check. 
 
92 
 
 ber SBartefaot {vdr'-te-zddl), • 
 
 ber perron {per-rong), 
 
 ber SSaggon (vdh-gong), 
 
 'liQ^^ (Soupe {koo-pay'), 
 
 ber ^^la^ (//a/j), pi. bic ^^latjc 
 
 iplet'-se), 
 ber (Scfpto^ {eck'. plats), 
 ber Bug (/-f<?^^), pL i>ie 3uge 
 
 itsughe), 
 
 ber ej-pre{3=3w9 {ex-press -tsddg\ \ 
 ber @d)neU5ug {shnelt -isoog), j 
 ber '•^erfonen^ug {per-zo-nen-tsoog), 
 ber Sonbufteur {kon-ddok-tdr'), ) 
 ber ®d)affner {shdf-ner), ) 
 
 ber ©epcicftragcr { g he-pec k'-tray- 
 
 gher\ 
 bie (Station {sJi tdh-tsydne'\ 
 bag S3uffet (3«-///'), 
 bie 2lbfal)rt {dp'-fdrt\ 
 "bd^ (Signal {zig-ndhl'), 
 ^erren {her'-ren\ 
 2)amen {ddh' -men). 
 
 !Die ajJaJjIjetten {madl'-tsi-ten). 
 \i(xi grii^ftiicf {fru'-sh'tuck), 
 bag aJtittageffen {mW -tdg-es-sen\ \ 
 bag 3Jlittagbrot {mW -tdg-brdte), ) 
 \i(X^ 2lbenbe[fen {ah! bent-es-sen) \ 
 'iiOi^ 5tbenbbrot {dh -bent-brote), \ 
 ber a'affee {kdf-fay). 
 
 the waiting-room. 
 
 the platform, 
 
 the railway-carriage. 
 
 the railway-compartment.* 
 
 the seat. 
 
 the corner-seat. 
 
 the train. 
 
 the fast train. 
 
 the accommodation train. 
 
 the conductor. 
 
 the commissioner, porter. 
 
 the station. 
 
 the buffet. 
 
 the departure. 
 
 the starting-bell. 
 
 Gentlemen. 
 
 Ladies. 
 
 Meals. 
 
 the breakfast, 
 the dinner. 
 
 the supper, 
 the cofTee. 
 
 i) The European railway-carriages are quite different from ours. 
 Each car is divided into six or eight different compartments, the seats 
 being opposite to each other. The European cars are not nearly as 
 comfortable as our own. Owing to their aristocratic forms of govern- 
 ment the tickets (and compartments) are divided into first, second, 
 third, and fourth classes. 
 
bcr Xl)CC {fay), 
 
 cine Xaffe {tds'-se), 
 
 eine laffe ^affcc {kah'-fay\ 
 
 cine Xaffe jl^ec (/ay), 
 
 bie aJhlcf) (;/n7y), 
 
 bcr 3ucfer (/j^^y&'->J/r), 
 
 bos ^rot (<5r^/^), 
 
 bie 53utter {bddf-ter), 
 
 bie ^uppe {zddp'-pi\ 
 
 ba« glcifd) (//j/4^), 
 
 boS ©cmiife {ghe-mu.zif\ 
 
 bie tartoffetn {kdr-tdf -filn\ 
 
 boS ^atj (za/j), 
 
 bcr ^feffer {pfe/'-f^r\ 
 
 ber (gfrig (*^y'-y»'y), 
 
 bag Det (c--/^/), 
 
 bag 3Jieffer {mister), pi. bie 3JJe|- 
 
 fer, 
 bie ®abel {ghdk-'bel), pi. bie ®a= 
 
 beln, 
 bcr l^offct {Idf-fir^, pi. bie ?offc(, 
 ber XcUer {tet-ler), pi. bie 2:eaer, 
 bo8 ®Ia6 (.r/'^Jj). pl- bie ©lajer 
 
 ba3 (SoUOert {kdd-vert% 
 
 bie @peifefarte {sKpi-zi-kdr-t^), 
 
 the tea. 
 a cup. 
 
 a cup of coflfee. 
 a cup of tea. 
 the milk, 
 the sugar, 
 the bread, 
 the butter, 
 the soup, 
 the meat, 
 the vegetables. 
 the potatoes, 
 the salt, 
 the pepper, 
 the vinegar, 
 the oil. 
 
 the knife. 
 
 the fork, 
 the spoon, 
 the plate. 
 
 the glass. 
 
 the cover (the knife, fork, plate, 
 
 spoon and napkin), 
 the bill of fare. 
 
 Translate the following 
 
 Exercise 
 
 into English, and then render it again without assistance 
 into German : 
 
 ^onnen 8ic mir t)ic(Ieid)t fagcn, um n)ie Diet U{)r bcr erftc 3^9 
 
 nac^ Berlin abget)t? Um fec^« U^r. 3ft ba« ein •^3erfonen3ug 
 
94 
 
 ober {o'-der, or) em 8d^nel(jug? ©a§ tft eitt ^erfoticnpg. ^Dei 
 (Scfinen^ug ge^t um brei iSiertet auf ac^t bon ^ier {fdn here) ^. 
 Unb njann trifft er in ^Berlin eitt (trtfft er eitt [/rz^/ ^j'r inel, 
 does it arrive) ? Uttt ge^tl U^r 5lbettb^ (ah* -bents, in the 
 evening), ^itte, gebett @te tttir eitt billet gtueiter ^affe.^ 
 gitr bett (Sd^ttelljug ober ^erfottettjug? pr bett'^Sc^ttefl^ug, 
 bitte. !Der ^erfottettjug fa^rt {fayrt, goes) 3U (attgfattt {tsdo 
 Idng-sdhm, too slow) Uttb ^a(t auf }eber ©tatiott (every station) 
 att (^(ilt atl \helt dn\ stops). 
 
 Did you see my brother-in 
 law? 
 
 I saw him this morning 
 while I was in the waiting- 
 room. 
 
 Exercise.^ 
 
 I 
 
 Have you my brother-in-law 
 seen ? 
 
 I have him to-day morning 
 seen while I in the waiting- 
 room was. 
 
 3. Can you tell me whether he 3. Can you to me perhaps tell 
 has gone to Berlin? 
 
 if he to Berlin gone is 
 (gcreift ift ]^ghe-rist fj/])? 
 I believe (ic^ gloube^), he is 
 with the fast-train gone 
 (obgereift \ap' -ghe-risi^). 
 Know you when he back 
 (juriicf \tsod-ruck\ comes 
 
 (fommt) ? 
 I believe he comes back 6. I believe (id^ glaube) he 
 tomorrow. comes (fommt) to-morrow 
 
 back (suriicf). 
 
 I believe he has gone by 
 the express-train. 
 
 Do you know when he will 
 return ? 
 
 i) The German second-class carriages are as good as the first-class 
 ones in England, and are used by the best class of people. 
 
 2) As the German construction is exceedingly difficult, I have 
 given a literal English version for all English-German Exercises. 
 
 3) au is pronounced like ou in house. 
 
^fic 3f{cist^f5#^t"f||stcm 
 
 o It; K M ^ ]sr . 
 
 FART III, 
 
211. 
 
 (Continuation!) 
 
 1. At what o'clock does the first train leave {or start) 
 for Vienna ( = At what o'clock goes the first train toif 
 Vienna {WienA, off \_ahy)} 
 
 2. The first train leaves at nine o'clock ( = The first train 
 goes at nine o'clock off ^). 
 
 3. When 'ioes the next train leave for Cologne ( = When 
 \wann\ goes the next \der ndchste\ train for Cologne 
 {Cohq off-)? 
 
 4. I really do not know (=:That know I [iceiss icK] re- 
 ally [tvirklicJi] not). 
 
 5. Have you not a time-table ( = Have you no [keinen] 
 time-table [Fahrplan]) ? 
 
 6. Here is the latest (=The newest, der neuste) time- 
 table, sir. I will see at once when the next train 
 starts (=1 will [werde] at once [gleich] see [nach- 
 sehe7i] when the next train goes off '). 
 
 7. The next train leaves at one o'clock (=goes at one 
 o'clock off'). 
 
 i) Abgehen, to leave, belongs to the so-called separable compound 
 verbs. These verbs consist of a verb, and of a separable prefix, which 
 may be detached from it. This separation takes place in \\\*t present 
 and imperfect tenses of the indicative, and in ihe imperative. The 
 separable prefix is then placed at the end of the sentence. We con 
 jugate, therefore : 
 
 Present. 
 
 ir gehen ab, we are leaving. 
 
 ich gehe ab, I am leaving, 
 du gehst ab, thou art leaving. 
 er geht ab, he is leaving. 
 
 sie gehen ab, they are leaving. 
 
III. 
 
 ( Continuation^ 
 
 1. Um wie viel Uhr {vie feel dor) geht der erste Zug 
 nach Wien {veen) ab ^ ? 
 
 2. Der erste Zug geht um neun Uhr {noyn dor) ab.* 
 
 3. Wann {van) geht der niichste {nai'^'-ste) Zug nach 
 Coin {kd/n^) ab"? 
 
 4. Das weiss {vise) ich wirklich {virk'-lH) nicht. 
 
 5. Haben Sie keinen Fahrplan {kt*-nen fdhr* -pldhn)! 
 
 6. Hier {here) ist der neuste {noy'-ste) Fahrplan, mein 
 Herr. Ich werde (z/^jr'-//d^) gleich nachsehen (^/ry 
 nach' -zay- hen) ^ wann {^idn) der niichste [nai^-ste) Zug 
 abgeht.' 
 
 7. Der niichste Zug geht um ein Uhr (ine dor) ab.* 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 ich ging ab {ghing\ I left ; <?r, I 
 
 was leaving, 
 du gingsi ab {ghingst), thou leftst. 
 er ging ab {ghing), he left. 
 
 wir gingen ab {ghin'-gken), we left 
 ihr gingt ab {ghlngt), \ you 
 
 Sie gingen Sib {ghin'-ghen), ) left 
 sie gingen ab " they left. 
 
 Examples : Der Zug geht ab, the train leaves. Der Zug geht in fiinj 
 Minuten {mee'-ndo ten) ab, the train leaves {or, is going to leave) it. 
 five minutes. Ich gehe heute Abend nicht aw; {hoy'-te ah' -bent nHi 
 07t'se), I am not going out to night {or, I do not go out this evening) 
 7'his separation takes place \n principal sentences only, but never in a 
 dependent clause 
 
 2) The German o is pronounced like our ' ea' in ' early,' only much 
 longer. 
 
 2) In dependent clauses the prefix is not separated from the separable 
 compound verb. Compare Note i. 
 
98 
 
 8. What time is it now (= what o'clock is it now 
 IJetzl]) ? 
 
 9. It is precisely (Schlag) eleven. 
 
 10. Is your watch right (=goes your watch [Ih7^e Uhr] 
 right [richtig]) ? 
 
 11. My watch is right to the minute (=goes to the min- 
 ute [auf die Minute]). 
 
 12. Your clock (or your watch) is slow. [Literally : Your 
 
 clock [Ihre Ulir] goes after \piach^\) 
 
 13. Your watch (or your clock) is two minutes slow. 
 
 (Literally : Your watch goes two minutes after}) 
 
 14. Is your watch not too fast? (Literally: Goes your 
 watch not ahead \yor *] ?) 
 
 15. Certainly (ja loolil)^ my watch is three minutes fast 
 (=my watch goes three minutes ahead [?;o/"]). 
 
 16. At what o'clock does the express-train leave for 
 Leipzig ( = At what o'clock goes the express-train 
 [der Schnellzug] to Leipzig off [«J]) ? 
 
 17. At six o'clock in the morning (or at six a.m.) (=at 
 six o'clock early [/rt«/i]). 
 
 18. At what o'clock does this train start (=at what 
 o'clock goes this train off ) ? 
 
 19. At what o'clock does this train arrive in Dresden (or 
 reach Dresden) } (Literally : At what o'clock comes 
 this train in Dresden at [fljw]?) 
 
 20. This train leaves here at half-past two and is due in 
 Dresden at seven P. M. (Literally : This train goes 
 at half three o'clock here \hier\ off and comes at seven 
 o'clock of the evening [Aie7ids] in Dresden at [a7i].) 
 
 i) Compare Note r on the separable verbs, page 96. This peculiar 
 German phrase we have to explain thus : Your watch goes after 
 
99 
 
 8. Wie viel {vee feel) Uhr ist es jetzt {yetst) ? 
 
 9. Es ist Schlag qU {ailf). 
 
 10. Geht Ihre Uhr richtig (r/^'-// y) ? 
 
 11. Meine Uhr geht auf die Minute (mee-ndo'-te), 
 13. Ihre Uhr geht nach {ee'-re dor gay t ndcfi)} 
 
 13. Ihre Uhr geht zwei Minuten nsich. [tsvt mie-ndd' -ten 
 fidch). 
 
 14. Geht Ihre Uhr nicht vor^ (fore) ? 
 
 15. Ja wohl, meine Uhr geht drei Minuten vor {mi'-ne 
 dor gayt dry mee-nod' -ten fore), 
 
 16. Um wie viel Uhr geht der Schnellzug nach Leipzig 
 
 ab {dayr shneV -tsodgh nach lipe'-tst ^ ap) ? 
 
 17. Um sechs Uhr frtth {oom zecks dor fru). 
 
 18. Um wie viel Uhr geht dieser Zug ab? 
 
 19. Um wie viel Uhr kommt dieser Zug in Dresden an 
 
 {drays' -den an) ? 
 
 20. Dieser Zug geht um halb drei Uhr hier ab {oom hdlp 
 dri dor here dp) und kommt um sieben Uhr Abends 
 in Dresden an {pom zee' -ben ddr ah' -bents in drays' -den 
 dn). 
 
 [nac/t), i.e., the correct time. Your watch goes ahead {vot)\ i.e., the 
 right time. 
 
100 
 
 2 1. Are you going ^ o\x\. to-nighf } {Literally: Go you to- 
 day evening out \]ieute Abend aus\ ?) 
 
 2 2. No, sir, I am not goifig'^ out this evening'^ ; I am going 
 to stay at home (=no, sir, I go to-day evening not 
 out ; I stay \icli Ueibe] at home). 
 
 23. By (mit) which train did your brother come {= is' 
 your Mr. brother come \gekomm,en'^)? 
 
 24. He came by the express-train (= He is^ by [niit] the 
 express-train [dem Schnellziige] come). 
 
 25. Why did you not come to me yesterday afternoon 
 (= Why are you' yesterday afternoon [Nachmittag] 
 not to me [zu mir\ come) ? 
 
 26. I could not come to you yesterday afternoon ; we 
 
 were very busy in our office (= I could \ich honnte] 
 yesterday afternoon not to you \^zu Ihneri] come 
 [kommen] ; we were very busy [ieschdftigt] in our 
 office [in unserem Comptoir^). 
 
 27. Did he go to his office (= Is he' already \schon] to 
 his \piacli seinem\ office gone [gegangen]) ? 
 
 28. Yes, sir, he went to his office at eight o'clock (= Ife 
 is' already [scJion] at eight o'clock to his [nach seinem] 
 office gone). 
 
 i) We have only cne form for iAe present tense in German ; thus, 
 irh gehe means either / erg or / am going ; er SChreibt {sh'ribt), he 
 ivrites or he is writing ; gelieil Sie ans, do you go out or are you going 
 out ? 
 
 2) ^\\\% morning, W\\% evening {\.o-n\g\i\) \s always given by Iieute 
 M'>rgen.}\fi\\\^ Abend. (^Literally: to-day 'cc\oxn\x\g, /^-rf<3v evening.) 
 
 3) Verbs (especially intransitive veibs) which express ^.motion to or 
 from z. place are conjugated with the auxiliary to be, sein {zine), as: 
 
 Perfect. Pluperfect^ 
 
 ich bin gekommen, I have come, 
 du bist gekommen, thou hast 
 
 come. 
 er ist gekommen, he has come. 
 xvir siftd gekommen, we- have 
 
 conie. 
 
 ich luar gekommen, I had come. 
 du ivarst gekommen, thou hadst 
 
 come. 
 er war gekommen, he had come. 
 wir waren gekommen, we had 
 
 come. 
 
101 
 
 21. Gehen Sie heute Abend' aus {gay* -hen zee hoy'-te ah*- 
 bent owse ) ? 
 
 22. Nein, mein Herr, ich gehe heute Abend ' nicht aus 
 {pwse^ ; ich bleibe zu Hause {t^ blf-be tsod how'-ze). 
 
 23. Mit welchem Zuge {vel-^em tsdd*-ghe) ist ' Ihr Herr 
 
 Bruder gekom'men 9 
 
 24. Er ist* mit dem Schnellzuge gekommen {shnel' -tsoo- 
 ghe g/ie-kom' -men). 
 
 25. Warum {vdh-rdom') sind Sie ' gestern Nachmittag 
 
 {ndch-mit' -tag) nicht zu mir {mere) gekommen } 
 
 26. Ich konnte * gestern Nachmittag nicht zu Ihnen \tsdd 
 ee-nen) kommen ; wir waren sehr beschaftigt in un- 
 serem Comptoir {zayr be-shef'-ti^t in don'-ze-rem kom- 
 tore'). 
 
 27. Ist ' er schon {shdne) nach seinem Comptoir gegangen 
 
 {ghe-gdn' -ghen) ? 
 
 28. Ja wohl, er ist ' schon um acht Uhr nach seinem 
 
 {zi*-nem) Comptoir gegangen. 
 
 Perfect. 
 ihr seid {ztti) \ gekommen, you 
 Sie sind | have come. 
 
 sie sind gekommen, they have 
 come. 
 
 Pluperfect, 
 ihr wart \ gekommen, you had 
 Sie waren ^ come. 
 sie waren gekommen, they had 
 come. 
 
 4) Ich konnte, I could or I was able, is the imperfect tense of Ich 
 kann, 1 can. It is thus conjugated : 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 ich konnte {kdn'-tg), I could. 
 
 du konntest {kon -test), thou couldsL 
 
 er konnte {kdn'-te), he could. 
 
 wir konnten {kdn -ten), we could. 
 
 ihr konntet {kon'-tet), [,^.,^^.,1,1 
 o- 1 * /i- ' ^- \ r you could. 
 
 Sie konnten {kon -ten), ) ^ 
 
 sie konnten {kdn -ten, they could. 
 
102 
 
 29. Is your employer gone (= Is your Mr. employei 
 [Principal] already gone off \fortgega7igen] ) ? 
 
 30. He has just gone to 'change (= He is just [soeben] to 
 the exchange [nach der Borse] gone). 
 
 31. When does your agent leave (= When travels [reist] 
 your agent [Agent] otf [ab] ) ? 
 
 32. He left this morning by the first train (= He is al- 
 ready [schon] to-day early [heute fruh] with the first 
 train [mit dem ersten Zuge] travelled off [abgereist]). 
 
 2. 
 
 If it is any way possible^ I should like to 
 arrive there this forenoon, as I am yery anxious 
 to meet a business-friend of mine. 
 
 If it is any way possible, I should like to 
 arrive there this forenoon. 
 
 1) The prefix of the separable verbs is separated only in the present 
 and imperfect tense, but never in the compound tenses, as : perfect, 
 pluperfect, future, and conditional. 
 
 2) rlset is pronounced in one syllable. 
 
 3) The German ' <? ' sounds very much like our * «' in but, only 
 much longer. 
 
10;3 
 
 29. 1st Ihr Herr Principal (prtn-see-paAl') schon forigegan- 
 gen ^ {fort' -ghe-gdn-ghen) ? 
 
 30. Er ist soeben {zd-ay'-ben) nach der Borse gegangen 
 [bor'-ze ghe-gdn'-ghen). 
 
 31. Wann reist Ihr Agent ab {van rlst eer dh-ghenf dp) ? 
 
 32. Er ist^ schon heutefriih {shone hoy'-te frii) mit dem 
 ersten Zuge abgereist {tsoo'-ghe dp'-ghe-riset)} 
 
 2. 
 Wenn irgend moKlicli, so moclite icJi noch 
 
 v6n irr'-ghent mog'-liy^ z5 moy'-te i>' noch* 
 
 heiite Vormittag dort ankoiiiiiien,* da mir selir 
 
 hoy'-tfi fore- mit'- tag* dort an'-kom-nien dah mere zmx 
 
 daran liegt, einen meiner Geschuftsfrcunde zii 
 
 dah-ran' Igegt r n6n ml'-n6r gh6-sh6fis'-froyn-d6 tsOO 
 
 treffen. 
 
 tref-fen. 
 
 Wenn irgend moglich, so mochte ich noch 
 
 v6n Irt'-ghgnt mog'-liy^ z5 moy'-tS I^ noch* 
 
 heute Tormittag dort ankommen. 
 
 hoy'-tS fore-mlt'tag dort an'-kom-mfin. 
 
 4) After *a, o, u, and au,' ch is sounded like the Scotch ch in 
 ' loch' More refined Germans say : Tag=tas:h ; Zug = ts05o:h. The 
 generality of people, however, pronounce =tach ; isoc^ch. ^r. 
 
 5) '-ug' and ' Of' are frequently pronounced like ' ddch' and ' dih.' 
 Compare Note 4. 
 
104 
 If 
 
 any ; some ; ever ; any way {Irgend is mostly joined to 
 some other word, as irgendwo, somewhere ; irgend 
 jemandy some one or any one.) 
 
 possible 
 
 so ; then 
 
 should like 
 
 I should like to or I would like to 
 
 yet ; as yet ; still 
 
 to-day 
 
 forenoon 
 
 there 
 
 arrive or to arrive. 
 
 I arrive. we arrive, 
 
 thou arrivest. you arrive, 
 
 he arrives. they arrive. 
 
 1. If any way {irgend) possible, I should like to start 
 for Vienna to day (=If any way possible, then \so\ 
 should I to-day still to Vienna go [reisen^. 
 
 2. That is impossible, sir (—That is not possible). 
 
 3. The last train left half an hour ago. [Literally : The 
 last \letzte^ train is before \yor^ a half hour \einer 
 halhen Stunde] gone off [abgegangen].) 
 
 i) The German 'so' in this connection cannot be translated. The 
 rule is that when the dependent clause precedes the principal sen- 
 tence, the word 'so' is frequently placed at the head of the principal 
 phrase. In this case the verb follows the word ' so,' while the sub- 
 ject is placed after the verb, as : JVenn er kommt, so gehe ich^ if he 
 ccnries, I go. 
 
Wenn (veti) 
 
 irgend (irr'-ghent) (Irgendwo^ somewhere ; irgend jeman^ 
 some one ; irgend einer^ some one, &c.) 
 
 moglich [mog'-in) 
 so {zo) ^ 
 
 mochte {mo^'-te) 
 ich mochte' 
 noch {nock) 
 heute {/wy'-te) 
 
 Vormittag (m.) {fore-mti* -tag) 
 dort {dort) 
 
 ankommen {an'-kom-men). (Separable Compound Verb 
 The Present is conjugated : 
 
 ich komme an. wir kommen an. 
 
 du kommst an. Sie kommen an. 
 
 er kommt an. sie kommen an. 
 
 1. Wenn irgend moglich, so mochte ich noch heute 
 nach Wien {iJcen) reisen {ri'-zen). 
 
 2. Das ist nicht moglich, mein Herr. 
 
 3. Der letzte {lets' -te) Zug ist vor (for) einer halben 
 Stunde abgegangen (t'-ner hdV-ben sh! toon' -de dp'-ghe 
 ghdn'-ghen). 
 
 2) After " ich mochte " the infinitive without the preposition 
 zu lollows, as: Ich mochte ausgehen, I should like to go oui 
 Er mochte nach Stuttgart reisen, he would like to go to Stuttgart. 
 
106 
 
 4. Can't you possibly send me these trousers to-day 
 (=Is it [es] to you [Ihnen] not possible, to me [rnir] 
 these trousers [Ilosen] still [7^oc^] to-day to send [zu 
 senden]) ? 
 
 5. I am very sorry, sir, but it is really quite impossible. 
 
 {^Literally : That does to me great affliction [das 
 tlmt mir sehr leid], but [aber] it is really quite [ganz] 
 impossible \unmdgUc1i\.) 
 
 6. I should like {icJi mbchte gern) to go to the theatre 
 (in das Theater) to-night. 
 
 7. Good day (guten Tag), my dear (Ueier) friend. Did 
 you tell your brother that to-night we want to go to 
 the theatre (=Have you to your [Ihrein] brother 
 said that we to-night [hetite Abend] to the theatre go 
 will [woUe7i]) ? 
 
 8. I told him and he would like to go with us (=1 have 
 it [es] to him [iJim] said, and he would like [er modite 
 gem] with us to go), but his wife is ill (krank), and 
 he must stay with her (=and he must [er 7nuss] with 
 her [bei ihr] stay \bleibe71]). 
 
 9. I am very sorry. 
 
 10. I should like to be able to speak German (=: I should 
 
 like German to speak be able [Iconnen]), but it is a 
 (eine) very difficult [sehr schwere) language {Sprache). 
 
 11. I should like to go to the English church this morn- 
 ing and hear an English sermon (= I should like 
 this morning [heute Morgen] to the [7iach der] Eng- 
 lish church [englischen KircJie] to go and an Eng- 
 lish sermon [eine englische Predigt] to hear [horen]). 
 
 i) The Germans are very fond of employing many little particles, 
 as : schon, already ; noch, yet ; vielleicht, perhaps ; irgend, any, &c., 
 which frequently cannot be literally translated into English, neither 
 
107 
 
 4. 1st es Ihnen {ee'-nen) nicht moglich, mir diese Hosen 
 noch * heute zu senden {tsod zen'-den) ? 
 
 5. Das thut mir sehr leid {das toot mere zair lite)^ mein 
 
 Herr, aber [ah'-ber) es ist wirklich ganz unmoglich 
 i^irk'-lV gdnts don-mog'-li^). 
 
 6. Ich mochte gern (gairn) heute Abend in das Theater 
 {tay-dh'-ter) gehen. 
 
 7. Guten Tag {goo' -ten tdgh)^ mein lieber Freund {lee'- 
 ber froynd). Haben Sie Ihrem {ee'-rem) Bruder ge- 
 sagt, dass wir heute Abend in das Theater {tay-dh'- 
 ter) gehen woUen {vol'-len) ? 
 
 8. Ich habe es ihm {eem) gesagt, und er mochte gern 
 {gairn) mit uns {dons) gehen, aber seine Frau {/row) 
 ist krank, und er muss bei ihr bleiben {by eer bli'- 
 ben). 
 
 9. Das thut mir sehr leid {dds toot mere zayr lite). 
 
 10. Ich mochte gern deutsch sprechen konnen ; aber es 
 ist eine sehr schwere Sprache {sh'vay'-re sh'prdh'-che). 
 
 11. Ich mochte gern heute Morgen nach der englischen 
 Kirche {eng' -li-shen kir'-^e) gehen und eine englische 
 Predigt horen {eng' -It- she pray' -di^ t ho'-ren). 
 
 can their use be learned by any rules. Pract'ce and conversation 
 with native Germans alone can assist the pupil in the proper use of 
 them. 
 
108 
 
 12. Since I am in Germany I have not heard an English 
 sermon (= Since [seitdem] I in Germany [Deulsch- 
 land] am, have I no [keine] English sermon heard 
 [geliort]). 
 
 13. I should like to start by the first train to-morrow 
 morning, waiter (= I should like to-morrow mor- 
 ning [inorgen frilh] with the first train to travel off 
 [ahreiseii], waiter [A'eZZwer]). 
 
 14. My employer (tnein Principal) would like to do this 
 business (= My employer would like this business 
 [dieses Geschcift] to do \7naclien\)' 
 
 15. Please, tell him to come to me to-morrow. {Literally: 
 Please [bitte\ tell you him [i/wi] he might^ to-mor- 
 row to me \zu mir\ come ; or^ Please, tell you him 
 that he to-morrow to me come might.) 
 
 16. Please, tell the waiter to bring me my breakfast. 
 {Literally : Please, tell you to the waiter \dem Kellner] 
 he might me [mi>] my breakfast bring; or. Please, 
 tell you to the waiter that he rae my breakfast bring 
 might.) 
 
 17. Please, tell him to bring me my dinner at once. 
 
 {Literally : Please, tell you him [^ilini] he might me 
 [mir^ my dinner at once [^/etcA] bring ; <?r, Please, tell 
 you him that he me my dinner at once bring might.) 
 
 18. What did you tell him.'* or, What have you told 
 him.? {Literally : What have you to him [/7^m] said?) 
 
 19. What did you write him (= What have you to him 
 written [geschriehen]) ? 
 
 i) Observe that the Germans cannot use the infinitive after verbs 
 of writing y telling, begging, requesting, &c. We say: I told him to 
 come. The Germans must give this simple sentence in the following 
 way : 
 
109 
 
 12. Seitdem (zitedaym') ich in Deutschland {doitsh' -land) 
 bin, habe ich keine englische Predigt gehort {ki'-ne 
 eng* li-she pray' -di ^'t ghe-hort'). 
 
 13. Ich mochte morgen friih mit dem ersten Zuge ab- 
 reisen {dp'-ri-zen), Kellner. 
 
 14. Mein Principal (niine prm-see-pdhl') mochte dieses 
 Geschiift machen (dee'-zes ghe-sheff md'-chen). 
 
 15- 
 
 A 
 
 f Bitte, sagen Sie ihtn^ er mochte ^ morgen zu mir 
 I kommen. 
 Bitte, sagen Sie ihm, dass er morgen zu mir kom- 
 men mochte. 
 Bitte, sagen Sie dem Kellner, er mochte mir mein 
 Friihstuck bringen {nilne fril' -sJi tiick brin'-ghen). 
 Bitte, sagen Sie dem Kellner, dass er mir mein 
 Friihstuck bringen mochte. 
 
 17. < 
 
 ^ Bitte, sagen Sie ihm, er mochte mir mein Mittag- 
 essen gleich (gli^) bringen. 
 Bitte, sagen Sie ihm, dass er mir mein Mittagessen 
 gleich bringen mochte. 
 iS. Was haben Sie ihm gesagt } 
 
 19. Was haben Sie ihm geschrieben {ghe-shree'-ben)} 
 
 I have him told that he come Ich habe ihm gesagt, dass er 
 might, kommen mochte; 
 
 or: I have him told he might Ich habe ihm gesagt, er w<?<:^*^ 
 come. kommen. 
 
 Compare the above sentences 15 to 17. 
 
liO 
 
 GRAMMATICAL REMARKS. 
 
 Exercises and Words used in Common Conversation, 
 
 1. 
 
 The Auxiliary Verb S m n , to be. 
 
 ic^ bin, I am. 
 bu bift, thou art. 
 er ^ he ^ 
 
 fie V ift, she V is. 
 C8 ) it ) 
 
 i(^ mar {var), I was. 
 bu niarft, thou wast, 
 cr ^ he 
 
 fie V n)ar, she \ was. 
 
 C8 ) it 
 
 ;.( 
 
 you are. 
 
 Present. 
 
 XOVC ftnb {ztnt\ we are. 
 
 i^r jeib {zite), 
 
 ®ie fitib (2/«/> 
 
 jie fmb (zf///), they are. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 IDir Waren {vdh'-ren), we were. 
 
 il)r roart {vahrt), ] 
 
 ^ \ you we 
 
 @ie ttJaren {vdh'-ren), ) 
 
 fie n)aren {vak'-ren), they were. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 i(^ IJin gctDCJcn' {ghe-vay' -zen\ I 
 
 have been. ^ 
 
 bu Dift geiDcfeil, thou hast been. 
 CC i)t gett)efen, he has been. 
 
 \X\X fi«b gemefen {ghe-vay'-zen\ we 
 
 have been. 
 Sie finb gcivcfen, you have been. 
 fiC finb gemefen, they have been. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 tc^ 'max getrefen, I had been. 
 
 bu tDorft gemefen, thou hadst been. 
 
 er luar gett)tfeii, he had been. 
 
 ttjir troren geiDcfen, we had Keen. 
 @ie njareu geioefen, you had been, 
 fie marcn gcjoefen, they had been. 
 
 i) The forms with * i(iv ' are used only to very intimate friends. 
 
 2) Literally : I am been ; / was been, &c. The pupil must be 
 very careful to commit the compound tenses of the auxiliary f e i U in 
 a proper manner, as we say : / have been ; / had been, &c. 
 
lU 
 
 i6) trcrbc fein,' I shall be. 
 bu iDirft fein, thou wilt be. 
 cr njirb jein, he will be. 
 
 Future} 
 
 tt)ir merbcn fein, we shall be. 
 
 il)r ttjerbet fein, ) 
 
 ^. . f . \ you will be. 
 
 @ie tuerbcn fein, \ 
 
 fic ttjerben jein, they will be. 
 
 Second Future. 
 Id^ ttjcrbc getrcfen jein, I shall have been, 
 bu mirft getuejen fein, thou wilt have been, 
 cr tt)irb geiuefeu fein, he will have been. 
 lt)ir ttjerben geraefen fein, we shall have been, 
 i^r njerbet gettiefen fein, 
 @ie ttJerben genjefen fein, 
 fie njerben gewefen fein, they will have been. 
 
 „! 
 
 you will have been. 
 
 First Conditional, 
 i(f| ttjiirbe fein,' or id^ n)are,' I should be. 
 
 bu iDiirbeft fein, 
 cr miirbe fein, 
 toir miirben fein, 
 i^r njiirbet fein, 
 @ic tDiirben fein, 
 ftc ttjiirbcn fein, 
 
 bu wdreft, thou wouldst be. 
 
 cr ttjcire, he would be. 
 
 tt)ir njciren, we should be. 
 
 il)r ttjciret, ) 
 
 y you would be. 
 @ie ttjaren, j 
 
 fie rociren, they would be. 
 
 id^ wiirbe gertjefen fein 
 bu roiirbeft gcroefen fein, " 
 cr ttJiirbe gemejcn fein, " 
 Wir wiirben geroefen fein, " 
 iljr ttJiirbet geroefen fein, " 
 @ie miirben genjefcn fein, " 
 fie wiirben gewefen fein, •' 
 
 Second Conditional. 
 
 or id^ mare gemefen, I should have been. 
 
 bu ttiareft geroefen, thou wouldst have been 
 er roare geloefen, he would have been, 
 njir njdren gettjefen, we should have been. 
 il)r ttjciret gemefen, ) you would 
 (Sie ttjciren gemefen, j have been, 
 fie njciren gemefen, they would have been. 
 
 i) Pronounce : i'^ vayr-de zine, doo virst, ayr vtrt, veer vayr' -din^ 
 ier vayt ' -det, zee vayr'-den zine. 
 
 2) Pronounce : i'^ vur-de zine, doo viir'-dest zine, &c. 
 
 3) Pronounce : i^ vay'-re^ doo vay'-rest, ayr vay'-ri, &c. 
 
112 
 
 Note I. There is and there are answer to the German 
 e§ gtebt, e§ ift, c^ finb; there was and there 7vere, c§ gab, e3 
 luar ^r e^ maren, as: There are animals, c^ giebt %\)mt {es 
 geept tee' -re). There are people, e^ gtebt Slt)xiZ {loy' -te) . 
 There is no news, e^ giebt nid)t^ ^JcCUe^ (nPts noy'-es). 
 
 Note 2. The English / am to is translated id) foH ^?' 
 mug (w^V^) : Charles is to learn German, ^arl f oH T)eutfd) 
 lernen (>^^r/ zdl doitsh ler'-nat). — He is to be quiet, cr 
 f oU {or er mufe) rut)tg fein {roo'-hP zlne). — He is to go to 
 the depot, er mug {or er foU) nacf) bem ^at)nl)of gcljen. 
 
 Note 3. The English to be right is translated in Ger 
 man, 9?ed)t ^ab etl (re^t hah' ben) \ and to be wrong, Unred)t 
 ^aben {don'-re^t hdh'-ben). Ex.: You «r^ right, (Sie ^a* 
 ben 9icc^t. I am wrong, id) ^abe Unred)t. I w^j wrong, 
 id) ^atte Unred)t {odn'-re^t). 
 
 Words. 
 
 X)a§ ©otel (hd-tell'). 
 
 ber SBirt!) {virt\ pi. bie 2Birtl)e, 
 bie 2Birtt)in {vir'-tin), 
 ber 2)iener {dee-ner), pi. bie 
 2)iencr, 
 
 CiU ^ettner (/«<? kel-ner), 
 
 \iQi^ ©tubenmobc^en {sKtoo-b^n- 
 
 maid-y en), 
 ber "i^ortier {port-yeh!), 
 ber ^au8fned)t {hozvs'-k'neyt). 
 
 Hotel. 
 
 the landlord, 
 the landlady. 
 
 the servant, 
 a waiter. 
 
 the chambermaid. 
 
 the porter.' 
 
 the boots ; the man servant.* 
 
 i) 2)cr "iPortier is a grand man in a German hotel. He knows the 
 town thoroughly; can give every information in regard to trains, 
 steamboats, &c. ; he settles the bills of the cabman ; speaks four or 
 five languages. &c 
 
 2) 3)cr §ail§fnecf)t attends »o the luggage cleans your boots, lights 
 the fires, &c. ''^ortier and .^au3tned)t must always be tipped by the 
 traveller. 
 
113 
 
 bcr .^odf) {koch), 
 
 bie ^oc^in {ko.ytn\ 
 
 bie 9?ed)nung {n y' -nddng), 
 
 quittircu [quit-tee -rin), 
 bic Ouittung {quit' -tddng\ 
 bcr ©pcifefaal {sh'pi'-ze-zahf), ^ 
 baS ®^eife,:5immcr {sKpi'-ze- v 
 
 isim-mer), ) 
 
 ba6 j^rcmben^immcr {frim'-den- 
 
 tstm'-mer\ 
 bag SBo^njimmer (vdkn'-tsim-mer), 
 baS ®c^Iaf dimmer {sh Idhf'-tslm- 
 
 mer), 
 bag SBett, pi. bie S3cttcn, 
 fd^lafen {sh'idh'-/en), 
 SBie t)abcn ®ie gcfd)Iafcn ? 
 baS ^ett mac^Cll {md'-chen) 
 inQd)cn @ie mein 33ctt ! 
 Juidjfen <©ie {vlk'-sen zee') meine 
 
 ®tiefcl {sKteefet), 
 mad)en @ic mciu 3c"9 (/j-^^'y) rein 
 
 {rine\ 
 tnadjeu ®ic mein 3^1"^^^^ ^^in 
 
 (r/«^) ! 
 
 the cook. 
 
 the (female) cook. 
 
 the bill. 
 
 to receipt, 
 
 the receipt. 
 
 the dining-room. 
 
 the parlor. 
 
 the sitting-room. 
 
 the bed -room. 
 
 the bed. 
 
 to sleep. 
 
 How did you rest ? 
 
 to arrange the bed. 
 
 make my bed ! 
 
 black my boots ! 
 
 brush my clothes ! 
 
 clean my room, please ! 
 
 Translate the following 
 
 Exercise 
 
 into English, and then render it again into German : 
 
 5Bavum t)aben (Sie mem '^f\x^ (/sot^) nic^t rein gcmacf)t, 
 ,^eUncr? ^Ictlncr, tDic^fen <Bk meine Stiefel, itnb marfien <Sie 
 mein ^euc] gleic^ rein (rme). ^6) merbe mat bem nddjftcn ^UQt 
 nad) 9}Kind)en {mun'-^m, Munich) abreifen. 9JMd)en (Sie, 
 bitte, mein dimmer rein. 3)?ad)en <3ie mein ^ett gteirf). 3^) 
 moc^te ju ^ett ge^n. 3c^ bin ie^r miibc {mu'-de, tired). ^^ 
 
114 
 
 tDar bie gan^e Jta6jt (gdn'-tse ndcht, the whole night) auf \itl 
 (5ifenbat)n {i' -zen-bd/in, railroad, i.e. journey), ^dtltteu ®ie 
 biefe T)epcfd)e {day-pe'-she, dispatch) gteid) ab[enben (dp'-zen- 
 den, to send off) ? Um inie t)ie( U!)r gel)t ber (Sc^nedjug nad) 
 §anoDer (/^<z-:^^'-/<?r) ab? Um ^a(b fcd)^. ®ut (well); bann 
 (then) tueden {vek'-ken, wake, call) (Ste mic^ um brci 3Sierte( 
 auf funf piinftlic^ {punct'-liy, punctually), unb bringen (Sie 
 mir mein gruf)ftu(f {fru'-shUak) (2d)(ag fiinf U^r. 2Ba§ mim^ 
 fc^en {vun'-shen) @ie gum (tsdojn) grit^ftucf? ^rtngeti @ie 
 {brin'-ghen, bring) tnir einc portion ^ {port-syone') £affee 
 (kdh'-fay), unb fe^eu (Sic 3U (take care, look out), ba^ tnctU 
 3eug rein gemad)t (cleaned) ift, unb meine (Stiefet getuic^ft finb. 
 
 2. 
 
 Declension of Masculine and 
 Neuter Nouns. 
 
 Continuation (cotnp. page 52). 
 Most masculine and neuter substantives are declined after 
 the so-called Primary form of the Strong Declension, 
 Nouns of this class have the following inflections : 
 
 1. In the singular they add e^ in the genitive., and e in 
 the dative. This latter e is, however, very frequently 
 omitted. Ex.: bcr (So^n, the son; be^ (So^n-e^, of the 
 son; beni(So^n-e, to the son. 
 
 2. In \\iQ plural they add e in all cases ^ and in the dative 
 besides the e an n. Ex.: bie (Sotjn-e, the sons; ben 
 @0^*nen, to the sons. 
 
 3. Masculine nouns change the radical vowels a, 0, and 
 
 i) People usually order 'elite portion Saffee/ ' eine portion 2^ec.' 
 A * 'ilJoction ' includes bread and butter, ' a)iilc^brot unb Gutter.' 
 
115 
 
 U into a, '6, and il. Ex.: ^er :53ac^ {bdch)^ the brook; 
 
 b i C :53 d C^ e (bay'-^e), the brooks. ^ e r (S I) U , the son ; 
 
 b i e @ b I) n e , the sons. T) C r gut {hoot), the hat ; b i C 
 
 g ii t C {hii'-te), the hats. 
 
 4. Neuter monosyllables, i.e. neuter nouns which consist 
 
 of ^«^ syllable only, remain unchanged in the plural. Ex. : 
 
 T) a 6 9)? e e r (?nayr), the sea ; //. b i C 3)? e e r ? e , the seas. 
 
 Observation : — The vowel e in //^^ genitive ending e ^ of the 
 singular, as well as the ending e of the dative singular, 
 is frequently omitted, especially in substantives end- 
 ing in t g , id), (xi , and ling. Ex. : !l)er £dntg 
 ko'-nP),) the king; Ge7i. be^ ^btlig=§, of the king; 
 JDat. bem Hbnig, to the king. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Singular. 
 Nom. ber @ot)n, the son. 
 Gen. beg @oI)n=t^, of the son {or 
 
 the son's). 
 Z>a/. bcm @ol)n f, to the son. 
 Ace. bcil SoI)n, (lie son. 
 
 Plu7'al. 
 bie ©b^n-'C, the sons, 
 ber @o^n=c of the sons {or the 
 
 sons'), 
 ben @b^n-cn, to the sons, 
 bic @o^n-c, the sons. 
 
 Nom, bog 3a{)r, the y( ar. 
 Gen. beS 3ol)r=r^, of the year. 
 Dat. bem 3at)r f, to the year. 
 Aec. bag 3ol)r, the year. 
 
 bie 3a^r=e, the years, 
 ber 3at)r-c, of the years, 
 ben 3at)r-tn, to the years. 
 bie 3a^r=f, the years. 
 
 The following nouns belong to this declension : 
 
 1. All masculine and neuter 77ionosyllabic roots. Ex. : X)er 
 %\Vi% {floos), the river; //.bie g I ii f f ^ e {flu'-se). "^ix^ 
 ^ d) a f {shdhf), the sheep; //.bie @ C^ a f ^ e. 
 
 2. Nouns with ix prefix. Ex. : ^cr ^efc^f {p^-f(^yl')', 
 the order ; //. b i C :© C f C f) I ^ e. D a ^ @ C b e t (ghe-bayt'), 
 the prayer; //. bic (^ C b e t.- e. Nouns belonging to this 
 
 2) ff) after n, 0, II and nil is sounded harshly like eh in the Scotch 
 word ' loeh; but after d, b, \\ and fi\\ it is pronounced in a soft man- 
 ner, like a strongly-aspirated h. nil sounds like ou in * house / 
 while ttU is pronounced like oy in * ^tTy.' 
 
116 
 
 class omit the e in the genitive and dative singular^ and 
 form simply : Gen. be^ •Q3efef)l ^ « ; Dat. bettt ^efel)L 
 
 3. Masculine nouns QMd\n^ in ig, id), at, ttlQ, and Htig. 
 Ex. : T) e r ^ n i 9 {ko'-niy), the king; //. b t e ^ d Tl i Q = e 
 (ko'-?iee-ghe). !Der SJ^OUat {mo'-ndt), the month; //. 
 bieSJ^onat-e. ^er gating {hay' -ring), the herring ; 
 bie gdring-e. !r)er -SiingUng {yung'-ling\ the 
 youth ;/>/. bte^ii^OHng^e {yUng'-lin-ghe). These 
 nouns also ^/«// the e in the genitive and dative of the 
 singular. 
 
 4. Nouns of foreign origin ending in a I , an, a r , a ft , 
 t e r , or, and n. Ex. : !^ e r ^ a ( a ft i^pd-lasf), the 
 palace;//, bie 'ip a ( a f t e {pa-lays' -te). ^tx general 
 {ghe-nay-rdhl'\ the general; //. 'tiXt (generate {ghe-nay- 
 ray'-le). !D C r ^ a r b i n a I ', the Cardinal ; //. \ixt ^ a r ^ 
 bina'Ie. T)cr ^IbmtraC, the admiral ; //. 'txt 21 b ^ 
 mird'le. T)er Kaplan', the chaplain ; //. hit ^ a * 
 p I a ' n e. !iD e r D f f 1 3 i e r {d~fee-tseer'\ the officer ; //. 
 bie Dffisiere (p-fee-tsee'-re). 
 
 Exceptions. 
 
 The following words do not modify the radical vowel 
 in the plural : 
 
 ber ^rm, the arm. 
 
 bcr S^ag, the day. 
 
 ber @cl^u^, the shoe. 
 
 ber §unb {hoont), the dog. 
 
 ber '>Punft {poonkt), the point. 
 
 bie 5lrme, the arms. 
 
 bie Sage, the days. 
 
 bie @(^ul)e, the shoes. 
 
 bie §unbe {hddn-de\ the dogs. 
 
 bie ^^unfte {podnk'-te), the points. 
 
 The following take en in the plural, and are not 
 modified : 
 
 bie <8taotcn {sh'tdh'-ten), the 
 
 states, 
 bie ©d^merjeu {sh'mer'-tsen), the 
 pains. 
 
 ber (Staat {sK'tdht), the state, 
 ber ©d^merj {shmirts), the pain. 
 
117 
 
 The following words modify the radical vowel, and 
 take e r in the plural : 
 
 6ec '3}lQnn {man), the man. 
 btt afialb {vahlt), the forest. 
 
 bic 5}?dnncr {men'-ner), the men. 
 biC ^dlbec {vel'-dir), the woods. 
 
 and several others which do not frequently occur, and 
 which I therefore omit. 
 
 The following neuter nouns take e n in the plural : 
 
 bn^ 5(ugC [pw-ghi), the eye. 
 bag n)r {ore), the ear. 
 U^ »ctt; the bed. 
 bag «^nnb, the shirt. 
 
 bic 5lugcn {ow'-ghen), the eyes, 
 bic Dl)CCll {o-ren), the ears, 
 bic ^Cttcn (bet' -ten), the beds, 
 bie "^Cinbcn {hem' -den), the shirts. 
 
 The Weak Declension. 
 
 To this declension belong : 
 
 1. All masculine substantives ending in e, as: \i^X 
 ^aht {k'ndh'-be), the boy; ber ^otc {bo'-te), the mes- 
 senger; bcr grangofe {frdn-tso^-ze), the Frenchman. 
 
 2. The following monosyllables : 
 bcr §err, the gentleman, 
 bcr Shrift {Christ)} the Christian, 
 ber §elb (/^///), the hero, 
 bcr 9^orr {ndrr), the fool, 
 bcr 53ar (^<?ar), the bear, 
 ber 9ier» {nerf), the nerve. 
 
 ber 3JJenjc^ {mensk), man, man- 
 kind, 
 bcr ^rinj {prince), the prince, 
 ber gii^^ft* the duke, 
 ber 2:i}or (/^r^'), the fool. 
 ber @raf {grdhf), the count, 
 ber Oc^S (t?^), the ox. 
 3. Adjectives used substantively, as : 
 
 >)tx 5tltc {dhl-tS), the old man. 
 ber 5Reifenbe {n'-zen-de), the trav- 
 eller. 
 
 ber ^ranfe {kran ke), the patient 
 
 (the sick man), 
 ber @c(e{)rte {ghe-layr -te ), the 
 
 scholar (the learned man). 
 
 i) The * z" is pronounced very short. 
 
118 
 
 4. All masculine nouns derived from other languages, 
 having the accent on the last syllable (these words are 
 mostly derived from the Latin or Greek)/ as: 
 ber @tubcnt {sh'idd-dent'), the ber ©olbot {zdl-ddkt'), the soldier. 
 
 ber ^rafibent {pray-zeedent'), the 
 president. 
 
 student, 
 ber ''4Jt)llofop^ {fee-ld-zdfe'\ the 
 
 philosopher. 
 
 Observation: — The inflection of this declension is very 
 simple. All the cases ^ both of Singular and Plural^ are 
 formed by adding tl, without altering the vowel in the 
 plural. 
 
 Example. 
 
 Singular. 
 Nom. ber ^nabc {k'ndh'-b^), the 
 
 boy. 
 Gen. beg ^uabcn, of the boy ; or, 
 
 the boy's. 
 Dat. bent ^nabcn, to the boy. 
 Ace. ben ^nabcn, the.boy. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 bie ^noben, the boys. 
 
 ber ^nabcn, of the boys ; or, the 
 
 boys', 
 ben ^nabcn, to the boys, 
 bie ^nabcn, the boys. 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 Can you tell me how many i. Can you to me tell 
 declensions we have in 
 German ? 
 
 how 
 many (t)iete) declensions 
 (S)ecUnationeu [day-klee-nd- 
 tsyo-nen\) we in German 
 (im 2)cutjc^en) have ? 
 
 2. Yes ; we have two (jttJei) de- 
 clensions. 
 
 3. And know you how many 
 conjugations ((Soningatio- 
 Iien [^kon-ydo-gd-tsyd -neni) 
 
 we in German (im £eut- 
 jc^en) have ? 
 
 I) Foreign words in oT, on, aft, or r, such as ©enerot, Offtster, &c., 
 are declined according to the so-called Strong Declension. 
 
 Yes ; we have two declen- 
 sions. 
 
 And do you know how many 
 conjugations we have in 
 German ? 
 
f |e Ifebt^trs^Ijaft-igs^m, 
 
 FART ir. 
 
IV. 
 
 {Continuation^ 
 1. 
 
 20. Why have you not told him to bring me my 
 supper (= Why have you to him not said that 
 he me \inir\ my supper \mein A'bendessen\ bring 
 might) ? 
 
 21. Did you write him to send us another set of samples ? 
 {Literauy : Have you him \ilim'\ written \(jesclirieben\ 
 that he us \uns\ another set \eine andere Collection\ 
 of {von\ samples [Mustem] send might ?) 
 
 22. Did I not order you to go to the depot at once (= Have 
 I you [Ihnen] not charged [aiifgetragen] you might at 
 once [gleich] to the depot go) ? 
 
 23. Did he not order you to send these goods to-day to 
 our agent (= Has he you \Iline7i\ not charged {anfge- 
 trage7i] you might these goods [Waaren] still [noch] 
 to-day to [nn] our agent [unseren Agente^i] send off 
 [adsende7i or abschicke7i]) ? 
 
 24. Who is there (da) ? 
 
 25. Mr. Newman {Neumann) is there and would like to 
 
 speak to you (= you \^Sie\ to speak) ; or, Mr. New- 
 man is there and wishes {loilnsclit) to speak to you 
 (= you to speak). 
 
 26. Tell Mr. Newman that I am not well ( = Tell you 
 Mr. [Her^'fi] Newman that I nol well am). 
 
 «7. Tell the gentleman that I am not well and that I can- 
 not see him to-day ( = Tell you to the gentleman [dem 
 fferrn] that I not well am and him to-day not see can). 
 
IV. 
 
 (Continuation.) 
 
 1. 
 
 20. Warum haben Sie ihm nicht gesagt, dass er mir 
 mein Abendessen {ah' -bent-es-sen) bringen mochte? 
 
 21. Haben Sie ihm geschrieben {ghe-shree'-ben), dass er 
 uns eine andere Collection von Mustern senden 
 mochte (das ayr dons i'ne an* -de-re kol-iek-syone' fon 
 mods* -tern zen' -den 7nd^'-te)} 
 
 22. Habe ich Ihnen {ee'-nen) nicht aufgetragen {pwf'-ghe- 
 trd/i-ghen)y Sie mochten gleich nach dem Bahnhof 
 gehen ? 
 
 23. Hat er Ihnen nicht aufgetragen {pwf -ghe-trdh-ghen)^ 
 
 Sie mochten diese Waaren (vdh'-ren) noch heute an 
 unseren Agenten absenden {ot abschicken) [an don'- 
 ze-ren dh-ghen'-ten dp'-zen-den (or dp'-shik-ken)] ? 
 
 24. Wer {vayr) ist d^'{ddh)} 
 
 25. Herr Neumann {noy'-mdn) ist da und mochte Sie spre- 
 chen; or, Herr Neumann ist da und wiinscht {vunshi) 
 Sie zu sprechen {zee tsoo sh'pre'-^en). 
 
 26. Sagen Sie Herrn Neumann, dass ich nicht wohl bin 
 {vol bin). 
 
 27. Sagen Sie dem Herrn, dass ich nicht wohl bin und 
 
 ihn heute nicht sehen kann {een hoy'-te nPt zay'-hen 
 kdn). 
 
122 
 
 28. I am not well atid cannot see Mr. Newman (— and 
 can Mr. [Herrn] Newman not see). 
 
 29. Tell him so, waiter (=Tell you him [?7i?«] that, waiter). 
 
 30. Tell him that I am not well, and beg him to come to- 
 morrow (= Say you to him that I not well am, and 
 that he to-morrow come should [ko7n7)2e)i mochie]). 
 
 31. Tell your friend, please, to come to me to-morrow 
 
 morning at a quarter to ten. {Literally : Please tell 
 you to your [//irew] friend he sliould [er moclite] 
 to-morrow early YfriUi] at three quarters to ten \iirei 
 Vtertel auf zehn] to me [z2i mir] come.) 
 
 32. Why did you not request him to come to me at 
 half-past ten (= Why have you him [ihrn] not charged 
 [aufgetrageii] that he at half eleven to me come 
 should [komme7i mochie]) ? 
 
 2^. Did I not order you to bring me my breakfast 
 punctually at six o'clock ? {Lllerally : Have I you 
 [Ihnen] not charged [aiifgetrageii] that you me [mir] 
 my breakfast at six o'clock punctually [piinktlicli] 
 bring should [bringen mochten] 7) 
 
 34. If any way possible see him to-day. The matter is 
 very important (= If any way possible then see you 
 him still to-day. The matter \die Sadie] is very im- 
 portant \wiclitig\). 
 
 35. I should like very much to put the matter in order 
 
 (= I should the matter willingly [gem] in order [in 
 Ordmmg] bring), but it is quite {gnnz) impossible 
 (unmoglich) to see him to-day (= him still to-day to 
 see [zu sehen\). 
 
123 
 
 28. Ich bin nicht vvohl und kann Herrn Neumann nicht 
 sehen. 
 
 29. Sag en Sie ihm das, Kellner. 
 
 30. Sagen Sie ilim, dass ich nicht wohl bin, und dass er 
 
 niorgen k(juimen mochte. 
 
 31. Bitte, sagen Sie Ihreni Freunde {ee'-ran froyn'-dc)^ er 
 mochte morgen friih um drei Viertel auf zehn (oom 
 drl fir'-icl owf isayti) zu mir kommen. 
 
 32 Warum haben Sie ihm nicht aufgetragen {owf'-ghe^ 
 trdh^'gheii)^ dass er um halb elf zu mir kommen 
 mochte ? 
 
 33. Habe ich Ihnen {ee'-nai) nicht aufgetragen, dass 
 Sie mir mein Friihstiick um sechs Uhr ptinktlich 
 {ijieer 7mne friih' -sh' tuck oom zex dor piinct'-li^) bringen 
 mochten ? 
 
 34. Wenn irgend moglich, so sehen Sie ihn noch heute. 
 
 Die Sache (zd'-che) ist sehr wichtig {vi^'-ti">\) 
 
 35. Ich mochte die Sache gern in Ordnung (6r*-dnddng) 
 bringen, aber [dk'-ber) es ist ganz (gdnis) un moglich, 
 ilm noch heute zu sehen. 
 
124 
 
 2. 
 
 As I am very anxious. 
 
 As 
 
 to me 
 
 very 
 
 thereon 
 
 is situated; lies^ 
 
 as I am very anxious 
 
 I am very anxious ; it is of importance to me * 
 
 it is nothing to me; it is indifferent to me.* 
 
 i) Liegt {leegt) is the third person singular of the present tense 
 of lieqen [lee'-ghen), to be situated ; to lie, as: Coin liegt am Rhein 
 {Jioln leegt dm rine)y Cologne lies on the Rhine. — Xjiigen {lii'-ghen) on 
 the other hand, means to lie, to tell a falsehood. 
 
 2) Bs liegt mir sehr daran is an impersonal expression which is 
 conjugated in the following way: 
 
 Es liegt mir sehr daran, I am very anxious, 
 
 Es liesrt dir sehr daran, thou art very anxious. 
 
 Es liea;t ihm sehr daran, he is very anxious. 
 
 Es liegt ihr {ee'r) sehr daran, she is very anxious. 
 
 E-^ liegt uns {dons) sehr daran, we are very anxious. 
 
 f]s liegt Ihnen {ee-nen) sehr daran, you are very anxious. 
 
 Es liegi ihnen {ee-nen) sehr daran, they are very anxious, 
 
 3) There are a great number of impersonal expressions or verbs in 
 German for which we use personal expressions or verbs in English. 
 rive the most important ones here : 
 
 Es lisgt mir sehr daran, I am very anxious ; or, It is very 
 
 important to me, 
 
 Es liegt mir nichts daran. It is nothing to me; it is in- 
 
 different to me. 
 
 Es thut mir sehr leid, dass. . .., I am very sorry that .... 
 
 \es toot mere zayr lite das), 
 
 Es ist mir lieb, dass . . . ., I am glad that. . . .; I am happy 
 
 ; w 1st mere leip dds\ ' that .... 
 
125 
 
 2. 
 
 Da niir sehr daran liegt 
 
 dah mere zayr dah-rSn' Igggt 
 Da (dah) 
 mir (mere) 
 sehr (zayr) 
 daran (dah-ran') 
 liegt ^ (leegt) 
 da mir sehr daran liegt 
 es liegt mir sehr daran " 
 as liegt mir nichts daran.' 
 
 Es kommt mir vor {ynere fdr\ 
 Es scheint mir {shi -ni mere), 
 Mir fehlt nichts, 
 Was fehlt Ihnen {ee-nen)! 
 
 Mir ist bange {mere Ut bdnf-ghi), 
 Es freut {froyt) mich sehr, dass . ,, 
 Es verdriesst mich {fer-dreesf 
 
 mi^), dass . . . ., 
 Es wundert mich {vddn'-dert mfy), 
 Es versteht sich {fcr-shUayt' zVs\ 
 Es hungert mich {Jiodn -ghert 
 
 mn), 
 Es dilrstet mich {diir stet mi^)^ 
 Es friert mich {freert mU), 
 Es reut mich {royt miy), 
 
 I have given an example (see Note 2) how impersonal expressions 
 which take the dative of the person affected are conjugated. I add 
 now an impersonal verb which takes the person affected in the ac- 
 cusative: 
 
 It seems to me. 
 
 Nothing is the matter with me. 
 What ails you ? or, What is the 
 
 matter with you ? 
 I am afraid. 
 
 I am very happy that .... 
 I am vexed {angry) that .... 
 
 I wonder; I am astonished at . . . 
 It is a matter of course. 
 I am hungry. 
 
 I am thirsty. 
 I am cold. 
 I repent. 
 
 Es freut mich (//'c>'/ w/y), 
 
 Es freut dich, 
 
 Es freut ihn {een), 
 
 Es freut sie {zee), 
 
 Es freut uns {ddns\ 
 
 Es freut Sie {zee), 
 
 Es freut sie {zee). 
 
 I am glad, 
 thou art glad, 
 he is glad, 
 she is glad, 
 we are glad. 
 )'OU are glad, 
 they are glad. 
 
126 
 
 1. I am very anxious to learn German (= German to 
 learn [zu lernen]). 
 
 2. My brother is very anxious to speak German very 
 soon (= very soon [reclit bald] German lo speak. 
 
 3. Are you very anxious to reach Berlin to day (= still 
 [noch] to-day to [nach\ Berlin to come \zu hommen']) ? 
 
 4. Yes, it is very important to me, as I should like to 
 
 see my father (=as I my [jneinen'] father see might 
 [seJien mo elite]), 
 
 5. It is a matter of indifference to me whether he will 
 pay these bills or not (= if [oh] he these bills [diese 
 Reclinungen] pay will [bezahlen will] or not [oder 
 nicJit]). 
 
 6. My employer is very anxious to buy this house (=It 
 is to my employer \7ne1nem Principal^ very anxious 
 this house [dieses Hans] to [zu] buy). 
 
 7. Are you desirous {or anxious) to sell this horse 
 
 (=this horse to sell [dieses Pferd zu verkaufen]) ? 
 
 8. Can you tell me if Mr. Schmidt arrived by this train 
 (= Can you to me perhaps tell if Mr. Smith [Herr 
 Schmidt] by this train \init diesem Ziige] arrived is) ? 
 
 9. It is a matter of great importance to me to see him 
 to-day ( = 1 am very anxious him still [noch] to-day 
 to see). 
 
 10. I am very glad that your mother is well again (= It 
 rejoices me much [es /rent mich sehr] that your Mrs. 
 mother again [wieder] well is). 
 
 1 1. How is your father (= How goes it to your Mr.father)? 
 
 12. Thank you very much (danke school), he is doing 
 much better (= it goes to him much better [viel 
 besser]). 
 
127 
 
 1. Es liegt mir sehr daran, deutsch za lernen {^sdo ler'- 
 neti). 
 
 2. Es hegt meinem Bruder sehr daran, recht bald (bdhlt) 
 deutsch zu sprechen {tsod sh'pre'-^en). 
 
 3. Liegt Ihnen sehr daran, noch heute nach Berlin zu 
 kominen {ber-leen' tsod kom' -men) ? 
 
 4. Ja, es liegt mir sehr daran, da ich meinen Vater 
 sehen {zay'-hen) mochte. 
 
 5. Es liegt mir nichts daran, ob er diese Rechnungen 
 {re'^^'-noon-ghen) bezahlen {be-tsdh' -Ihi) will oder 
 {o'-der) nicht. 
 
 6. Es liegt meinem Principal [prin-sce-pdhl') sehr daran, 
 dieses Haus zu kaufen. 
 
 7. Liegt Ihnen daran, dieses Pferd (p/airt) zu verkau- 
 fen (fer-ko7ci'-fen) ? 
 
 8. Konnen Sie mir vielleicht sagen, ob Herr Schmidt 
 (sh'?mt) mit diesem Zuge angekommen ist {dn'-ghe- 
 kom-men isf) ? 
 
 9. Es liegt mir sehr daran, ihn noch heute [hoy'-te) za 
 sehen. 
 
 10. Es f rent mich sehr {es froyt mis zair), dass Ihre Frau 
 Mutter wieder {vee'-der) wohl ist. * 
 
 11. Wie geht es Ihrem Herrn Vater ? 
 
 12 Danke schon, es geht ihm viel {feel) besser. 
 
13. I am very glad of it (=that rejoices me [freuf mich] 
 very). 
 
 14. I am very glad to see you in such good health ( = It 
 rejoices me much [es freut mich sehr] you so well 
 to see). 
 
 15. I am very anxious to see him to-day, as he is going 
 to the country to-morrow ( = 1 am very anxious him 
 still [nocli] to-day to see, as he to-morrow to the 
 country [auf^s Land] goes). 
 
 16. I am very anxious to be at my office before the post 
 comes in (=1 am very anxious at my office to be \in 
 meinern Comptoir zu sei7i] before [ehe] the post [die 
 Post] comes [a7ikommt]). 
 
 17. I beg your pardon, sir; could you please direct me 
 to Frederic Street (=. Excuse me, sir; could you to 
 me perhaps [koimten Sle mir vielleicht] the way [den 
 Weg] to the Frederic Street [7iach der Friedrich- 
 strasse] give [angehen]) ? 
 
 18. I am very sorry; I am a stranger here (=: That 
 does to me great pain [das thut mir sehr leid] , 1 
 am here strange [hier fre7nd]). 
 
 19. I am very sorry you did not come last evening ( = It 
 does to me great pain [es thut mir sehr leid] that you 
 yesterday evening not come are [gekomrnen sind]). 
 
 30. I am very sorry that your sister is ill (= It does to 
 me great pain [es thut 7nir sehr leid] that your Miss 
 sister [Ihr Frmileiti SchTJoester] ill [kra7i]c] is). 
 
 i) Konnten Sie ? is the subjunctive mood, and corresponds to oui 
 ^ Could yon, please ?' h is, of course, more politt than 'Konnen Sie?' 
 Can you? It is conjugated : 
 
 ich kfinn'ie, I c uld. wir konn'ten, we could. 
 
 du konn'test, thou could-t. Sie konn'ten, you coiild. 
 
 er konn'te, he could. sie konn'-ten, they could. 
 
129 
 
 13- Das freut mich sehr. 
 
 14. Es Ireut mich sehr, Sie so wohl zu sehen. 
 
 15. Es liegt mir sehr daran, ihn noch heute zu sehen, da 
 er morgen auf s Land {pwf's Idnt) geht. 
 
 \6, Es liegt mir sehr daran, in meinem Comptoir [com- 
 tore') zu sein {zine), ehe {ay* -he) die Post {post) an- 
 kommt. 
 
 17. Entschuldigen Sie, mein Herr ; konnten Sie* mir 
 vielleicht den Weg i^vaygh) nach der Friedrichstrasse 
 {free'-dny-sh'trdh-se) angeben (an' ~g hay-ben)} 
 
 18. Das thut mir sehr leid {das toot mere zayr lite) ; ich 
 bin hier fremd {here fremt). 
 
 19. Es thut mir sehr leid {lite)^ dass Sie gestern Abend 
 
 nicht gekommen sind. 
 
 20. Es thut mir sehr leid, dass Ihr Fraulein Schwester 
 krank ist {eer froy' -line sk'ves'-ter krdnk tst). 
 
 The indicative of the imperfect of * konnen' is formed in a similar 
 manner, but with the full sound . 
 
 ich konn'te, I could wir konn'ten, we could, 
 
 du konn'test, thou couldst. Sie konn'ten, you could, 
 
 er konn'te, he could. sie konn'ten, they could. 
 
130 
 
 21. How is your father-in-law ? (= How goes it to your 
 Mr. father-in-law [Ihrem Herrn Schwiegervater] ?) 
 
 22. He is very ill ; he cannot possibly live (= he can im- 
 possibly live [ujimoglich leben] ). 
 
 23. I am exceedingly sorry to hear you say so (= It does 
 to me excessive pain [es thut mir unendlich leid] 
 that to hear [zu horen] ). -. 
 
 24. I should be very glad {or happy) if you could come 
 to me to-morrow morning (= It should to me much 
 rejoice [es solUe micli selir fretie7i], if [tvenn] you to- 
 morrow early [morgen fruh] to me come could). 
 
 25. I should be very glad if you could dine with me {or 
 at my house) to-morrow (= It should me much 
 rejoice [es sollte mich sehr fi^eueii], if [xve7in] you 
 to-morrow by me [hei mir\ at noon dine could [zu 
 Miitag speisen hdnnteri] ). 
 
 26. I should be very glad if you could go to Berlin with 
 me (=^ It should me much rejoice [cs sollte inich 
 sehr freuen]y if you with me [ivenn Sie mit mir^ to 
 [nacJi] Berlin go could [reisefi kdnnie?i]). 
 
 27. I am very sorry \es thut 7nir sehr leid\ you cannot go 
 to the bank for me (= that you not for me [fur 
 mich] ho the bank [7iach der Bank] go can). 
 
 28. I am glad to know that (= It is to me pleasing [es 
 ist mir lieb] that to know [zu luisseri] ). 
 
 29. I am very glad you have come this evening (= It is to 
 
 me very pleasing [es ist mir sehr Iieb] that you to- 
 day evening come are). 
 
 30. I should be very glad if you could translate this 
 letter for me | = It would be to me very pleasing [es 
 ware mir sehr heb], if [wenn] you this letter [diesen 
 Brief] for me translate [iXbersetzen] could). 
 
131 
 
 21. Wie gelit es (vie gayt es) Ihrem Herrn Schwieger- 
 vater (ee'rim herrn sli vee* -gher-fdh-ier^ t 
 
 2 2. Er ist sehr krank ; er kann unmoglich leben {don- 
 mog'lP' lay' -ben). 
 
 23. Es tiiut mir unendlich leid {oon-ent'-lP Itte)^ das zu 
 luiren. 
 
 24. Es sollte {zoV-te) mich sehr freuen [froy'-en), wenn 
 (ven) Sie morgen friih zu mir kommen konnten. 
 
 25. Es sollte mich sehr freuen {froy'-en), wenn Sie 
 morgen bei mir (bi mere) zu Mittag speisen konnten 
 (tsod mit'-idgh sh'pi'-zen konn'-ten). 
 
 26. Es sollte mich sehr freuen [froy'-cn), wenn Sie mit 
 mir nach Berlin reisen {rf-zen) konnten. 
 
 27. Es tluit mir sehr leid, dass Sie nicht fiir mich nach 
 der Bank gehcn konnen. 
 
 28. Es ist mir lieb {leep)^ das zu wissen \tsdd vts'-scn). 
 
 29. Es ist mir sehr lieb {Jeep), dass Sie heute Abend 
 gekommen sind. 
 
 30. Es wiire {vay'-re) mir sehr lieb {leep), wenn Sie diesen 
 Brief (dei'-zen brief) fiir mich Ubersetzen konnten 
 {u ber-zet'-sen kon'-tin). 
 
132 
 
 31. It is impossible for me to go to the bank to-day, as 
 I am not well (= It is to me [mh'] not possible to- 
 day to the bank [nach der Bank] to go, as I not well 
 [woJil] am). 
 
 32. Are you not well ? You are looking pale (= you see 
 pale out [Mass aics] ). 
 
 33. What is the matter with you {was fehlt Ihnen) ? You 
 
 look pale. 
 
 34. Your brother-in-law does not look well (=: sees 
 
 [sielit] not well out). 
 
 35. What IS the matter with your father? 
 
 36. I saw him on 'change this morning ; he looks ill 
 (=1 have seen him to-day morning on 'change \auf 
 der Borse] seen ; he sees Ysieht \ ill out). 
 
 37. Is anythmg the matter with you {Fehlt Linen etivas) ? 
 You look ill (= you see ill out.) 
 
 38. Nothing is the matter with me; or, There is not any 
 thing the matter with me. {Mir fehlt nichts.) 
 
 39. I cannot come to you to-day (=1 can to-day not to 
 you come). 
 
 40. Why not ? Is anything the matter with you } 
 
 41. Yes, I am not well. 
 
 42. I should like to go to church with you (= I should 
 like with you [mit Ihnen] to the church \nach der 
 Kirche] to go), but I am not well. 
 
 43. Good morning, sir. How do you do .-* (= How 
 goes it to you \2u1e geht es Ihnen'\) ? 
 
 i) ' Was fehlt' is an impersonal expression, and must be alwayg 
 construed with the dative, thus : ' Was fehlt Ihrem Hertn Vater} ' 
 (dative) 
 
 2) Heufe Morgen ; heute Abend ; heute Nachmittag, for our this 
 morning or forenoon ; this evening or to-night ; this afternoon. 
 
138 
 
 31. Es ist mir nicht moglich heute (hoy'tt) nach der 
 Bank zu gehen, da icli nicht wohl bin. 
 
 32. Sind Sie nicht wohl ? Sie sehen blass aus {bldss oiis). 
 7,7^. Was fehlt Ihnen ^ {faili ee'-neti) ? Sie sehen blass aus. 
 
 34. Ihr Herr Schwager sieht nicht wohl aus {zeet nVt 
 vol ous). 
 
 35. Was fehlt Ihrem Herrn Vater ? 
 
 36. Ich habe ihn heute Morgen ^ auf der Borse (por'-ze) 
 gesehen; er sieht {zeet) krank (krdnk) aus. 
 
 37. Fehlt Ihnen etwas {ef-vas) ? Sie sehen krank aus. 
 
 38. Mir fehlt nichts. 
 
 39. Ich kann heute nicht zu Ihnen kommen. 
 
 40. Warum nicht ? Fehlt Ihnen etwas (ef-vds) ? 
 
 41. Ja, mir ist nicht v/ohl ; or, Ich bin nicht wohl. 
 
 42. loh mochte gern {gayrn) mit Ihnen nach der Kirche 
 
 {kirr'^ye) gehn, aber mir ist nicht wohl (or ich bin 
 nicht wohl). 
 
 43. Guten Morgen {goo'-ten mor'-ghen), mein Herr. Wie 
 geht es ^ Ihnen {vee' gayi es ee'-nen)} 
 
 i) The impersonal expression * Wie s^eht fs' ? is always construed 
 with iht dative case (Compare Note 2, page 124). Therefore we say : 
 ' IVie geht es Ihrem Herrn Vater' (masc.) ? — Wie geht es Ihrer Frau 
 Mutter (fem.)? — Es geht ihm (masc.) nicht gut.— Es geht ihr (fern.) 
 iehruhlecht {shiest = badly). 
 
134 
 
 GRAMMATICAL REMARKS. 
 
 Exercises and Words used in Common Conversation 
 1. 
 
 Declension of Feminine Nouns. 
 
 All feminine Nouns remain unchanged in the singular. 
 In the plural : — 
 
 1. Monosyllabic nouns, i.e. nouns oi one syllable, add 
 e in all cases, and in the dative besides the e an n = ett. 
 They also modify the radical vowels a, 0, and U. Ex. : 
 bie §anb (Jiant)^ the hand; pi. bic §anbe {hen' -de) \ \az 
 ^fJug {nods), the nut ; pi. bie S^iiffe {nils' -se). 
 
 2. Words of two and more syllables add en, and do not 
 modify their radical vowel. Ex. : 'Hk ^offnung (hof- 
 noong), the hope; pi. bie ^offtlUTtgetl {hof-noon-ghen)^ the 
 
 hopes.— !Dte ^ec^nung {re^'-ndong) the bill; W 9?e^nungett 
 
 {re^'-noon-ghen)^ the bills. 
 
 Exceptions. 
 
 1. ^ie 3)?Utter {modt'-ter), the mother, forms in the 
 plural bie W\\iitX {mut'-ter)\ bie Z^^itX {toch'-ter)^ the 
 daughter; pi. bie 2^dc^ter {to^'-ter). 
 
 2. Words of two and more syllables ending in ( or t 
 in the singular, add only n in the plural. Ex. : bi^ <SaM 
 
135 
 
 {gdh'-bel), the fork , pi. bie ©abcltt {gdh-'beln) ; tie gcbcr 
 {fay' -tier), the pen or feather; pi. bie gcbcnx (fay'-dern). 
 
 3. The following monosyllabic nouns take en in the 
 plural : 
 
 Singular. 
 
 bie %Xi {art), the species, sort, 
 bie gQt)rt {/dhrt), the passage. 
 
 bie J^raii {/row), the woman. 
 
 bie $orm, the form, 
 
 bie '^JfUc^tf the duty. 
 
 bV @d)(od)t, the battle. 
 
 bie @d)rift, the writing. 
 
 bie 3d)iilb {shddlt), the debt ; the 
 
 fault, 
 bie Ut)r {ddr), the watch, 
 bie 3fl^l {tsdht), the number. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 bie ?lrten {dr-ten), the sorts, 
 bie ^fl^l^ten {fdhr'-ten), the pas- 
 sages, 
 bie j^J^QUen {frow'-in), the women. 
 bie ^ormeu, the forms, 
 bie ^f(id)ten, the duties, 
 bie @c^tod)tca, the battles. 
 bie @d)riften, the writings ; types, 
 bie ®d)u(bcn, the debts. * 
 
 bie Ul)ren {oo-rin), the watches. 
 bie Bfl^if" {tsdh'-len), the num 
 bers. 
 
 
 Examples. 
 
 
 Monosyllabic Nouns. 
 
 A^(r»;// 
 
 bie ^onb, the hand. 
 
 bie §dnbe, the liands. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 ber §anb, of the hand 
 
 ber ^dnbe, of the hands. 
 
 Dat. 
 
 ber ipanb, to the hand. 
 
 ben ^duben, to the hands. 
 
 AiC. 
 
 bie §anb, the hand. 
 
 blc ^dtibe, the hands. 
 
 
 Dissyllabi 
 
 'V Nouns, 
 
 Norn. 
 
 bie 9^ecf)uung, the bill. 
 
 bie $Rcd)uiingen, the bills. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 ber 9^ed)nung, of the bill. 
 
 ber 9Jccf)nungen, of the bills. 
 
 Dat. 
 
 ber 9lcd)nimg, to the bill. 
 
 ben 9?ed)nungen, to the bills. 
 
 Ace. 
 
 bie 9?ed)nung, the bill. 
 
 bie $Kec^nungcn, the bills 
 
 i) The plural of this word is very frequently used, 
 debt = cr ift in ©d^ulben {shddl-din). 
 
 Ex. : He is in 
 
136 
 
 Exception {Sec. 2). 
 
 Nom. bic ©abet, the fork. 
 Gen. bcr %Qiht\, of the fork. 
 Dat. ber ^oSitX, to the fork. 
 Ace. bie @a0el, the fork. 
 
 bie ©obein, the forks, 
 ber ©obein, of the forks, 
 ben ©abein, to the forks, 
 bic ©abein, the forks. 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 I. At what o'clock do you usu- 
 ally get up ? 
 
 2. I usually rise at six o'clock. 
 
 3. Get up ; it is late. 
 
 4. Get up ; it is very late. The 
 train leaves in half an hour. 
 
 5. I cannot get up ; I feel very 
 ill. 
 
 6. What is the matter with you ? 
 
 7. I have a headache. 
 
 8. I am very sorry for that. 
 
 9. Will you have a physician ? 
 
 1. At what o'clock get you (fle^en 
 ®ie, shUay'-hen zee) usually 
 (geroo^nlid^, ghe-vdn'-liy) up 
 (auf)? 
 
 2. I get (id^ ftc'^e) usually at six 
 o'clock up (QUf). 
 
 3. Get you up ; it is late (fpcit, 
 sh'payf). 
 
 4. Get you up ; it is very late. 
 The train goes in a half hour 
 (iti einer ^alben ®tuube) off (ab). 
 
 5. T cannot get up (oufftc^cn) ; I 
 am very ill. 
 
 6. What ails you ? 
 
 7. I have a headache (^opfttJe^, 
 kopf-vay). 
 
 8. That does me very pain. 
 
 9. Will you a (einen) doctor have? 
 
 3. 
 
 Nouns governed by Prepositions. 
 
 I. The cases of nouns are so frequently governed by 
 prepositions, that at least a part of them should be 
 
137 
 
 learned early. A complete list of the prepositions, with 
 the cases which they govern, will be given in a later 
 lesson. 
 
 2. The prepositions may govern either the genitive, 
 dative, accusative, or both the dative and the accusative. 
 
 I. Prepositions goyerning the Genitive 
 
 tt)al)renb {vay-rent), during. 
 ttjegeu {vay'-ghin), on account of. 
 
 Danish' tat), 
 
 « X. / w , , f instead of, 
 anftott {an-shtdt'), ' 
 
 Examples. 
 
 SBal^renb beS ©ommer^ tear tc^ in Berlin, During 
 the summer I was in Berlin. SKegen beg 9?egen3 
 fonnte tc^ nic^t tommen, On account of the rain I could not 
 come. 5Inftatt etneS ^rtefe^ ^abe ic^ telegrap^trt 
 (te-le-grd'feerf), Instead of a letter I telegraphed. 
 
 II- Prepositions governing the Dative. 
 
 bei {by), at ; by ; near. 
 auS {oivs), out of; from. 
 
 mit, with. 
 
 nad), ^ after or to. 
 
 eon 3 {/oj*'), of; frqjn ; by 
 
 fcit {zite), since. 
 
 JU ' {tsod), at or to. 
 
 gegeniiber, {ghe-ghen-ii ^bir\ oppo- 
 site to. 
 
 i) Old verse to help the memory : 
 
 @cf)reib : mit, nnri), ndrtift, ncOft, fnmmt, bei, fcit, Uon, ju, juwibcrr 
 
 C^'ntacqcn, Uinncn, nu^, ftct« mit bcm Dativ niebcr. 
 i.e. With these prepositions write (jd)rcib) always the third case (the 
 dative), and never (ttic) the fourth (the accusative). 
 
 2) After verbs denoting motion nad) is usually employed before 
 the name of a place or country, while ^W is used before the name ot a 
 person. Ex. : CSr gcl)t nac^ ^ erli n. ©r ift ju ineinem 33rubel• 
 gefomme^. 
 
 3) Of, when denoting /^jj^jj/^w, is rendered by the genitive. Ex. : 
 The house of the merchant, '^^% §OUg be^ ^aufmanuS. But when oj 
 denotes relation, it must be expressed by the preposition ' t>ou ' 
 {fdn), Ex. : I have it <?/the merchant, ic^ ^abc e8 Oon bem ^auf- 
 
 maun. 
 
138 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Qd) wax tntt metnetn greunb in Sonbon. dv ge^t 
 nad) bem ^at)nl)of. 3d) ^^^^ ben ^oman Don b e m 
 beutfcf)en ^aufmann erl)a(ten (received). 3^^ war fcil 
 c i n e m M o n a t (a month) nid)t in fcinem Qan\c, Sarmn 
 finb Sie geftcrn 5lbcnb nid)t 3 u m e i n e r @ d) tu e ft e r gc== 
 fommen ? (5r l)at biefen 9^ocf b c i b c m f r a n 5 f i f d) c n 
 ® d) n e i b e r gefauft. (5r ift nic^t a u ^ bem § a u f e ge^ 
 geiDefen. (5r wol)nt {vdnf, lives) gegeniiber ber 'iPoft 
 {or : b e r ^]5 ft g e g e n U b e r). 
 
 Ill, Prepositions governing Accusatire/ 
 
 bnxd\ {(/odf-y), through ; by means 
 
 of; by. 
 fiir, 2 for. 
 O^ne {o ne), without. 
 
 gcgen ^ay -ghen), against ; tow- 
 ards 
 tuiber (vie-der), against. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 3d) bin geftern bnrd) bie (Stabt gegangen, (5r \)(xi 
 biefe §anbfd)ul)e fiir meinen (So{)n gefauft. (5r !)at 
 biefen ^ud) tj'^n c m e i n e (5 r I a n b n i 6 {er-lowp'-nis, per- 
 mission) gcnommerf. 3d) bin gegen ben 3Kinb {vint, 
 wind) tjerannt. (5r l)at ba^ id i b e r meinen iB i I ( e n 
 {vil-'len, will) gemadjt. 
 
 i) Old verse to help the memory in regard to Prepositions govern- 
 in^? the accusative : 
 
 S3ei : X^uvd), fiic, oline, mn, fonbcr, ger^en, mibcr, 
 @d)reib' ftet§ ben Accusativ unb n I e {nee) ben Dativ nieber {nn'-der). 
 2) ^ur,/<?;', is never a conjunction in German; the word cor 
 responding to the English conjunction /<?/• is bctttl. 
 
139 
 
 IV. Prepositions governing the Dative or 
 Accusative.' 
 
 The following nine prepositions take the dative in an- 
 swer to the question * Where ? ' indicating a state of rest in 
 the verb (which is mostly the case). 
 
 They require, however, the accusative after the ques- 
 tion ' Whither ? ' with verbs denoting direction or ?fio/ion 
 from one place to another. 
 
 ( (with dat.). at. 
 
 ( (vviih ace), to. 
 auf ("M'/), on ; upon. 
 IjintCV {hin'-(er), behind. 
 , ( (witti dat.), in ; at. 
 
 ( (wuh ace), into. 
 
 neben {nay -ben), beside. 
 Dor' {for), before ; ago. 
 iibcr {ii'-her), over ; across. 
 lUlter (ddn'-/er), under. 
 5tuijd)cii usvl'-shen), between. 
 
 Explanation. 
 
 Cocln Itcgt an ben Ufern (do' -fern, shores) bed 9?^eine« 
 (rhi'-ties). Cologne is situated ((icgt) on the shores of the 
 Rhine. You ask: 'Where is Cologne situated?' The 
 answer must, of course, be in the dative, as it is made in 
 reply to the question, ' Where.'* ' and because the verb ' is 
 situated ' indicates >^^^/. But '^enben 3ie biefcn ;J3rief an 
 mcincn Onfel,' Send this letter to my uncle. The 
 
 3) Old veise to help the mrmory : 
 
 51 u , n 11 f , t) i n t c r , n c b e n , in, 
 Ufber, iiiiter, Dor unb 3n)ifci)en 
 ^teljen mit Dern Arcusativ. 
 2IV11U mail frniicn tniin : ir t) ' n? 
 yjiit belli Dai IV [tel)'ii ^i* to, 
 2)af3 iiiQii iiiir taim fvagcn : m ? 
 
 I) 3n and Dor, when denoting time, always take the dative. 
 
140 
 
 question now is : ' Whither (or where to) shall I send the 
 letter? ' The answer must, therefore, be in the accusa- 
 tive, as it is made in reply to the question, * Whither?' and 
 because the verb ' send ' indicates motion or direction. 
 
 Examples with the Dative. 
 
 (Sr fte{)t (sVtayt) aw, 'i>tm g^nfter (dat. neut.), He is 
 standing at the window. !l)a§ ^ud) (iegt auf bent 3:ifd)e 
 (dat. masc), The book is lying on the table. (5r ftanb 
 {sh'tdni) I) inter ber 5lpre (dat. fem.), He was standing 
 behind the door. SO^ein ^ruber ift in bem !i?aben (dat. masc. ), 
 My brother is in the shop. (Sr fag (zdhs) neb en nttr 
 (dat. sing.), He was sitting beside me. (Sr^ar t)or einer 
 (Stunbe l)ier (dat. fem.), He was here an hour ago. ^r 
 iDO^nt Uber 3l)T^en (dat. sing.). He lives {or dwells) above 
 you. 9^ein, er it)ol)nt nnter ntir (dat. sing.), No, he lives 
 below me. ®te (Sad)e (iegt gn^ifdjen mir unb ^'^nen (dat. 
 sing.), The matter is between you and me. 
 
 Examples with the Accusative. 
 
 3'c^ gel)e an ba§ genfter (ace. neut), I am going to the 
 window. ?egen <Sie ba^ ^U(i) auf ben !Iifd) (ace. masc). 
 Put the book upon the table, ^reten ®te {tray' -ten zee) 
 I) inter mid) (ace sing.). Step behind me. 3)Mn ^^ruber 
 ift in ben l^aben gegangen. My brother has gone into the 
 shop. (Set3cn {zet'-sen) @ie fi^ neb en i^n. Take a seat 
 (fe^en @ie fic^) beside him. ©tellen {sh'tel'-len) (gte e§ Dor 
 bag genfter. Put it before the window. 3d^ ge^e ubcr 
 bte ^riide, I go over the bridge. 
 
14] 
 
 Contraction of Prepositions with the Definite 
 Article. 
 
 Some of the prepositions are frequently contracted 
 with the last letter of the definite article into one word. 
 They are : 
 
 
 Dative, 
 
 Accusative. 
 
 an bent 
 
 into am. 
 
 an ba« into 
 
 and. 
 
 bei bent 
 
 *• bcim {pime). 
 
 auf \i(x^ " 
 
 anfd ipw/s). 
 
 in bent 
 
 *' int. 
 
 bnrc^ \iQi% " 
 
 burc()d idddrrs). 
 
 Don bent 
 
 " Dont {fdm). 
 
 fur ba8 " 
 
 fiicd. 
 
 gu bent 
 
 " junt {tsddm\ 
 
 in baS " 
 
 ind. 
 
 juber 
 
 " 3UC {tsoor). 
 
 nm bag *' 
 
 untd (<?fJwj). 
 
 t)or baS 
 
 " UOC^ {fors). 
 
 iiberbas " 
 
 iibCld {ti'-birs). 
 
 Conjugation of a Regular Verb, 
 
 ^auf^en, to buy. 
 
 Present. 
 \&i fouf'-c, I buy ; I am buying ; 
 
 I do buy. 
 bu tauf ft, thou buyest. 
 er fauf t be buys. 
 n)ir touf en, we buy. 
 il)r fauf't, 
 ®ie faufcn, 
 fte tauf -en, they buy, 
 
 you buy. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 id^ !auf=te, I bought ; I was buy 
 
 ing ; I did buy. 
 bu fauf'-teft, thou boughtcst. 
 er tauf4e, he bought. 
 n)ir fauf-ten, we bought. 
 i^r tauf-tet, 
 ^ie fouf-tcn, 
 fte fauf-ten, they bought. 
 
 you bought. 
 
142 
 
 Perfect 
 
 id) ^be flefauft, I have bought, 
 
 &c. 
 bu l)aft ,qf!QUtt. 
 cr i)Qt netouft 
 trir l)abeu gcfouft. 
 il)i- Ijabt gctouft 
 @ie l)abeu qctauft. 
 fie ^aben qcfauft. 
 
 ,,} 
 
 ^/W/ 'Future. 
 id) iDerbe !aufen, I shall buy. 
 bu luirft faufen, thou wilt buy. 
 
 er itjirb faufen, he will buy. 
 n)ir raerben !aufen, we shall buy. 
 i^r werbct taiifen, ) you will 
 ®ie iDcrben faufen, ) buy. 
 fie tnerben foufen, they will buy. 
 
 Second Future. 
 \^ werbe gctauft ^aben, I shall 
 
 have bought, &c. 
 bu ttjirft ge!auft l)aben. 
 er ttJirb getauft ^aben. 
 xo\x merben gefauft ^aben. 
 i^r merbct gefauft '^aben. 
 @ie tDerben gefauft ^aben, 
 fie tDerben gefauft l)aben. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 Present, fauf^cn, to buy. 
 Perfect, gefauft f)oben, to have 
 bought. 
 
 .J 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 id^ ^atte gefauft, I had bought, 
 &c. 
 
 "^w l)atteft ; elauft. 
 er l)atte tjUauft. 
 tt)ir l)atten gefauft. 
 il)r l)attLt gefauft. ) 
 ®ie I)atten gefauft. ) 
 fie fatten gefauft. 
 
 First Conditional, 
 id) luiirbe faufeu, I should buy. 
 bu iriirbeft faufeu, thou wouldst 
 
 buy. 
 er tuiirbe faufeu, he would buy. 
 luiriDiirben faufeu, we should buy. 
 i^r iDiirbet faufeu, j you would 
 ®ie miirben faufeu, \ buy! 
 fie roiirben faufeu, they would buy. 
 
 Second Conditional. 
 id) ttjiirbe gefauft l)aben, I should 
 
 have bought, &c. 
 bu tt)iirbeft gefauft ^^aben. 
 er tDiirbe gefauft l)abeu. 
 tt)ir wiirben gefauft ^ben. 
 i^r ttJiirbet gefauft ^aben. ) 
 @ie tDiirbeu gefauft l^aben. f 
 fie UJiirben gefauft ^aben. 
 
 Participles, 
 Present, fauf-cnb, buying. 
 Past. gcfouft, bought. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Imperative. 
 fauf-c, buy (thou). ] Plur. 
 
 fouf^en ©ic, buy (you). 
 
%k^ ^m^tst[\\Hi\'^^^\^m, 
 
 ClERM^ISr. 
 
 PART V. 
 
( Continuation^ 
 
 44. Thanks, I am very well. {Literally : Thanks nicely 
 [danke schon] ; it goes to me very good [es geht mir 
 sehr {or recht) gut] ). 
 
 45. How is your father? (= How goes it t' your Mr. 
 father ?) 
 
 46. How is your uncle? I did not see tii.n for some 
 days. (Literally: How goes it to your Mr. uncle? 
 I have him in the last days \in den letzten Tagen] 
 not seen.) 
 
 47. Thank you very much (danke schon), he is very 
 well (= it goes to him very well [recht gut] ). 
 
 48. How is your mother? (Literally; How goes it to 
 your Mrs. mother [Ihre?^ Fran Mutter] ) ? 
 
 49. Thank you very much [danke schon], she is some- 
 what better to-day (= it goes to her [ihr] to-day 
 somewhat better [etwas iesser] ). 
 
 1 
 To meet a business-friend of mine. 
 
 A (Accusative) 
 of mine (Genitive) 
 business-friends (Plural) 
 the business 
 
V. 
 
 {Continuation.) 
 
 44. Danke schon {ddn*-kc shon), es geht mir {mere) sehr 
 gut {goot) [Es geht mir recht {re^t) gut]. 
 
 45. Wie geht es Ihrem {ee'-rem) Herrn Vater {fdh'Mr) ? 
 
 46. Wie geht es Ihrem Herrn Onkel ? Ich habe ihn 
 
 {een) in den letzten {lets' -ten) Tagen nicht gesehen. 
 
 47. Danke schon, es geht ihm {eem) recht gut. 
 
 48. Wie geht es Ihrer {ee'-rer) Frau Mutter? 
 
 49. Danke schon, es geht ihr {eer) heute etwas besser 
 
 {et'-vds bes'-ser). 
 
 1. 
 
 Einen meiner Geschaftsfrennde zu treffen. 
 
 I'-n6n ml'-ngr ghe-shgfts'-froyn-d6 tsOO tr6f'-f6n. 
 Einen {i'-nen) 
 
 meiner {niV-ner) 
 
 Geschaf tsf reunde {ghe-shefts* -froyn-di ) 
 
 Vs Geschaft {ghe-sheft'), pi. die Geschafte. 
 
146 
 
 
 
 
 the friend 
 
 
 
 one of 
 
 my business-friends : a 
 
 business-friend of 
 
 mine 
 
 to 
 
 '' 
 
 
 
 meet. 
 
 
 
 
 
 I meet, or I am meeting, 
 thou meetst, &c. 
 he meets, &c. 
 
 we meet, 
 you meet, 
 they meet. 
 
 
 I. I am very sorry (es thut mir sehr leid), I cannot meet 
 you to-morrow (= that I you to-morrow not meet 
 can). 
 
 2 Where can I meet you (=you meet) ? 
 
 3. Can you meet me in the waiting-room of the North- 
 
 German railway-station at a quarter to eleven to- 
 morrow morning (=:Can you me [mich] to-morrow 
 early at three quarters of eleven in the waiting- 
 room, &c., meet) ? 
 
 4. I am exceedingly sorry, sir (das thut mir unendlich 
 leid, mein Herr), but it is impossible. 
 
 5. Where did you meet him ( = Where have you him 
 
 [jhri] met [getroffe7i]) ?^ 
 
 6. Did you not tell me, that you met him at the Hamburg 
 station (= Have you to me [mir] not said, that you 
 him [ihii] at the [auf dem] Hamburg station [Ham- 
 l)urger BahnJiof] met have) ? 
 
 7. I am very anxious [es liegt mir sehr darari] to meei 
 this gentleman (=:this [dieseri] gentleman to meet) 
 
 i) The Imperfect, I mety is thus conjugated in German : 
 
 ich traf (/ffly^/), I met. wir trafen, we met. 
 
 du trafst, thou metst. Sie trafen, you met. 
 
147 
 
 der Freund {froynd)^ pi. die Freunde 
 
 einen meiner Geschaftsfreunde 
 
 zu {is do) 
 
 treffen {tref'-fen). The Present is conjugated: 
 ich treffe {tref -fe). wir treffen {he f -fen). 
 
 du triffst {in/st). Sie treffen {tre/'-fen). 
 
 er trifft (M/t). sie treffen {tref-fen). 
 
 1. Es thut mir sehr leid {lite), dass ich Sie morgen nicht 
 treffen kann. 
 
 2. Wo kann ich Sie treffen ? 
 
 3. Konnen Sie mich morgen frlih um drei Viertel auf 
 elf in dem Wartesaal des nord-deutschen Bahnhofs 
 treffen ? 
 
 4. Das thut mir unendlich leid {don-ent* -IP lite), mein 
 
 Herr, aber es ist mir unmoglich {ddn-?ndg'-li"^) 
 
 5. Wo haben Sie ihn getroffen {ghe-tro/'-fen)}'^ 
 
 6. Haben Sie mir nicht gesagt, dass Sie ihn auf dem 
 Hamburger {ham' -bdor-gher) Bahnhof getroffen 
 haben ? 
 
 7. Es Uegt mir sehr daran, diesen Herrn zu treffen. 
 
 er traf, he met. sie trafen, they met. 
 
 I have met means ick habe getroffen. 
 
148 
 
 8. He is a business-friend of mine (=one of my busi- 
 ness-friends). 
 
 9. One of your business-friends wishes to speak with 
 you (= wishes [zvu7ischt] you to speak). 
 
 10. Did he tell you his name ( = Has he to you his name 
 
 [seine7i Namen'] said) ? 
 
 11. Yes, sir, his name(5em Name) is Charles Peters (-S^r/ 
 
 Peters)^ and he says he should- like to see you about 
 some private business (=he says, he might [moMe] 
 . you in a private affair [in einer Privatangelegenlieit] 
 speak). 
 
 12. Tell the gentleman it is impossible for me to see him 
 
 now. I am very busy. {Literally : Say you to the 
 gentleman [dem Herr.n\ that it to me [mir] impos- 
 sible is, him [ihTi] now [jetzt] to see [zu seJmJ. I 
 am very busy [beschdftigt]). 
 
 13. If you are too busy now, I will call again to-morrow 
 morning ( = If [wenn] you now too busy [zu lescMf- 
 tigt] are, come I to-morrow early again [luieder]). 
 
 14. I called at Mr. Voss's three times yesterday (=1 am 
 yesterday three times [dreimaT] at Mr. Voss's \hei 
 Herrn Voss] been [geweseii])} 
 
 15. And did you meet him ( = And have you him \ihn\ 
 met [getroffen]) ? 
 
 16. I am sorry {es thiit mir hid) to tell you that I did 
 not find him in (=say to must [sagen zu mussen\ 
 that I him not at home \zu Hause] met have). 
 
 i) The Peifect of the auxiliary verb 'j-^r/w, to be* differs from the 
 French and English by being conjugated with / am, instead of I 
 have. Thus the Germans — like the Italians — say : I am been; I zvas 
 been^ &C. 
 
149 
 
 8, Er ist einer meiner Gescbaftsfreunde {V-nir mV-7iir 
 ghe-shefts' -froyn-de). 
 
 9. Einer Ihrer (ee'-rer) Gescbaftsfreunde wunscbt 
 iviinsht)^ Sie zu sprechen. 
 
 10. Hat er Ibnen seinen [zi'-nen) Namen {ndh^-men) ge- 
 sagt ' 
 
 11. Ja, mein Herr, sein Name ist Karl Peters {^zme ndh*- 
 me ist kdrl pay'-tcrs)^ und er sagt, er mochte Sie in 
 einer Privatangelegenheit {^pree-vdf -an- ghe-lay' -ghen- 
 kite) sprechen. 
 
 12. Sagen Sie dem Herrn, dass es mir unmoglich ist, ihn 
 (ein) jetzt (^yaytst) zu cebn (zain). Ich bin sehr be- 
 scbaftigt {be-shif-Wt). 
 
 13. Wenn Sie jetzt zu bescbaftigt {he-she f -tV f) sind, 
 komme icb (kom'-me i^) morgen friih wieder (z^//'- 
 der). 
 
 14. Ich bin gestern dreimal {dry'-mdl) bei Herrn Voss 
 (foss) gewesen * {ghe-vay'-zin). 
 
 15. Und haben Sie ihn getroffen ? 
 
 16. Es thut mir leid {lite) sagen zu miissen, dass ich ihn 
 (ein) nicht zu Hause {tsdo how'-ze) getroffen babe. 
 
 Perfect 
 ich bin gewesen, I have been. wir sind gewesen, we have been, 
 
 du hist gewesen, thou hast been. Sie sind gewesen, you have been, 
 tr ist gewesen> he has been. sie sind gewesen, they have beea 
 
150 
 
 2. 
 Hotel/ 
 
 1. Can you give me a room (= Can you to me a room 
 [em Zimmer] give) ? 
 
 2. Please, show me your rooms (=show you [zeigen tSie] 
 to me your rooms). 
 
 3. Please, show me another room (=show you to me 
 another \ein anderes] room). 
 
 4. Can you not give me another room (=Can you to 
 me no other [kein anderes] room give) ? 
 
 5. I do not like this room (=This room pleases me not 
 [Dieses Zimmer gefdllt mir nicht]). 
 
 6. I like this room very much (=This room pleases me 
 
 [mir] very well [sehr gut]). 
 
 7. Please, give {gtben Sie) me another room. I do not 
 like this one (=This [dieses] pleases me not). 
 
 8. Show the gentleman Number 7 ( = Show you [zeigen 
 Sie] to the [dem] gentleman Number [Nu7nmer\ 7). 
 
 9. Please, give me (=give you me) a room on the first 
 floor (in der ersten Etage). 
 
 10. How much do you charge for this room a day 
 ( = How much take you [nelimen Sie] for this [dies] 
 room per day [pro Tag]) ? 
 
 11. How much is (hostel) this room a day (pro Tag) ? 
 
 12. This room is (kostet) four shillings (Mark). 
 
 i) These phrases are simply a collection of useful sentences and 
 
151 
 
 HotelV 
 
 1. Konnen Sie mir ein Zimmer geben {ine isim'-mh 
 gay'-be?i) ? 
 
 2. Bitte, zeigen Sic mir {tsz'-ghen zee mere) Ihre Zimmer 
 (tsim'-rner). 
 
 3. Bitte, zeigen Sie mir {tsi'-ghen zee mere) ein anderes 
 {an* -de-res ) Zimmer {tstm'-mer). 
 
 4. Konnen Sie mir kein anderes Zimmer geben [kine 
 an' -de-res tsim'-mer gay' -ben) ? 
 
 5. Dieses Zimmer gefallt mir nicht {ghe-felt' mere ni^t). 
 
 6. Dieses Zimmer gefallt mir sehr gut {ghe/elt' mere 
 zayr goat). 
 
 7. Bitte geben Sie mir ein anderes Zimmer. Dieses 
 (dee'-zes) gefallt mir nicht. 
 
 8. Zeigen Sie (tsi' -ghen zee) dem Herrn Nummer sieben 
 (ndom' -mer zee' -ben). 
 
 9. Bitte, geben Sie mir ein Zimmer in der ersten Etage 
 {or im ersten Stock) {in dayr air'-sten ay-ta-je ; or, 
 tm air'-sten shUok). 
 
 10. Wie viel nehmen Sie (vie feel nay -men zee) fiir dies 
 Zimmer pro Tag {dees tsim'-mer pro tdgh) ? 
 
 11. Wie viel kostet {kos'-tet) dieses Zimmer pro Tag?_ 
 
 12. Dies Zimmer kostet vier Mark {feer mark). 
 
 do not represent questions and answers between a landlord and a 
 traveller. 
 
152 
 
 13- Inclusive of attendance (=Is the service [die Bedie- 
 nung] included [mit ei7ibegriffen\) ? 
 
 14. No, attendance is not included (=:the attendance, 
 &c.). 
 
 15. How much is (kostet) the attendance? 
 
 16. Attendance is reckoned at one shilling a day (=The 
 attendance costs one shilling [JfarAr] daily \tdglich'\. 
 
 17. Well {schd7i), I will take this room (== I will this 
 
 room take [nehme7i]). 
 
 18. Please, bring up my luggage, and pay the cab 
 ( = bring you my luggage [meine Sachen] up [her- 
 auf], and pay you the cab [die Droschke]). 
 
 3. 
 Why do you not like the English goods 
 
 which I sent you yesterday, and how can your 
 
 clerk say (or assert) they are too dear, when he 
 
 has not eyen looked at them? 
 
 Why do you not like the English goods 
 which I sent you yesterday? 
 
153 
 
 13- 1st die Bedienung {be-dee* -noong) mit einbegriffen 
 {ine* -be-grif-fen) ? 
 
 14. Nein, die Bedienung ist nicht mit einbegriffen. 
 
 15. Wie viel kostet die Bedienung {be-dee'ndong) ? 
 
 16. Die Bedienung kostet eine Mark taglich {tayg'-li^). 
 
 17. Schon (shon), ich will dieses Zimmer nehmen {nay'- 
 men) . 
 
 18. Bringen Sie meine Sachen herauf {zd'-chen he-rowf) 
 
 und bezahlen Sie die Droschke {be-tsdh'-len zee dee 
 drosch' -ke\. 
 
 3. 
 Warnm gefallen Ihnen die englischen Waaren 
 
 vah-r66m' gh6-fa'-l6n 6g'-nen dC5 eng'-ll-sh6n vah'-rfin 
 
 nichty welche ich Ihnen gestern gesandt habe, nnd 
 
 niyt vel'yg iy 56'n6n gh6s'-tern ghS-zSnt' ha'bfi 66nt 
 
 wie kann Ihr Commis behaupten, dass sie zu theuer 
 
 veS kan ggr k6m-mee' b6-houp'-t6n dass zee tsOO toy'gr 
 
 siiid, wenn er sie sich noch nicht einmal angesehen 
 
 sint v6n air z65 ziy noch nFt Ine-mahl' in'-ghg zay-hen 
 
 hat? 
 
 hat? 
 
 Warnm gefallen Ihnen die englischen Waaren 
 
 vah-rOom' ghe-fa'-l6n Ce' n6n dCe 6ng'-li-sh6n va'-r6n 
 
 nicht, welche ich Ihnen gestern gesandt habe? 
 
 niyt vei'-yg V ee'-ne^ ghgs'-tem ghe-zant' hah'-be ? 
 
154 
 
 Why 
 
 to please 
 
 it pleases me ; I like* 
 
 how do you like it ? 
 
 the 
 
 English* 
 
 goods ; merchandise 
 
 tJie English good • 
 
 which 
 
 I 
 
 to you 
 
 yesterday 
 
 sent 
 
 have. 
 
 1, How do you like the English goods? {Literally: 
 
 How please \t6\ you the English goods ?) 
 
 2. Why do you not like Germany (= Why pleases it \io\ 
 you not in Germany)? 
 
 1) ' Es gefdllt mir' I like, it pleases me, belongs to the so-called 
 impersonal verbs. Compare Note i, page 124. 
 
 2) Adjectives descriptive of a nationality, as: ' englisch, fraiu 
 
155 
 
 Warum {vdh-room') 
 
 gef alien {gJie-fa'-len) 
 
 es gefallt niir {es ghe-felt' mere) * 
 
 wie gefallt es Ihnen {ci'-neti) 
 
 die (dec) (Plural of the Definite Article) 
 
 englisch ^ {eng'-lish) 
 
 Waaren {vdh'-ren) (Only used in the plural) 
 
 die englischen Waaren 
 
 vvelche {vel'-^e) (Plural of welcJier^ welchc, welches) 
 
 ich (/>) {^Fch is always written with small letters, except 
 at the beginning of sentences) 
 
 Ihnen (ee'-nen) 
 
 gestern [ghes'-tern) 
 
 gesandt {ghe-zdnt') (Past participle of senden \zen'-den\, to 
 send) 
 
 habe.' 
 
 1. Wiegefallen Ihnen {ghc-fd'-lrn ee'-nen) die englischen 
 Waaren ? 
 
 2. Waruni gefallt es Ihnen niclit in Deutschland (ghc' 
 felt' es ee'-nen nP'/ in doits li -Idnt) ? 
 
 zosisck, detitsch^ &c., are always wriilen with small letters, except at 
 the beginning of sentences. 
 
 '^ The auxiliary verb is placed la«t in all d'^pendent sentences. 
 Compare Grammatical Remarks, p. 90. 
 
156 
 
 GRAMMATICAL REMARKS. 
 
 Conjugation of Regular Verbs. 
 
 Note I. The English mode of conjugating the verb to 
 he with the addition of a Part. pres. cannot be rendered 
 literally in German, but the corresponding tenses must 
 be given, as : 
 
 Pres. I am learning, ic^ t e r u e ; he is learning, er I e rn t, &c. 
 Impf. I was learning, ic^ I e r n t e ; he was learning, er I e r n t e, &c. 
 Perf. I have been learning, id^ \)0,\iZ gelenit, &c. 
 
 Note 2. Interrogative form: Do I praise? lobe id)? 
 Does he praise? tobt ev? Did I praise? lo bte id^ ; or 
 l)abe id) , , , gelobt? Did you praise? (obten (Ste; or, 
 l^aben 8ic gelobt? 
 
 Negative : I do not praise, i(^ lobc . . . ntd)t He does 
 not praise, er (obt . . . nic^t I did not praise, \^ (obte . . . 
 nid)t ; or, id) \^^\it . . , nid)t gelobt Do not praise, (oben 
 <Sic nid)t 
 
 Note 3. Verbs of the Weak Conjugation form their Im- 
 perfect by adding t C to the root, as : ! a U f-eit^id) !auf - 1 e ; 
 Ueb^ett = i^ lieb^te; ban!=ett = ic^ banf-te. 
 
 In the Past Pai'ticiple they prefix the syllable ge to the 
 root and add a t to it, as : fauf-eti = ge-fauf -t ; Ueb-eti 
 = 13 c s Hcb 'i\\i an f^en = g e - battf -- 1. 
 
 Note 4. The following verbs do not prefix the syllable 
 Q C in the Past Participle : 
 
15 r 
 
 a) Verbs ending in ircn (ee'-ren) or ierctl {ee'-ren)^2is\ 
 
 Infitiitive. 
 regieren {re-ghee -re n), to govern. 
 Qbbivcu {aJ-dee -ren), lo add. 
 jpQjicreil {slipat.ee -ren), to walk. 
 
 Past Participle. 
 rcgiert {re-gheeri), governed, 
 abbirt {ad deert'), added, 
 jpajiert {sh'pa-t.eert'), walked. 
 
 b) Verbs having the prefixes be, gc, cut, cmp,t)er, 
 gcr, as: 
 
 befuc^t {be-zodcht'), visited, 
 erlangt {er-langt'), obtained. 
 Uerfuc^t {fer-zoocht), tried, 
 tjermeitt {fer-vi-lt\ staid. 
 
 bcfuct)Cll {be-zoo-chen), to visit. 
 CVlQligcn {er-ldn -ghen), to obtain. 
 t)crjud)cn {fer-zod-chen), to try. 
 Dcnueilcn {/er-vi'-leti), to stay. 
 t)ertl)cilen (///-//'-//«), to distrib 
 ute. 
 
 tJert^eilt {/er-n'-lt), distributed. 
 
 Note 5. In compound verbs whose prefix is separable the 
 syllable ge of the Past Participle is placed between the 
 prefix and the verb itself^ as : 
 
 abveifcn {dp' -ri-zen), to leave. 
 fort|c^i(!en {fdrt'-shlk ken), 
 send off. 
 
 to 
 
 Qbgercift {ap' -ghe-tl-st), left, 
 fortgcfc^icft {fdrt'-ghe-shikt), sent 
 off. 
 
 Note 6. Compound verbs whose prefix is inseparable do 
 not take the syllable g C in the Past Participle^ as : 
 
 untcrfuc^en {ddn-Hr-zod-chen), to 
 examine. 
 
 untcrric^teil {ddn-tir-rV' -ten), to 
 instruct. 
 
 iibcrjctjen {a-bir-zitf -sin), to trans- 
 late. 
 
 unterflld)t {don-ter-zoocht'), exam- 
 ined. 
 
 unterrid)tet {ddn-tir-rP' m), in. 
 structed. 
 
 iiberfe^t {u-bir-zitst'), translated. 
 
 Conjugate in the same manner : 
 
 licben {lee'-bM), to love ; to like. 
 
 Icbcn {lay -bin), to live. 
 
 ^olen {hd-Un), to fetch ; to. go for. 
 
 ^d)i(!en {shik'-kin), to send. 
 banfcn {dan -kin), to thank, 
 (egen {lay'-ghin), to put ; to place 
 
158 
 
 The Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 C)aben, to have. 
 J^resent. 
 \6) l)Obe, I may have, 
 bu l)nbfft, thou mayest have, 
 er l)nbc, he may have. 
 h)ir Ijaben, we may have. 
 @ie ^aben, you may have. 
 flC !)aben, they may have. 
 
 Ifnperfect, 
 id^ ^dttC, I might have, 
 bu pttcft, thou mightest have, 
 er pttc, he might have. 
 Xo'ix fatten, we might have. 
 ®ic ptten, you might have. 
 fie fatten, they might have. 
 
 Future. 
 i(^ ttjerbe ^aben, I shall have. 
 \i\\ wccbcjl ^aben, thou wilt have, 
 er iDci'bc I)aben, he will have. 
 tt)ir h)crben ^oben, we shall have. 
 @ic tt)erben l^aben, you will have, 
 fie tuerben ^aben, they will have. 
 
 Perfect. 
 i(^ l^abe ge'^abt, I may have had. 
 bu l)nbcftge^Qbt, thou mayest have 
 
 had. 
 er Oabc ge^obt, he may have had. 
 njir t)aben ge^abt, we may " " 
 ®ie^abenge^abt,you " " *' 
 jie ^aben ge^obt, they '• •• ** 
 
 @cin, to be. 
 
 Present. 
 id^ fci {zt), I may be. 
 bu fcicft {zi-est), thou mayest be 
 er fci {zi), he may be. 
 )t)ir fcicn {zi-en), we may be. 
 ®ie fcicn " you may be. 
 fie fcicn " they may be. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 id) ranre {vay'-te), I might be. 
 bu tDiireft thou mij-htest be. 
 er U)Qre, he might be. 
 inir iDciren, we might be. 
 @ie trareu, you might be. 
 fie ludreu, they might be. 
 
 Future. 
 \^ trerbe fein {zine\ I shall be. 
 bu ttJCVbcfl feiu, thou wilt be. 
 er iDcrbe fein, he will be. 
 tuir ttJerbeu fein, we shall be. 
 @ie hJerben fein, you will be. 
 fie merben fein, they will be. 
 
 Perfect. 
 i(^ fci gettjefen, I may have been. 
 bu fcicft gemefen, thou mayest 
 
 have been, 
 er fci getDcfen, he may have been. 
 n)ir fcicn gettjefen, we " *' '* 
 @ie fcicn gettjefen, you" •* *• 
 ftc fcicn genjefen, they " " " 
 
159 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 id) l)dttc nel)abt, I might hare had. 
 bu l)dtte)'t gcl)abt, thou mightest 
 
 liavc had. 
 cr l)dttc flc()abt, he uiighthave had. 
 mir l)ntteu gcl)nbt, we " " 
 ©icl)dttcugcl)abt, you '* " 
 fic l)dtteu get)abt, they " " 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 id) tudve gemejen, I might 
 bu ludieft geiDcjen, thou 
 
 inig test 
 er rodve genjeicu, he might 
 x^'vc iudicii gciDcfen, we might 
 @ie tDdi'en gctuejen,you " 
 fie lUQVcu gciDcjcn, they " 
 
 ^aufen, to buy. 
 
 id) faufe, I may buy. 
 
 bu taufcft, thou mayest buy. 
 
 cr-faufc, he may buy. 
 
 Pt esent. 
 
 tt)ir taufeu, we may buy. 
 @ie faufen, you may buy. 
 fte taufeu, they may buy. 
 
 i(^ fouftf, I might buy. 
 
 bu foufteft, thou mightest buy 
 
 cr touftc, he might buy. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 trir fouften, we might buy. 
 @ie toufteu, you might buy 
 fte faufteu, they might buy. 
 
 Future. 
 
 id) roerbc taufeu, I shall buy. 
 bu tDcrbcit taufcn, thou wilt buy. 
 cr UJcrbc taufeu, he will buy. 
 
 n)ir tperben taufeu, we shall buy. 
 ®ie njerbeu XoaxSm, you will buy. 
 fte njcrben taufcn, ihey will buy. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 id) \\<3i\it gefouft, I may have bought, 
 bu finbfft getauft, thou mayst have bought 
 cr hnbc gcfauft, hq may have bought. 
 \o\x I)abeu getauft, we may have bought. 
 @ie t)oben getauft, you may have bought, 
 fte ^abcn getauft, they may have bought 
 
160 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 id^ ^dtte gefauft, I might have bought, 
 bu ptteft getoiift, thou mightest have bought, 
 er ^dtte getauft, he might have bought, 
 wir Ijatten getauft, we might have bought. 
 @ie l)otten gcfauft, you might have bought, 
 jic fatten gefauft, they might have bought. 
 
 3. 
 
 Conjugation of a Reflective Verb. 
 
 (Sic^ freuen, to rejoice. 
 
 Infinitive. Participle. 
 
 jtd^ freuenb, rejoicing, 
 fid) gefrcut Ijabenb, having re- 
 joiced. 
 
 Pres. ftd^ freuen, to rejoice. 
 Perf. fic^ gefreut Ijabcn, to have 
 rejoiced. 
 
 Imperative. 
 Sing, freue bid), rejoice (thou). 
 Plur. (freuet e U d) , rejoice [ye]). 
 
 frcueu @ie \'\^, rejoice (you). 
 
 Present. 
 
 ic^ freue m i d) , I rejoice, &c. 
 bu freueft b i (^. 
 er freut \ i d). 
 
 h)ir freueu u n 8 , we rejoice, &c, 
 il)r freuet e u (^. ) 
 @ie freuen f i c^. ) 
 fie freueu f i c^. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 id) freutc m i d^ , I rejoiced. I er freute f i d). 
 
 \iyx freuteft bic^. I tuir freuten u n 8 , &c. 
 
 Perfect. 
 i(^ ^abe nt i c^ gefreut, I have rejoiced, 
 bu ^oft b i (^ gefrcut, &c. 
 
161 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 i(^ ^attc mic^ gefreut, I had rejoiced, 
 bu ^attcji b i cf) gefveut, &c. 
 
 First Future. 
 ic^ tt)crbe m i d^ freucn, I shall rejoice, 
 bu roirjl b i rf) freuen, &c. 
 
 S cond Future. 
 i(^ ttjcrbc in i c^ gefreut ^oben, I shall have rejoiced, 
 bu ttjirfl b i d) gefreut Ijoben, &c. 
 First Conditional. 
 id^ miirbe nt i c^ freueu, I should rejoice, 
 bu miirbeft b i d) freuen, &c 
 
 Second Conditional. 
 ic^ tt)iirbe mic^ gefreut l)Qben, I should have rejoiced, 
 bu ttjiirbeft b i dj gefreut fjabcn, &c. 
 
 The Adjective. 
 
 1. The German adjective, like the English, is not de- 
 clined and remains unchanged whenever it is used as a 
 predicate. In this case its place is after the verb, as : 
 
 2) i ef e r !2)iener {dee-nit^ ift olt, this servant is old. 
 2) i ef e 2)ame {ddh'-mi) ift alt, this lady is old. 
 2) i e f e 8 ^(eib {klUe) tft ott, this dress is old. 
 2)i ef e §utc {hu'-te) fmb olt, these hats are old. 
 
 2. When the adjective is used attributively^ i.e.y when 
 qualifying a noun, \t precedes the noun to which it relates, 
 and agrees with it in gender^ number, and case. 
 
 2) e c tt 1 1 e 2)icner, the old servant. 
 2) I c a 1 1 e 2)ome, the old lady. 
 2) a 8 1 1 e ^leib, the old d ress. 
 2) i e a 1 1 e n ^ute, the old hats. 
 
162 
 
 3- The attributive adjective has three different forms of 
 declension : 
 
 First Form : when preceded by the Definite Article. 
 Second Form : when preceded by the Indefinite Article. 
 Third Form : when it stands without any Article. 
 
 First Form. 
 
 TJie Adjective preceded by the Definite Article. 
 
 Adjectives preceded by the definite article, or by any 
 pronoun declined like the definite article (comp. p. 46), 
 take the inflections of ih.Q weak declension (see p. 117), viz., 
 in the 7iomi native singular e, in ail other cases etl. 
 
 Exception : Tlie accusative singular of the feminine 
 and neuter gender is always the same as the nominative. 
 
 N. 
 
 G. 
 
 D. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Masculine. 
 Singular. 
 
 ber gut=c S3ruber, the good 
 
 brother, 
 bes gut cii S3vuber§, of the 
 
 good brother, 
 bem gut^cu 33rubcr, to the 
 
 good brother, 
 ben gut-en S3ruber, the good 
 
 brother. 
 
 Plural. 
 bie gut=cu 33ruber, the good 
 
 brothers, 
 ber gut'cn 33ruber, of the good 
 
 brothers, 
 ben gut=cn S3rubeni, to the g<;od 
 
 brothers, 
 bic gut-cn ^riiber, the good 
 
 brothers. 
 
 Feminine. 
 
 N. bie fd)on=e S)ame, the beauti- 
 ful lady. 
 
 G. ber fd)i3n=cn 3)Qmc, of the 
 b( autiful lady. 
 
 D. ber jd)ou en S)ame, to the 
 beautiful lady. 
 
 A. bie fcl)bn-c 2)ame, the beauti- 
 ful lady. 
 
 bi^ f(f)i3n=cn !5)amen, the beautiful 
 ladies. 
 
 ber jd)(3n=cn 3)amen, of the beau- 
 tiful ladies. 
 
 ben fc^i)n-rn 2)Qmen, to the beau- 
 tiful ladies. 
 
 bie fd)on=cu 2)amcn, the beautiful 
 ladies. 
 
163 
 
 Neuter, 
 
 N. 
 
 G. 
 
 bo8 flein-e ^iub,^ the little 
 
 child. 
 bc§ ttctu^cn filibeg, of the 
 
 lilile child, 
 bcm flcin en tiube, to the 
 
 little child. 
 ba« tlein c ^iub, the little 
 
 child. 
 
 bic flciit^cn ^inbcr,* the little 
 
 children, 
 ber flein-cn ^inbcr, of the little 
 
 children, 
 bcu tlcin-cn ^inbcrn, to the little 
 
 children, 
 bie flein-cn ^inbcr, the little 
 
 children. 
 
 With a Prononn. 
 
 N. biejcS neu=c §au«,^ this new- 
 house. 
 
 G. bic|c« ncu=cn ^aujeS, of this 
 new house. 
 
 D._ bicfem ncu en ^aiije, to this 
 new house. 
 
 A. bicfc^ neii c §aii§, this new 
 house. 
 
 biefe neu^cu ^ciufer,'* these new- 
 houses. 
 
 biefer neu=^cn §aiifer, of these new 
 houses. 
 
 biefcu ueii-cn ^ciufern, to these 
 new houses. 
 
 biefe ncu en ijaujcr, these new 
 houses. 
 
 N ie I. Observe that the terminations of the adjective 
 are not the same as those of the article or the noun. 
 
 I\ote 2. The inflection is the same for two or more 
 adjectives, ^.^., ber jim^e, reid)e Slaufmann (ydcn'-ghe, rr-^e 
 koirf'-mdn)^ the young, rich merchant. 
 
 Exercise, 
 
 [. How do you like the French 
 goods I sent you yesterday ? 
 
 I. Hovv do the French goods 
 (lease you wh'cli I 'o you 
 ycsif rday sent have ? 
 
 i) Pronounce * kll'-ne kint' 
 
 2) Pronounce ' /^//'-«/« kin'-der* 
 
 3) Pronounce * dee' -zes noy'-e hows.' 
 
 4) Pronounce die -ze noy -en hoy -zer.^ 
 
164 
 
 2. Do you think that I can give 
 this book to this little boy ? 
 
 3. This poor old man is ill. 
 You must send him to the 
 German hospital. 
 
 tf. Why did you not take the 
 pretty little room which the 
 young waiter showed you 
 yesterday ? 
 
 5. Because I did not like it. 
 
 6 But do you not think it very 
 cheap ? 
 
 7. J* is very cheap indeed. 
 
 8. Will you go to church to- 
 day? 
 
 9. To which church do you in- 
 tend going ? 
 
 ID. I will go to the German 
 church. 
 
 11. Then I cannot go with you. 
 
 12. And pray, why not ? 
 
 13. Because I do not understand 
 German. 
 
 14. Then I shall go to the Eng- 
 lish church, because I must 
 go to some place of wor- 
 ship. 
 
 4. 
 
 9- 
 
 II. 
 
 14. 
 
 Think you (glaubcn (Sie) that 
 I this book to this little boy 
 give can ? 
 
 This poor (arme) old man is 
 ill (fronf). You must him to 
 (na(^) the (bem) German hos- 
 pital (§0§pitat') send. 
 Why have you the (bog) pret- 
 ty (l^iibfd)e) little room not 
 taken, which (ha^) the young 
 waiter to you yesterday 
 shown (ge^eigt) has ? 
 Because it to me (mir) not 
 pleased has. 
 
 But find you it not very 
 cheap ? 
 
 It is indeed (in ber Xljai = 
 /dAi) very cheap. 
 Will you (tDoUen ®ic) to-day 
 to the church (noc^ ber ^irc^e) 
 go? 
 
 To (nadi) which (welc^er) 
 church will you go. 
 I will to the (nac^ ber) Ger^ 
 man church go. 
 Then (bonn) can I not with 
 you (mit 3l^nen) go. 
 And why then (benn) not? 
 Because I no (!ein) German 
 understand. 
 
 Then (bann) shall I to the 
 English church go, because 
 I to some (noc^ irgcnb citier) 
 church go must. 
 
16ft 
 
 Second Form, 
 
 The Adjective preceded by the Indefinite Article. 
 Adjectives when preceded by the Indefinite Article, or 
 oy tlie pronouns me in, bciu, fein, unfcr, ^^x, i^r, 
 differ in their inflection only in the nominative case, mascu- 
 line and neuter, and in the accusative n uter, because in 
 these cases the indefinite article eitl has no particular 
 termination to indicate the gender of the noun. In these 
 cases the adjective takes the respective terminations, viz.: 
 
 Table of the Inflections, 
 
 Masculine. Neuter. Plur. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 -cr. 
 
 Nom. and Ace. 
 
 -t%. 
 
 -en. 
 
 G., D., and Ace. 
 
 -en. 
 
 Gen. and Dat. 
 
 -en. 
 
 -en. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Mase. N. ein gefd)ic!t=cr' 2)?ann, a clever man. 
 
 G. ein-f^ gefd)icft en 9J?ann=c^, of a clever man. 
 
 D. i\\\t\\\ gefcl)icft en 2)?ann-e, to a clever man. 
 
 A. ein=cn 0efd)icft-en 2)knn, a clever man. 
 
 Fern. N. ein-c iung e S)ame, a young lady. 
 
 G. ein-er jung en ®ame, of a young lady. 
 
 Z>. ein=ec jung en %omt, to a young lady. 
 
 A. cin^e iung e 5)Qme, a young lady. 
 
 Neut. N. ein jc^orf^cg ' 5IReffer, a sharp knife. 
 
 G. ein=eiJ fd)avf^en aj^efferg, of a sharp knife. 
 
 D. cin=em fci)arf en 3Jfeffer, to a sharp knife. 
 
 ^. ein t(^arf-c^ 2Jieffer, a sharp knife. 
 
 i) gefdl)i(ft {j^he-shikt'), clever ; the endings for the three genders 
 woiiJd therefore be: * Gin gefd)i(ft-ct 3J?onp ; eine gejd)icft-c ^5'^^" t ^i^ 
 gefd)i(ft eeJ liinb.' 
 
 2) fd/arfe^ =shdr'-fes. 
 
166 
 
 Sing. N. ntein ncB=ct ' ®o^n, my dear son. 
 
 6*. tnem=c^ Iieb=cn @oI)n=e^, of my dear son 
 D. meiiucm Ueb cii ^o^u=e, to my dear son. 
 A. mcin en Ueb en Soljn, my dear son. 
 
 Plur. N. 3^V C gut en ^inbcr,2 yoir good children. 
 
 G. 3t)V CI* gut en ^tubcv, of your good children. 
 D. 31)1* en gut en ^inbcru, to your good children. 
 A. 3t)V=e gut en ^tiubcr, your good children. 
 
 Note. If preceded by !ein, no or none, the adjective 
 is inflected in the same manner. 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 52?aren8ie nid)t neulic^ («/-//>', the other day) tntt3()rem 
 grdulein ®d)n)efter in bem fonigUdjen {ko-nig-li-^en, royal) 
 ^()eatcr? ^% mx moUten {vol- -ten, wished) uM einmal ein 
 eni3liK()e3 Stiicf (piece) Don @l)afe|peare anf einer beutfdjen 
 ^ii()ue {bu-ne, stage) anfe^en. 9Jnn {rwdn, well), unb n)ie 
 l^at e^ 3^)^^!^ gefallen? Sir fonnten natiirlid) {nd-iur'-/P\ of 
 course) nid)t ade^ {dh'-ih, everything) t)erftel)en, aber id) 
 mnj3 fagen, bag mir ba§ (Spiel {sJCpeel, playing, acting) ber 
 bent|d)en ®d)anfpider {shou'-sJCpeeUr^ actors) beffcr gefdHt, 
 a(^ bax^ bcr (Sngldnbcr. Unb n)o ^abcn ©ie gcftem 3$ormittag 
 3ngebra.i)t {tsoo'-g/ie-brde/it, passed, spent) ? ©eftern itjaren 
 lutr in bcr (Sanft 3ot)annc^*£ird)e {zdnkt yo-hdn'-nes-kir-^e, St. 
 John's Church) unb l)orten {/idr'-ten, heard) eine au^ge^eid)^ 
 nete {ous'-ghe-zU-ne-te, excellent) ^rebigt {pray'-dPt, ser- 
 mon). Unb fonnten (Sie atk^ t)erftei)en? 3ebe^ Sort (z-^v/, 
 word). (Sic miffcn ja (indeed), baj ic^ jcben 2)^orgen bie 
 ^ibet (3^>" '-bel, bible) in bcutf^cr (gprac^e (cfe (lay'-ze, read), 
 unb id) bUt baf)Cr {dd^hair\ therefore) int ©tanbc {im sh'tdn- 
 de, capable), bcn (^otte^bicnft {got'-ies-deenst, divine service) 
 ju ocrfte^en. 
 
 i) Ueber = lee'-b?r. 
 
 2) ^inber = kln-dir. 
 
 3) Pronounce ' ou ' like ou in house. 
 
J'-'^' 
 
 f Ije 3{ebt(}r$^lt8ft-$gst<iit» 
 
 OERM^N. 
 PART VI. 
 
168 
 
 VI. 
 
 {Continuation.) 
 
 3. I like Germany quite well; but, of course, not as 
 well as England (=It pleases [to'\ me quite well 
 [ganz gut\ in Germany ; but, of course [or naturally] 
 [naturlicli] nrt as well as [.so gut als] in England). 
 
 4. Where do you like it better, in America or in Eng- 
 land (= Where pleases it \to'\ you better, in America 
 [A7nerikd] or [oder] in England) ? 
 
 5 Of course, I like England best, because I was born 
 there (=^[^<:'] me pleases it naturally [naturlich'i in 
 England the best [am I)este7i]y because [weil] I there 
 born am [geboren Uv^), 
 
 6. I was at the theatre last evening, and saw Edwin 
 Booth as Hamlet ( = 1 was yesterday evening in the 
 [im *] theatre, and have E. Booth as [als\ Hamlet 
 seen). 
 
 7. How did you like his acting (=How has [tol you 
 his acting [sein 8pieT\ pleased) ? 
 
 3. Very well. I think he plays this difficult role with 
 great understanding. (Literally : Very good. I find 
 [ichfinde] that he this difficult role [diese schwierige 
 Bolle] with great understanding [7nU grossem Ver- 
 stdndniss] plays [spielt]). 
 
1G9 
 
 VL 
 
 {Continuation.) 
 
 3. Es gefallt mir ganz {gdnts) gut in Deutschland, aber 
 natiirlich {nd-tiir* -li^) nicht so gut als in England 
 (eng'-idnt), 
 
 4. Wo gefallt es Ihnen besser {bes'-sir)^ in Amerika {ah- 
 may' -ree-kdh) oder in England ? 
 
 5. Mir gefallt es natiirlich (nd-tUr'-lP) in England am 
 besten {dm bes'-ten) well {;vile) ich dort geboren bin 
 (ghe-bo'-ren bin). 
 
 6. Ich war gestern Abend im * Theater (tdy-dh* -ter) und 
 habe Edwin Booth als Hamlet gesehen. 
 
 7. Wie hat Ihnen sein Spiel {ztne sh'peet) gefallen? 
 
 8 Sehr gut, ich finde {ftn'-de\ dass er diese schwierige 
 Rolle {shvee* -ree-ghe 7'dV-le) mit grossemVerstandniss 
 {gro' -sem fer-sh' tend' -7iis) spielt {sJipeelt). 
 
 i) * Im* is contracted out o{ ' in dem.* Thus the Germans say 
 ' vom* instead of ' von dem.* 
 
1'70 
 
 9. Do you like him better than Irving ( = Pleases he [/<?] 
 you better than [besser ah] Irving) ? 
 
 10. You know I am an American, and I must say I pre- 
 fer my countryman Booth to Irving (=You know 
 indeed [ja] that I an American [ein Amerikaner] 
 am, and I must [ich 7miss] say that [fo] me my coun- 
 tryman [7nem Landsmann] Booth better pleases than 
 [als] Irving). 
 
 11. How do you like the new novel (=How pleases [/<?] 
 you the new novel [der neue Roman]) ? 
 
 12. Of which (von welchem) novel are you speaking 
 (= speak you) ? 
 
 13. We are speaking (or talking) of George Eliot's 
 latest novel {vo7i dem neusten Roman von George 
 Eliot). 
 
 14. I did not read it (=1 have him \ih7i\ not read. [' Him' 
 because it refers to der Roman, masc.]). 
 
 15. I am just now so very much occupied with my stud- 
 ies that I have no time for the perusal of novels. 
 {Literally : I am momentarily [augenblicklich] so 
 very ^ with my studies occupied [init meinen Studien 
 beschdfiigt], that I no time [keine Zeit] have novels 
 to read.) 
 
 16. On which subjects are you occupied .5* {Literally : 
 With what sort of studies [riiit was fur Studien] are 
 you occupied.?) 
 
 17. Just now I am busy with the study of the German 
 
 language ( = 1 am just now [augenblicklich] with the 
 study \jnit dem Studium] of the German language 
 [der deutschen Sprache] occupied). 
 
171 
 
 g. Gefiillt er Ihnen besser als Irving? 
 
 10. Sie wissen ja {zee vts'-sen yah), dass ich ein Ameri- 
 
 kaner {ah-may-ree-kdh* -ner) bin, und ich muss (moos) 
 sagen, dass mir mein Landsmann {Idnts' -vidti) Booth 
 besser gefiillt als Irving. 
 
 11. Wie gefiillt Ihnen der neue Roman {noy'-e ro-mdhn') ? 
 
 12. Von {/on) welchem Roman sprechen Sie? 
 
 13. Wir sprechen von {/on) dem neusten {tioys'-ten) Ro- 
 man {ro-mdhn') von {/on) George Eliot. 
 
 14. Ich habe ihn nicht gelesen {ghe-laV -zen), 
 
 15. Ich bin augenblicklich {ou-ghen-bllck! -li^) so seh. 
 
 mit meinen Studien beschaftigt {sh'too'-dyen be-sch^y 
 it^t), dass ich keine Zeit {kf-netsite) habe, Roman* 
 zu lesen {ro-mdh'-ne tsoo lay'-zeti). 
 
 16. Mit was fiir Studien {sh'too'-dyen) sind Sie beschaftigt. 
 {b^-shef-tiyt)} 
 
 17. Ich bin augenblicklich mit dem Studium {sh'too*- 
 
 dyodni) der deutschen Sprache {sh'prdh'-ehe) beschaf- 
 
 tigt. 
 
 i) Instead of 'very much' the Germans simply say *■ sehr* i.e. 
 very. 
 
172 
 
 1 8. Do you find {finden ;S'/e) the German language (^te 
 deutsche Spraclie) very difficult (schwer) ? 
 
 19. I find the German language much more difficult 
 
 (viel schwer er) than (als) the English. 
 
 20. The construction (die Construction) of the German 
 language is very difficult for English people (=is 
 for us English [fur uns E7igldnder'\ very difficult). 
 
 21. And the article (der Artihel) and the declensions 
 {die Dedinationen) — what do you think of them (hal- 
 teii 8ie von denen) ? 
 
 22. The article is so very difficult {so schtver) that it 
 seems impossible for an Englishman to learn {or 
 master) it (=:that it for an Englishman [filr einen 
 U7igldnder'\ impossible seems [scJieint] him * to learn 
 [zu erlernenl). 
 
 23. I sent you some English goods yesterday (= I have 
 to you yesterday some [einige] English goods sent). 
 
 24. The goods you ' sent me yesterday do not please me 
 at all ( = The goods, which ^ you to me yesterday 
 sent have, please [to] me not at all [ganz und gar 
 nicht]). 
 
 25. Did you send the telegram which I handed you this 
 forenoon ( = Have you the telegram [die Depeschel 
 sent off {algesandtif which I to you to-day morning 
 given have) ? 
 
 26. How do you like the German samples which I sent 
 you a few days ago ( = How please [to\ you the Ger- 
 man samples [Prohen\ which I to you before some 
 days \vor ei7iige7i Tagen] sent have) ? 
 
 i) ' /Ti'w, i/in,' because it refers to ' der Arliker (masc). 
 
173 
 
 1 8. Finden Sie {ftn'-den zee) die deutsche Sprache selir 
 schwer (shvayr) ? 
 
 19. Ich finde {H fin' -de) die deutsche Sprache viel {feel) 
 schwerer (shvay'-rer), als die englische {eng'-li-she). 
 
 20. Die Construction {con-strddk-tsydne') der deutschen 
 Sprache ist ftir uns (oons) Englander {eng'-lhi-der) 
 sehr schwer {zayr shvayr). 
 
 21. Und der Artikel (dr-tee' -kle) und die Declinationen 
 (day-clee-nd-tzyo' -nen)^ was halten Sie von denen {fon 
 day'-nen) ? 
 
 22. Der Artikel ist so schwer (dair dr-tee'-kk istzoh shvayr) 
 dass es filr einen Englander unmoglicli scheint 
 {shint), ihn* zu erlernen {een tsod er-ler'nen). 
 
 23. Ich habe Ihnen gestern einige (i-nee-ghe) englische 
 Waaren gesandt. 
 
 24. Die Waaren, welche^ Sie mir gestern gesandt haben, 
 gefallen mir ganz und gar nicht (gdnts dont gar ni^t). 
 
 25. Haben Sie die Depesche {day~pe* -she) abgesandt, 
 welche ich Ihnen heute Morgen gegeben habe {ghe- 
 gay' 'ben hah' -be) ? 
 
 26. Wie gefallen Ihnen die deutschen Proben {pro'-ben)^ 
 welche ich Ihnen vor einigen Tagen (for i'-?iee-ghen 
 tdh'-ghen) gesandt habe ? 
 
 2) We are in the habit of often omitting the relative pronoun, but 
 the Germans can never do so. 
 
174 
 
 27. I sent you some samples yesterday. How do you like 
 them (=:how please they [to] you) ? 
 
 28. How do you like this soup ( Wie schmecht ^ Ihnen diese 
 Suppe) ? 
 
 29. I do not like the coffee {Der Kaffee schmecht mir 
 nicht) of which you sent me a sample yesterday 
 (=The coffee, of which [von welchem] you to me 
 
 - yesterday a sample [eine Probe] sent have, tastes to 
 me not). 
 
 30. Please send me another and better sort ( = Send you 
 to me please [gefdlligst] another and better sort [eine 
 hessere Sorte]). 
 
 31. How do you like German cooking ( = How tastes 
 
 to you the German cooking [Kilche]) ? 
 
 32. I do not like German cooking as well as English 
 
 (=The German cooking tastes to me not so good as 
 [tuie] the English). 
 
 33. I do not like this roast beef (=This roast beef [dieser 
 
 Rinderbraten] tastes to me not). 
 
 34. It is not prepared in the English fashion (= He'' is 
 not after English fashion [nach englischer Manier] 
 prepared [zubereitet]). 
 
 35. Please do my beefsteak in the English style. I do 
 not like German cooking (= Please prepare my 
 beefsteak after English fashion [toy The German 
 cooking tastes [to] me not). 
 
 i) How do you like? in reference to food, must always be trans- 
 lated by : * Wie schmeckt Ihnen' literally : how tastes to you ? 
 
175 
 
 27- Ich sandtc (zdn'-fe) Ihnen gestern ein'igc (I'-nce-g/te) 
 
 Proben. Wie gefallen sie Ihnen ? 
 26. Wie schmeckt^ (shmekt) Ihnen diese Suppe {dee*-zi 
 
 zoop'-pe) ? 
 29. Der Kaffee, von dem Sie mir gestern eine Probe ge- 
 
 sandt haben, schmeckt mir nicht. 
 
 30. Senden Sie mir gefalligst {ghe-fel'lHst) eine andere 
 und bessere Sorte (i'-ne dn'-de-re dont bes*-se-re 
 zor'-te). 
 
 31. Wie schmeckt Ihnen die deutsche Kiiche {kii'-^e)} 
 
 32. Die deutsche KUche schmeckt mir nicht so gut, wie 
 (vee) die englische {eng'-li-she). 
 
 33. Dieser Rinderbraten {rin* der-brdh-ien) schmeckt mir 
 nicht. 
 
 34. Er ' ist nicht nach englischer Manier zubereitet {eng'- 
 li-sher mdh-neer' tsod^-be-rl-tet). 
 
 35. Bitte, bereiten {be-rV-ten) Sie mein Beefsteak nach 
 englischer Manier zu {mdh'-tieer tsoo).^ Die deutsche 
 Kiiche schn;eckt mir nicht. 
 
 2) Er, he, because it refers to ^ drr Rinderbraten * (masc). 
 
 3) Bereiten Sie zu, prepare ; a separable verb. Compare Note 1* 
 page 96. 
 
176 
 
 And how can your clerk say they are too 
 dear I 
 
 And 
 
 how ^ 
 
 can 
 
 your 
 
 clerk 
 
 assert ; say 
 
 that 
 
 they 
 
 too 
 
 dear 
 
 are. 
 
 i) Behaupten, to assert. The imperfect is formed regularly by 
 adding ' te (compare p. 141), Ich behauptete {be-howp' -ti-ti\ I as- 
 serted, while the past participle does not take the syllable ^^, but 
 forms simply ' behauptet,' asserted. I have asserted, ich habe bekaup- 
 tet. The rule is that all verbs having an unaccented prefix h^ioxQ 
 them do not take the syllable ' ge' in the past participle. Such pre- 
 fixes are : be, emp, ent, er, ver, zer^ ge, miss, voll, wider and hinter. 
 Ex.: 
 
177 
 
 Und w!e kann Ihr Commis betaanpten^ dass 
 
 6dnt v€€ k^n eer kom-meg' b6-houp'-t6a dEs 
 
 sie zu theuer siad? 
 
 zee tsOO toy-er zlnt. 
 Und {dont) 
 
 wie (vee) 
 
 kann (^i;?) 
 
 Ihr (eer) 
 
 Commis {kom-mee') 
 
 behaupten ^ (be-houp* -ten) 
 
 dass (^<iy)* 
 
 sie (2<?/) 
 
 zu (/y^<?) 
 theuer (foy'-er) 
 sind (ztnt). 
 
 belohnen, to reward. /w/. ich be-lohnte. Part, be-lohnt. 
 
 verkaufen, to sell, ich ver-kaufte. ver-kauft. 
 
 zerstfiren {tsir-sh'td'-ren), to destroy, ich zer-storte. zer-stort. 
 
 vermiethen {/Jr-tnee'-ten),\.o let. ich ver-miethete. ver-miethet. 
 
 2) Z),^^ (spelled with one s only) means 'M<r ' ^definite neuter arti- 
 cle), while dass (spelled with double s) means thai (conjunction). 
 
178 
 
 1. How can you assert this (= this assert) ? 
 
 2. My clerk asserts that you said you would not pay 
 this bill under any circumstances (=tliat you said 
 had [hdtten ^] you would this bill under no circum- 
 stances [unter keinen Umstdnden] pay). 
 
 3. I never dreamt of saying such a thing ; or, It never 
 occurred to me to say such a thing. {^Literally : It 
 is to me not at all \^gar nicht\ occurred [eingef alien] 
 that to say.) 
 
 4. If your clerk says so, he does not tell the truth 
 (= If your clerk that asserts, then [so ^] says he not 
 the truth [die Wahrheit]). 
 
 5. What an idea ! (=What occurs to you [ Was fdllt 
 Ilmen ein] !) 
 
 6. It just occurs to me that I have to write a letter to 
 
 Fiirst and Co. (= There occurs to me [da fdllt mir 
 ein\ that I a letter [einen Brief] to [an] Fiirst and 
 Company [Compagnie] to write have). 
 
 7. The idea strikes me ; or. It occurs to me (= Da fdllt 
 mir etwas [something] ein). 
 
 t) The Silbjlinctive Mood is used after verbs which indicate pos- 
 sibility, uncertainty, doubt, fear, desire, as : scheiiieu {shV-nen), to ap- 
 pear or to seem ; fiirchteil {fury'-ten), to fear ; WUnsclien {vun'-shen), 
 to wish ; wollen (yol'-len), to want, to be determined ; belehlen (J)e- 
 fay'-len), to command, to order ; bitten {bit'-ten), to beg, to request, 
 &c. 
 
 Es scheint, als ob i^as if) ex abgereist sei {zi). It seems he left. 
 
 Ick 7uunsche, dass Sie wieder {vee-der) wohl 7vdren,\ wish you were 
 well again. 
 
 Ich befahl ihm, dass er zu Ihnen ginge, I ordered him to go to you. 
 
 Ichbat^n, dass er mir das Buch gdbe, I requested him to give me 
 the book. 
 
 About the formation of the Subjunctive Mood compare the Gram- 
 matical Remarks, Part V. 
 
 2) When the principal sentence is preceded hy the dependent clause the 
 (ollowing constructions take place : 
 
 a) The principal sentence must either be introduced by the un* 
 
179 
 
 1. Wie konnen Sie das behaupten ? 
 
 2. Mein Commis behauptet, dass Sie gesagt hdtten^ Sie 
 wiirden diese Rechnung unter keinen Umstanden 
 bezahlen {zee vur'-den dee'-ze re ^'-noofig don'-ier kf-nen 
 oom' -sh' ten-den be-tsdh* -leti). 
 
 3. Es ist mir gar nicht eingefallen {ine'-ghe-fd-len)^ das 
 zu sagen. 
 
 4. Wenn Ihr Commis das behauptet, so * sagt er nicht 
 
 dieWahrheit {vdhr'-hite). 
 
 5. Was fallt Ihnen ein {fellt ee'-nen tne) ! [Idiomatic Ger- 
 
 man phrase for our' What an idea! ' Compare p. 141.] 
 
 6. Da fallt mir ein, dass ich einen Brief {brief) an 
 Flirst und Compagnie {kom' -pdn-yee) zu schreiben 
 {sJirV-ben) habe. 
 
 7. Da fiillt mir etwas {et'-vds) ein. (Idiomatic German 
 phrase.) 
 
 translafable particle 
 
 V rb ; or, 
 b) The nominative is 
 
 tence, as : 
 Dependent clause. 
 Wenn er das behauptet, 
 
 Wenn Sie mir das gleich 
 gesagt hatten, 
 
 Ah ich in London war, 
 
 Da ich ihn nicht person' 
 lich kenne. 
 
 * SO * and the subject be placed after tJie 
 placed after the verb in the principal sen- 
 
 Principal sentence. 
 
 so sagt er nicht die 
 Wahrheit, 
 
 so ware ich nichi 
 nach Berlin ge- 
 reist, 
 
 habe ich die K6'- 
 nigin von Eng- 
 land gesehen, 
 
 so kann ich Ihnen 
 nichts uber ihn 
 sagen, 
 
 If he says so he tells 
 the untruth. 
 
 If you had told me so 
 at once I should not 
 have gone to Berlin. 
 
 I saw the Queen of Eng- 
 land while I was in 
 London. 
 
 As I do not know him 
 personally, I cannot 
 tell you anything 
 about him. 
 
180 
 
 8, While I was at the English restaurant yesterday, a 
 gentleman approached me and inquired if you were 
 at Berlin (= While I yesterday in the English res- 
 taurant [in der englischen Eestauration] was, came a 
 gentleman to me [zu mir] and asked me [mich] if 
 you in Berlin were [wdren]). 
 
 9. And what answer did you give him (= And what 
 have you to him [ihm\ answered [gea7itwortet\}} 
 
 10. Why did you answer him thus? (= Why have you 
 to him [ihni\ that answered ?) 
 
 11. Why do you not answer ? (= Why answer you [ant- 
 worten 8ie\ not ?) 
 
 12. I cannot reply to this question (= To this question 
 [auf diese Frage] can I not reply [anhuorteri])- 
 
 13. He asserted that he met you " Unter den Linden ** 
 last night (= He has asserted, that he you yesterday 
 evening " U^iter den Linden" met had). [" Unter 
 den Linden " is the most fashionable street in the 
 German capital.] 
 
 j How do you do ? 
 I H, 
 
 ^4- 
 
 How are you } [These are idiomatic expressions 
 
 which cannot be translated literally, and which must - 
 be learned by heart.] 
 
 i) When any word — except the nominative — commences any sen- 
 tence, the following construction takes place : 
 
 a) In sitnple tenses the subject must be placed after the verb ; 
 
 b) In compound tenses the subject must be placed after the auxiliary 
 verb ; as : 
 
 Auf diese Frage kann ich nicht antworten, This question I cannot 
 
 answer. 
 Morgenkann\{^ zu Ilinen kommen, aber heute nicht, To-morrow 
 
 I can come to you, but not to day. 
 Diesen Brief habe ich nicht geschrieben, This letter I did not write. 
 Nach Berlin werde ich iibermorgen reisen, To Berlin I shall go day 
 
 after to-morrow. 
 2) Sich bejinden (be-flfn'-den) belongs to the so-called reflective 
 
181 
 
 8. Als ich gestem in der englischen Restauration {res- 
 to-rdh-tsyone') war, kam ein Herr zu mir und fragte 
 mich, ob Sie in Berlin {ber-lien^) wdren {yay*-ren)} 
 
 9. Und was haben Sie ihm {eem) geantwortet ( ghe-dnf- 
 vor-tet) ? 
 
 10. VVarum haben Sie ihm (eem) das geantwortet ? 
 
 11. Warum antworten Sie (dnf-vor-ten zee) nicht ? 
 
 12. Auf diese Frage (frdh'-ghe) kann ich^ nicht ant- 
 worten (ant' -vor-ten). 
 
 13. Er hat behauptet, da^ er Sie gestern Abend " Unter 
 den Linden" (oon'-ter dayn lin'-d^n) getroffen hatte. 
 
 -! 
 
 Wie geht es Ihnen ? 
 
 Wie befinden Sie €\cW{vee be-fin*-d^n zee zP)> 
 
 verbs. When the action of a verb returns upon the subject from 
 which it proceeds, the verb is called rejiective or reflected. Such 
 verbs are always conjugated with two pronouns, one for the subject 
 (nominative), the other for the object (accusative). This reflective 
 form is very extensively employed in German, whilst the English 
 prefer the active or passive voice of simple verbs. Reflective verbs 
 form their compound tenses with haben. Though we shall have 
 occasion to make some further remarks upon these verbs, I give 
 their conjugation now. Compare p. 125. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Singular. 
 ich befinde mich {be-fln'-dimiy), 
 
 I am {literally: I find myself), &c 
 du befindest dich {be-ftn -dest dU) 
 er befindet sich (be-fln'-det ziv). 
 sie befindet sich. 
 
 The verb 'sich befinden* is mostly used in connection with the 
 state of a person's health. 
 
 Plural. 
 wir befinden uns, we are 
 ibr befindet euch(M*y) ) 
 Sie befinden sich. J 
 
 sie befinden sich. 
 
182 
 
 GRAMMATICAL REMARKS. 
 Third Form of Adjectives. 
 
 Adjectives without any Article. 
 When adjectives accompany nouns without oeing pre- 
 ceded by an article or by a pronoun they take the 
 terminations of the article, thereby indicating the gen- 
 der of the nouns which the adjectives qualify. 
 
 
 Examples. 
 
 N. 
 
 Masc 
 Singular. 
 rot^=CC SSein,' red wine. 
 
 uline. 
 
 Plural. 
 rotl^^C SScinc, red wines, &c. 
 
 G. 
 
 rott)=cn SBein.c^,^ of the red 
 wine, &c. 
 
 rot^=ec SScine. 
 
 D. 
 
 rot^=nn SSein. 
 
 rotl)=en SBcinen. 
 
 A. 
 
 rot^^cn SSein. 
 
 rotl)^c SBeine. 
 
 
 Feminine, 
 
 N. 
 
 n)arm=C @U|3pe {var-'me zoop' - 
 pe), warm soup, &c. 
 
 iwarm^C @u^pen, warm soups, &c. 
 
 G. 
 
 n)arm=ec @uppe. 
 
 ft)Qrm=cv ©u^pen. 
 
 D. 
 
 njarm-cc @uppe. 
 
 tuarm-cn @u|)peu. 
 
 A. 
 
 tt)arm=c ®uppe. 
 
 iuarnt^c @uppen. 
 
 
 Neuter. 
 
 N, 
 
 frifd)=eS {fn'skis), SSaffer, 
 fresh water, &c. 
 
 frif(^=c (Stcr (o'^'-Zr), fresh eggs, 
 &c. 
 
 G. 
 
 frifd)=cn SSaffer^. 
 
 frifc^-cv (Sier. 
 
 D, 
 
 frtf(^=em SBaffer. 
 
 frifrf)^cn (Siern. 
 
 A. 
 
 frifrf|=cg SBaffer. 
 
 frifdi^c (gier. 
 
 1) rott)er = td'-ter , ' th' always sounds like /' in German. The 
 new orthography omits the * h ' after the ' /,' except in words which 
 are derived from the Greek. 
 
 2) For euphony's sake, and to avoid repetition of ' S,' the Genitive 
 ends in ' eu * in the masculine and neuter. 
 
183 
 
 Additional Remarks on the Adjectives. 
 
 I. Adjectives denoting natiotiality have generally tlie 
 ending ifd), and are written with a small letter; eg.: 
 
 amcvifani jrf) (a-may- ree-kah -nlsh), 
 American. 
 
 bairifd) {bi'-rish). Bavarian. 
 
 bduijd) {day'-nish), Danish. 
 
 bcutfd) [doitsh), German. 
 
 irtdilbifd) {Ir -len-dish), Irish. 
 
 itatienifd^ {ee-tahl-ye -nish\ Italian. 
 
 normegifi^ {ndr-vay'-ghlsh), Nor- 
 wegian. 
 
 6jlrcid)ifc^ {ds'-trl-yish), Austrian. 
 
 polnifd) (pdl'-nish), Polish. 
 
 englifc^ (ing'-llsh), English. 
 
 fronjoflfd^ {frdn-tso-zlsh\ French, 
 griec^ifd) {^rie'-^lsh), Greek. 
 l)oEanbifd) {hot-len-dish), Dutch. 
 portug teftfd^ (por-tdo-ghee'-ztsh), 
 
 Portuguese. 
 preugifd) {proy'-slsh\ Prussian. 
 rufftfc^ {rdo-sish), Russian, 
 jdc^flfd^ {zik'-sish), Saxon. 
 fd)tt)ebifd| {shvay'-dish), Swedish, 
 fponifc^ {sh'pdh'-nish), Spanish. 
 tur!if(^ {turr'-klsh), Turkish. 
 
 2. The adjective ^ (^ , high, when used as an attribute, 
 changes d) into a simple ^ ; e.g., ber I) I)e !itl)Urm (tddrm)^ 
 the high steeple ; bcr I) I) e "^^^rci^ {price)^ the high price. 
 
 3. Adjectives in German may be used as substantives. 
 They have the same inflection as other adjectives, but 
 are written with a capital letter; e.g,y ©n ©clc^rt^er 
 (ghe-layr'-ter), a learned man; cinC'8 ©cle^rt-en, of a 
 learned man. (5in T)CUtf(^er {doit' -sher), a German ; bte 
 ^eutfc^ = e n , the Germans. 
 
 4. After etma^ (et'-vds), something; nicf)t§ {jiUts), 
 nothing; t)iel (/<^^/), much ; tD cnig (z^^y-^i'^'), little; and 
 me()r {mayr), more, adjectives used substantively take 
 the neuter ending; e.g., ettt>a§ (^Ut-C ^ (//'-z^^z^ ^^;^'-^<^j), some- 
 thing good; ntc^t^ 5^eu=C^ (jiPts nof-es) nothing new, i.e., 
 no news. 
 
184 
 
 5- Most German adjectives are used as adverbs withoui 
 changing their form, 2is : (Sr fpri(f)t gut, he talks well. — 
 (5r fdjreibt ft§(ed)t {sh'le^t), he writes badly. 
 
 6. Adjectives receive a negative meaning by prefixing 
 the particle un (English un, dis, &c.); e.g.: glUdlid) (glUck'- 
 It^), happy; ung(U(f(id) (don'-glUck-liy), 7^«happy; el)r= 
 tic^ {ayr'-W), honest ; UUel^rlid) {don' -ayr-li^) dishonest. 
 
 Note, In like manner the prefix ab is used with par- 
 ticiples ; e.g.., genetgt {ghe-nigt'), inclined ; ab'geneigt, dis'm- 
 clined. 
 
 Comparison of Adjectives. ^ 
 
 1. The comparison, in German as in English, is 
 effected by two degrees, the comparative and superlative. 
 
 2. The comparative is formed by adding the termination 
 C r , and the superlative by the ending e ft or ft to the positive 
 form of the adjective. (The vowels a, 0, U are changed 
 in most monosyllables into ij, i), U. There are, however, 
 many exceptions to this rule.) 
 
 , Positive. 
 
 fd^bn {shon), 
 
 beautiful. 
 
 flarf {shUdrk), ) 
 strong. j 
 
 cbcl {ay' -del), ) 
 noble. j 
 
 reic^ (n-y), rich. 
 
 Comparative. 
 
 fd^o'ncr, more 
 beautiful. 
 
 ftar'fct, stronger, 
 
 ebtct, nobler. 
 
 reid^ct {n'-yer), 
 richer. 
 
 Superlative. 
 ber (bie, \iQii) fcI)ouftc, the 
 
 most beautiful, or 
 am fd^onften, most beautiful, 
 ber (bie, bo§) ftcirtftc, the 
 
 strongest, or 
 cm ftQvfften, strongest, 
 ber ebelftc, the noblest, or 
 om cbelften, noblest, 
 ber reid^ftc, the richest, or 
 am reic^fteu, richest. 
 
185 
 
 Observation : — The vowel C of the ending eft is commonly 
 dropped, except when the final sound of the adjective is a 
 lingual letter (b, t, «, %, fd), 3, ft), as : bcr fc^on^te, the 
 most beautiful ; but ber breit^eftc (bri^ -teste) ^ the 
 broadest ; ber fUg^efte, the sweetest. 
 
 3. The first form of the superlative bcr (bic, bo§) reicl)ftc, 
 the richest ; ber (bie, ba6) fdjonfte, the most beautiful, is 
 the attributive form of the superlative, and is otily used 
 when followed by a noun (which, however, may also be 
 understood), as: ^r ift ber reic^fte 3J?ann in ber (3tabt, 
 he is the richest man in town. 3^) ^^ibe i^m \i^^ f I e i n ft e 
 3itnmer gegeben, I have given him the smallest room. 
 3*^ ^abc i^m '^tv. ^oc^ften "^xtx^ be^a^lt, I have paid him 
 the highest price. 
 
 4. The second form am reici^ften, am fc^bnftenv 
 
 &c., is invariable. This form is called the adverbial form^ 
 and is used after the auxiliary verb fein; it always 
 stands at the end of a sentence, as : ($r ift am ung(iicf(id)ften 
 {odn'-glUck-li^-sten), he is most unhappy. (S^ U)are mir am 
 liebften (leep'-sten), I should like it best. 
 
 5. Another adverbial form of the superlative is : u f ^ 
 bcfte, in the best manner; auf § f(^5nftc, in the finest 
 manner, &c. (The use of this adverbial form is not so 
 common as that with am.) 
 
186 
 
 Irregular and Defective Comparisons. 
 
 The following adjectives are irregular in their com- 
 parison : — 
 
 Positive, 
 gut {godt), good. 
 tjod) {hoch), high. 
 Iial^ {ndh\ near. 
 Diet {feel), much. 
 
 toenig {vay'-niy\ little 
 
 Comparative, 
 beffer {bes'-ser), better. 
 \)0\)tX {ho -her), higher. 
 na^er {nay -her\ nearer, 
 me^r {mayr), more. 
 Weniger {vay' -nee-gher), 
 minbcr {mln'-der) 
 
 less. 
 
 Superlative. 
 
 bcr befle, am beften, the best. 
 
 ber pd^fte {hdy'-ste), om ^o^ften, the highest. 
 
 ber nat^fte {nayy'-ste), om nac^ften, the nearest. 
 
 ber meifte {mt-ste), am meiften, the most. 
 
 am ttJeniqftcn {vay -nu' -sten), ) , , 
 
 ' the least. 
 
 n\ \ 
 
 am miubeften {min -de-steii) 
 
 6. Sometimes the word aUcr {d'-ler) is prefixed to the 
 superlative, to give intensity and emphasis, as : ber 
 allerbeftc {d-ler-bes'-te), the very best; ber allererfte 
 {d-ler-airs^-te), the very first; etn aUerliebfte^ 3J^abd)cn 
 (Ine d-ler-leep'-stes maid'-^en), a most charming girl. 
 
 The absolute superlative is often expressed by !^ oc^ ft, 
 it b e r a U ^ {U-ber-oas'), \z\)X {zair), and (i U § e r ft {py'-serst^) 
 corresponding to our ' most, extremely, or exceedingly ; 
 as : Da§ ift eine I) o cf) ft n)id)tige 9fiarf)rtd)t {vP'-tee-ghe ndch'- 
 rt^t)^ that is most important news. (Sr ift eiu f e^r (tebett^* 
 iriirbiger 9}^ann {lee' -bens-vUr-dee-gher mdn)^ he is a very 
 amiable man. @r iDar (iu^erft aufgebrai^t (oy'-serst ouf- 
 ghe-brdcht)y he was exceedingly angry. 
 
187 
 
 8. As — as is rendered in German by cbetlfo — alS 
 {ay-'ben-zo — dhls) or e b e tl f — U)ic {ay'-ben-zo — vee) and not 
 80— as, by n i c^ t f o — a U or n t d) t f o — tu i c. Ex. : gr ift 
 cbenfo jung aU vi), or luic ic^, he is as young as I. 
 @ic mar n i d) t f o gebilbet {ghe-bW -det) a U cr, she was not 
 as cultivated as he. 
 
 The English the — the is rendered by j e — b e ft {yay — 
 de'-std). The more you talk, the less he does, j e me^r @ie 
 fprcd;cn, b e ft o toeniger t^ut er. 
 
 Conjugation of Strong Verbs. 
 
 There are about 150 verbs which are formed after the 
 so-called strong conjugation. 
 
 Verbs of the strong conjugation form their Imperfect 
 by dropping en or n of the Infinitive^ and by changing 
 the vowel of the root, as: gin ben {fin' -den), ic^ f anb 
 (/«;/«); to find, I found. § elf en, tc^ ^Cllf; to help, 
 I helped. 
 
 Their Past Participle is formed like that of the weak 
 verbs, only terminating in c n instead of t, and very 
 frequently the radical vowel is changed, as: Sittbcn^ge- 
 fun ben (ghe-fddn'-den)\ to find, found. §e(fen, ge* 
 1^ I f e n (g he- ho I* -fen) ; to help, helped. 
 
 The Subjunctive Mood of the Imperfect tense is formed 
 by modifying the voivel of the Indicative (a into a ; into 
 b ; U into u) and adding the terminations of the Presem 
 Subjunctive, (Compare the paradigm.) 
 
188 
 
 2: rag en (trah'-ghen), to carry. 
 
 Indicative. Subjunctive. 
 
 Present. 
 
 ic^ trnge {trah'-ghe\ I carry, 
 bll trdgit, thou carriest. 
 er trdgt, he carries, 
 tuir trngcu, we carry. 
 @ie tragcn, you carry, 
 fie tragcn, they carry. 
 
 i^ trug {trdogh), I carried, 
 bu trugit, thou carried St. 
 ec trug, he carried. 
 Xoxx trugcn, we carried. 
 @ie trugcn, you carried, 
 fie trugcn, they carried. 
 
 Imperative. 
 tragc, carry (thou) 
 trag(c)t, carry (you), 
 tragcn ®ie, carry (you). 
 
 id^ trngc itrdh'-ghe), I may carry 
 bu tragcft, thou mayest carry, 
 er tragc, he may carry. 
 tt)ir tragcn, we may carry. 
 @ie tragcn, you may carry. 
 fie tragcn, they may carry. 
 Imperfect. 
 
 id^ triigc {trU-gki), I might carry, 
 bu triigcft, thou mightest carry, 
 er frugc, he might carry, 
 tuir trugcn, we might carry. 
 @ie trugcn, you might carry, 
 fie trugcn, they might carry. 
 Infinitive. Participle. 
 
 Pres. tragcn, to carry. Pres. tragcnb, carrying. 
 Past, gctragcn, carried. 
 
 ^rec^en {bre'-^en), to break. 
 
 Present. Imperfect. 
 
 ic^ brcc!^c, I break. 
 
 bu bric^ft {^brPst), thou break St. 
 
 er bric^t {brl^t), he breaks. 
 
 trir brcd)en, we break. 
 
 @ie brcd)en, you break. 
 
 fte brcd)en, they break. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 id) bra(^ {brack), I broke. 
 
 bu brac^ft, thou brokest. 
 
 er brac^, he broke. 
 
 tt)ir brad^en, we broke. 
 
 ®ic bracken, 5'ou broke. 
 
 fie brad^en, they broke. 
 t(^ "^abe gebrodien {ghe-bro -chen), I have broken, 
 id^ l^atte gebrod^en, I had broken. 
 
 First Future, id) XOtxht brcd)eu, I shall break. 
 
 Second Put. id) ttJcrbe gebrcd^en \\a\)iXi, I shall have broken. 
 
 Imperative. \iX\6), brcc^t, brcd^eu @ie, break (thou, you). 
 
189 
 
 The strong verbs change their radical vowel in the 
 Indicative mood of the Itnperfect into o, i, 0, or U, and in 
 the Subjunctive mood into ii, i, a, il. Hence we have 
 four classes of strong verbs. The Past Participle has 
 either the same vowel as the Imperfect tense, or the 
 same as that of the root, or else different from both, as 
 is shown in the following table : 
 
 lass. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 Past Participle. 
 
 I. 
 
 0. 
 
 0. 
 
 3. 
 
 i,ie. 
 
 \, ie. 
 
 3. 
 
 a. 
 
 u oro. 
 
 4- 
 
 u, a, ie (i). 
 
 radical vowel 
 
 First Class. 
 
 The First Class comprises those strong verbs which 
 change their radical vowel into a long or short 0. 
 I. long. 
 
 Infinitive. Imperfect. 
 
 bicgcn {bee'-ghin), to bend bog, bent 
 
 fliegcn {flee'-ghen\ to fly flog, flew 
 
 iDlcgcn {vee'-ghin), to weigh ft)Og, weighed 
 
 fiicrcn {/ree-ren), to freeze fror, froze 
 
 Dcrlicren ( fir-lei' -ren\ to lose Derlor, lost 
 
 bietcn {bee -tin), to off^er bot, offered 
 
 fIic^en(yf//-/4t'w),toflee flo^, fled 
 
 gicI)CU {tsii''hin\ to draw jog {tsog), drew 
 
 t(()»)orcn {shvo-rin), to swear fd^lDor, swore 
 
 lugcn (/«' ghen\ to lie log, lied 
 
 (to tell a falsehood) 
 bctrfigciF (bi-tru-gMn\\.o deceive bctrog, deceived 
 
 Past Part. 
 gcbogen, bent 
 geflogen. flown 
 gctuogen, weighed 
 gefroren, frozen 
 toerlorcii, lost 
 gcbotcn, offered 
 gcf{ol)cn, fled 
 gcbogen, drawn 
 gcfd)Uioren, sworn 
 gclogen, lied 
 
 betrogen, deceived 
 
190 
 
 2. short, 
 
 fd)lcOen {shee-sin), to shoot fd)ot3, shot gcfd^offctt, shot 
 
 gie^en {ghee -sen), to pour gofe, poured gegoffcn, poured 
 
 geuicj3eu {^ he- nee -sen), to enjoy geuo^, enjoyed genoffen, enjoyed 
 
 [d)Ue^eu {shle-e'-sen), to shut f(f)toB, shut gefd)loffen, shut 
 
 \iZxWit^tn {fer-dree -sen), to vex t)erbro§, vexed t>erbvoffen, vexed 
 
 ried)eu {ree yen), to smell rocf), smelled geroci^en, smelled 
 
 fec^ten(//y'//«),to fight fod)t, fought gefoc^ten, fought 
 
 Observatio?i. — Most verbs of the First Class have ie for 
 their radical vowel. 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 ^edner, bringen (Ste mtr fdfc^e^ SBaffer. Sie gefaden S^tten 
 tie fdimar^en ©ofen, XQtX^t ^^x ©err :^ruber gefouft ^^oX'^ 
 ®uten SJ^orgen, meitt ©err. SSie ge^t e§ 3^nen? T)an!e, e^ 
 ge^t mir recf)t gut. Unb tuie get)t e§ 3^rem fleinen (So^ne? (g^ 
 gel)t i^m etwa^ beffer, aber er fann noc^ nidjt (not yet) au«^< 
 ge^en. SKa^ t)at i^m gefe^lt? (gr l)atte fi^ fe^r erfdltet {er- 
 kel'-tet, taken cold), ^prec^ett @ie englifd}? 3d) fpre^c 
 nur gebroc^en {ghe-brd'-chen, broken) englifd). ^6) t)erftel^e 
 aber faft (almost) jebe^ SSort, ba§ ic^ pre (^^^'-z-/, hear). 
 
 Words. 
 
 T)a8 ©otel {hd-teir\ Hotel. 
 
 eln 3i^"^^^ i^ (Srbgefd^o§ (f«^ \ 
 
 tslm'-mer im airt' -ghe-shos), \ a room on the ground-floor, 
 cin 3intmer im parterre {impdrter), ) 
 bieXreppe(/r^/-//),pl.bie jtrep^en, the staircase. 
 cine Steppe ^oc^ {t-ne trep'-pe up one flight of stairs (on the first 
 
 hoch), floor), 
 
 jmei Xreppeu ^oc^ {tsvi trep'-pin 
 
 hdch), on the second floor. 
 
f ^( Jj>bt<[r3#lt-Sj)$i?m. 
 
 GJE R M A IS 
 
 PAliT I'll. 
 
VII. 
 
 {Continuation,) 
 
 15. How is your father ? 
 
 16. Thank you very much, my father is ve'} veil (of ^ is 
 doing finely ; or^ is in excellent health). 
 
 17. If I do not feel better to-morrow morning ( Wenu ich 
 micli morgen f'^ilh niclit lesser oejinde), jou must 
 send for a physician (= then [so] must you a phys- 
 ician [eijien Afzl\ got \Jiolen\). 
 
 18. My dear friend ! how glad I am \o see you \ {— how 
 rejoices it me [rninh] you to see !) 
 
 19. These goods are much too aear ; I cannoi take them 
 (= I can them [sie] not take \7ielmie7i\)   
 
 20. I cannot take these materials at this price (= I can 
 these goods [diese Staff e] at this price [zu diesem 
 Preise] not take). 
 
 21. This (dieser) price is by far too dear (viel zu ilieuer). 
 
 You must give me the goods at a lower figure (=You 
 must to me \mir] the [de7i] goods cheaper [MUiger] 
 give). 
 
 I. The student ought to learn the principal paris of mUssen, to be 
 obliged. 
 
 Present. 
 I must. 
 ich muss. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 I was obliged. 
 ich mnsste. 
 
 Imperfect Subj. 
 I should be obliged. 
 ich miisste. 
 
VII. 
 
 {Continuation^ 
 
 Wie geht es Ihrem Herrn Vater ? 
 Wie befindet {be-fin' -de,,) sich Ihr Herr Vater? 
 Danke schon, es geht meinem Vater recht gut(^^J/) 
 Mein Vater befindet {be- fin' -de t) sich recht gut. 
 17. Wenn ich mich morgen friih nicht besser befindc 
 {be-fin'-de)^ so miissen* Sie einen Arzt {dhrtst) holer 
 {ho'-len). 
 
 18. Mein theurer Freund {toy'-rer froynt), wie freut es 
 mich, Sie zu sehen ! 
 
 19. Diese Waaren sind viel {feel) zu theuer. Ich kann 
 
 sie nicht nehmen {nay' -men). 
 
 20. Ich kann diese Stoffe {sh'tof'-fe) zu diesem Preise 
 {prt*'Ze) nicht nehmen. 
 
 21. Dieser Preis {dee'-zer price) ist viel zu theuer. Sie 
 miissen mir den Stoflf billiger {bil'-lee-gher) ; geben. 
 
 Present, 
 du miisst. 
 er niiiss. 
 wir mttssen. 
 Sie mttssen. 
 sie mttssen. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 du miisstest. 
 er musste. 
 wir mussten. 
 Sie mussten. 
 sie mussten. 
 
 Imperfect Subj. 
 du miisstest. 
 er miisste. 
 wir mijssten. 
 Sie mussten. 
 sie mttssten. 
 
194 
 
 22. I cannot reduce it a penny (= I can to you [Uinen'] 
 even not \auch nicht] a penny leave off [^einen 
 Pfennig ahlassen]). 
 
 23. I cannot take these goods, if you cannot give them 
 to me at a cheaper price (= If you to me \7nir^ 
 these goods not at a cheaper price [zu einem bil- 
 h'geren Preise] give can, then [so] can I them [sie] 
 not take). 
 
 24. I am very sorry (das tJiut mir sehr leid), but I really 
 cannot give them any cheaper (== but I can them 
 [sie] to you [Ihnen] really not cheaper give). 
 
 25. Then I must buy the goods somewhere else. I can- 
 
 not make use of them at this price (= Then (dann) 
 must I the goods somewhere else [anderswo] buy. 
 I can them [sie] at this price [zu diesem Preise] not 
 use [praucJien]). 
 
 26. Don't you need anything else {sonst nichts) ? 
 
 2. 
 If he has not eyen looked at them. 
 
 If 
 he 
 
 i) Ein Pfennig is the smallest German coin. The Germans 
 reckon now by Mark and Pfennige. Eing Mark has 100 Pfennige. 
 
195 
 
 22. Icli kann Ihnen auch nicht einen Pfinni^ {pf^.n'-nP) 
 ablassen (dp'-ids-sen). 
 
 23. Wenn Sie mir diese Waaren nicht zu einem billigeren 
 (bil'-lee-ghe-ftn) Preise {prV-ze) geben kcinnen, so kaiin 
 ich sie nicht nehmen. 
 
 2\, Das thut mir sehr leid (lite)^ mein Herr, aber ich 
 
 kann sie Ihnen wirklich nicht billiger (bir -lee-gher) 
 
 geben. 
 25. Dann muss ich die Waaren anderswo {an! -ders-vo) 
 
 kaufen. Ich kann sie zu diesem Preise nicht brauchen 
 
 {brow' -chin). 
 
 26. Brauchen Sie sonst nichts ? 
 
 Wcnn er sie sich noch gar nicht einmal 
 
 vSn air z55 zl^ nOch gar nFt Ine-'mahl 
 
 angesehen hat? 
 
 an'-gh6-zay-h6n hat. 
 
 Wenn [ven) 
 er {at?') 
 
 A Afark is about as much as 25 cents ; one Pfennig is therefore 
 the fourth part of ;i cent. 
 
196 
 them 
 
 himself.^ 
 
 still (cannot be translated in this phrase) 
 
 even 
 
 not 
 
 once 
 
 not even 
 
 looked at ' 
 
 has. 
 
 Please look at this silk (= look you yourself [sick] 
 
 this silk [diese Seide] at).' 
 
 It is the best piece we have in stock (= the best piece 
 
 which \das beste Stiick das ^) we in stock \auf Lager] 
 
 have). 
 
 i) ' Sick' \s a so-called reflective personal proncurit and signifies 
 not only himself, but is the 
 
 Dative, \ . , I himself, herself, itself. \ For all -^ Genders, 
 
 Accusative, ) ^'^ (yourself, yourselves, themselves. ] Singular &= Plural 
 2) *' Angesehen " is the past participle oi ansehen, to look at. The 
 simple verb sehen, to see or to look, is conjugated in the following 
 manner: 
 
 Imperfect. 
 ich sah {zdh), I saw, 
 
 «&c. 
 du sah St {zdhst). 
 er sah [zdh). 
 wir sah en {zd! -hen) we 
 
 saw, &c. 
 Sie sahen {za -hen). 
 sie sahen {za! -hen). 
 
 Present. 
 ich sehe {zay'-he), I 
 
 see, &c. 
 du si eh St (zeJsf). 
 er sieht {zJi'f). 
 wir sehen {zay -hen)viQ 
 
 see, &c. 
 Sie sehen {zay'-hen). 
 sie sehen {zay'-hen). 
 
 Perfect. 
 ich habe gesehen ^^ghi- 
 zay'-hen), I have 
 seen, &c. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 ich hatte gesehen, I 
 had seen, &c. 
 
 All other tenses are formed regularly. 
 
197 
 
 s'le {see) (ace.) (The nominative ^ //ley,' B.nd the accusa- 
 tive ' ^/lem,' are one and the same word, i.e. * sie '). 
 
 sich ^ {zP') 
 noch {ndcK) 
 gar {gar) 
 nicht («/y/) 
 einmal {ine'-mahl) 
 noch gar nicht einmal 
 angesehen " {an' -ghe-zay-hen) 
 hat (>^t?/). 
 
 1. Bitte, sehen Sie sich diese Seide {zi'-de) an. ' 
 
 2. Es ist das beste Stiick {sh'tUck) das* wir auf Lager 
 {owf Idh'-gher) ha ben. 
 
 3) Sich ansehen, to look at, examine, is one of the few reflective 
 verbs which take the reflective pronoun in the dative case. It is 
 thus conjugated : 
 
 wir sehen uns an, we are look- 
 
 ich sehe mir an, 1 am looking 
 
 at, &c. 
 du sichst dir an. 
 er sif'ht sich an. 
 sie sieht sich an. 
 
 ing at, &c. 
 Ihr seht euch an. 
 Sie sehen sich an. 
 sie sehen sich an. 
 
 The pupil must not forget that ansehen is a separable verb. Com- 
 pare p. 125. 
 
 4) Instead of the relative pronoun 7velcher, welche, welches^ which, 
 the Germans frequently use der, die, das. The relative, as we have 
 already seen, may often be omitted in English, but in German it 
 must always be expressed. 
 
198 
 
 3- Look at me ! (= Look you me [mich] at !) 
 
 4. I was " Unter den Linden " yesterday, and looked at 
 the celebrated monument of Frederick the Great 
 (== I was yesterday " Unter den Linden " and have 
 me [w4'r^] the celebrated monument \da8 herulimte 
 Monument] of Frederick the Great \yon Friedrich 
 deni Grosseii] looked at). 
 
 5. Did you see the Cathedral {or dome) at Cologne on 
 your journey down the Rhine (== Have you your- 
 self \sicli\ on your Rhine-journey [auf Ifirer Rhein- 
 reise] the dome at Cologne [den Dorri zu Coehi] 
 looked at) ? 
 
 6. I have seen it ' several times (= I have me [m/r] him 
 several times [mehrere Male] looked at). 
 
 7. And how do you like {Und wie gefdllt Ihnen] the 
 Cathedral at Cologne (der Coelner Dom) ? 
 
 8. I do not like it as well as Westminster Abbey (=not 
 so good as [als] the Westminster Abbey [die West- 
 minster A btei]). 
 
 9. But Westminster Abbey is not built in such grand 
 style as the Cologne Cathedral (== But the West- 
 minster Abbey is not in so grand style built [in sc 
 grossartigem Style erbaut] as the Cologne Cathe- 
 dral). 
 
 i) Mir, because according to Note 3, p. 197, stcA ansehen governs 
 the dative. 
 
 2) The most celebrated Prussian king of the last century. 
 
 3) In English, all inanimate objects and abstract ideas are «^«/d'^ but 
 in German, as we have already noticed, they may be either masculine, 
 feminine, or neuter. Hence the pronoun answering to the English 
 it must in German be of the same gender as the noun for which i*^ 
 stands; thus, to the 'question, Where is your pen? the German 
 answers, Sie ist hier, and not, as we say, // is here ; because pen is 
 a noun of the feminine gender in German ; thus also to the ques- 
 
199 
 
 3. Sehen Sie mich an ! 
 
 4. Ich war gestern ' Unter den Linden ' und habe mir* 
 das beriihmte Monument {be-riihtn' -te md-nod-merit') 
 von Friedricii dent Grossen"^ {/on freed' -ri^ dame gros'- 
 sen) angesehen. 
 
 5. Haben Sie sich auf Ihrer Rheinreise {rhine' -ri-ze) 
 den Dom zu Coeln angesehen ? 
 
 6. Ich habe mir ihn ' mehrere Male (may -re-re mdh'-le) 
 angesehen. 
 
 7. Und vvie gefallt Ihnen der Coelner Dom ? 
 
 8. Nicht so (zo) gut als die Westminster Abtei (dp-tt ). 
 
 9. Aber die Westminster Abtei {dp-tt) ist nicht in so 
 grossartigem Style erbaiit (zo grds'-dr-tee-ghem sh'tee '- 
 le er-bowt') als der Coelner Dom. 
 
 tion, Where is your hat ? the answer, // is in my room, would be 
 in German, Er ist in meinem Zimmer, because Hut is masculine. 
 With the accusative case, therefore, we have to say, Have you seen 
 M<f Cathedral ? Yes, I have seen /'/. Haben Sie rfV« Dom gesehen ? 
 Ja, ich habe ihn gesehen ; because it refers to den Dom (mascu- 
 line). Wollen Sie diese Weste kaufen ? Ja. ich will sie kaufen. 
 We must say 'sie' (her), because it relers to die Weste (fem.). 
 In XMe plural, however, there is no change, as there is only one form 
 to: all three genders, vii, j-i>. Wollen Sie diese Waaren kaufen? 
 Nein, ich will sie nicht kaufen. 
 
200 
 
 10. Quite true, but I prefer Westminster Abbey for the 
 reason that it possesses so much historical interest. 
 {Literally : There \d(i\ have you indeed \freilicli\ 
 right \Reclit\ ; but the \die\ Abbey pleases me there- 
 fore] \deslial})\ much better, because \weil\ she ^ so 
 much historical interest \so viel historisches In- 
 teresse] possesses [hesitztyj. 
 
 11. Did you see St. Paul's Church in London? [= Have 
 you yourself the St. Paul's Church [die St .' Pauls- 
 kirche] in London looked at'?) 
 
 12. One can see you are a German (= One can it in you 
 see [Man kann es Ihnen ansehen], that you a German 
 [ein Deutscher] are). 
 
 13. One can see {or recognize) it at the first glance 
 (= One can it [in] you [Ihneri] at the first glance [auf 
 den ersteii BlicTc] see [anselien]). 
 
 14. One can see you are not well (= One can it in you 
 
 see [Ihiien anxeheii] that you not well are). 
 
 15. Don't you think (Finden Sie 7iicht) he resembles his 
 father (= that he to his father [seinem Vatei'] re- 
 sembling [dlmlicJi] looks) ? 
 
 16. This picture {dieses Bild) does not resemble you ; or^ 
 does not look like you ( = looks to you [//me?i] not 
 resembling [dhnlic1i\). 
 
 17. I saw at a glance {auf den ersteyi BlicTc) you were 
 Mr. Lehmann (= that you Mr. Lehmann were 
 [ludren']).*' 
 
 1) The Germans say : Ich habe Recht, I am fight.— Ich habe 
 Unrecht {don -re ^t), I am ivrong. 
 
 2) Sie, because it refers to die Abtei (fem.). Compare Note 3, 
 p. 199. 
 
201 
 
 10. Da haben Sie freilich (fri'-lt^) Recht ;'^ aber die Abtei 
 gefallt mir desshalb {des' -hdhlp) viel besser, well {ink) 
 sie" so viel historisches Interesse besitzt {hts-to'-ri- 
 shes in-te-res' -se be-zitst'). 
 
 11. Haben Sie sich die St. Paulskirche {zdnkt powles*- 
 kir^e) in London angesehen ? 
 
 12. Man kann es Ihnen ansehen, dass Sie ein Deutscher 
 
 {doit'-sher) sind. 
 
 13. Man kann es Ihnen auf den ersten Blick (owf dane 
 air\ ''ten blick) ansehen. 
 
 14. Man kann es Ihnen ansehen, dass Sie nicht wohl sind. 
 
 15. Finden Sie nicht {fin' -den zee nPf)^ dass er seinem 
 Vater ahnlich sieht {ayn'-li^ zeet) ? 
 
 16. Dieses Bild sieht (btU zeet) Ihnen nicht ahnlich {ayn'- 
 IP). 
 
 17. Ich sah {zdh) auf den ersten Blick, dass Sie Herr 
 Lehmann waren {lay' -man vay'-ren).*' 
 
 3) Sich etwas ansehen signifies "to look at a thing," «.<r., to ex 
 amine it. 
 
 4) Compare Note 3, page 197. 
 
18. You resemble your mother very much {= You look 
 to your Mrs. mother so like [Ihrer Fnnc Mutter so 
 dhiilicJf]). 
 
 19. Who put my room in order (= Who has my room 
 clean made [reui gemacht]) ? 
 
 20. Pauline. That is like her ( = That looks to her [ihr] 
 like [dhiilich]). 
 
 21. That's just like you (=That looks to you like [Ihnen 
 ahnlich]) ! 
 
 22. You do not look well ( =You look not well out). 
 
 23. Your uncle ( = Mr. uncle) looks like an Englishman 
 
 (=:looks as [tvie] an Englishman out).^ 
 
 24. It looks like rain ( = It looks after rain [7iach Regeii] 
 out). 
 
 25. It looks as if it were going to rain (= It looks out, 
 as if [als ob] it rain would [regnen tvilrde]). 
 
 26. Don't you think {Finde?i Sie nicM) this bonnet looks 
 very pretty (= that this bonnet \duser Hnt] very 
 pretty [hiibsch] looks [aussieht])? 
 
 37. I think {Ich finde) this hat is very becoming to you 
 (= that you in this hat [in diesem Hut] very pretty 
 look [hiibsch aussehen]). 
 
 i) Compare Note 3, page 197. 
 
203 
 i8. Sie sehen Ihrer Frau Mutter so ahnlich. 
 
 19. Wer hat mein Zimmer rein geniacht {tsim'-mer ritie 
 ghe-mdcht') ? 
 
 20. Pauline i^pow-lee'-ne). Das sieiit ihr {zeet eer) ahn- 
 lich. 
 
 21. Das sieht Ihnen ahnlich I 
 
 22. Sie sehen nicht wohl aus. * 
 
 23. Ihr Herr Onkel sieht wie ein Englander (eug'-len-der) 
 aus.^ 
 
 24. Es sieht nach Regen (ndch ray'-ghcri) aus. 
 
 25. Es sieht aus, als ob es regnen i^rayg neti) wiirde. 
 
 26. Finden Sie nicht {fin -den zee 7iPi), dass dieser Hut 
 (hodi) sehr hiibsch {hupsh) aussieht ? 
 
 27. Ich finde (ftn'-de), dass Sie in diesem Hut sehi 
 hiibsch aussehen. 
 
204 
 
 GRAMMATICAL REMARKS. 
 
 Verbs of tJie Strong Conjugation. 
 
 
 Second Class 
 
 . 
 
 The Second 
 
 Class comprises 
 
 those verbs which 
 
 change their radical vowel into 
 
 i (i short) or into i e 
 
 (i loj^g). 
 
 ^ I . t short. 
 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 Past Part. 
 
 ^feifen. to whistle 
 
 ^fiff, whistled 
 
 gepfiffen, whistled 
 
 {pfi'fen) 
 
 (//(/) 
 
 Kghe-pfif fen) 
 
 greifen, to seize 
 
 griff, seized 
 
 gegriffeu, seized 
 
 {gri-fen) 
 
 {grif) 
 
 {ghe.grif -fen) 
 
 fneifen, to pinch 
 
 fniff, pinched 
 
 Qe!niffen, pinched 
 
 {Ji-ni-fen) 
 
 {k^.nif) 
 
 {ghek'.nlf-fen) 
 
 \ cif^en, to bite 
 
 bt§, bit 
 
 gebiffen, bitten 
 
 {bi-sai) 
 
 {bis) 
 
 (^ghe-bis -sen) 
 
 relBeu, to tear 
 
 ri§, tore 
 
 geriffen, torn 
 
 {risen) 
 
 {rls) 
 
 {ghe-ris -sen) 
 
 flleict)en, to resemble 
 
 gtid), resembled 
 
 geglic^en, resembled 
 
 {gli-yen) 
 
 {gli^) 
 
 {ghe-gli.-3en) 
 
 ft)eid)en, to yield 
 
 tnirf), yielded 
 
 gciric^en, yielded 
 
 {vi-^ett) 
 
 {vl^) 
 
 {ghe-vi'-^en) 
 
 gleiten, to glide 
 
 gtitt, glided 
 
 geglitten, glided 
 
 {gli-ten) 
 
 ^glit) 
 
 {ghe-glW -ten) 
 
 reiten {ri'-ten), to rid 
 
 e ritt, rode 
 
 geritten, ridden 
 
 (on horseback) 
 
 {rit) 
 
 (^ghe-rit' -ten) 
 
 fd)reiten, to stnde 
 
 jcl)ritt, strode 
 
 gefdjritten, stridden 
 
 {shii -iett) 
 
 {shrlt) 
 
 {ghe-shrit' -ten) 
 
 ftreitett, to strive 
 
 ftritt, strove 
 
 geftritten, striven 
 
 {sh'tri-ten) 
 
 {sh'trit) 
 
 {ghe-sKtrit'-ten) 
 
 leiben, to suffer 
 
 Utt, suffered 
 
 getitten, suffered 
 
 {li'-den) 
 
 {lit) 
 
 {ghe-lW -ten) 
 
 fd^neiben. to cu». 
 
 \c^ttitt, cut 
 
 gefd^uitten, cut 
 
 {shni'-den) 
 
 {shnlt) 
 
 {ghe-shnit'-tiii) 
 
205 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 bleibcn, to remain 
 {bli'-ben) 
 
 rciben, to rub 
 {ri -ben) 
 
 jdjreibcn. to write 
 {shri'-ben) 
 
 trcibcn to drive 
 {tri'-ben) 
 
 ntcibcn, to avoid 
 
 {mi' -den) 
 fc^ciben, to part 
 {shi'den) 
 
 flcigcn, to ascend 
 {sh'ti -gheti) 
 
 fd)ireigen, to be silent 
 (shvi -ghen) 
 
 Ici^cn, to lend 
 {lihen) 
 
 0ebeil)en. to thrive 
 {ghe-di -hen) 
 
 fd^cinen. to appear 
 {shi-n^n) 
 
 irci^cn, to show 
 {;vi-zin) 
 
 prcifcn, to praise 
 
 {pri'-zen) 
 
 jc^reicn, to cry 
 {shri'-in) 
 
 fpeien, to spit 
 {sh^pi-en) 
 
 2. tC. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 blicb, remained 
 {bleeb) 
 
 ricb, rubbed 
 {reib) 
 
 fc^ricb, wrote 
 {shieeb) 
 
 trieb, drove 
 {ii ecb) 
 
 mieb, avoided 
 {meed) 
 
 fd^ieb, parted 
 {sheed) 
 
 ftieg. ascended 
 {sJiteeg) 
 
 jd^iuicg, was silent 
 {shveeg) 
 
 \\t\), lent 
 
 gebie^ thrived 
 {ghe-dee) 
 
 f(f)icn, appeared 
 {sheen) 
 
 tt)ie§, showed 
 {vies) 
 
 pricS, praised 
 {pries) 
 
 jci^ne, cried 
 {shrie) 
 
 fpic, spit 
 
 {sh'pa) 
 
 Fast Fart, 
 
 geblieben, remained 
 {gJie-b/ee-ben) 
 
 gericbcii, lubbed 
 {ghi-rce ben) 
 
 gefd)ricben, written 
 ( gh e-s h 1 ce -ben) 
 
 getricbcit, driven 
 {ghe-tiie-bin) 
 
 g.cmicbcn, avoided 
 
 ( R ^le-inei -den) 
 gefd)iebcn. parted 
 
 ( ghe s hie -den) 
 
 geftiegeii, ascended 
 ( ghe-sh' lii'-ghen) 
 
 gefd)lt)icgcn, been silent 
 ( ghe-shvii' -ghen) 
 
 geUe^cn, lent 
 
 {ghi-lie'-heii) 
 gcbiel^en, thrived 
 
 ( ghe da' -h in) 
 gcfrf)ienpn, appeared 
 
 {ghi-shii'-nin) 
 
 gctDiejen, showed 
 {ghi-vii'-zen) 
 
 gepriefen, praised 
 
 ( ghi-prii'-zin) 
 
 gejd}ricen, cried 
 
 {ghe shrii' -in) 
 
 gefpicen, spit 
 
 {ghi-sh'pa'-in) 
 
 Observation. — All verbs of the Second Class have et for 
 their radical vowel ; those which change it into i short, 
 double the consonant after it, except rf) and g. 
 
206 
 
 Third Class. 
 
 The Third Class comprises those verbs which 
 change tlieir radical vowel in the Imperfect tense into a, 
 and ill lae Past Participle into U or 0. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 binben, to bind 
 {bin-den) 
 
 finben, to find 
 
 {fin 'den) 
 
 hjinben, to wind 
 {vin'-den) 
 
 bringen, to press 
 {drin -ghen) 
 
 getingen, to succeed 
 {ghe-lin'-gh^n) 
 
 ningen, to sound 
 {klin -ghen) 
 
 ftngen, to sing 
 {zin -ghen) 
 
 jpringen, to spring 
 {sh'prin'-ghen) 
 
 jttJingeu, to compel 
 {tsvin -ghen) 
 
 ftnfen, to sink 
 {zin -ken) 
 
 trinfen, to drink 
 {trin -ken) 
 
 I. a and u. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 banb, bound 
 
 fanb, found 
 
 tt)anb, wound 
 
 brang, pressed 
 
 gelang, succeeded 
 
 flong, sounded 
 
 jang, sung 
 
 f prong, sprung 
 
 jnjang, compelled 
 
 fan!, sank 
 
 tran!, drank 
 
 Past Part. 
 
 gebunben, bound 
 
 ( g he-boon - den) 
 
 gefunben, found 
 ( ghe- f don -den) 
 
 geioiinben. wound 
 
 ( ghe-voon -den) 
 
 gebrungcu. pressed 
 
 ( ghe-di'oon ' -ghen) 
 
 gcluniieii. succeeded 
 ( ghe-loon -ghen) 
 
 gefhingen, sounded 
 
 ( g he- k loo a ' ghen) 
 
 gefuiigen, sung 
 ( ghe-zoon-glien) 
 
 gefprungen, sprung 
 {ghe sh' prod n -ghen) 
 
 gcjtDungen, compelled 
 
 ( ghi-tsvoon ' -ghen) 
 
 gefnnfen, sunk 
 ( ghi-zdon' -ken) 
 
 getrunfen, drunk. 
 {ghi-troon' -ken) 
 
 2. a and 0. 
 
 Infinitive. Imperfect. Past Part. Imperative. 
 
 brecf)en, to break bracf|, broke gebrod^en, broken brid^, break 
 {bie-'Sen) {bn's) 
 
 fted^en, to sting jiad^, stung geftoc^cn, stung fli(^, sting 
 
 {sh'ti'-y/n) {sh'm) 
 
207 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 Itnperfect. 
 
 Past Part, 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 fprcd)cu, to speak 
 
 Iprad), spoke 
 
 gcjprod)cu, spoken 
 
 fprirf), speak 
 i^sliprV) 
 
 ^clfen, to help 
 
 ^alf, helped 
 
 gc{)olfen, helped 
 
 I)ilf, help 
 
 gel ten (^ayl'-ten), 
 to be worth 
 
 gait, 
 was worth 
 
 gcgolten, 
 been worth 
 
 0ilt. 
 
 be worth 
 
 jc^elten, to scold 
 
 jd^Qlt, scolded 
 
 \ gcfd)olteu, scolded 
 
 fcl)ilt, scold 
 
 ftcrbcu, to die 
 
 ftarb, died 
 
 gcftorben, died 
 
 ftirb, die 
 
 luevbcii, to sue 
 
 luarb, sued 
 
 gcroorben,sued 
 
 ttJirb, sue 
 
 oerbcrbcn {/er- ocrbarb, 
 der'-ben), to perish perished 
 
 uerborben, 
 peiished 
 
 Dcrbirb, 
 perished 
 
 tDerfen, to throw 
 {vayr'-/en) 
 
 roarf, threw 
 
 gemorfen, thrown 
 
 iDirf, fhrow 
 
 treffen, lo hit 
 
 traf, hit 
 
 getroffcn, hit 
 
 triff, hit 
 
 ncl)mcn, to take 
 
 nobm, took 
 
 gcuommen, taken 
 
 nimm, take 
 
 ftel)lcu, to steal 
 
 ftnl)l, stole 
 
 gefto^len, stolen 
 
 ftiebl, steal 
 {sh'teel) 
 
 befel)(cn. 
 to command 
 
 befall, 
 commanded 
 
 befol)ten, 
 commanded 
 
 befie^I {bi-fieT), 
 command 
 
 bcgiuucu, to begin 
 
 beganu. begar 
 
 \ bcgonnen, begun 
 
 
 fiiincn, to muse 
 {zhi'-nen) 
 
 jauil, mused 
 
 gejouuen, mused 
 
 
 gciDiiinen {gh^-vin- 
 fien), to gain 
 
 • gclDfluu, 
 gained 
 
 geironnen, 
 gained 
 
 
 f(^n)immen {shvim- 
 men), to swim 
 
 fd)it>atnitt, 
 swam 
 
 gefd)tt)ommen, 
 swum 
 
 
 Observation. — All verbs of the Third Class have i or C 
 for their radical vowel; those which have t, take i or ic 
 in the second and third persons sing, of the Present In- 
 dicative, and in the singular of the Imperative, as : 
 
 ncl)men, to take ; id) ncbme, bit nimmft, er nimmt ; nImm ; 
 
 ftct)len, bu ftic^lft, er fticl)lt, fticl)l ; 
 
 jprcc^en, to speak ; bu fprid)ft, er jprid)t ; jpric^. 
 
208 
 
 Fourth Class. 
 
 The Fourth Class comprises all those verbs which 
 have in the Imperfect tense u^ a, or ie (t), and retain 
 their radical vowel in the Past Participle. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 fal)ren, to ride (in a 
 carriage) 
 
 graben, to dig 
 {grdh'-ben) 
 
 td)lQgen, to beat 
 {sh'ldh'-ghen) 
 
 tragen. to carry 
 {trdh'-gken) 
 
 laben, to load 
 {Idh'-den) 
 
 tt)ofrf)en, to wash 
 
 {vd'-ihen) 
 n)ac^fen, to grow 
 
 {vdk'-sin) 
 
 geben, to give 
 {gay -ben) 
 
 treten, to tread 
 {tray -ten) 
 
 tefcn, to read 
 {lay'-zen) 
 
 \t\)tn, to see 
 {zay'-hen) 
 
 gejd)el)cn {gke-shay'- 
 hen), to happen 
 
 effen. to eat 
 
 meffeit, 
 measure 
 
 bitten, to beg 
 
 fi^en (z/z'-j/w), to sit 
 
 Uegen, to lie 
 {lee -g hen) 
 
 fommcu, to come 
 
 Imperfect. 
 fu^r, rode 
 {/dor) 
 
 grub, dug 
 {groob) 
 
 fd)lug, beat 
 {shloog) 
 
 tritg. carried 
 {trdog) 
 
 tub, loaded 
 {lodd) 
 
 njufd), washed 
 
 {voosh) 
 tDUd)S, grew 
 
 {vooks) 
 
 Past Part. 
 gefa^reu, ridden 
 
 gcgraben, dug 
 
 gefd^Iagen, beat 
 
 getrogen, carried 
 
 gelaben, loaded 
 
 gett)ajd)cu, washed 
 {ghe-va -shen) 
 
 gett)ad)fen, grown 
 {ghe-vdk'-sen) 
 
 gab, gave 
 
 trat, trod 
 
 lag, read 
 
 fa^, saw 
 
 geicfjaf), 
 happened 
 
 a^ {ds\ ate 
 
 ma^, 
 measured 
 
 bat, begged 
 
 fafe izds), sat 
 
 lag, lay 
 
 fattt, came 
 {kdhni) 
 
 gegebcu, given gib, give 
 
 {ghe-gay -ben) 
 
 getreteu, trodden tritt, tread 
 
 getefen, read 
 
 gefe^en, seen 
 
 gefd)el)cn, ' 
 happened 
 
 gcgeffeu, eaten 
 
 gemeffen, 
 
 measured 
 
 gebeten, begged 
 gefeffeu, sat 
 gelegen, lain 
 
 gcfommen, come 
 
 Ueg, read 
 fie^, see 
 
 ife, eat 
 measure 
 
209 
 
 Infinitive. 
 blafen, to blow 
 faUen(/a/i -//»). to fall 
 broten, to roast 
 rat^cii, to advise 
 {rd-tin) 
 
 tialtcu. to hold 
 {^hahl-teti) 
 
 fd)lafen, to sleep 
 
 laffen, to let 
 
 ^ongcn, to hang 
 
 fangen, to catch 
 
 iQufcn,' to run 
 {low'-fin) 
 
 rufcn, to call 
 {too -fen) 
 
 ^eifecn, to call 
 {hi'S^n) 
 
 llpgea, to push 
 
 Imperfect, 
 blicS {blees), blew 
 fiel {feet), fell 
 briet {breet), roasted 
 rietl), advised 
 {reet) 
 
 ^ielt, held 
 {he'elt) 
 
 fd)Uef {shle'ef), slept 
 
 lic§ {lees), let 
 
 ^iug, hung 
 
 ftng, caught 
 
 lief, ran 
 {Icef) 
 
 rief, called 
 {reef) 
 
 l^ie§, called 
 {hees) 
 
 flic6 {shtees), pushed 
 
 Past Part, 
 
 geblajeu, blown 
 
 gefotten, fallen 
 
 gebraten, roasted 
 
 gcvQt^en, advised 
 {ghe-rd-tSn) 
 
 ge^alteu, held 
 
 gcjc^lafeu, slept 
 gelaffen, let 
 gel^angen, hung 
 gefongen, caught 
 getaufen, run 
 {ghe-low -fen) 
 
 gcrufen, called 
 ( gki- rod' -fen) 
 
 get)ei{3cn, called 
 {ghe-hi'-sen) 
 
 gefto^en, pushed 
 
 Observation. — The verbs of the Fourth Class which have 
 Q for their radical vowel, modify this letter into a in the 
 second and third persons singular of the- Present Indica- 
 tive : bu fal)rft, er fd^rt ; bu fdllft, er fdllt. The verbs 
 la U fen and ft O gen modify au into du and into o: bU 
 Idufft, er Iduft; bu ftbgeft^ er ftdgt Those with the 
 radical vowel e take, like the verbs of the Third ClasSy X 
 or te in the second and third persons singular of the 
 Present Indicative and in the singular of the Imperative. 
 The verb effett takes in the Past Participle g between the 
 prefix ge and the root; as: ic^ cffe, bu x^i, er igt ; ic^ 
 \)^U gcgcffen. 
 
 A few verbs properly belonging to the weak conjuga- 
 
 l) Pronounce the German qu like ' ow' in ' how* 
 
210 
 
 tion change their radical vowel e into a in the Imperfect 
 Indicative and Past Participle. These are : 
 
 Present. 
 brenneH; to burn 
 femien, to know 
 nennen, to name 
 renncn, to run 
 fenben, to send 
 Wenbcn, to turn 
 
 Impef'fect. 
 branntc, burned 
 tannte, knew 
 nannte, named 
 ronnte, ran 
 fanbte, sent 
 ttJaubte, turned 
 
 Past Participle. 
 gebramit, burnt 
 gefaunt, known 
 genaunt, named 
 geronnt, run 
 gefanbt, sent 
 gemanbt, .turned 
 
 But they retain their 
 Subjunctive : 
 
 Imperfect Indicative. 
 id) brannte, I burned 
 id) tamite, I knew 
 '\^ immite, I named 
 id) vannte, I ran 
 id) faubte, I sent 
 ic^ wanbtc, I turned 
 
 radical vowel in the Imperfect 
 
 Imperfect Subjunctive. 
 id) brenntc, I might burn 
 id) fenute, I might know 
 id^ nennte, I might name 
 id^ rennte, I might run 
 ic^ fenbete, I might send 
 i(^ toenbete, I might turn 
 
 Irregular Conjugation of Verbs. 
 
 The following verbs do not follow the rufes either of 
 the weak or the strong conjugation, and are, therefore, 
 called irregular : 
 
 1. fbnncn, can ; iiiDflCn, may ; biivfcn, to be allowed ; miiffClt, must ; 
 
 follcn, shall ; Woflcil, will. 
 
 2. ^t\)tX{, to go ; ftcl)en, to stand. 
 
 3. Unnfjcn, to bring ; bcuFcn, to think; 
 
 4. tljiin, to do ; njiffcn, to know. 
 
 5. iucibcn, to become. 
 
211 
 
 I. 
 Modal Auxiliaries. 
 
 Present. Imperfect 
 
 Indicative. Subjunctive. Indicative. Subjunctive. 
 
 Principal Parts : fonnen, foimtf; gePount. 
 
 I can 
 
 I can 
 
 I could 
 
 I could 
 
 id) tann 
 
 id) fonne 
 
 id) fonntc 
 
 \^ fijnntc 
 
 bu fannft 
 
 bu fi3nnefl 
 
 bu tonntcft 
 
 bu fonntc ft 
 
 cr tanu 
 
 cr !ounc 
 
 er fonnte 
 
 cr fijnnte 
 
 n)iv fonnen 
 
 n)ir fijnnen 
 
 tt)ir fonnteu 
 
 tuir fi3nntcu 
 
 if)v fbnut 
 
 il)r tounct 
 
 \\\x fonntct 
 
 i^r fonntct 
 
 fie tijuucn 
 
 fie fonnen 
 
 fie fonnteu 
 
 fie fbnnten 
 
 Present. 
 Indicative. Subjunctive. 
 
 Principal Parts : lllCj^Cn, inorf)tC, gcmOfljt. 
 I might 
 
 Imperfect. 
 Indicative. SuBjUNCTiVEi 
 
 I may 
 
 td^ mag 
 bu mogfl 
 er mag 
 mir mijgen 
 it)r mbgt 
 fie inogen 
 
 I may 
 
 id) mbge 
 bu mbgcft 
 cr miige 
 tt)ir mogcn 
 il)r moget 
 fie mogcn 
 
 id) mod)te 
 bu mod)tcft 
 cr mod)te 
 mir mod)tcn 
 it)r mod)tct 
 fic mod)tcn 
 
 I might 
 id) mbd)tc 
 bu mbd)teft 
 er mbd)te 
 iDir mod) ten 
 it)r mbd)tct 
 fie mod) ten 
 
 I am allowed 
 
 id) barf 
 bu barffl 
 er barf 
 h)ir biirfen 
 if)r biirft 
 fie biirfen 
 
 Principal Parts 
 
 I be allowed 
 id) biirfe 
 bu biirfe j^ 
 er biirfe 
 hJir biirfen 
 i^r biirfct 
 jte biirfen 
 
 biirfen, buiftc, nf^nrft 
 
 I was allowed I were allowed 
 
 id) burfte 
 bu burftefl 
 cr bnrftc 
 n)ir bnrftcn 
 il)r burftet 
 ftc bnrftcn 
 
 id) biirfte 
 ^w biirftcft 
 cr biirfte 
 tt)ir biirften 
 i^r biirftet 
 fie biirften 
 
312 
 
 Principal Parts : miiffcn, ntu^tc, gCtltuft, 
 
 I must 
 
 I must 
 
 I was obliged 
 
 I were obliged 
 
 icf) mu^ 
 
 idj miiffe 
 
 id) mu^te 
 
 id) miiBte 
 
 bii mu^t 
 
 bu miiffeft 
 
 bu mu^teft 
 
 bu miif3teft 
 
 er mu^ 
 
 er miiffe 
 
 er mu§te 
 
 cr miifete 
 
 tt)ir niiiffen 
 
 Wiv miiffen 
 
 mir mn^ten 
 
 mir muBten 
 
 i^r miifet 
 
 il)r miiffet 
 
 t^r mn^tet 
 
 i^r mii^tet 
 
 fie miiffen 
 
 fie miiffen 
 
 fie mu^ten 
 
 fie miijjten 
 
 
 Principal Parts: 
 
 foflcn, foHte, gcfoUt 
 
 
 I shall 
 
 I shall 
 
 I should 
 
 I should 
 
 ic^fott 
 
 id) foEe 
 
 id) foUte 
 
 id) follte 
 
 bu foUft 
 
 bu foUeft 
 
 bu follteft 
 
 bu follteft 
 
 cr foil 
 
 er folle 
 
 er follte 
 
 er fottte 
 
 tuir foUen 
 
 njir follen 
 
 n)ir fottten 
 
 mv follten 
 
 i^v fotlt 
 
 iljv foUet 
 
 i^r foUtet 
 
 i^r folltet 
 
 fie follen 
 
 fie follen 
 
 fie follten 
 
 fie fottten 
 
 Present. Imperfect, 
 
 Indicative. Subjunctive. Indicative. Subjunctive. 
 
 Principal Parts : UJOHcn, ttJoKtC, gcnjollt. 
 
 I will 
 
 I will 
 
 I would 
 
 I would 
 
 id) n)ill 
 
 id) it)oUe 
 
 id) tt)olltc 
 
 id^ trollte 
 
 bu n)illft 
 
 \iv<. UJoUeft 
 
 bu n)ottteft 
 
 bu ujottteft 
 
 ernjill 
 
 er tt)olle 
 
 er ujolltc 
 
 er itJoHtc 
 
 XQix ttJoUen 
 
 lt)ir n)otlen 
 
 njir tt)ollten 
 
 n)ir it)ollten 
 
 il)r iDollt 
 
 t^r tt)ollet 
 
 il)r iDoUtet 
 
 il)r trolltet 
 
 fie ttjoUen 
 
 fie ttJoHen 
 
 fie it)ollten 
 
 fie troUten 
 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 ttjotte, tt)ollt, be willing. 
 
 - 
 
 
 II. 
 
 
 Present Infinitive. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 Past Participle. 
 
 ge^en, 
 
 to go 
 
 ging, went 
 
 gegongen, gone 
 
 fle^cn, 
 
 to stand 
 
 ftanb, stood 
 
 geftonben, stood 
 
213 
 
 Indicative. 
 Fresefit. 
 
 ii) gctjc {gay'-h^), I go 
 bu gel)ft, thou goest 
 cr ge^t, he goes 
 h)ir gcl)en, we go 
 t^r ge^t, you go 
 tic ge^n, they go 
 
 id) fte^e {shUay'-hi), I stand 
 bu ftel)ft, thou standst 
 er ftel)t, he stands 
 hjir ftcl)en, we stand 
 il)r ftet)t, you stand 
 ftc fte^cn, they stand 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 Id) ging {ghing), I went id) flanb, I stood 
 
 bu giugft, thou wentst - bu ftaubft, thou stoodst 
 
 cr ging, he went er ftaub, he stood 
 
 luir giugen, we went tDir ftaubcu, we stood 
 
 it)r gingt, you went i^r ftaubet, you stood 
 
 fie giugen, they went fic ftanbcn, they stood 
 
 Imperative, 
 
 )Cf Oe^tf go (thou, you) 
 
 tte^c, flc^t, stand (thou, you) 
 
 i(^ ge^c, I may go 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 Present. 
 
 ic^ ftel^e, I may stand 
 
 Imperfect. 
 i(^ giuge, I might go ic^ ftaube, I might stand 
 
 ®cl)en and ftc^cn are weak in the Present and its 
 derivatives, and strong in all other forms. 
 
 Words. 
 
 !D a 6 © 1 e ( {hd-tell'). Hotel. 
 
 brci Xrcppcn ^od) {dn trep'-p^n hoch), on the third floor. 
 
 ^inQUfgel)eu {hl-nouf gay-hen). 
 
 to go {or walk) upstairs. 
 
X 
 
 214 
 
 3(^ ge^e ^inauf, I am going upstairs.' 
 
 l^eruutcrge^en {ke-rddn' -ter-gay-ken), to walk downstairs. 
 
 3d) gel)e l)erunter, I am going downstairs 
 
 eine >e5tufe {sh'too-fe), pi. tie ©tufen, a step. 
 
 A Letter. 
 
 ^txVxn, 'i^tn Ifteu {air'-sten) ^attUOr {yah' -nod-are). 
 §errn SBi({)eIm ^acr in Drc^ben. 
 
 @eel)rtcr ©err {ghe-ayr ter—Ci^2iX) ! 
 
 3ti -53eanttt)ortun(} ' ^\)xt^ ir»ert{)en' ^ricfe^ tiotn 13.* Decem- 
 ber ' bcef)re id) mtd)/ 3l)nen mit^ut^eilen/ bag e^ 3l)rem ©errn 
 <Sol)ne bebeutenb * beffer gel)t unb bag cr {d)on morgen b-a^ '^xxa- 
 :ncr uer(a[feu ' !ann. 8ie braudjen [ic^ '° alfo feiTtettDegen " !eine 
 (gorge '' ^u mad}en.^' 
 
 @kid)3eitig '* f)abe i^ bie (S^re/' (2ie ^u benad)ric^tigen," "i^o.^ 
 ic^ bie mir gefanbten Saaren '' uoKftcinbig '* unb mit circa '' fiinf 
 unb gman^ig ^rocent'" ©etuinn" t)er!auft t)abe. T)en ^etrag ''* 
 ab3iiglicf) '' meiner Unfoften'* fiige id) bei'' unb oerbleibe'" 
 
 §od)ac{)tung^iioir 
 
 $Ricf)arb(S(^mii)t 
 
 i) ' 3(^ gel^e l^inouf * is a so-called separable verb. Compare Note 
 I, p. 96. ' 3(^ ge^c ^eruntcr ' belongs to the same class of verbs 
 See p. 96. 
 
 2) be-dnt' -7)or tddng, reply. 3 ) vayr'-ten, esteemed. 4) dri'-tsayn-ten, 
 thirteenth. 5) ^aj-r/w'-^/r, December. 6) I have the honor. i)mii- 
 tsoo-ti-len, to inform. 8) be-doy'-tent, very much. 9) fer-ld'-sen, to 
 leave. 10) brou-chen zich, you need not. ii) zi-net-vay-ghen, on his 
 account. 12) zdr'-ghe, care. 13) to make ; ®ie braud)en fid) feinet= 
 tt)egen feinc @orge ju madden, you need not give yourself any care on 
 his account. 14) gll'^e'-tsi-tiy, at the same time. 15) ay -re, honor. 
 16) tsod be-ndcJi-riy-tee-ghen, to inform. 17) tie mir gefonbten SBaaren, 
 the goods sent me. 18) fdll'-sh'ten-diy , fully, entirely. 19) tsir-kdh, 
 about. 20) pro-cent' , per cent. 21) ghe-vin' , profit. 22) be itdch' , 
 amount. 23) dp'-tsiig-hy, less. 24) don-kos-ten, expenses. 25) I 
 inclose. 26) tjerbleibc ^OC^aci^tung^DoU {fer-bli-be hoch'-ach-tdongs- 
 foil), remain truly or respectfully. This is the usual mode of ending 
 German letters. 
 
^h i^mi^utf\)iii'^imm. 
 
 GhERMAN 
 
 PART VIII. 
 
VIIT. 
 
 FOUNDATION SENTENCE. 
 I should like to make some purchases to^ 
 
 morrow morning, and would be yery much ob- 
 liged to you, if you would (do me the favor to) 
 give me the names of the best firms in town.^ 
 
 1. 
 I should like to make some purchases to- 
 morrow morning. 
 
 i) This sentence, which is somewhat over-polite, I have selected 
 purposely to accustom the pupil to the various forms of polite 
 speech used by Germans, and also because it is characteristic of ihe 
 
VIII. 
 
 FOUNDATION SENTENCE. 
 Ich mochte gern morgen friih einige Einkiiuf 
 
 V moy'-te gayrn mor'-gh6n frii I'-neg-gh6 Ine'-ko7-ft 
 
 maclien und wiirde Ihiien sehr verbunden sein, 
 
 roah'-chen 66nt vUr'-d6 gg'-n6n zayr f5rb66n'-d6n zine 
 
 wenn Sie mir den Gefallen thaten, mir die Namen 
 
 vfin z€6 mgre dane ghg-fah'-lga tay'-t6n mgre dgg ii2h'-ingn 
 
 der besten hiesigen Firm en aufznschreiben.^ 
 
 dayr bgs'-tSa hgg'-zgg-gbga fir'-mgn owf-tsOO-shil'-bgli. 
 
 Ich mochte gern morgen friih einige Einkanfc 
 
 V mQy'-tg gayrn mor' ghgn fril I'-ngg-ghfi Ine'-koy-ffe 
 
 machen. 
 
 mah'-chgn. 
 
 use of the Subjunctive Mood. Compare Grammatical Remarks 
 in next part. 
 
218 
 
 I should like to 
 
 gladly; willingly 
 
 I should (very much) like to 
 
 to-morrow 
 
 early 
 
 to-morrow morning' 
 
 some 
 
 purchases 
 
 make.' 
 
 i) The infinitive of ich mochte is mos^en. Mdgen is an auxiliary 
 verb, and has different significations, viz.: ^ptay, to be allowed ; to 
 like a thing.' It is conjugated in the following manner: 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 ich mag {mdhg\ I am allowed ; 
 
 I may. 
 du magst, thou art allowed, 
 er mag. he is allowed, 
 wir mogen {mo-ghen\ we are 
 
 lowed. 
 
 SiemSgen.[y°"^^«^"°^^^- 
 sie mogen, they are allowed. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 al- 
 
 ich moge {nw-ghe), I may be al- 
 lowed, 
 du mogest.thou mayst be allowed, 
 er moge, he may be allowed, 
 wir mogen, we may be allowed. 
 
 sie mogen, they may be allowed 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 ich mochte {moch'-te), I was al- 
 lowed ; or, I might, &C. 
 
 du mochtest. 
 
 er mochte. 
 
 wir mochten, we were allowed ; 
 or, we might, &c. 
 
 Sie mochten. 
 
 sie mochten. 
 
 ich mochte {mdy'-te), I might be 
 allowed, &c. 
 
 du mochtest. 
 
 er mochte. 
 
 wir mochten, we might be al- 
 lowed, &c. 
 
 Sie mochten. 
 
 sie mochten. 
 
219 
 
 Ich mochte ^ {mo^'-te) (Conditional of * ich mag' [ntdg\ 
 
 I may ; or^ I like) 
 
 gern (gayrn) 
 
 ich mochte gern 
 
 morgen {mor'-ghiti) {Der Morgen [the morning] sounds 
 the same, but is always written 
 with a capital letter) 
 
 fruh {fru) 
 *morgen friih* 
 einige {{I'-nie-gki) 
 
 Einkaufe {tne' -koy-/i ) (Plural of *^ aer Einkauf) 
 machen.* 
 
 Perfect. Pluperfect. 
 
 ich habe gemocht {gki-mocht^, I 
 
 have been allowed, &c. 
 du hast gemocht. 
 er hat gemocht, &c. 
 
 ich hatte gemocht, I had been 
 
 allowed, &c. 
 du hattest gemocht. 
 er hatte gemocht, &c. 
 
 First Future. First Conditional. 
 
 ich werde mogen, I shall be al- 
 lowed, &c. 
 
 ich wiirde mogen ; or usually , ich 
 mochte, I should be allowed ; 
 I should or would like, &c. 
 Mogen is frequently used in the sense of like, prefer, oi choose; 
 e.g., /ch mag es nicht, I do not like it ; Ich mochle es haben, I would 
 like to have it. It is never used to render the interrogative form of 
 may; e.g., May J? (French, oserais-je ?) is, in German, Darf ich? 
 Mogen in the sense of konnen, as used in the old German, and even 
 by Luther, has become obsolete. (Compare Eberhard's Synonymicai 
 Dictionary, No. 969.) 
 
 2) In the same manner the Germans say : heute Morgen^ this morn- 
 ing, or forenoon ; heute Abend, to-night, or this evening ; gestem 
 Abend, last night, ^^r evening. 
 
 3) Machen, to make. The imperfect is ich machte, and the past 
 participle gemacht. Machen in its general meaning agrees with our 
 to make, or — if we may be pardoned for introducing an American- 
 ism — with to fix. Thus the Germans say: Machen Sie das Bett, 
 arrange ihe bed ; Machen Sie sich Ihr Hoar, comb your hair ; Was 
 machen Sie ? how do you do ? &C. 
 
220 
 
 1. I should like to make my purchases at this shop {in 
 diesem Geschdft). 
 
 2. Would you not like to do your shopping at this 
 establishment {in diesem Laden) ? 
 
 3. I should like to go {z^l reisen) to Paris with you 
 (=:with you to Paris to go). 
 
 4. He would like to buy a new dress for his sister. 
 Can you not accompany him (= Can you not with 
 him go) ? 
 
 5. I should like to accompany {hegleiten) him, but this 
 forenoon it is really quite impossible (=:but it is to 
 me this morning really quite impossible). 
 
 6. Tell the postman to give you the registered letter 
 ( = Say you to the postman [dem Brieftrdger~\j he 
 might you the registered letter [den eingeschriehenen 
 Brief ^ give). 
 
 7. The postman says he cannot do so (= he could that 
 
 not do [thun]). He must give the letter to you 
 personally (= He must the [den] letter to you per- 
 sonally [personlicli] give). 
 
 8. What are you going to do to-night ? {Literally : 
 What will you [loollen Sie] then ^ to-night make ?) 
 
 9. I do not know indeed ( = 1 know it really not yet 
 
 [noch nicJit]). 
 
 10. My sister would like to go to the theatre {in's 
 
 Tlieater), but I do not care to do so ( = but I have no 
 inclination for it [keine Lust dazu]). 
 
 11. Would you not like to take a walk with me? {Lit- 
 erally : Would you not have [Hdtten Sie 7iicht] 
 inclination [Lust] with me to go out [auszuge- 
 Jien]) ? 
 
221 
 
 1. Ich mochte gern meine Einkaufe in diesem Geschaft 
 
 (ghesheft') machen. 
 
 2. Mochten Sie nicht Ihre Einkaufe in diesem Laden 
 machen ? 
 
 3. Ich mochte gern mit Ihnen nach Paris {pdh-rees') 
 reisen {rt-zen), 
 
 4. Er mochte ein neues Kleid {klite) fUr seine Schwester 
 kaufen. Konnen Sie nicht mit ihm {eem) gehen ? 
 
 ' 5. Ich mochte ihn gern begleiten {be-glt-teti)^ aber es ist 
 mir wirklich {virk'-li^) heute Morgen ganz unmog- 
 lich {gdnts don-mog' -iP'). 
 
 6. Sagen Sie dem Brieftrager {breef -tray-gher)^ er 
 mochte Ihnen den eingeschriebenen {Ine' -ghe-shree-be- 
 fUn) Brief geben. 
 
 7. Der Brieftrager sagt, er konnte das nicht thun {toon), 
 Er muss den Brief Ihnen personlich geben {per- 
 zohn'-li^ gay' -ben). 
 
 8. Was wollen Sie denn^ {vds vol'-len zee den) heute 
 Abend machen ? 
 
 9. Ich weiss {vise) es wirklich noch nicht. 
 
 10. Meine Schwester mochte in's Theater {iay-dh' -ter) 
 gehen, aber ich habe keine Lust dazu {kt-ne loost 
 ddh-isdd'). 
 
 11. Hatten Sie nicht Lust mit mir auszugehen (ows'-tsod- 
 gay-hen) ? 
 
 I) Cannot be translated in this connection. 
 
222 
 
 12. No, thanks, I do not feel well {Ich fiihle mich niclit 
 wolil). 
 
 13. I should prefer to stay at home to-day (= I should 
 like to-day rather [/c/i mochte heute Ueber] at home 
 to stay). 
 
 14. What are you doing ? 
 
 15. How is 1 your father? 
 
 16. Why did you not clean (or arrange) the room this 
 morning (heute friih) ? 
 
 17. Please clean my clothes (mein Zeug) at once, as I 
 must go out (=as \dd\ I go out [ausgeheri] must). 
 
 18. I must make some purchases for my family (fiir 
 meine Familie). 
 
 19. Yesterday my wife made the acquaintance of a very 
 interesting young English lady. (Literally : My 
 wife [meine Frau] has yesterday the acquaintance 
 [die Belcanntscliaft] of a [einer] very interesting 
 young English lady [sehr inter essanten jungen Eng- 
 ldnderin\ made.) 
 
 20. I should very much like to make the acquaintance of 
 this gentleman. 
 
 21. Will you have the kindness to introduce me to him ? 
 (Literally : Will you the kindness \die Freundlich- 
 keiti have, me to him to introduce [mich ihm vorzu- 
 stellen] ?) 
 
 22. I have the honor (die Ehre), sir, to introduce to you 
 my friend Mr. B. from London; Mr. B., Mr. D. 
 (Literally : Sir, I have the honor [die Ehre'] to you 
 my [meifien] friend B. from [aus] London to intro- 
 duce [vorzustelle^i] ; Mr. B., Mr. D.) 
 
223 
 
 12. Nein, danke sehr. Ich fiihle mich nicht wohl (vo/il). 
 
 13. Ich mochte heute lieber {lie'-ber) zu Hause bleiben 
 {tsod how'-ze bit -ben). 
 
 14. Was machen Sie denn da? 
 
 15. Was macht^ Ihr Herr Vater ? 
 
 16. Warum haben Sie das Zimmer nicht heute friih rein 
 gemacht {rine ghe-mdcht') ? 
 
 17. Bitte, machen Sie mein Zeug {tsoi^) gleich rein, da 
 ich ausgehen muss. 
 
 18. Ich muss einige Einkaufe fiir meine Familie (/ah- 
 meel'-ye) machen. 
 
 19. Meine Frau hat gestern die Bekanntsrhaft (be-kdnt'- 
 shdft) einer sehr interessanten jungen Eiigliinderin 
 {in-ter-res-sdii -ten yoon'-ghen eng'-len-der-in) gemacht. 
 
 20. Ich mochte gern die Bekanntschaft dieses Herrn 
 machen. 
 
 21. Wollen Sie die Freundlichkeit (froynt'-in-ktte) 
 haben, mich ihm vorzustellen {eem for' -tsod-sJi til' - 
 len) ? 
 
 22 Mein Herr, ich habe die Ehre {ay'-re), Ihnen meinen 
 Freund B. {bay) aus London vorzustellen : Herr B. 
 {bay), Herr D. {day). 
 
 «) Idiomatic German phrase, mostly used in regard to people in 
 hsid health. 
 
224 
 
 23. I am very glad to make your acquaintance (=your 
 honored acquaintance [^Ihre werthe Bekanntschaft] 
 to make). 
 
 24. Highly pleased to make your acquaintance (= It is 
 to me a great honor \eine grosse Ehre] your honored 
 acquaintance to make). 
 
 25. I am sure you are very kind {sehr freundlich) \ but 
 the {die) honor is quite (ganz) on my side [meiner- 
 seits). [A standing German phrase.] 
 
 2. 
 
 And would be yery much obliged to you. 
 
 And 
 
 would ; or should 
 
 to you 
 
 very* 
 
 obliged ' 
 
 be ; or, to be. 
 
 i) The Germans say always : Ich bin Ihnen j^/^r verbunden, I am 
 very much obliged to you. 
 
 2) Verbunden is the past participle. The infinitive is vetbinden. 
 All tenses are inflected regularly, except the imperfect, which forms 
 
326 
 
 23- Es freut mich sehr, Ihre werthe {vayr'-te) dekannt 
 schaft zu machen. 
 
 24. Es ist mir eine grosse EFire, Ihre werthe Bekannt 
 schaft zu machen ; or^ Es gereicht i^ghe-rPt') mir zur 
 grossen Ehre, Ihre werthe Bekanntschaft zu machen. 
 
 25. Sehr freundlich {froynt' -It ^), aber die Ehre ist gan^ 
 meinerseits {mi' -ner-zitse). 
 
 TJnd wiirde Ihnen sehr verbunden sein. 
 
 60nt vUr-d6 e€'-n«n zair f6r-bddn'-d6o zine. 
 Und {do fit) 
 wiirde {viir'-de) 
 Ihnen {e^-nen) 
 sehr * {zair) 
 
 verbunden' {fer-bddn!-den) 
 sein {zim) 
 
 ich vfrband, du verbandst, er verband, &c. Verbinden means literally 
 to bind up, to bandage, e.g., Der Arzt verbindet den Kranken, the 
 physician is bandaging the patient. 
 
226 
 
 1. I am very much obliged to you (=1 am to you very 
 obliged). 
 
 2. I am very much obliged to you for your kindness 
 (=1 am to you for your kindness [/ttr Hire Freund- 
 Uchkeit] very obliged). 
 
 3. I should be very much obliged to you, if you 
 would take this box to the post-office for me ( = 1 
 should to you very obliged be, if you this box [diese 
 Schachtel] for me to the post carry would [tragen 
 wurderi]). 
 
 4. My brother would be very much obliged to you if 
 you would introduce him to this lady (=:My brother 
 would to you very obliged be, if you him to this 
 lady [dieser Dame] introduce would \yorstellen tviir- 
 den\). 
 
 5. Will you do me the favor to dine with me to mor- 
 
 row (= Will you to me \mir\ the favor make [das 
 Vergnuge7i machenl to-morrow with me \bei mir] to 
 dine \zu speise7i\) ? 
 
 6. I am very much obliged to you for your kind in- 
 vitation, but I must leave by the first train to- 
 morrow ( = 1 am to you very obliged for your 
 kindness [fiir Hire Freundlichkeit] ; must, however 
 \aber\ to-morrow by the \mit derri] first train leave 
 \abreise7i\). 
 
 7. Tell Mr. B. that I am greatly obliged to him, but 
 that I cannot go out to-day. {Literally : Say you to 
 Mr. B. [Herrn B.] that I to him \ihm'\ exceedingly 
 \ungemein'\ obliged were [ware]; that I, however 
 [aber]y to-day not go out could [nicM ausgehen 
 konnte].) 
 
227 
 
 1. Ich bin Ihnen sehr verbunden {fer- boon' -den). 
 
 2. Ich bin Ihnen flir Ihre Freundlichkeit i^froynt'-li^- 
 kite) sehr verbunden {fir-boon' -den), 
 
 3. Ich wiirde Ihnen sehr verbunden sein, wenn Sie 
 diese Schachtel {shdch'-tel) fiir mich nach der Post 
 tragen wiirden (trdh'-gin vur'-den). 
 
 4. Mein Bruder wiirde Ihnen sehr verbunden sein, 
 wenn Sie ihn dieser Dame vorstellen wiirden (for'- 
 sh'tel-len vur'-difi). 
 
 5. Wollen Sie mir das Vergniigen {fir-gnii'-ghen) 
 machen, morgen bei mir zu speisen {sh'pi'-zen)} 
 
 6. Ich bin Ihnen sehr verbunden fiir Ihre Freundlich- 
 keit {froynt''lP-kite)y muss aber^ morgen mit dem 
 ersten Zuge abreisen. 
 
 7. Sagen Sie Herrn B. {bay)y dass ich ihm ungemein 
 {don' -g he-mine) verbunden ware {vay'-ri)^ dass ich 
 aber heute nicht ausgehen konnte. 
 
 i) Aber—Wke the English however— IzVgs frequently the second 
 place in the sentence. 
 
228 
 
 8. I should be much obliged to you if you were to go 
 with me. I must make some purchases (= I would 
 to you very obliged be, if you with me went [gingen]. 
 I must some purchases make). 
 
 9. I am very sorry indeed, but I am obliged to make a 
 journey to Homburg (=:That does to me very great 
 pain [das thut niir ungemein leid] ; I am, however 
 [jedoch\ obliged [gezwufigen] a journey [eine Reise] 
 to Homburg to make). 
 
 10. He has travelled a great deal, but he likes Germany 
 best (==He has many journeys \yiele Eeisen] made, 
 but it pleases [fo] him in Germany [Deutschland^ 
 the best [am iesten]). 
 
 11. Did you make the acquaintance of this interesting 
 gentleman during your travels (=Have you the ac- 
 quaintance of this interesting gentleman [dieses in- 
 teressanten Herm] during your journey [auf Ihrer 
 lieise] made) ? 
 
 12. If you wish to learn to speak German you ought 
 to make the effort to frequently converse with Ger- 
 mans. {Literally : If you gladly [gern\ German to 
 speak learn would [wenn Sie gem deutsch sprechen 
 lernen woUen], then [so] must you the effort [den, 
 Versuch] make very much [recht viel] with Germans 
 to converse [sich zu unterhalten]). 
 
 13. To-day I have made an attempt at conversing with 
 your German friend {= I have to-day the attempt 
 [den Versuch] made [me=mich] with your German 
 friend to converse [7nich mit IJirem deutschen 
 Freunde zu unterhalten]). 
 
229 
 
 8. Ich wiirde Ihnen sehr verbunden sein, wenn Sie mit 
 
 mir gingen {ghin'-ghen). Ich muss einige Einkaufe 
 machen. 
 
 9. Das thut mir ungemein (oon'-ghe-mine) leid, ich bin 
 jedoch gezwungen ^ {ye-doch' ghe-tsvoon' -ghen)^ eine 
 Reise {ri'-ze) nach Homburg zu machen. 
 
 10. Er hat viele Reisen (ri'-ze?i) gemacht, aber es gefallt 
 ihm in Deutschland am besten. 
 
 II. Haben Sie die Bekanntschaft dieses interessanten 
 (tn-ii-reS'Sdn' -ten) Herrn auf Ihrer Reise gemacht } 
 
 12. Wenn Sie gern deutsch sprechen lernen wollen, so 
 miissen Sie den Versuch {fer-zooch') machen, recht 
 viel {feel) mit Deutschen sich zu unterhalten {don- 
 ter-hdht -ten). 
 
 13. Ich habe heute den Versuch {fer-zodch') gemacht, 
 mich mit Ihrem deutschen Freunde zu unterhalten 
 ddniir-hd/U'-ten), 
 
 I) T am obliged, in the sense of I am forced, must be given by Ich 
 bin gezwungen, or Ich bin gendthi^t {ghl-no-tVt\ 
 
?ao 
 
 GRAMMATICAL REMARKS. 
 
 Irregular Yerbs. 
 
 Present Infinitive, 
 bringen, to bring 
 benfen, to think 
 
 III. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 l)raci)te, brought 
 bad^te, thought 
 
 Past Participle, 
 gebrac^t, brought 
 gebad^t, thought 
 
 Id^ bringe, I bring 
 bu bringft, thou bringst 
 er bringt, he brings 
 tt)ir bringen, we bring 
 i^r bringt, you bring 
 jie bringen, they bring 
 
 \i) brad^tc, I brought 
 bu brod)teft, thou broughtst 
 er brad^te, he brought 
 n)ir brad)ten, we brought 
 i^r bracelet, you brought 
 fie broc^ten, they brought 
 
 briiige, bringt, bring (thou, 
 
 Indicative. 
 Present, 
 
 id) benfe, I think 
 bu bentft, thou thinkst 
 er bcn!t, he thinks 
 ttJir benfen, we think 
 i^r ben!t, you think 
 f e benfen, they think 
 
 Imperfect, 
 
 '\6) bad)te, I thought 
 bu boc^teft, thou ihoughtst 
 er badjte, he thought 
 trir bQc^ten, we thought 
 i^r bad^tet, you thought 
 fie bad^ten, they thought 
 
 Ijnperative. 
 you) benfe, benft, think (thou, you) 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 Present. 
 id^ bringe, I may bring id^ benfe, I may think 
 
 Imperfect. 
 id^ brac^te, I might bring ic^ bac^te, I might think 
 
231 
 
 
 IV. 
 
 Present Infinitive. 
 
 Imperfect. Past Participle^ 
 
 t^un, to do 
 
 tl^at, did QCt^an, done 
 
 Wiffen, to know 
 
 n)U^te, knew Qeirufet, known 
 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 
 Present. 
 
 id) tt)ue {too-i), I do 
 
 ic^ XOtX^ {vise), I know 
 
 bu t^uft, thou doest 
 
 bu Xoti^i, thou knowst 
 
 cr tf)iit, he does 
 
 er tot\% he knows 
 
 xo'xx t!)un, we do 
 
 njir rt)i[fcn {vis'-sin\ we know 
 
 i^r t^ut, you do 
 
 il^r tt)i^, you know 
 
 fic tl^un, they do 
 
 |tc njiffcn, they know 
 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 id) tl)at (/a/i/), I did 
 
 \i) ttju^te {vdds'-te), I knew 
 
 bu t^atft, thou didst 
 
 bu iDiifeteft, thou knewst 
 
 cr t^at, he did 
 
 er ttJU^te, he knew 
 
 \mx tt)atcn, we did 
 
 njir mufjtcn, we knew 
 
 i^r tI)Qtet, you did 
 
 i^r tDufetet, you knew 
 
 fie t^Qten, they did 
 
 fte tt)ufeten, they knew 
 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 t^u(e), t^ut, do (thou. 
 
 you) tt)iffe, ttJifet, know (thou, you) 
 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 
 Present. 
 
 \6) WjWt, I may do 
 
 \^ ttJiffc, I may know 
 
 Imperfect. 
 i(^ tptc {tay'-te), I might do \^ h)ii§te {vus'-ti), I might know 
 
 3Biffcn answers to the English ^«^a/ in the sense of 
 to be aware J but it can never be used in the sense of * to 
 be acquainted with a person.' * I knOW this man' must be 
 
 given by 3c^ fctiue biefeti 3JZann, 
 
232 
 
 Present Infinitive. 
 
 ttJerben, to become 
 i^vayr' -deti) 
 
 V. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 tDurbe (twarb), became 
 {vodr-de ) 
 
 Past Participle, 
 
 gemorbeu, become 
 {ghe-vor'-den) 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 \6) inevbe, I become 
 bu tt)irft, ihou becomest 
 er IDirb, he becomes 
 h)ir roerben, we become 
 i^r tnerbet, you become 
 ftc tDerben, they become 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 Present. 
 
 id^ tt)erbe, I may become 
 bu tnerbeft, thou mayest become 
 er roerbe, he may become 
 tDir tuerben, we may become 
 i^r ttjerbet, you may become 
 fie hjerben, they may become 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 id) njurbe (tt)arb), I became id) railrbe, I might become 
 
 \i)X murbeft (lt)arbft), thou becamest bu ttJiirbeft, thou mightest become 
 
 er tDUrbe (roarb), he became er iriirbc, he might become 
 
 n)ir tt)urbcn, we became tt)ir miirben, we might become 
 
 i^r rt)urbet, you became il^r iriirbet, j'ou might become 
 
 jie tuurbeu, they became fie ttJiirben, they might become 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 Participle. 
 
 ttJerbe, 
 ttjerbet, 
 
 be- 
 
 Pres. hjerben, to become Pres. rcerbenb, becoming 
 Perf. getttorben fein, to Per/, gettjorben, become 
 have become 
 
 At the end of the * Meisterschaft System ' an alphabet- 
 ical list of all strong and irregular verbs will be found j 
 it gives the Present Infinitive, the Imperfect, and the 
 Past Participle. The learner will, therefore, have no 
 difficulty in finding the Infinitive mood of any verb. 
 
233 
 
 Separable Verbs. 
 
 1. Separable Verbs consist of a verb and of a separable 
 prefix which may be detached from it, as : auS'-geljCtl, to 
 go out ; iDeg'=ge{)cn {veg* -gay-hen)^ to go away ; an'-fangeu 
 (an'-fdn-ghen)j to begin. 
 
 2. The prefixes are detached in the Present, Imperfect, 
 and in the Imperative, but only in principal sentences, e.g., 
 Ffes. ^&^ g c ^ e ^cute nidjt a u S', I do not go out to-day. 
 Imperf. (SJingcti <Sie geftern au^'? Did you go out yes- 
 terday? Imper. ©e^eti (Sie Tutt ttiir au^'! Go out with 
 me ! 
 
 3. In subordinate sentences which, as we have seen, 
 begin with a relative promun or a subordinate conjunc- 
 tion (see p. 90), and which require the verb to be placed 
 at the end of the clause, the prefix cannot be separated 
 from the verb; e.g., 'Der 9}?ann, wclcf)cr jct?t fort'gcl)t, 
 the man who is now leaving {i.e., going aw.iy) SBeUTt 
 8ic l)eute \C\6)i au^'gel)en, if you do not go out today. 
 21 1 ^ id) geftcrn au^'ging, as I went out yesterday. 
 
 4. The prefix gc of the Past Participle stands always 
 between the particle prefixed to the simple verb and the 
 verb itself; e.g., ab'^djreibcn, ab'=g e-fd^rieben ; au^'=gel)en, 
 au^'s g e -gangen. The same rule applies also to the 
 preposition 311, when it is required in the Infinitive ; 
 e.g., (S^ ift Ieid)ter etroa^ an'^ju^fangen at6 auf'=3u4orcn, it is 
 easier to commence a thing than to stop. 
 
 5. The accent in separable verbs is always on the prefix^ 
 as: ab'^olen, to call; an'fe^cn, to look; a u «<'fii^rcn, to 
 carry out; f ort'fd)t(fen, to send away. 
 
234 
 
 Conjugation of a Separable Terb. 
 2lbfci^reiben> to copy. 
 
 Infiniiive. 
 a B'fd^reiben and a b'gufc^reiben, to copy. 
 
 Participles. 
 Prcs. a b'jc^reibenb, copying. Past, a b'gcjd^ricbcn, copied. 
 
 Imperative. 
 fc^reibc— a b, copy (thou). fd^reiben @ic— a b, copy (you). 
 
 Present. Imperfect. 
 
 \^ f(^reibc— a b, I copy i(S^ fd^ricb— a b, I copied 
 
 bu jd)reibft— a b, thou copiest bu fc^riebft— a b, thou copiedst 
 
 cr jc^reibt— a b, he copies er jc^rieb— a b, he copied 
 
 n)ir fd^veiben— ab, we copy Xo\x fd^rieben— ab, we copied 
 
 ®ie fd^rciben— a b, you copy @ie fd()rieben— ab, you copied 
 
 jte fd[)reiben— a b, they copy fic jd^rieben— a b, they copied 
 
 /^zVj/ Put. id) hjerbe q b'fd^rcibcn, I shall copy, &c. 
 
 First Cond. td^ iDiirbe a b'|d)reiben, I should copy, &c. ^ 
 
 Perfect. id^ ^obe a b'gefd^ricben, 1 have copied, &c. 
 
 Pluperfect. \^ l)ottc b'gefc^rieben, I had copied, &c. 
 
 Second Put. id^ tDcrbe b'gefd^rieben l)aben, I shall have copied. 
 
 Second Cund. ic^ ttJurbe a b'gejc^riebcn ^aben, I should have copied. 
 
 Simple Separable Particles. 
 
 1. oB, off: ob'rcijcn, to set out ; Pres. id^ reijc — ob ; Imp. i(^ reifle 
 
 —a b ; Perf. id) bin o b'gereifl. Thus : a b'ne^mett, to take 
 off ; a b'jd^tagen, to refuse ; a b'raeic^cn {ap'-vi-ven), to de- 
 viate. 
 
 2. an, at : a n'fotnmett, to arrive ; Pres. id^ fomme— a n ; Imp. \6) !atn 
 
 —an; P^rf. td^ bin a n'gefommen. Thus: an'fangen, to 
 
235 
 
 begin; Q n'ncftmcn, to accept; an'jic^en {an -tsie-hin), to 
 put on ; auflcibcn {dn'-kli-din), to dress ; Fast part, ait'- 
 gcHeibct. 
 
 3. QUf, up : a u f fteljen, to get up; Pres. i(^ (le^c — a u f ; Imp. ic^ 
 
 ftanb— auf; Perf. \^ bin a u f gcftonbcn. Thus: auf'^ol* 
 ten, to detain : auf'^6ren,to cease; Q u f'mQd)cn, to open. 
 
 4. aud, out: ausgc^en, to go out; Pres. id) gel)c— au 8 ; Imp.'x^ 
 
 ging— 0U8; Perf. i^ bin ouS'gcgangcn. Thus: au8'=> 
 laffen, to leave out ; an S'gcbcn, to spend (money) ; q u 6'= 
 jprcc^cn, to pronounce. 
 
 5. Dei, at: )ot\\{t\)tXi{bi'-sh:tay-hen){pat\ to assist; bei'tragen, to 
 
 contribute. 
 
 6. bar: b or' ftetten, to represent ; b a r'bringen, to offer; bor'tt)un, 
 
 to Slate. 
 
 7. fin : c i n'ffi^rcn {ine -fu-ren) (with the prep, bei or in), to intro- 
 
 duce ; e i n'taben {tne'-ldh-den), to invite ; P. p. t'x n'getaben. 
 
 8. fort: fort'fat)ren, to go on, to proceed; fort'tragen, to carry 
 
 off; fort boucm, to last ; f ort'je^cn, to continue. 
 
 9. I)fc: ^c r'bringen, to bring here (hither). 
 
 10. l)ciin: \) c i m'fommcn {hlme -kom-men), to come or return home. 
 
 11. I)in : I) i n'ftcUen, to put down ; I) in'gel)en, to go there. 
 
 12. Ipg : I 8'lQlfcn. to let loose ; 1 og'reifecn {los'-n-sen), to tear off. 
 
 13. mit, with : m i t t^itcn {mlt' tl-leri), to communicate, to impart, to 
 
 tell ; m i t'tttirfen, to co-operate ; m i t'ne{)men, to take with 
 (you). 
 
 14. na^, after : n a d^'Ioffen, to subside, to abate ; n a d^'folgen, to fol- 
 
 low (after) ; nac^'Ioufcn, to run after. 
 
 15. nirt>tr, down : n i c b C r'legcn {nee-dir-layghin), to lay down. 
 
 16 tjor : D r'pellcn {/ore'-sh'tel-l^) (Dat.), to introduce, to present ; 
 t) r'lefen. to read to somebody ; t) r'fommen {fore-kom- 
 min\ to occur, to appear. 
 
 17. Jofrt. away: nj e g'netjmen, to take away; hieg'bleibcn, to stay 
 
 away. 
 
 18. 5U, to : g n'mac^en {tsoo -mdh-chen), to shut ; g u'fd)Uc^en {tsdo'-shlee- 
 
 sin), to close, to lock ; gn'Iaffcn, to admit ; gu'bringen, t<? 
 spend (time) ; Per/. \6) ^abc— g u'gebrac^t (spent). 
 
2;? 3 
 
 The following verbs, which were formerly written as 
 two separate words, must be treated as separables : 
 
 Infinitive. 
 feljCfc^tagen ' {fayl -shlah-ghen), to 
 
 fail, miscarry. 
 freifpved)en {fri.sh'prei-en), to 
 
 acquit. 
 gIeid)'fommen {gHye'-kdm-men), to 
 
 equal. 
 feft'fe^en, to fix, appoint. 
 Iieb'l)aben {leep' -hah-ben), to love. 
 ftill'frf)iyeigert {sh' till' -shvi-ghen), 
 
 to be silent, 
 ftatt'fiiiben, to take place. 
 lt>al)V'ne^men {vahr -nay-men)^ to 
 
 perceive. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 id^ fd^Iogcfe^I. 
 
 id) fpred^cfrcu 
 
 id^ fommc. .gtcid^ 
 
 ic^ jetjcfeft. 
 id^ I^QbcUeb. 
 ic^ fc^toeigcftitt 
 
 \i) finbcftatt. 
 id^ nel^mc. .wa^r 
 
 Part. Past, 
 
 \t\)\ g e fd^Iagcn. 
 
 frei g e fproc^en. 
 
 gtei(^ g c !ommcn 
 
 feft g e fe^jt. 
 Uebge^Qbt. 
 ftiU g c fc^miegcn. 
 
 jlatt g e funben. 
 n^a^r g e nommen 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 ^^ reifc ttod^ l^eutc ^Ibenb ab ; ^jadeti <Sie balder aUc tneine 
 @ad)en citi (pacfen (Sic eitt, pack up), ©r fatn gefterti Ibenb 
 um je^ti U^r ^ier att. SKann fangt bae (Sottcert an (fangt an, 
 begins)? So fangt unfere Section {lek-syone', lesson) an? 
 @ie ^at nod^ ntd)t angefangen {dn'-ghe-fan-ghen), \\6) anjn^ 
 fleibcn (to dress), ^ittc, Heibcn Sic fic^ fofort {zo-fort\ at 
 once) an. Steven @ie anf (get up, arise) ; e8 ift f^on fe^r 
 
 i) When spelled separately, the first three verbs have a different 
 meaning, viz.: fe^t fd^Iagen, to strike false, to miss one's blow; frei 
 fpred)en, to speak in a frank manner ; gleid^ fommctt, to come directly 
 (at once). 
 
237 
 
 fpdt. Urn n)ie Diet U^r finb ©fe t)cute frit^ aufgeftanben ? 3^^ 
 ftc^e geiuoljulid) (usually) urn ficben Ut)r auf. ^ittc, mad)en 
 @ic ba§ genfter auf (mac^en (Sie auf, open), ^arum mac^en 
 ©ie nid)t ba§ genfter auf? (5^ ift fd)r fd)tt)u( (close, sultry) in 
 btefem 3^^^^^. Slber fo madjen <Sie bod) bie 5:^iire gu (tnadjcn 
 @ie gu, close, shut) ; cS gie^t gang entfe^Uc^ (there is a fearful 
 draft). 2Bo gcl)en ®ie ^eutc 5Ibenb l)tn? 5Bic mir mcln 
 :S3ruber ntitt^eilt (tells), giebt man l}eute tin neuc^ 8tiicf im 
 fonig(id)en 2:()eater, unb tuenn c^ 3^)tten redjtift, luoUcn iDir gu* 
 fammen (together) Ijinge^cn. ^^ei(en (Sie biefe *iRad)ric^t (in- 
 formation, news) §errn ^raun fofort tnit, unb fagen <Bk 
 it)m, bag id) mein ^efte-S t^un werbe, i()m beigufteljcn {bi'-tsod- 
 sh'tay-hen^ to assist, help). (5^ fommt mir t)or (it seems to 
 me), a(0 ob er ^^ncn biefe 5lbreffe nid)t auffd)reiben mod)te. 
 ^itte, giet)en 8ic 3t)re (Stiefel au« (gie^en (Sie au«, take off) ; 
 ber ^ellner mbc^te fie je^t rein mad)en, tueit ber Berliner (Sd)nel(* 
 gug fc^on um t)ier U^r frii^ abge^t. 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 SBUrbcn @tc mir ben ©efaflen t^un, bicfen ^rief fiir mid) 
 abjufi^reiben? 3d) mlirbe il)n mit 33ergniigcn abfd)reiben, tncnn 
 ic^ nid)t au§gel)cn miigte, um einige ($infaufe gu mad)en. ^ommt 
 e§ 3l)ncn nid)t t)or, ats ob ^cntanb (some one) obcn (upstairs) 
 auf= unb abginge (is walking up and down or to and fro)? 
 ^itte, fteden @ie mic^ 3^^rem greunbe t)or. ^iegt 3f)nen fe^r 
 
238 
 
 baran, feine ^e!anntfd)aft gu mac^cn? tonnten ©te mir ))kU 
 idd)t fagen, an rvddjtm Xage biefe geierlidifeit {fV-er-lP'-kite) 
 ftattfinbet? ^ie geierlic^feit ftnbet morgen \Mt ^a^ t^ut 
 mir rec^t (eib ; bann !ann id) ni(i)t ()mgef)en. Unb n)arum benn 
 nic^t ? SD^cttt :53ruber fommt erft (only) iibennorgen (the day 
 after to-morrow) t)on feiner 9^eife pritcf, unb id) mag ot)ne it)n 
 (without him) nid^t au^ge^ett. SBer t)at 3^nen biefe 9f?ac^rid)t 
 mitgett)ei(t? gerr ^. t^eilt mir foeben {zo-ay'-bm) mit, bag 
 ber §err, tt)eld)ett luir geftern im SKartefaat be« ©amburger 
 ^a^nt)of^ gefe^eti ^aben, einer ber erften l)iefigen ^rofefforen ift 
 
 Words. 
 
 ber ^lur {floor), » 
 
 ein 35orber5immcr \jne fdr' -der- 
 
 tstm'-mer), 
 
 ein ^iuterjimmcr {ine hin'-ter- 
 
 tsim'-mer), 
 bag i^C^ft^^ {fen'-siir\ 
 einf cnftrig {ine -fen-stri y) 
 groeifcnftrig {tsvi -fen-striy), 
 einc SBo'^uung {voh' -nddng), 
 eiue SSo^nung nel^men {nay -men), 
 eiiie SBo^nung mief^en {mee'-ten), 
 bie S!Wiett)e {mee'-te), 
 moblirte 3iii^nier {md-bleir -te), 
 unmoblirte 3intn^er {don -md-bleer- 
 
 the landing. 
 a front room. 
 
 a back room. 
 
 the window. 
 
 with one window. 
 
 with two windows. 
 
 a set of rooms, apartments. 
 
 to take apartments. 
 
 to hire a dwelling, 
 
 the rent. 
 
 furnished rooms. 
 
 unfurnished rooms. 
 
 i) ber ^Xvct is pronounced like oo in boot 
 
t ^ebi<}t$^I(8ft=$g$fp. 
 
 OERMAN" 
 
 FART IX. 
 
IX. 
 
 {Continuation. ) 
 
 14 So I have heard, and my friend tells me that you 
 conversed quite fluently (= That have I already 
 {sclioii^ heard, and my friend tells me \7nir\ that you 
 quite fluently \ganz Jliessend] conversed had [dass 
 Sie sich ganz Jliessend unterhalten hdtten]). 
 
 15. Much obliged for your kind compliment {filr Ihr 
 gutiges Compliment). 
 
 16. I don't care (= Ich mache mir nichts daraus). [Idio- 
 matic phrase.] 
 
 17. I do not care much about this loss (=1 make to me 
 not much \ich mache mir nicht viel] out of this loss 
 [aus diesem Verlusf]). 
 
 18. No matter ; or^ Never mind (=:That makes nothing, 
 i.e. no difference [das maclit nichts]). • 
 
 19. He does a very good business* in Erigland (= He 
 makes very good business [sehr gute Geschdfte] in 
 England). 
 
 i) In this lesson, as in the previous parts, I have given a great 
 many idiomatic expressions which cannot be translated literally 
 from one language into the other. The knowledge of these phrases 
 is most important, and I advise all students to pay particular atten- 
 tion to them. Only frequent repetitions will produce mastery. Ich 
 mache mir nichts daraus, i.e. I make (or give) no trouble to myself 
 (Ich mache mir nichts) on account of it (daraus). 
 
IX. 
 
 {Continuation.') 
 
 1. 
 
 14. Das habe ich schon gehort ; und mein Freund sagt 
 mir, dass Sie sich ganz fliessend {Jlee's$nt) unter- 
 halten batten 
 
 15. Sehr verbunden fiir Ihr giitiges Compliment (ghii'- 
 tee-ghes com-plee-ment'). 
 
 16. Ich^mache mir nichtsdaraus* (^(£?^r^7aj^'). [Idiomatic 
 phrase.] 
 
 17. Ich mache mir nicht viel aus diesem Verlust' {fer- 
 loost'). 
 
 18. Das macht nichts ! * 
 
 19. Er macht sehr gute Geschafte* (ghe-sh^f-te) in Eng- 
 land. 
 
 2) Ick mache mir nicki viel aus diesem Verlust, i.e. I give to myself 
 not much trouble (Ich mache mir nicht viel) on account of this loss 
 (aus diesem Verlust). 
 
 3) Das macht nichts, i.e. that makes nothing {or no difference). 
 
 4) The Germans say : Geschafte nisielieii (nicht thun). Did you 
 do business? must always be translated by: Haben Sie Geschafte 
 {\A\xx.) s^emacht? In a similar manner the Germans say : Wie gehen 
 die Geschafte? (plur.) how is business ? 
 
242 
 
 20. Did you do a good business whilst you were in 
 Munich ? (= Have you good business made, whilst 
 you in Munich [Miinche^i] were ?) 
 
 21. Much obliged for your kind inquiry, but at present 
 
 business is bad everywhere (= Much obliged for 
 kind inquiry (giltige Naclifrage\^ but the business 
 \die Geschdfte] are ^oingYgehen] momentarily [migen- 
 Uichlicli] everywhere \ul)eralT\ bad [schlecht]). 
 
 If you would do me the fayor. 
 
 If 
 
 you , - 
 
 to me 
 
 the (Accusative Singular of the Masc. Definite Article) 
 
 favor 
 
 would do. 
 
 1. Will you do {or grant) me a favor? (= Will you to 
 me a favor do ?) 
 
 2. Why will you not do me this favor? (=Why will you 
 to me not this favor do ?) 
 
 i) Sie thciten is the subjunctive mood of the present tense. The 
 verb thun {tddn), to do, is irregular in the imperfect, viz.. ich that 
 {tdht), and in the past participle ^^M«« {gke-tdkn), done. Tbe sub- 
 junctive present is inflected : 
 
243 
 
 20. Haben Sie gute Geschiifte gemacht, als Sie in 
 Mlinchen {miin'-^en) waren ? 
 
 21. Sehr verbunden fiir glitige Nachfrage, aber die 
 Geschiifte gehen augenblicklich Uberall schlecht 
 {ou'-ghen-blkk'-liy U-ber-dhl' shiest). 
 
 2. 
 
 Wenn Sie mir den Gefallen thaten. 
 
 v6n zee mere dane ghg-fahl-lSn tay'-ten. 
 
 Wenn {;ven) 
 
 Sie {zee) 
 
 mir (mere) 
 
 den {dane) (Accusative Sing, of der) 
 
 Gefallen {ghe-fah'-len) 
 
 thaten ' {tay'-ten). 
 
 1. Wollen Sie mir einen Gefallen thun {toon) ? 
 
 2. Warum wollen Sie mir diesen Gefallen nicht thun ? 
 
 ich thate (fny'./^X 
 du thatesi {tay'-iest). 
 er thate {tay'-te). 
 
 wir thaten Uav-t?n). 
 Sie thaten (tav'-tcn). 
 sie thaten {tay'-ten). 
 
244 
 
 3. Please do me the favor of translating this French 
 letter for me ( = Please do you to me the favor, and 
 translate you [ubersetzen Me] this French letter [die- 
 sen franzosischen Brief] for me). 
 
 4. I should very much like to do you this favor, but it 
 is quite impossible (= I should to you this favor 
 very gladly [sehr gem] do, but it is quite impossible 
 [ganz unmoglich]). 
 
 5. What is to be done ? (= What shall one [soil man] 
 there do? or. What is there to be done ?) 
 
 6. I cannot do anything in this affair (=1 can in this 
 affair \in dieser Angelegenlieit] nothing at all [gar 
 nichts] do). 
 
 7. I would be very much obliged to you, if you would 
 {or could) do me this service (=1 should to you 
 very obliged be, if you to me this favor did [tlidten]). 
 
 8. That is no matter (= That does nothing). 
 
 9. That is not to the point (= that does nothing to the 
 matter [zur Sache]). 
 
 10. Sorry as I am, I cannot do you this favor (= Though 
 pain it to me does [so leid es mir thut]^ so can I to 
 you this favor not do [nicht thun or nicht erweisen]) . 
 
 11. Do it on my account {= Do you it to me for love's 
 sake [zur Liehe]). 
 
 12. Do not do so (= Do you it not). 
 
 Idiomatic Expressions with To Do. 
 
 13. That will do (= That is enough [genug\ or So it is 
 right [recht], or That suffices [gentigt]). 
 
245 
 
 3- Bitte, thun Sie mir den Gefallen, und ubersetzen 
 {u' -ber-zet' -sen) Sie diesen franzosischen i^frdn-tso' -zU 
 shen) Brief fUr mich. 
 
 4 Ich mochte Ihnen diesen Gefallen sehr gern thun, 
 aber es ist ganz unmoglich. 
 
 5. Was soil man {zoll man) da tftun ? or^ Was ist da zu 
 thun ? [Idiomatic phrase.] 
 
 6. Ich kann in dieser Angelegenheit (an' -ghe-lay-ghen- 
 hlte) gar nichts thun. 
 
 7. Ich wiirde Ihnen sehr verbunden sein, wenn Sie mir 
 diesen Gefallen thaten {or thun konnten). 
 
 8. Das thut nichts. 
 
 9. Das thut nichts zur Sache {zdh'-che). 
 
 10. So leid es mir thut, so kann ich Ihnen diesen Ge- 
 
 fallen nicht erweisen (er-vt'-zen). 
 
 1 1 . Thuen Sie {too' -en zee) es mir zur Liebe {tsoor lee' -be). 
 
 « 
 
 12. Thuen Sie {too' -en zee) es nicht. 
 
 Idiomatic Expressions with To Bo. 
 
 13. Das ist genug {gM-nodgh') ! {or So ist's recht ! or 
 Das geniigt !) 
 
246 
 
 14. That will not do. {^Literally : That goes not, or 
 Therewith \damii\ is it not done.) 
 
 15. That will never do (= That goes not at all \d%irchaus 
 nicht\). 
 
 > Your letter will do much with him (=will much with 
 him \hei ihm] produce [ausrichten]). 
 
 17. I can do nothing with him (= nothing with him pro- 
 duce [bei ihm ausrichten^. 
 
 18. She could do nothing with him (= nothing with him 
 produce [bei ihm ausrichten]. 
 
 19. I shall not have anything more to do with this man 
 (=1 will nothing more [mehr] with this man to do 
 have [zu thun or zu schaffen haien]). 
 
 ^^. 1 have done with him. {Literally : I give him up, 
 [auf], or I am with him ready [fertig].) 
 
 21. Now I have done with you forever (= Now it is with 
 us [mit tms~\ forever out [auf immer aus'\). 
 
 22. I have done with him (=1 will nothing more of him 
 
 know [von ihm wissen]). 
 
 23. Are you done (= ready [fertig]) ? 
 
 24. Please go to the Post-office as soon as you are don£ 
 writing (= Please go you to the post as soon as [so- 
 bald] you with writing [mit Schreiben] ready are). 
 
 ^5.^ Is my coat done (ready) } 
 
 26. When will my black dress be done? (= When will 
 my black dress [mein schwarzes Kleid] ready become 
 [werden] ?) 
 
 27. Your black silk dress (Ihr schioarzseide^ies Kleid) 
 will be done to-morrow morning without fail (= be- 
 comes [wird] quite sure [ganz bestimmt] to-morrow 
 early ready). 
 
247 
 
 14- Das geht nicht ! {or Damit {ddh'-mit) ist es (^r ist's) 
 nicht gethan !) 
 
 15. Das geht durchaus nicht {door^-ouse' nPt). 
 
 16. Ihr Brief wird viel bei ihm ausrichten {pwse'-rt^-ten), 
 
 1 7. Ich kann nichts bei ihm ausrichten. 
 
 18. Sic konnte nichts bei ihm ausrichten. 
 
 19. Ich will nichts mehr mit diesem Menschen {men'- 
 shen) zu thun haben {or zu schafifen \shd*-fen\ haben). 
 
 20. Ich gebe ihn auf (^^r Ich bin mit ihm fertig \_f^r''ti^Yi, 
 
 21. Jetzt ist es mit uns auf immer aus. 
 
 22. Ich will nichts mehr von ihm wissen {pis* -sen), 
 
 23. Sind Sie fertig (/?V-//y)? 
 
 24. Bitte, gehen Sie nach der Post, sobald {zo-bdhlt') Sie 
 mit Schreiben {shrV-ben) fertig sind. 
 
 25. Ist mein Rock fertig ? 
 
 26. Wann wird mein schwarzes Kleid {shvdr*-tses klite) 
 fertig werden ? 
 
 27. Ihr schwarzseidenes Kleid (shvdrts zV-de-nes klite) wird 
 gapz bestimmt morgan friih fertig. 
 
248 
 
 28. Is it done? Yes, just done (= ready). 
 
 29. Waiter, give me a plate of roast beef (eine Portion 
 Rinderhraten). 
 
 30. Do you want it well done^ or rare? (= Wish you him 
 well roasted {gut durchgehraten\ or English ?) 
 
 31. This meat (dieses Fleisch) is not done (ist nicht genug 
 durcUgehrateny or ist 7iicht gar). 
 
 32. How do you do ? 
 
 33. What are you doing there (= making then there 
 [denn da]) ? - 
 
 34. What can I do for you ? (= Wherewith [womif] can 
 I you serve [Ihnen diene7i] ?) 
 
 35. How is your brother doing in England ? (=How gets 
 [tvird] your Mr. brother in England ready ? or How 
 comes your Mr. Brother in England ahead [voran] ?) 
 
 36. Thanks, he is doing very nicely (==he gets [wird] very 
 well [recht gut] ready, or he comes very well ahead). 
 
 37. Are you getting on well with your English studies ? 
 (= Come you with your English studies (mit Ihren 
 englischen Studieii] well ahead ?) 
 
 38. Thanks, I am doing tolerably (=1 come pretty well 
 [ziemlich gut] ahead [voran or vorwdrts]). 
 
 39. I have done my best for him, and he is still not satis- 
 fied (=1 have my most possible \7iiein Moglichstes, 
 i.e, my utmost) for him done, and he is yet \doc}i\ 
 not satisfied \zufriedeyi\). 
 
 40. Have done ! (= Make [you] an end, or Leave [you] 
 off ! Literally : Hear you up \]idren Sie auf] !) 
 
 i) These idiomatic expressions ought to be committed to memory 
 very thoroughly. Of course, a literal translation of them is im- 
 possible ; for this very reason they present an almost unsurmount- 
 able difficulty to those uiiable to visit Germany. Most grammars 
 
249 
 
 28. 1st es fertig? Ja, gerade {ghc-rdh'-de) fertig. 
 
 29. Kellner, geben Sie mir eine Portion Rinderbraten 
 {por-tsyofie' rin -dcr-brdh-tcn) . 
 
 30. Wiinschen Sie ihn gut durchgebraten (door^'-ghe- 
 hrdh-ten) oder englisch? 
 
 31. Dieses Fleisch {fliesJi) ist nicht genug durchgebraten 
 
 {or Dieses Fleisch ist nicht gar). 
 
 32. Wie befinden Sie sich ? {or Wie geht es Ihnen ?) 
 
 33. Was machen Sie denn da ? 
 
 34. Womit {vo-mti') kann ich Ihnen dienen {dee'-nen) ? 
 
 35. Wie wird Ihr Herr Bruder in England fertig .'* {or 
 Wie kommt Ihr Herr Bruder in England voran 
 \for-dn'\ ?) 
 
 36. Danke schon, er wird recht gut fertig {or Er kommt 
 recht gut voran). 
 
 37. Kommen Sie mit Ihren englischen Studien {sh'too'- 
 dyen) gut voran.? 
 
 38. Danke sehr, ich komme ziemlich gut {tseem'-lV goof) 
 voran {or vorwarts \for'-vayrts^. 
 
 39. Ich habe mein Moglichstes {mog* -W -sUs) filr ihn ge- 
 than, und er ist doch nicht zufrieden {tsod-free'-den). 
 
 40. Machen Sie ein Ende ! (or Horen Sie auf !) * 
 
 and vocabularies pay no attention to the idiomatic expressions. But 
 as the idioms of a language form so to say its very spirit, it will be 
 seen how highly important is a perfect mastery of them. ! must 
 therefore beg teachers and pupils to pay particular attention to them. 
 
250 ^ 
 
 3. 
 To write down the names of the best firms 
 
 in town. 
 
 To me 
 
 he 
 
 the name 
 
 the names 
 of the 
 the best 
 
 in town (There is no adjective in the English language 
 corresponding to the German adjective der 
 hiesige) 
 he firm ; the firms 
 
 of the best firms in town (or in this place) 
 
 to write down (Separable compound verb in German) 
 
 Present. 
 I write down. we write down, 
 
 thou writest down. you write down, 
 
 he writes down. they write down. 
 
 to write down ^ (The pupil ought to study the rules on 
 the Separable Compound Verbs, p. 233 ) 
 
 i) The preposition ' zu* when required in the infinitive, must al- 
 ways be placed between the separable prefix and the verb ; e.g., auf- 
 
261 
 
 Mir die Namen der besten hiesigen Firnien 
 
 mere des nali'-mfin dayr bes'-i6a hee'-zee-ghSn fir'-mgn 
 
 aufzuschreiben. 
 
 owfe'-tsOO-shrl-bgn. 
 
 Mir {mere) (Dative of ich) 
 
 die (^<?/) (Plural of the definite article; only one form 
 for all three genders) 
 
 der Name (dayr ndh'-me ) (The word is declined by the 
 the weak declension) 
 
 die Namen (dee ndh'-men) 
 
 der (dayr) (Genitive plur.) 
 
 der beste, die beste, das beste (Irregular superlative of 
 gut, good) 
 
 der hiesige, die hiesige, das hiesige (hee'-zee-ghe) 
 
 die Firma (fir'-md/i)\ pi. die Firmen (fir' -men) 
 
 der besten hiesigen Firmen 
 
 aufschreiben (oufe'-shrt-ben) (Separable compound verb) 
 Thus conjugated in the 
 Present. 
 ich schreibe auf. wir schreiben auf. 
 
 du schreibst auf. Sie schreiben auf. 
 
 er schreibt auf. sie schreiben auf. 
 
 aufzuschreiben * (owfe' -tsdo-shri-ben). 
 
 zu-schreiben, ab-zu schreiben, fort-zu-rei«:en, &c. Compare Gram* 
 matical Remarks on the Separable Corfipound Verbs, page 233. 
 
252 
 
 1. Please, write down the address of this gentleman 
 (= Write you to me the address [die Adresse] of this 
 gentlem?n kindly [gefdlligst] down). 
 
 2. Did you note down the names of the best firms in 
 town, for me (= Have you to me the names of 
 the. best firms in town written down [aufge- 
 schrieben]) ? 
 
 3. As soon as I have finished this letter, I will note the 
 addresses down for you (=As soon as [sowie] I with 
 this letter ready [fertig] am, will I to you the ad- 
 dresses note down [aufschreiben]). 
 
 4. Please do me the favor, and note the street down, 
 in which this lady lives ( = Please do you to me the 
 favor, and write you to me the street down in which 
 [in welcher] this lady dwells [wohnt]). 
 
 5. I should be very much obliged to you, if you would 
 do me the favor to write these words down for me 
 {=to me these words to write down [rnir diese Worte 
 aufzuschreibefi]). 
 
 6. I am afraid [ic/i fiirchte] I shall forget [vergessen] 
 what you said to me just now (= w^hat you to me 
 just now said have). 
 
 7. Do me the favor to write it down (= Do you to me 
 the favor, and write you it to me down). 
 
 8. Do you know {kennen Sie) this firm ? ^ 
 
 9. No, sir, this house is not known to me (= is to me 
 not known [bekannf]). 
 
 1) To know, in reference io persons, is expressed hy' kennen.' Ex.: 
 Do you know his clerk ? Kennen Sie seinen Commis ? I do not 
 
253 
 
 1. Schreiben Sie mir die Adresse (ah-dres'-se) dieses 
 Herrn gefiilligst {ghe-fet -IPst) auf. 
 
 2. Haben Sie mir die Namen der besten hiesigen Fir- 
 men aufgeschrieben (owfe'-ghe-shree-ben) ? 
 
 3. Sowie (zoh-vee') ich mit diesem Briefe fertig bin, 
 werde ich Ihnen die Adressqn aufschreiben. 
 
 4. Bitte, thun Sie {toon zee) mir den Gefallen, und 
 schreiben Sie mir die Strasse auf, in welcher diese 
 Dame (ddh'-me) wohnt. 
 
 5. Ich wiirde Ihnen sehr verbunden sein, wenn Sie mir 
 den Gefallen thaten, mir diese Worte aufzuschrei- 
 ben. 
 
 6. Ich fiirchte {fiir^'-te)^ ich werde vergessen (fer-ghes'- 
 sen) was Sie mir soeben {zd-ay'-ben) gesagt haben. 
 
 7. Thun Sie mir den Gefallen und schreiben Sie es mir 
 auf. 
 
 8. Kennen Sie diese Firma ? ^ 
 
 9. Nein, mein Herr, dieses Haus ist mir nicht bekannt 
 (be-kdnfy "^ 
 
 know him, Ich kgnm ihn nicht. To knoiv in this sense is always 
 synonymous with ' to be acquainted with.' 
 
254 
 
 10. Would you do me the favor to make inquiries re- 
 specting it (= Will you to me perhaps the favor do 
 to inquire about it [sich nach ihm (about it) zu er- 
 ku7idigen\) ? 
 
 11. I have made inquiries respecting this man, and am 
 told that he is possessed of a very large capital 
 (=1 have about this man inquired [m/c^ nach diesem 
 Manne erlcundigt\ and hear [Aore] that he a very 
 large fortune \ein sehr grosses Vermogen] possesses 
 [besitzt]). 
 
 12. He is one of the first merchants in town {einer der 
 ersten Mesigen Kaufteute). 
 
 13. How do you like life here (= das hiesige Leben 
 
 [life]) ? 
 
 14. Give me a local newspaper {eine hiesige Zeitung) ; I 
 should like to see the advertisements (= I should 
 like \ich 7}idcht6 gern] the advertisements [die An- 
 noncen] to read \lese7i\). 
 
 15. I should like to engage a German clerk (=a German 
 clerk [^Commis^ to engage \engagire7i\). 
 
 16. Please write an advertisement for me for the local 
 paper (= write you me an advertisement for the 
 paper here [//ir die hiesige Zeitung'] down \auf]). 
 
 17. I shall make inquiries about you from a firm in town 
 (~I shall myself [mich] at a firm here [bei einer Me- 
 sigen Firma] after you inquire). 
 
 18. In the meanwhile (in der Zwischenzeit) please note 
 your address down. 
 
265 
 
 10. Wollen Sie mir vielleicht (fee-lPf) den Gefallen 
 thun, sich nach ihm zu erkundigen (er-koon' -dee- 
 ghen) ? 
 
 11. Ich habe mich nach diesem Manne erkundigt {er- 
 kddn'-di^t)y und hore, dass er ein sehr grosses Ver- 
 mogen besitzt ( fer-mo'-ghen de-zttst'). 
 
 12. Er ist einer der ersten hiesigen Kaufleute (Irregular 
 plural of ' der Kaufmann '). 
 
 13. Wie gefallt Ihnen das hiesige Leben ? 
 
 14. Geben Sie mir eine hiesige Zeitung (/«'-/^^«^) ; ich 
 
 mochte gern die Annoncen {dn-nong' -sen) lesen. 
 
 15. Ich mochte gern einen deutschen Commis engagiren 
 ( an-gdh-jee' -ren) . 
 
 16. Bitte, schreiben Sie mir eine Annonce fiir die hiesige 
 Zeitung auf. 
 
 17. Ich werde mich bei einer hiesigen Firma nach Ihnen 
 erkundigen. 
 
 18. In der Zwischenzeit (tsvi' -shen-tsite) schreiben Sie mir 
 gefiilligst Ihre Adresse auf. 
 
256 
 
 GRAMMATICAL REMARKS. 
 
 £xercises and Words used in Common Conversation. 
 
 The Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 The Subjunctive Mood must be employed in German 
 after the conjunctions iDentt, if, ob, whether, if; al^ 
 njenn or aU ob, as if. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 ' SBenn er fetbft ba getuefen iDcirc, fo^ ptte bteS ntd^t ge* 
 fc^e^en tdnnen. If he had been there himself, it could not 
 have happened. Setttt ®ic frii^er gefommen tDciren, fo 
 f) a 1 1 e n ©ie metne <Sd)tDagertn getroffen. If you had come 
 sooner, you would have met my sister-in-law. ^^ fie^t 
 au§, a(§ ob e^ regnen ti^ijrbe. It looks as if it were 
 going to rain. (Sr fiet)t au^, al§ ob er untDO^I to are. He 
 looks as if he were ill. 
 
 2. The conjunction ttJetttt maybe omitted; neverthe- 
 less the verb must be placed in the subjunctive. As in 
 English, the verb stands in such instances at the very 
 beginning of the sentence. §dtte tc^ @db get)abt, fo 
 
 i) @o often serves to connect the subordinate clause with the 
 antecedent, when the sentence begins with \i(\., no(^betrt, obflleic^, ob* 
 ^c^on, obrt)ot)t, tDCil, trenn, or tt)te ; but it cannot be translated into 
 English and may be omitted even in German ; e.g. 3)a er bi§ fe^t 
 nid)t flcfommeu ift, iverbe id) nicf)t Idngcr marten. SBeit @ie eS faflen, 
 miife irf) eg gloubeu. SBcnn ber tnobe flei^ig ift, fami er oiel leruen. 
 
267 
 
 tpilrbe id) 3^ncn 3^rc 9?ecfinun9 fc!^on (dttgft bejaljlt l^aben. 
 If I had had any money, I would have settled your bill 
 long ago ()d)on Icingft), gdttcn ^it ein ^urdjbiUet nac^ 
 Berlin gcnommen, fo wiirben 8ie50 Mo. greigcpacf ge^abt 
 ^aben. If you had taken a through-ticket to Berlin, you 
 would have had 50 kilo. free, ^attt e r mir ba^ gleirf) 
 Qcfoqt, )o iDurbe ic^ i^m nicf)t einen fo groben ^ricf gefdirie^s 
 ben ^obcn. Had he told me so at once, I.should not have 
 written him such a rude letter. 
 
 3. The subjunctive is also frequently employed after 
 the conjunctions bamit, that, in order that, and ha^ 
 m'lt n t c^ t , lest. ®et)en 3te gleic^ 3U i^tn, b a m i t er e« fobdb 
 ui^ mbgiid) tu i f f e . G o to him at once, that he may know 
 it (cr cd njiffe) as soon as possible, (gc^rciben ^Bk i{)m ba«, 
 bamit er nic^t fomme. Write him this, lest he come. 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 1. If you had bought the goods i. If you the goods which I to 
 
 I showed you fast Saturday, you last Saturday showed (gc* 
 
 you might have made 50 per jcigt) have, bought had, then 
 
 cent. would you 50 per cent gained 
 
 (Ocrbient, fer-demt') have. 
 
 2. If I had known that, I. surely 2. If I that known (gctDii^t) had, 
 
 would have done so. then would I it surely (be= 
 
 fiimmt) done have. 
 
 3. I should have come to town 3. Had you to me but (nur) tele- 
 
 at once, had you telegraphed graphed, then should I at 
 
 to me. once to the town (na(^ ber 
 
 ®tabt) come be. 
 
 4. She speaks so loud on pur- 4. She speaks with purpose (mit 
 
 pose that every one might 3ibfid)t) so loud, that every 
 
 hear her. one her hear might 
 
258 
 
 5- The old sailor walks as if he 5. The old sailor (3JJatrofe) goes 
 
 were lame. as if he lame (lo^m) were. 
 
 6. The boy acts as if he were 6. The boy does as if he slept 
 
 asleep. (fc^Uefe). 
 
 Subjunctive after certain Yerbs. 
 
 1. After verbs of advising^ bagging ^ commanding, wishing, 
 permitting, hoping, fearing, &c., the verb in the dependent 
 sentence beginning with 'tiOi^, stands (or ought to stand) 
 in the subjunctive. Ex. : bitten 8ie 3^ren ©erm SSater. 
 bag er 3^nen ba^ ^uc^ gebe. Beg your father to give you 
 the book. ^^ rat()e nid)t, \io!^ er nad) 5lmeri!a g e ^ e . I do 
 not advise that he should go to America. ^itufc^Ctt ^\Z, 
 bag id) ben Iqt l)0len ( af f e? Do you wish me to send for 
 the physician ? 
 
 2. After befel^Ien (to command or to order) and 
 fag en (to tell) the auxiliaries foK, foHte, or ntocf)te 
 must be used. ^^ befall, bag bie 8c^u(er im 3^^^^^ 
 bleibcn foil ten: 1 ordered the pupils to remain in the 
 room. 3}er ^onig befall, bag man eine ^riicfe baucn 
 foUte. The king commanded a bridge to be built. 
 After the verb to tell (fagen), our infinitive must also be 
 translated by f ( I , f (I t e , or m 5 C^i e . Ex. : (^agen Sic 
 i^m, bag er fontmen foil (or mod)te). Tell him to come. 
 <Sagen (Ste bem ^ellner, bag er mein DJiittagbrot gleid) 
 bringen m b ^ t e . Tell the waiter to bring my dinner at 
 once. 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 (Sagen (Sie i^m, er mbc^te g(ei^ nac^ bem ^^^a'^n^of ge()en 
 unb nad)fel}cn, ob all mein ©epcicf aufgegcben fei.' -3d} fiird;tcte 
 
259 
 
 fc^on cjcftcrn, bag cr c§ nidjt rirf)tig abrcffirt !)attc, unb id) glaubc 
 nid)t, bag man c^ auf bcm ^a^nI)of anne^men iuirb. 3d) 
 wimfd)te, (gie gtngen gteic^ t)m, bamit man e§ mit bem nad)ften 
 3u9 nd)tig abfenbe. @(aubtcn 8ie nid)t and), bag er franf fei ? 
 !l)a^ ift abcr gar ntd)t bcr gaU (case); bcnn er fdjrcibt mir 
 focben, bag er nur be^^alb (for that reason) geftern ntd)t ge^ 
 fommen mare, xodi er eine fe^r tt)ic^ttge 5^ad)rid)t er^atten Ijattt, 
 bic e^ notl)n)enbig {note' -ven-diy , necessary) mac^tc, '^a% er 3U 
 §aufc blicbe (blee'-be, remained). 3d) ^abe il)m geratl)en, 
 ta^ cr tin ^riuatlogi^ net)men moc^te. 3^ ^)offte, bag er 
 meinen ^at)^ {rdht, advice) befolgen (follow) tt)urbe. gaben 
 (Sic i^m nic^t gefagt, bag er telegrap^ircn fodtc, wenn h)ir ben 
 ^Irjt nic^t ju ©aufc trafcn ? (S6 tt)Urbc mir fc^r Icib t^un, tDcnn 
 er mcin (Sd)reibcn Dom le^tcn SO^ontag nid)t crl)altcn ^cittc, bcnn 
 id) ttjcig, bag er baS ®elb ^od)ft niJt^ig brauc^t (as he needs the 
 money very badly). 
 
 Subjunctiye in the Indirect Narration, 
 
 I. When relating or quoting in an indirect manner 
 what has been said or thought, the verb of the dependent 
 sentence is generally placed in the Subjunctive Mood, 
 This takes place after the verbs fagcn, er!(dren, to 
 declare; anttt)Orten,to answer, be^aupten,to main- 
 tain, state; glaubenorbcnfcn, to think; i)ermnt^en 
 {fir-mod* -ten) y to suppose; cr J a 1)1 en {er-tsay'-len), to 
 relate or tell, &c,, when used in the imperfect. Ex. : (5r 
 f a g t e mir, bag feine OJiutter franf n? a r c (or fei) ( — bag fie 
 ^opfwc^ ^dtte or 1) a be). He told mQ (that) his mother 
 was ill (had a headache). 3c^ glaubte nid)t, bag Sie 
 
260 
 
 fo gut beutf(^ fprad^cn. I did not think you spoke Ger- 
 man so well. (Sr be^auptcte, bag er c^ nid)t mac^en 
 ! n tt t C (or f n n e). He declared that he could not do it. 
 3c^ Dermut^ete, ba§ er nirfjt fo arm n)dre a(§ er fagte. 
 I supposed him not so poor as he made out to be. 
 
 2. This is also the case when an indirect question is 
 asked in the imperfect tense. (5r fragte, tDe^^alb tDtr 
 nic^t getommen itjdrenorfeien. He asked why we had 
 {did) not come. SJiati fragte mic^, ob tc^ fie ! e n n e . 
 I was asked whether I knew her. 
 
 Note. When such assertions have not the nature of 
 quotations^ but are statements in the present, perfect, or 
 future, the indicative must be used. Ex. : (ir g ( a U b t 
 (er fagt, &c.), bag er Unrest ^at (that he is wrong). ^^ 
 f ra g e btc^ 3um (e^ten SD^al, ob bu ge^en h) t ( I ft ober ntd^t. I 
 ask you for the last time whether you will go or not. 
 ©r ID t (( nic^t gfauben, bag fetn ^ruber :53anquerott gemacf)t ^at. 
 He will not believe that his brother failed. 
 
 3. As in English, the conjunction \iQi^ (that) can be 
 omitted. The order of the words is then the same as in 
 English; the verb not going to the last. (Sr fagte, 
 fctne 3Jiutter to d r e Iran! ; fie ^j^iit ^opfroe^, (g r b e ^ a u p =» 
 tete, er fbnnte es nid)t tnad)en. 
 
 4. The present and imperfect of the subjunctive are in- 
 differently used. It is, in fact, a matter of euphony. 
 
 5. The subjunctive is sometimes used to express a 
 command or wish^ as : Sang (ebe ber ^dtttg ! Long live the 
 king ! @ott fegne @ie! God bless you ! O bag er fame! 
 Oh, that he would come ! ^dtte ic^ tf)n boc^ nie gefc^eu ! 
 Would I had never seen him ! 
 
261 
 
 Note. The English let with the third person {him^ her, 
 thftn) is rendered either by the third person of X\\q present 
 subjunctive, as in the above sentences, or by foUett. We 
 may say as well: Let him do his duty, ^r foH feitie 
 "^Pflic^t t^un ; or, (5r t^ue fcine "iPflic^t. Let him (her) take 
 his (her) share. (Sr (fic) f ( I feiticn (il)ren) 5lnt^ci( nc^tncn ; 
 or, (5r (fie) nc^mc feinen (i^ren) 5(nt^ei(. 
 
 o. As in English the imperfect subjunctive is often used 
 instead of the conditional. Ex.: (5^ ID are fc^abe, iDetttt 
 er ntc^t fame. It were or would be a pity if he did not 
 come. 
 
 Words. 
 
 bcr Scppic^ {tep'-pt^\ pi. bie Xcp^ 
 
 the carpet. 
 
 pirf)c, 
 
 
 bcr gufeteppi(^ {/oos -tep-pn), 
 
 the mat. 
 
 bcr %\\6) {nsh\ pi. bie ^ifc^c, 
 
 the table. 
 
 bcr @d)reibtif(^ {shrype'-tlsh\ 
 
 the writing-tabie, desk. 
 
 bie 2;iic^becfe {tish'-d^k-ke). 
 
 the table-cover (cloth). 
 
 bcr (Stu^l {sh'tool), pi. bie ©tu^lc, 
 
 the chair. 
 
 bcr i?c^nflut)I, 
 
 the arm-chair (fauteuiiX 
 
 \i(X% <Bo\(x{zo fdk). 
 
 the sofa (couch). 
 
 bo8 S3ett, pi. bie S3ctten, 
 
 the bed. 
 
 \>a^ SBettflcftctt {betf -ghi-shmt). 
 
 the bedstead. 
 
 bie SDfjQtra^c {mdh-irdt'-si), 
 
 the mattress. 
 
 bie S3ettbc(fc {bett-diik ki\ 
 
 the counterpane. 
 
 tuoUcne 3)edtcn {vot-U-ni dik-kin. 
 
 blankets. 
 
 literally 'woolen'), 
 
 
 gin eofcn {ldK.kin\ 
 
 a sheet. 
 
 reine ?af en (rf '-»/ Idh'-kiti), 
 
 clean sheets. 
 
 ciii ^opftiffcn {kdpf -kis-sen). 
 
 a pillow. 
 
262 
 
 Pill ^eilfiffeil {klle-kls-sen), 
 
 bev ^'(eiber[(^ranf {kit -der shrank), 
 
 Die ipafen {hah' -ken), 
 
 auf^dugeu, 
 
 ipdngen @ie 3I)re Meiber ouf, 
 
 Da- ®pieget {sh'pee-ghei), 
 
 bei- SBafc^tifd) {vdsh'-tlsh), 
 
 fic^ mafc^en, 
 
 ^avum l^aben @ie fic^ nic^t ge= 
 
 wafd^eu ? 
 iH?afd)eu @ie fid) 3^r ©efid^t (^/5/- 
 
 2^)7') unb bie ^cinbe. 
 ba§ 2Bafd)be(fen {vdsh! -bek-ken), 
 bev SBaffcrfrug {krddg\ 
 bie ^eife {zi'-fe\ 
 eiu @tu(f @eife, 
 ber @eifnapt {zife -napf), 
 ber Soitettentifc^ {to-ah-let' -ten- 
 
 tish\ 
 bie ^ommobe {kdm-mok'-di), 
 bie <®(^llblabe {shoop' -lah-de), 
 ein §anbtU(^ {hdnd'-tddch), 
 
 \x6) bie ^cinbe abtrodfnen (a/'- 
 
 eiu i8ab (/5a/^^, 
 
 bie 53aben3Qnne {bah! -de-vdn-ni), 
 
 ber ^a^n {hdhn\ 
 
 ben §a^n oufbre^en (pufe'-dray- 
 
 hen), 
 ber Ofen {o-fin), 
 
 a bolster. 
 
 the wardrobe. 
 
 pegs. 
 
 to hang up- 
 
 nang up your clothes. 
 
 the mirror (looking-glass). 
 
 the washstand. 
 
 to wash. 
 
 Why have you not washed your 
 
 self> 
 Wash your face and hands. 
 
 the basin. 
 
 the waier-jug (pitcher). 
 
 the soap. 
 
 a cake of soap. 
 
 the soap-dish. 
 
 the bureau. 
 
 the chest of drawers, 
 the drawer, 
 a towel. 
 
 to dry one's hands. 
 
 a bath. 
 
 a bath-tub. 
 
 the tap. 
 
 to turn the tap on. 
 
 the stove.' 
 
 i) They have a peculiar kind of stove in Germany, which is 
 heated by wood. The stoves are mostly made of porcelain, and are 
 often ornamented in a very elaborate manner. There are no open 
 fireplaces in Germany. 
 
^\lt %th\^n4\Hi\=^p^m, 
 
 a K R M A isr 
 
 J' ART X 
 
X. 
 
 ( Continuation^ 
 1. 
 
 Familiar Expressions and Idioms.* 
 
 1. What is your name ? "^ 
 
 2. What iS the name of the gentleman ^Ui ;frhom you 
 were at the station yesterday forenoon ( = with whom 
 you yesterday morning at the station were) ? 
 
 3. Do you know this gentleman's name? 
 
 4. What do you call that ... in English ? 
 
 5. What is the r!:-.igli3h for . . , ' 
 
 6. What were you saying (=what sa'd you) ? 
 
 7. I asked how this object {dieser Oegenstand) is called 
 in English (=is in Englisn called) ? 
 
 8. Would you be kind enough to tell me {ivdren 8ie 
 woJil so giltigy mir zu sagen), what is the meaning of 
 this word in English {= what this word in English 
 signifies) ? 
 
 9. I did not quite understand what you were saying 
 ( = what you said). 
 
 10. You speak too fast, sir. Will you please speak a 
 little slower (etwas langsamer). 
 
 i) These familiar phra<;es and idioms should be commiUed to 
 memory by frequent repetitions. 
 
 2) IVie heissen Sie? What is your name? How are you called? 
 Ich heisse Karl, My name is Charles ; or, I am called Charles. Wie 
 heisst diese Station? What is the name of this station ? Wie heisst 
 das auf deutsch? How do you call this in German ? 
 
{Continuation.) 
 
 1. 
 Familiar Expressions and Idioms." 
 
 1. Wie heissen Sie {ht-sen zee) ? ' 
 
 2. Wie heisst {hist) der Herr, mit welchem Sie gestern 
 
 Morgen auf dem Bahnhof waren ? 
 
 3. Wissen Sie, wie dieser Mann {or, dieser Herr) heisst ? 
 
 4. Wie heisst das . . . auf englisch ? 
 
 5. Was bedeutet' {be-doy'-tet) das . . . auf englisch? 
 
 6. Wie sagten Sie? or^ Was beliebt {be-leept') ? 
 
 7. Ich fragte, wie dieser Gegenstand {ghay' -ghen-sh' tdnt) 
 auf englisch heisst? 
 
 8. Waren Sie wohi so giitig (imy'-ren zee vohl zo gti'-tn). 
 mir zu sagen, was dieses Wort {vort) auf englisch 
 bedeutet {be-doy'-tet ) ? 
 
 9. Ich habe nicht recht verstanden {fer-sh'tdn'-den), was 
 
 Sie sagten. 
 10. Sie sprechen zu schnell {shnell), mein Herr; wollen 
 Sie gefalligst {ghe-fet -li^st) etwas langsamer spre- 
 chen {et'-vds Idng-sdh-mcr sh'pre'-'^hi). 
 
 3) Was bedeutet das? What is the meaning of this? What does 
 this mean <7r signify ? Was bedeutet dieses Wort? What is the 
 meaning of this word ? 
 
266 
 
 II. Did you understand me ? 
 
 12 I did not understand one word {ein Wort), when you 
 were speaking German with the conductor. 
 
 13. Do you speak German ? 
 
 14. I speak but broken German {nur gebrocJien 
 deutsch). 
 
 15. I speak it sufficiently ( genilgend) to get on {umfertig 
 zu loerden). 
 
 16. Do you know any German ? ^ 
 
 17. I understand it betier than I speak it. 
 
 18. You want practice. [Idiomatic German phrase.] 
 
 19. What I want is practice ; but I speak it sufficiently 
 (genug) to make myselt understood {um micli ver- 
 stdndlich zu machen), 
 
 20. I have not practice enough. 
 
 21. I wish' I had {ich lidtte) more practice. 
 
 22. I wish' I had (hdtte) more opportunity (Gelegenheit) 
 to talk German (deutsch zu sprechen). 
 
 23. I have no opportunity {es fehlt mir an Gelegenheit) 
 to converse {or to talk) with Germans {inich mit 
 Deutschen zu unterhalten). 
 
 24. Why do you not converse with my sister-in-law ? 
 she speaks German quite fluently (ganz Jliessend 
 deutsch), 
 
 25. I am afraid (ich filrchte) of making blunders in 
 speaking {Fehler im Sprechen zu machen). 
 
 I) Literally: Can you German? In the same way the Germans 
 say: Konnen Sie franzosisch? Do you know any French ? Konnen 
 Sie englisch? Do you know anv English? The student must be 
 
267 
 
 11. Haben Sie mich verstanden ? 
 
 12. Ich habe niclit ein Wort verstanden, als Sie mit dcm 
 Schaffner deutsch sprachen {sftprdh' -cheti). 
 
 53. Sprechen Sie deutsch.^ 
 
 14 Icii spreciie nur gebiochen {ghe-bro-chen) deutsch. 
 
 15. Icli spreche geniigcnd [ghe-nU'-ghent), um fertig zu 
 werden (/<?>'-/;>■ tsoo vayr'-deri). 
 
 16. Konnen Sie deutsch ?^ 
 
 17. Ich verstehe es besser, als ich es^preche. 
 iS. Es fehlt Ihnen an Uebung {ii'-bdong). 
 
 19. Es fehlt mir an Uebung, aber ich spreche genug {ghe- 
 twdg), um mich verstandiich zu machen {fer-sliteni' - 
 li^ tsod mdh'-chen). 
 
 20. Ich habe nicht Uebung genug; or, Es fehlt mir an 
 
 Uebung. 
 
 21. Ich wiinschte* {vunsh'-te), ich hatte mehr Uebung. 
 
 22. Icli wiinschte, ich hatte mehr Gelegenheit (gke-lay'' 
 ghen/iite), deutsch zu sprechen. 
 
 23. Es fehlt mir an Gelegenheit (ghe-lay'-ghen-hite), mich 
 
 mit Deutschen zu unterhalten [tsod oontcr-hdhl' -thi). 
 
 24. Warum unterhalten Sie sich nicht mit meinerSchvva- 
 gerin {s/i'vay'-ghe'rin) ? Sie spricht ganz fiiessend 
 deutsch {gdnts Jlee'-sent doitsJi) ; or^ Sie spricht ganz 
 gelaiifig [ghe-loy' -fi^) deutsch. 
 
 2^. Ich filrchte, Fehler (/^y-//r) im Sprechen zu machcii. 
 
 c-reful to distinguish between ' Kennen Sie?' do you know ? i.e., 
 arc you acquainted with? and 'Konnen Sie?' which, with the ex- 
 ception of the above phrases, means can vou? are you able? 
 2) Ich wiinschte is tiie Subjunctive Mood. 
 
268 
 
 26. You ought {Sie sollten) to converse frequently {Jidu- 
 fig) with Germans, and hear them speak {und lioren, 
 toie sie reden). 
 
 27. Let us speak nothing but {nur) German. 
 
 28. My brother has studied the German language for a 
 long time {lange) and understands it thoroughly 
 (grilndlicli); or, My brother has applied himself 
 for a long time to the study of the German lan- 
 guage, &c. ^ 
 
 29. He speaks it as well as his native tongue (= He 
 speaks her just as fluently as \ehenso fliessend wie] his 
 mother-tongue [seine Mutter sprache]). 
 
 30. You really speak German perfectly {= You speak 
 
 really excellent [ausgezeichnet] German). 
 
 31. You pronounce very well. 
 
 32. Do you not think (or, Are you not of the opinion) 
 that he pronounces very well ? 
 
 S3. You do not pronounce badly (schlecht). 
 
 34. I think (ichjifide), he pronounces very badly {= that 
 he very badly pronounces). 
 
 35. You have a good pronunciation (eine gute Aus- 
 sprache). 
 
 36. You do not pronounce this word distinctly enough 
 {deutlich genug). 
 
 37. You put a wrong accent [Sie legen einen falschen Ac- 
 er nf) on this word. 
 
 38. Put the correct accent [Legen Sie den riclitigen Ac- 
 cent) on this syllable (Silhe). 
 
 39. Do me the favor to correct me [mich zu verhessern) 
 when I make mistakes (Fehler). 
 
269 
 
 26. Sie sollten (zdl'-thi) haufig {hoy'-fi^) mit Deutschen 
 sprechen und horen, wie sie reden {ho'-ren vie zee 
 ray'-dcti). 
 
 27. Lassen Sie uns nur {Id' -sen zee dons noor) deutsch 
 sprechen. 
 
 28. Mein Bruder hat die deutsche Sprache {sh'prdh'-che) 
 lange studirt {Idn'-ghe sh' too-deert') und versteht sie 
 griindlich {griint'ii^) ; ^r, aus dem Grunde {groon'-de). 
 
 2Q. Er spricht sie ebenso fliessend, wie seine Mutter- 
 sprache (ay'-bhi-zo flee'-sent vee zi'-ne modt'-ter- 
 sh'p/dh-ehe). 
 
 30. Sie sprechen wirklich ausgezeichnet deutsch {ous-ghe- 
 tsi^'-net doitsh). 
 
 31. Sie sprechen sehr gut aus. 
 
 32. Finden Sie {ftn'-den zee) nicht, dass er sehr gut aus- 
 
 spricht ? 
 
 33. Sie sprechen nicht schlecht (shiest) aus. 
 
 34. Ich finde {fin'-de)^ dass er sehr schlecht ausspricht. 
 
 35. Sie haben eine gute Aussprache {ous' -sK prdh-chi), 
 
 36. Sie sprechen dies Wort nicht deutlich {doyt'-lH) ge- 
 
 nug aus. 
 
 37. Sie legen {idy'-ghen) einen falschen Accent {fdhV- 
 shen dk-sent') auf dieses Wort. 
 
 38. Legen Sie den richtigen Accent {ri^'-tee-ghen dk-sint') 
 auf diese Silbe {zil'-be). 
 
 39. Thun Sie mir den Gefallen, mich zu verbessern {fer- 
 bes'-sern)^ vvenn ich Fehler mache. 
 
270 
 
 4©. Please repeat your question (= repeat you me your 
 question [wiederholen Sie mir Hire Frage]), 
 
 41. Please repeat {Wiederlioleti Sie gefdlligst) what you 
 said just now (= what you just now [soeben] said 
 have). 
 
 42. I was asking you ii , . . ? or I inquired if ... ? 
 
 43. He asked you if you could do him the favor to go to 
 the bank for him (= if you him perhaps the favor 
 do could, for him to the bank to go) ? 
 
 44. He asked me, if the doctor were ^ at home? 
 
 45. You want to know {or You desire to know) whether 
 (ob) I have ^ read this letter ? 
 
 46. That was my question. 
 
 47. That is what I asked (= For that \darum\ asked I 
 you just now [gerade]). 
 
 48. Pray, answer my question. 
 
 49. To this question {or To such a question) I can give 
 no answer (= can I not answer). 
 
 50. That is true {ivaJir). 
 
 51. Quite correct {or Of course \das versteht sicli]), 
 
 52. That is so. 
 
 53. Excuse me, sir, that is a mistake {ein IrrtJium). 
 
 54. I think you are mistaken {8ie irren sicli). 
 
 55. This is Mr. D.'s address, if I am not very much mis- 
 taken (= If I am not much [.se/^r] mistaken, then 
 [s6\ is this \dies] the address of \yon\ Mr. D.). 
 
 56. Are you not mistaken? 
 
 57. If he asserts that, he is mistaken (= then [50] is he 
 mistaken). 
 
271 
 
 40. Bitte, wiederholen Sie {vee-der-ho' -len zee) mir Ihre 
 
 Frage {frdh'-ghe). 
 
 41. Wiederholen Sie gefalligst, was Sie soeben {zd-a/- 
 ben) gesagt haben. 
 
 42. Ich fragte Sie, ob . .? 
 
 43. Er fragte Sie, ob Sie ihm vi^lleicht den Gefallen thun 
 
 konnten, fiir ihn nach der Bank zu gehen ? 
 
 44. Er fragte mich, ob der Herr Doctor zu Hause sei ^{zi) ? 
 
 45. Sie wiinschen (vUn'-shen) zu wissen, ob ich diesen 
 
 Brief gelesen hatte (or habe) ?^ 
 
 46. Das war meine Frage. 
 
 47. Darum [ddh'-rdom) fragte ich Sie gerade (^^<?-ra^'-tf/). 
 
 48. Bitte, beantworten Sie {be -ant' -v or -ten zee) mir doch 
 
 meine Frage. 
 
 49. Auf diese Frage kann ich nicht antworten 
 
 50. Das ist wahr {vdr). 
 
 51. Ganz richtig ; or Das versteht sich {fer-sJi tayt' zi^). 
 
 52. Das ist so. 
 
 53. Entschuldigen Sie {ent-shooV -dee-ghen zee), das ist ein 
 
 Irrthum (trr'-todm). 
 
 54. Ich glaube, Sie irren sich (P' glou'-be zee ir'-ren zt^). 
 
 55. Wenn ich mich nicht sehr irre, so ist dies die Adresse 
 von Herrn D. {day), 
 
 56. irren Sie sich nicht ? 
 
 157. Wenn er das behauptet, so irrt er sich. 
 
 i) Subjunctive Mood. Comp. Gram. Rem. on the Subj. Mood. 
 
272 
 
 58. I am afraid {ich furchte), you are mistaken. 
 
 59. I assure you (ich versichere Sie) I am not mistaken. 
 
 60. Will you have the kindness {die Freundlichkeit] to 
 pass me the salt (= me \inir\ the salt to pass [zu 
 reichen]) ? 
 
 61. Will you have the kindness (die Gilte) to pass me the 
 pepper (= me the pepper to give [zu geheti]) ? 
 
 62. Please have the kindness {die Gilte or die Frcund- 
 lichkeit) to pass me the butter (= me the butter to 
 pass). 
 
 63. Be so kind as {or Be kind enough) to pass me the 
 butter (= Be you then [dock] so good [so gut or so 
 freundlich] and pass you to me the butter) 
 
 64. Have the kindness to tell him so. 
 
 FOUNDATION SENTENCE. 
 Do you think I can get a nice sitting-room 
 
 for myself, and a small bedroom for my son at 
 
 this hotel for thirty shillings a week, or would 
 
 you advise me to engage private lodgings? 
 
 i) The G "^rmn au is pronounced like our ' ou* in the words our, 
 hour, house, noun^ &c. 
 
27a 
 
 58. Ich fiirchte, dass Sie sich irren {or Ich fdrchte, Sie 
 irren sich). 
 
 59. Ich versichere Sie {fer-zt'-^ere zei)^ ich irre mich nicht. 
 
 60. WoUen Sie die Freundiichkeit {froynt'-iP-kite) ha- 
 
 ben, mir das Saiz zu reichen {ri'-^en) ? 
 
 61. WoUen Sie die Giite haben, mir den Pfeffer zu 
 
 geben ? 
 
 62. Bitte, haben Sie die Giite {or die Freundiichkeit), mir 
 
 die Butter zu reichen {boot'-tlr tsoo rV-^ in), 
 
 63. Seien Sie {zV-en zee) doch so gut {or Bitte, seien Sie 
 so freundlich \_froynt* 4i^) und reichen Sie mir die 
 Butter. 
 
 64. Bitte, seien Sie so freundlich, ihm das zu sagen ; or 
 und sagen Sie ihm das ; or Haben Sie die Giite, und 
 sagen Sie ihm das. 
 
 FOUNDATION SENTENCE. 
 Glauben Sie, dass ich ein hiibsches Wohn- 
 
 glou'-b6n • zSe das I^ Ine hiip'-shgs v5hn'- 
 
 zimmer fiir mich selbst uad ein kleines Schlaf- 
 
 tslin-m5r ftir miy zelpst 56nt Ine kll'-nes shlaf- 
 
 zimmer fiir meinen Sohn in diesem Hotel fiir 
 
 tslm-m6r fiir ml'-n6n zone In dSS'-zem hO-tSl' fiir 
 
 dreissig Mark pro Woche bekommen kann, oder 
 
 drl'-siy mark pro v6'-ch6 b6-k5m'-mgn kin 0'-d5f 
 
 wiirden Sie mir rathen, in einer Privatwohnung 
 
 viir'-den zec mere ra'-t6n In l'-n6r pree-vaht'-v0h-n66ng 
 
 Lo^is zu nehmen? 
 
 lO-jee' tsOO nay'-m6n. 
 
274 X 
 
 1. 
 Do you think I can get a nice sitting-room 
 
 for myself, and a small bedroom for my son at 
 
 this hotel for thirty shillings a week? 
 
 Do you think ? (do you believe ? are you of the opinion ?) 
 
 the belief {or the faith) 
 
 I do not believe it {or I do not think so) 
 
 how can you believe such a thing ? (how can you enter- 
 tain such an idea ?) 
 
 that (Conjunction) 
 
 I 
 
 a 
 
 pretty 
 
 that is not nice of you ! I had not expected this from 
 
 the sitting-room [yo^ 
 
 to dwell {or to live) 
 
 where do you live ? 
 
 a pretty {or nice) sitting-room 
 
 for (Preposition) (The conjunction/^^ is rendered only 
 
 me [by denn) 
 
275 
 1. 
 
 Glauben Sie, dass ich ein hiibsclies Woliii- 
 
 glou'-b6n zee das P Ine hUp'-sh6s vOhn' 
 
 zininior fiir niich selbst und eia kleiiies Selilaf- 
 
 tsi n-inC'r fiir 1111^ zClpst 66nt Ine kll' nes shlaf- 
 
 zimmer fiir ineinen Sohn in diesem Hotel fiir 
 
 t>iin-mSr fiir ml' n6n zone in dee'-z6in hO-tel' fiir 
 
 dreissig Mark pro Woche bekonimen kann? 
 
 drl'-siy mark prO v6'-ch6 bg-kOm'-mgn kan. 
 
 Glauben Sie {glou'-ben zee) ? 
 
 der Glaube (glou'-be) 
 
 das glaube ich nicht 
 
 wie konnen Sie nur so etwas glauben > 
 
 dass (das) [Conjunction spelled with ss\ 
 
 ich (/>•) 
 
 ein {ine) [Neuter of the indefinite article] 
 
 hiibsch (kiipsh) 
 
 das ist nicht hiibsch von Ihnen ! 
 
 das VVohnzi miner {vdhn'-tstm-mer) 
 
 wohnen {voh'-nen) 
 
 wo wohnen Sie? 
 
 ein hiibsches Wohnzimmer 
 
 fiir (Preposition which governs the accusative^ 
 
 mich (mP) [Accusative of ich^ I] 
 
276 
 
 self 
 
 I myself 
 
 myself (Accusative) 
 
 and 
 
 a little bedroom 
 
 the sleep 
 
 the nap 
 
 to sleep 
 
 at this hotel 
 
 the hotel 
 
 for thirty shillings (A Mark is equal in value to an Eng- 
 lish shilling) 
 per 
 
 a week (or per week) 
 
 the week 
 
 to get, to receive 
 
 can. 
 
 1. I think the weather is going to change (=: I think 
 that the weather change will \da8S sich das Wetter 
 verdndern ioird'\). 
 
 2. Why GO you think so ? Or, What reason have you 
 for thinking so ? What makes you think so ? 
 
277 
 selbst {zelpst) 
 ich selbst (Nominative) 
 mich S'jlbst (Accusative) 
 und {oont) 
 
 ein kleines Sclilafzimmer {me kli'-nes shldhf -tsirn'mir) 
 der Schlaf (shldhf) 
 das Schliifchen {shlayf-^en) 
 
 schlafen (Imperfect : ich schlief \shleef\ I slept ; Perfect : 
 ich habe geschlafen [ghe-schldh' -fen\, I have slept) 
 
 in diesem Hotel {In dee'-zem ho-tel') 
 
 das Hotel 
 
 fiir dreissig Mark {fur drt'-sP mark) 
 
 pro {pro) 
 
 pro Woche (Thus the Germans say : pro Tag^ per day ; 
 pro Stunde^ per hour \or lesson] ; pro Jahr^ per \or a] 
 year; pro Monat, a month) 
 
 die Woche ; pi. die Wochen 
 
 bekommen (Irregular verb. Imperfect : ich bekam [b^- 
 kdhm'] ; Perfect : ich habe bekom'men) 
 
 kann [Imperfect : ich konnte j Perfect : ich habe gekonnt). 
 
 1. Ich glaube, dass sich das Wetter verandern wird 
 (vet'-iir fer'-en'-dern virt). 
 
 2. Wieso glauben Sie das ? or Weshalb {ves-hdhlp') 
 glauben Sie das? 
 
278 
 
 3- Do you not think he had better stay at home in this 
 weather ? (— that he would do better [dass er besser 
 daraii t/idle] in this weather at home to stay?) 
 
 4- Yes, i think so (= Yes, that believe I too [auch]). 
 
 5. Do you think it will rain to-day? (= that it to-day 
 ram [reg7ien] will ?) 
 
 6. It looks like it (or It looks so). 
 
 7. Then I think I had better stay at home, for I caught 
 
 cold yesterday (= Then believe I, had I bettor [fJuUe 
 icli besser daran] at home to stay, for I took cold 
 yesterday [de7in icli liabe mich yestern erkdltel]. 
 
 8. I think you will take cold, if you go out without an 
 overcoat in this variable weatl-er (= if you in this 
 variable weather [bei diesem iinbe^ldndigen Welter] 
 without overcoat go out [aicsgehen]). 
 
 9. What do you think {halteri Sie^) of the business 
 
 prospects {von den Geschdfts-Aussichten)} 
 
 10. I do not think the business prospects are very good 
 for next season (=that the business prospects for the 
 next season \fur die ndcliste Saison] very good are). 
 
 11. Tasked your uncle yesterday what he thought of the 
 business prospects, and he thinks in his line they are 
 very good indeed {= what he of [von] the business 
 prospects thought [hielte], and he thinks [er glaubt] 
 that they in his line [in seiner Bra^iche] quite ex- 
 cellent [ganz ausgezeichnet] are). 
 
 12. What do you think of (zvas halten Sie von) this 
 office? Do you not think it is very nice (= find 
 you not that it very pretty is) ? 
 
 i) The English language is not as rich in expressions as the Ger- 
 man tongue. The verb ' to think,' for instance, has the following 
 
279 
 
 3- Glauben Sie nicht, dass er besser daran (ddh-ran^) 
 thiite, bei dieseni Wetter zu Hause zu bleiben {bli- 
 bai) ? 
 
 4 Ja, das glaube. ich aiich. 
 
 5 Glauben Sie, dass es heute regnen {rayg*-nen) wird? 
 
 6. Es sieht (zeet) danach aus. 
 
 7. Dann glaiibe ich, thiite ich besser daran zu Hause 
 
 {tsod how'-ze) zu bleiben, denn ich liabe mich gestern 
 erkaltet (er-kel'-tet). 
 
 8. Ich glaube, Sie werden sich erkalten, wenn Sie bei 
 diesem unbestandigen (don' -be-sh' ten-dee-ghen) Wetter 
 oiine Ueberrock ausgehen. 
 
 9. Was halten ^ Sie von den Geschafts-Aussichten (ghe- 
 shefts' 'Ouse -zV>-teti) ? 
 
 10. Ich glaube nicht, dass die Geschafts-Aussichten fiir 
 die niichste Saison (nay^' -ste say-zong') sehr gut sind. 
 
 11. Ich fragte Ihren Herrn Onkel gestern, was er von 
 
 den Geschafts-Aussichten hielte {heel'-te)j und er 
 glaubt, dass sie in seiner Branche {brdng-je) ganz 
 ausgezeichnet sind (gdnts ouse-ghe-tsU'-net ztnt). 
 
 12. Was halten Sie von diesem Comptoir [com-tore')} 
 Finden Sie nicht, dass es sehr hiibsch ^st ? 
 
 equivalents in German: denken, glauben^ finden {fin-dip\^ halten, der 
 Ansicht sein (dayr dnk'zVit zine), meinen {mi'-n^n). 
 
230 
 
 GRAMMATICAL REMARKS. 
 
 Exercises and Words used in Common Conversation, 
 
 The Numerals. 
 
 The numerals are divided into Cardinal and Ordinal 
 Numbers. 
 
 I. Cardinal Numbers. 
 
 (Sins (f«£-<?), ortxw,, eine, ein, one. 
 gtuei {tsvi), two. 
 brei (^dn), three. 
 t)ier {feer), four, 
 fiinf {funf), five. 
 fec^§ (2//&j), six. 
 fiebeu {zee -ben), seven. 
 aci)t {dcht), eight, 
 neun {noin), nine. 
 gel)n {tsayn), ten. 
 elf (///), eleven. 
 5it)oIf {tsvolf), twelve. 
 breijetin {dri' -tsayn), thirteen. 
 Dterjet)U {ftr'-l.^ayn), fourteen. 
 fiinf^etjlt { fiinf - tsayn), fifteen. 
 lfci)5et)n {ze^'-tsiyn), sixteen. 
 jieben3cl)U {zee ben- tsayn), seven- 
 teen, 
 ad^tgc^n {dcht' -tsayn), eighteen, 
 ncunge^n {noin -tsayn), nineteen. 
 
 gttjongig {tsvdn'-tsty), twenty, 
 cin unb jtDanjig {ine ddnt tsvdn'- 
 
 tsiy), twenty-one. 
 jtrei unb ^tDangig {tsvi ddnt tsvdn- 
 
 tsiy), twenty-two, 
 brei unb jman^ig, twenty-three. 
 t»ier unb j^manjig, twenty-four, 
 fiinf unb 5tnan,^ig, twenty-five. 
 fed)3 unb gman.^ig, twenty-six. 
 fiebcn unb 5tuan5ig, twenty-sevm. 
 Qd)t unb ginangig, twenty-eight, 
 neun unb jn^anjig, twenty nine, 
 brei^ig (drl'-st^), thirty, 
 ein nub brei^ig, thirty-one, &c. 
 bierjig {fn'-t /y), forty. 
 \m\^iQ{funf-tsiy) fifty, 
 fedjjig {ze^'-tsn), sixty. 
 ftebenjig {zee-ben-tsiy), seventy, 
 ad^tjig {achf -tsiy), eighty, 
 neunjig {noin! -tsly), ninety. 
 
^unbcrt' {hddn-dert\ a hundred. 
 I^unbcrt unb cin8, a hundred and 
 
 one. 
 JttJei^unbcrt (tsvi' -hddn-dert), two 
 
 hundred. 
 bret^unbcrt {dn'-hddn-dirt), three 
 
 hundred, 
 toicr^unbcrt {fa/ -hddn-dert), four 
 
 hundred. [hundred. 
 
 funfl)Unbcrt { f tin/ -hddn-dert), five 
 1800, eintaufenb ad^t^unbert, or, usually, Qd)tjet)n^unbcrt.' 
 1852, eintaufenb ocI)t^unbert groei unb fiinfjig, or arfitje^n^unbert jwei 
 
 unb fiinfjig. 
 1881; ac^tje^n^unbert cin unb adjtjig. 
 
 281 
 
 toufenb ' {tow -zent), a thousand, 
 jweitaufenb {tsvi' -tou-zint\ two 
 
 thousand. 
 JC^ntQUfeub {tsayn -tou-zent), ten 
 
 thousand. 
 \m,Mi<x-\x\tx(ii{fUnf-tsiy-tou-%Snt), 
 
 fifty thousand. 
 l)Unberttau jenb {hdon ■dirt-tou-zint)^ 
 
 a hundred thousand, 
 einc SD^illion {mil-yone'), a million. 
 
 Obseryations. 
 
 1. The first number, eitt, eine, ein (before a noun), or 
 Ctncr, eine, cine§, or ein^ (without a noun), is declined like 
 the indefinite article. 
 
 2. We must here observe that the English practice of 
 putting one or ones after the adjective is not admissible in 
 German. When, therefore, it occurs in English, it can- 
 not be translated, as : a good one=tm guter (masc), or if 
 feminine, cine gute ; neuter = ein gnte^. Send me some 
 pens, but good ones, if you please, Senben ^Bk vxix eintge 
 (Sta^tfcbcrn, !R)er gute, tuenn ic^ bitten barf. My little ones, 
 meinc ^leinen {klV-ncn). 
 
 1) A hundred and a thousand are in German simply l)unbert and 
 taufenb (not etn ^unbert, &c.); but the English one hundred, one 
 thousand, is rendered by ein^unbcrt and eintaufenb. 
 
 2) In before a year must be translated im 3o^re. Ex. • In 1879, 
 im 3a^re ac^tje^n^unbert neun unb fiebengig. 
 
282 
 
 3 Notice that the numbers 13 to 19 inclusively add the 
 particle 3el)n (the English teen), and from 20 to 90 inclu- 
 sively, with the exception of thirty, the affix gig (the 
 English ty). i 
 
 4. The numeral adverbs are formed by adding the syl- 
 lable mal (from the noun 3)2 at, time), as : 
 
 cinmat (Jne -mdhl), once, 
 jroeimat \tsvi mahl), twice, 
 breiiual {Jn -^ndhl), three times. 
 
 taufcubinni {tow'-zent-mahl), a 
 thousand times, &c. 
 
 5. By adding eriet to the cardinals, the variative 
 numerals are formed; as: einerlct {t'-ner-lie), of one 
 kind; glDeierlei {tsvl'-er-lie), of two kinds; breierlci; 
 mererlei; 5e{)nerlei; manc^erlei, of several kinds; 
 dieter (e i (/^>"'-/^>-//>), of many kinds; attertet (dh'-ler- 
 lie), of all kinds. These words admit of no inflection, 
 and precede the noun. ^^^Q^^ '^i^ ^^^ gttjetertei ^eibe, btaue 
 unb fdjlDaVje, Show me two kinds {or sorts) of silk, blue 
 and black. 
 
 6. The multiplicatives are formed by adding the syllable 
 f a cf) (or f d 1 1 i cj) to the cardinal numbers, as : 
 
 einfarf) {ine-facli), simple, sin 
 
 gle. 
 \\m\\'\'^){tsvi-fdh), ) twofold, 
 boppelt (</42>'-//.V), j double. 
 
 breifnd) {dri-fach), triple, three- 
 fold. 
 I Oierfnri) {feer -fdch), quadruple. 
 I iz\)n]^^){tsayn'-fdch), tenfold, &c. 
 
 The following expressions are peculiar to ^e German 
 language : 
 
 Qnbertl)alb {an -dertdhlp), one and 
 
 a half, 
 britte^alb, two and a half. 
 t)iertet,a{b {feer-ie-hdhlj>), three 
 
 and a half. 
 
 fjalb ein3 {ha hip ince), half past 
 
 twelve. 
 l)a{b JttJei {hdhlp tsvi), half past 
 
 one. 
 ^alb brei {hdhlp dri), half past two. 
 
283 
 
 II. The Ordinal Numbers. 
 
 2)er erflc {ayr'-sti), the first. 
 
 ber ^mcitc {fsvt-ti), the second. 
 
 bcr biittc {diit'-te), the third. 
 
 bcr Oicrtc {feer'ti^, the fourth. 
 
 bcr fiiiiftc ( funf-te\ the fifth. 
 
 ber jcd)xjte (zik'sti), the sixth. 
 
 bcr ficbcntc {zee-bin-ti), the sev- 
 enth. 
 
 bcr ad)tc, tlic eighth. 
 
 bcr neuiltc {voin'te), the ninth. 
 
 bcr jcljlltc {tsayii'-te), the tenth. 
 
 bcr clftc, the eleventh. 
 
 bcr siDiJlftc, the twelfth. 
 
 bcr brcijcljute {dfi-tsayn-te), the 
 thirteenth. 
 
 bcr Dicrjctlllte {/ir'-tsayn-a), the 
 fourteenth. 
 
 bcr fuufjCl)lltC (/«/// tsayn-te), the 
 fifteenili. 
 
 bcr fcd);cl)UtC {zey'-tsayn te), &c. 
 
 ber ^maii^igfte {tsvdn tsiy-sH), the 
 twentieth. 
 
 ber eiu unb ^manjigftc, the twenty- 
 first. 
 
 ber ^iDci iinb ^roan^^igftc, &c. 
 
 ber brci^igftc {dn-sn-sie), the 
 thirtieth. 
 
 bcr Dicrjigfte {fir'-tsn-sti), the 
 foiiieth. 
 
 ber fuiifiigfte, the fiftieth. 
 
 bcr fcd)3ig|ic {ze'y'-tsl y-j//), the six- 
 tieth. 
 
 bcr ficlr,igfte {zeeb'-siy-sts\ the 
 seventieth. 
 
 ber Qd^tjigfte {dcht'-siy-ste), the 
 eightieth. 
 
 bcr neuujigfte {noyn'-siy-ste), the 
 ninttieili. 
 
 bcr Ijuubcrtfte {hddn'-dert-st(l)j the 
 hundredth. 
 
 bcr t)unbcrt unb cvftc, the hundred 
 and first. 
 
 ber l)imbcrt unb giucitc, the hun- 
 dred and second. 
 
 bcr t)unbcrt unb jmanjigfte, the 
 hundred and tweniicih. 
 
 bcr 3iucit)unbcrtftc, the two hun- 
 dredth. 
 
 bcr breil)unbcrtftc, the three hun- 
 dredth, &c. 
 
 bcr taufcnbftc {ton' zent-stg). 
 
 ber jjueitaufcnbfte. 
 
 ber Jiet)ntQufcnbftc. [last. 
 
 ber (bie, "ao^i) Ic^tc (^lUs'-ti), the 
 
 Observations. 
 
 :. The ordinals are forn[>ed from the cardinals, up to the 
 19th inclusively (ber erfte, brj ttc,and ad)te excepted), 
 
284 
 
 by adding tc, and from the 20th upward, by adding 
 ft e, and are preceded by the article. They are declined 
 like adjectives. 
 
 2. In compound numbers the last only is ordinal, the 
 others remain cardinals; as: the 1258th, ber 3n)6(f^unbert 
 adjt unb fiinfji(5fte. 
 
 3. The date is expressed as follows : On the tenth of 
 June, 2lm sel)nten 3utti {yoo'-nee)'^ or, !Den lOten 3utii 
 {yod'-nee). What is the day of the month ?=!Der iDietncIte 
 {vee-feel' -te ) tft ^eute? It is the 12th, (S^ ift ber Jtuolfte ; or, 
 ^ir ()aben ben 12ten. 
 
 4. Of the ordinals are formed the distinctives by the ad* 
 dition of the termination ett§. These are in German : 
 
 crjlcnS {ay rs -tens), or crftU(^, first 
 
 (ly) \ or,\n the first place. 
 gttJeiten^ {tsvl'-tens), secondly 
 brittcn^ {drU'-tens\ thirdly. 
 
 tJiertcnS i feer -tens), fourthly, &c. 
 ge^ntCIl^ {tsayn'-tens), tenthly. 
 elftcn^ {elf '-tens), eleventhly, 
 &c. 
 
 5. The fractional numbers (with the exception of I) al b , 
 half) are also derived from the ordinals, by adding the 
 word %)i)t\{, which, however, is commonly abridged into 
 te(, as: eitt^rtttel (drif-tel), a third; ein 33iertel 
 {fir'-tel\ a quarter ; eitt 3^^^^^^/ ^ tenth. 
 
 6. galb, half, and gang, all, whole, are adjectives, 
 and placed aft r the article, as: ^a§ gangC 3a^r, all the 
 year; the whole year, (gin ^alber 2:ag,half a day. 
 (Sine Ijalbe ^tunbe, half an hour. (Sin \)(x\\iz^ 3al)r, 
 half a year, or six months. The half means \i\t §a(fte 
 (haylf-te ). 
 
285 
 
 Exercise, 
 
 1. Will you please tell me on 
 which date (2)atiim) you re- 
 ceived (empfaugcn) this let- 
 ter? 
 
 2. If I am not mistaken we re- 
 ceived this letter on the 
 twenty-second of August, 
 1881. 
 
 3. I think you are mistaken. 
 
 4. Would you do me the favor 
 of sending at once 22 doz- 
 ens of these handkerchiefs 
 to my agent ? 
 
 5. I should like to oblige you, 
 sir, but it is quite impos- 
 sible. 
 
 6. We have only ten dozens 
 of these handkerchiefs in 
 stock, and shall be obliged 
 to send to the manufactur- 
 er's. 
 
 7. I do not like this article. 
 
 8. I am very anxious to sail by 
 this steamer, as it is one of 
 the fastest vessels we have. 
 
 1. Will you to me please (gcfSI* 
 Ugft) tell on (an) which date 
 you this letter received have ? 
 
 2. If I am not mistaken (meun 
 id) mid) nic^t irre) have we this 
 letter on the twenty-second 
 August, 1881, received. 
 
 3. I think you mistake yourself 
 (@ie irren fic^). 
 
 4. Would you to me the favor do 
 and to my agent (3(geut) at 
 once (fof ort) 22 dozens (2)u^enb) 
 of (Don) these handkerchiefs 
 send ? 
 
 5. I should like to you this favor 
 willingly (gem) to do, but it is 
 quite (ganj) impossible. 
 
 6. We have only (nur) ten dozens 
 of (Don) these handkerchiefs 
 in stock (auf laager), and shall 
 obliged (gcnijt^igt) be to (ju) 
 the (bent) manufacturer (^abri* 
 !anten) to (ju) send. 
 
 7. This article (biefer 2trti'fel) 
 
 pleases (fo) me not. 
 
 8. I am very anxious with this 
 steamer (biefcm 2)ampfer) to 
 sail (objnfcgeln), as he one of 
 the fastest ships (ber jd^nellften 
 ®^iffe) is which we have. 
 
286 
 
 g. I should be very much g. It should to me very grateful 
 
 pleased ifyou would do me fUeb) be if you to me ^.he 
 
 the favor of calling on mm lavor do would him personal • 
 
 personally. ly (perfonlid)) to visit ^U be* 
 
 fud)en). 
 
 ID. You do not pronounce this lo. You speak this word not ccr- 
 
 word correctly. rectly (ri^tig) out. 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 -3d) wax ben ganjett Xag in meincm Gomptotr unb 'i:}atte fo 
 mi ]VL tt)un, bag e^ niir ganj nnmoglitl) \vax\ mid^ nod) ber 
 5Ibrc[fc biefe^ §crrn p cdunbtgen. ^k lOiimn jebod) {ye-ddcii\ 
 however) batton iiber^eugt fern {ii-ber-tsoigt\ convinced), \i<x% 
 e^ nur mentge llaufleute in unferer ^\a\ii gtebt, bte t)d^er ge* 
 a&iiti (esteemed) finb, a(^ er. (Sr nio{)nte t)iele ^(x\)Xt in 
 meitter Old()e (neighborhood). 35ov ^uqem ober {for kddr'- 
 tsem all -ber ^ a little w^hile ago, quite recently however) 
 ift cv nad) T)rc$ben ge^ogen {ghe-tsoh' -ghm, moved) nnb feine 
 genaue {ghe-now'-e, exact) Ibreffe ift nxir nid)t befannt, ^Doc^ 
 n)i(I ic^ mic^ morgen fritf) banad) erfnnbigen. @inb biefe beiben 
 dimmer ^u oermiet^en {tsoo fer-mee' -ten^ to let) ? 3^d) ^abe 
 me{)rere 3^^^^^ i^ ^^^ britten (Stage ^u Dermiet^en ; in ber ^ujei^ 
 ten @tage aber ^^ahz \6) nnr ein ein;^ige§ {ine' -tsee-ghes, only one) 
 dimmer frei {fn). T)a^ tf)ut ntir fe^r leib ; benn '^a \^ meine 
 beiben 3:od)ter bet ntir ^abe fo mng i^ ti^enigften^ (z^^y'-^z/y- 
 stens, at least) bret 3^^^^^ ne^nten ; bie britte @tage ift ntir 
 ober iVi f)od^. '^en tt3iet)ie(ten reifen @ie t)on ^ier ab ? 3d) 
 benfe (I think) am Diernnb^toanjigften bon l^ter abpreifen unb 
 mtc| big pnt breigigften in (5oeIn anfp^alten (to stay). 
 
tT. 
 
 lid 
 
 f Ije Jicbl^rs^Iiaft-^jisli'm 
 
 O E R M A N 
 
 PART XL 
 
288 
 
 XL 
 
 1. 
 
 On a Railway. 
 
 1. Did you get me a cab, waiter (= Have yv a to me a 
 cab got [besorgt]) ? 
 
 2. Get me a cab ! 
 
 3. You must get me a cab at once, waiter, as I am 
 going to leave ior Hamburg by the r ,ixt train. [' / am 
 going to ' is mostly expressed by the present tense]. 
 
 4. Cabman, to the Hamburg depot. [The Germans 
 say: Driver, i.e.^ Kutscker.^ 
 
 5. Be quick ; or^ Make haste. 
 
 6. We have no time {keine Zeit) to lose {zu verlieren). 
 
 7. If you do not drive quickly, we shall miss this train 
 ( = li you not quickly drive [rasch fahren] then [50] 
 shall we this train miss [versdiimen]). 
 
 8. Drive fast I am afraid {ich filrchte] we shall miss 
 the train (=:we miss the train), 
 
 9. There is plenty of time, sir. You may be sure, you 
 will not miss the fast train (= It is still much time, 
 sir. You will the fast train quite surely not [jganz 
 gewiss nicM] miss). 
 
289 
 
 XL 
 
 1. 
 
 Auf der Eisenbahn. 
 
 1. Kellner, haben Sie mir eine Droschke besorg^ (drosh!- 
 ke bi-zdrgt') ? 
 
 2. Besorgen Sie mir eine Droschke {or^ Holen Sie mir 
 
 eine Droschke) ! 
 
 3. Sie mtissen mir gleich eine Droschke holen (or be 
 sorgen), Kellner, da ich mit dem nachsten Zuge 
 nach Hamburg abreise. 
 
 4. Kutscher {koot' -sher)^ nach dem Hamburger Bahn- 
 hof. 
 
 5. Machen Sie rasch (rdsh)^ or schnell. 
 
 6. Wir haben keine Zeit zu verlieren {tslte tsdo fir-lee' - 
 
 rin). 
 
 7. Wenn Sie nicht rasch fahren, so werden wir diesen 
 Zug versSumen {fer-zoy'-men). 
 
 8. Fahren Sie rasch. Ich fiirchte, wir versaumen den 
 
 Zug. 
 
 9. Es ist noch viel Zeit {/eel tsiie), mein Herr. Sie wer- 
 den den Schnellzug ganz gewiss nicht versaumen 
 
290 
 
 10. Make haste {beeilen Sie sich). It wants only five 
 minutes till the train leaves (= There are wanting 
 \es felileri] only yet five minutes to the departure 
 [bis ziim Ahgang^ of the train). 
 
 11. Don't hurry so {or, You need not be in such a hurry) 
 
 there is plenty of time. 
 
 12. Have you any luggage? [Any is not to be trans- 
 lated.] 
 
 ! 3. Porter [Koffertrdger), take my luggage. 
 
 14. Where are you going.? [Gehen means 'to walk;' 
 the verb reisen is to be used whenever 'to go ' is 
 equivalent to ' to make a journey. '] 
 
 15. I am going to Hamburg. Check my luggage {Gehen 
 
 Sie . . . auf). 
 
 16. How many pieces {wie viele Stilche) have you } 
 
 17. I have a large trunk {Koffer), a travelling satchel 
 
 {eine Reisetasche), and a hat-box {eine HutscliacTitel). 
 
 18. Shall I {soil ich) check your hat-box too ? 
 
 19. Do not check my hat-box. Put it into the compart- 
 ment (= Put you her, setzen Sie ste^ i.e., die Hut- 
 schachtel). 
 
 20. Where did you put {hingesetzt) my hat-box } 
 
 21. Don*t check this portmanteau. I will take it into the 
 compartment ( = I will her [sie'\ with [mit\ into the 
 compartment [in^s Coupe] take). 
 
 22. Where do we get the tickets to Hamburg (= Where 
 takes one, &c.) ? 
 
 23. Where is the ticket-office ? 
 
291 
 
 10. Beeilen Sie sich (be-i*-len zee zP), Es fehlen nur 
 noch fiinf Minuten bis zum Abgang {dp'-gdng) des 
 Zuges. 
 
 11. Beeilen {be-i'-lcn) Sie sich doch nicht so; es ist ja 
 noch viel Zeit {or^ Sie haben ja noch viel Zeit \tslie\). 
 
 12. Haben Sie Gepiick [g he -peck')} 
 
 13. Koffertrager {kof -fer-tray-ghcr), nehmen Sie mein 
 Gepiick. 
 
 14. Wo reisen Sie hin, mein Herr } 
 
 15. Ich reise nach Hamburg. Geben Sie mein Gepack 
 auf. S^Aufgeben is a compound separable verb.] 
 
 16. Wie viele Stucke haben Sic.? 
 
 17. Ich habe einen grossen Koffer, eine Reisetasche und 
 eine Hutschachtel {ri' -ze-tdh-shi dont V-ne hoot'- 
 shdchtel). 
 
 18. Soil ich Ihre Hutschachtel auch aufgeben ? 
 
 19. Geben Sie meine Hutschachtel nicht auf. Setzen 
 
 (zet'-sen) Sie sie in das Coup6 {koo-pay'). 
 
 20. Wo haben Sie meine Hutschachtel hingesetzt {or 
 hingestellt) "i 
 
 21. Geben Sie diese Reisetasche nicht auf. Ich will sie 
 
 mit in's Coupe nehmen. 
 
 22. Wo nimmt man die Billete nach Hamburg.? 
 
 23. Wo ist das Billet-Bureau {bU-yef -bii-rdh') ? 
 
292 
 
 24. One first-class ticket to Hamburg, please. 
 
 25. Please give me a second-class ticket to Hamburg, 
 
 26. Single or return ? 
 
 27. How much is {was kostet) a return ticket ? 
 
 28. How long are the return tickets available (gultig) ? 
 
 29. For one month. 
 
 30. Then please give me a return ticket, second class. 
 
 31. Here is your change {Kleingeld). 
 
 32. I beg your pardon, you made a mistake (Sie Jiahen 
 sich geirrt). You have given me a mark too little 
 {zu wenig). 
 
 33. You have not given me the right change {das richtige 
 Kleingeld). 
 
 34. Can you give me a through ticket {ein DurchMllet) 
 to London, via Flushing ( Vlissingen) ? 
 
 35. What is the price {wie viel hostel) of a single ticket? 
 
 36. What is the price of a return ticket? 
 
 37. Is this ticket available for thirty days ? 
 
 38. Yes, sir, this ticket is available for thirty days, and 
 you can get out at any station (= you can at any 
 station [auf jeder Station] get out [aussteigen]). 
 
 39. You can {or. You may) interrupt {or, break) your 
 journey at any station (= You can your journey 
 [Hire Reise] at any station interrupt [unterbrechen]), 
 
 40. Did you check (or book) my luggage, porter (=Have 
 you my luggage booked [aufgegehen'], porter) ? 
 
 41. Please give me your ticket. 
 
 42. You have 200 kilogram overweight [Uehergewicht\ 
 sir, 
 
293 
 
 24. Ein Billet erster Klasse nach Hamburg, bitte. 
 
 25. Bitte, geben Sie mir ein Billet zweiter Klasse nach 
 Hamburg. 
 
 26. Einfach {ine'-fdch) oder retour ? 
 
 27. Was kostet ein Retourbillet (re-tdor'-bil-yef) ? 
 
 28. Wie lange sind Retourbillete giiltig {giil'-tP) ? 
 
 29. Auf einen Mo'nat. 
 
 30. Dann bitte, geben Sie mir ein Retourbillet zweiter 
 Klasse. 
 
 31. Hier ist Ihr Kleingeld {kline'-gelt). 
 
 32. Entschuldigen Sie, Sie haben sich geirrt. Sie haben 
 mir eine Mark zu wenig gegeben. 
 
 33. Sie haben mir nicht das richtige Kleingeld ge- 
 geben. 
 
 34. Konnen Sie mir ein Durchbillet (door^'-bil-yet) nach 
 London via Vlissingen {vie' -ah flis' -sin-ghen) geben? 
 
 35. Wie viel kostet ein einfaches Billet ? 
 
 36. Was kostet ein Retourbillet {re-toor' -bil-yet) ? 
 
 T,*]. 1st dieses Billet auf dreissig Tage giiltig (gul'-tP) ? 
 
 38. Ja, mein Herr, dieses Billet ist auf dreissig Tage giil- 
 
 tig, und Sie konnen auf jeder Station aussteigen 
 {sh 'tdhtsyone' ouse'-sh 'ti-ghen). 
 
 39. Sie konn n Ihre Reise {ri'-ze) auf jeder Station un- 
 terbrechen (sh'tdht-sydne' don-ter-bre'-^en). 
 
 40. Haben Sie mein Gepack aufgegeben, Koffertrager 
 
 {oufe' -ghe-gay-ben kof -fer-tray-gher) ? 
 
 41. Geben Sie mir, bitte, Ihr Billet. 
 
 42. Sie haben 200 Kilo, {kce-ld) Uebergewicht, mein 
 Herr. 
 
294 
 
 43- Please go into the waiting-room; I'll bring your 
 luggage-check (Ihren GepdcTcschein) at once (gleich), 
 
 44. How much luggage is allowed free (= How much 
 free luggage [Freigepdck] grant you then [gewdhren 
 Sie denn]) ? 
 
 45. 25 kilos, only. 
 
 46. Which side for the express train (= At which 
 side [auf welcher Seite] stops [halt] the express 
 train) ? 
 
 47. From which platform (Perron) does the express train 
 leave (=goes the express train off ) ? 
 
 48. Straight ahead ! To the right ! To the left ! From 
 the middle platform ! 
 
 49. Is that the express train for Hamburg ? 
 
 50. Which class, sir? 
 
 51. Second, smoking compartment (Rauchcoupe). 
 
 52. Second, ladies' carriage (Damencoupe). 
 
 53. Get in, please ! 
 
 54. Please get in ; the train starts in a minute. 
 
 55. Come on, let us get in quick. 
 
 56. Let us try (Lassen Sie uns versuchen) to get a corner 
 seat (=a corner seat to get \ei71en Eckplatz zu dekom- 
 meii]). 
 
 57. Excuse me, madam (yneine Dame), is this seat taken 
 (besetzt) ? 
 
 58. I really do not know. A gentleman was in the 
 compartment a few minutes ago (vor einigen Minu- 
 ten\ but he got out again ( = but he is again got out 
 \toieder ausgestiegen\). 
 
295 
 
 43. Gehen Sie gefalligst in den Wartesaal ; ich werde 
 Ihnen Ihren Gepiickschein (g he-peck' -shine) gleich 
 bringen. 
 
 44. Wie viel Freigepack {frt-ghe-peck) gevvahren Sie 
 
 denn (ghe-vay'-ren zee den) ? 
 
 45. Nur {tioor) 25 Kilo. 
 
 46. Auf vvelcher Seite halt der Courirzug {zt'-te helt dair 
 koo-reer -tsodg) ? 
 
 47. Von welchem Perron (per-rong') geht der Courirzug 
 ab? 
 
 48. Gerade aus ! Rechts ! Links! Von dem mittleren 
 
 Perron ! 
 
 49. 1st das der Schnellzug nach Hamburg? 
 
 50. Welche Klasse, mein Herr ? 
 
 51. Zweite, Rauchcoupe {rouche -koo-pdy). 
 
 52. Zweite Klasse, Damencoupe {ddh' -men-koo-pay). 
 
 53. Einsteigen {ine' -shUi ghen) ! 
 
 54. Bitte, steigen Sie ein ; der Zug geht in einer Mi- 
 nute ab. 
 
 55. Kommen Sie, lassen Sie uns rasch einsteigen. 
 
 56. Lassen Sie uns versuchen {fer-zoo'-chen) einen Eck- 
 platz zu bekommen {i'-nin eck' -plats tsod be-kom'-men). 
 
 57. Entschul iigen Sie, meine Dame, ist dieser Platz be- 
 setzt ? 
 
 58. Ich weifs es wirklich nicht. Ein Herr war vor eini- 
 gen IVinuten im Coupe, aber er ist wieder ausge- 
 stiege 1 {ve'-der ouse' -ghe-sh'tee-^hen). 
 
296 
 
 59. I beg your pardon {Bitte um Entschuldigung), you 
 have my place (= you sit {Sie sitzen] on my place), 
 sir. 
 
 60. You have my place, sir. I had secured it by placing 
 
 my travelling-cap down (= I had it [iJin] with my 
 traveUing-cap [?nU meiner Eeisefniitze] marked [be- 
 
 legtl). 
 
 2. 
 
 [Continuation of Foundation Sentence No. IX,) 
 
 1. Can I get {hekommen) a room here? 
 
 2. He writes me just now (soebeti) that he did not get 
 our despatch (= that he our despatch [unsere De- 
 pescTie] not got [erhalten, or hehommen ^] has). 
 
 3. This morning I got a letter which displeased me 
 very much [dei' mir selir misfallen hat). 
 
 4. How much money did you get at Braun and Co.'s.? 
 
 5. I called several times at their place (=1 was several 
 times at \bei] them [ilmen]), but I could not get (er- 
 halten) one penny ; they could not pay {einlosen) the 
 note {den Weclisel). 
 
 6. How much salary {Salair or Gehalt) does your book- 
 keeper [Buchlialter) get ? 
 
 7. At present {augenblicklich) he gets but {nur) 200 dol- 
 
 lars, but from the beginning of next month (vom 
 ndclisten Monat an) I shall pay him 250 dollars 
 
 8. Please get^ {holen Sie) me a cab. 
 
 i) Bekommen and eihalten are synonymous, but erhalUn is used 
 much moe frequently. 
 
 2) To get has a great many meanings in German, viz.: bekommen, 
 
297 
 
 59- Bitte um Entschuldigung {ent-shoot -dZe^goong)^ Sie 
 sitzen {ztt'-sen) auf meinem Platz, mein Herr. 
 
 bij. Sie haben meinen Platz, mein Herr. Ich hatte ihn 
 mit meiner ReisemUtze belegt (ri' -ze-mut-se be-laygt'). 
 
 2. 
 
 (Continuation of Foundation Sentence No. IX.) 
 
 1. Kann ich hier ein Zimmer bekommen ? 
 
 2. Er schreibt mir soeben, dass er unsere Depesche {day- 
 pe'-she ) nicht bekommen {or erhalten ^) hat, 
 
 3. Ich habe heute Morgen einen Brief erhalten, der mir 
 gar nicht gefallen hat {or, der mir sehr misfallen hat). 
 
 4. Wie viel Geld haben Sie bei Braun und C'«. {kom'- 
 pdn-yee) erhalten.? 
 
 5. Ich war mehrere Male bei ihnen, aber ich konnte 
 auch nicht einen Pfennig {pfen'-nP) erhalten ; sie 
 konnten den Wechsel {vek'-set) nicht einlosen {or be- 
 zahlen). 
 
 6. Wie viel Salair {sd-iair\ or Gehalt') erhalt {or be- 
 kommt) Ihr Buchhalter {bodch! -hdhl-ter) ? 
 
 7. Er erhalt augenblicklich nur zvveihundert Thaler 
 {tdh'-ler)^ aber vom nachsten Monat an werde ich 
 ihm zweihiindert und fUnfzig Thaler zahlen. 
 
 8. Bitte holen* Sie mir eine Droschke. 
 
 erhalten, empfangen (= to receive); holen (= to fetch); sich an. 
 schaffen (= to procure); koramen lassen, bestellen (= to order); 
 werden (="10 grow, to become). 
 
293 
 
 g. Please get me {holen Sie mir) a German physician, 
 
 for I feel very ill {denn ich fiihle mich selir krank), 
 lo. Why did you get (gehoU) a French physician? 
 
 You know very well {Sie wissen Ja), that I only 
 
 speak German and English. 
 Ill am going to the Conservatory {Conservatorium) 
 
 now ; please call for me at ten o'clock {holen Sie 
 
 mich . . .ah). 
 
 12. Why shall I {or must I) call for you {soil ich Sitt ah- 
 holen) ? Can you not come home alone (=:Can fou 
 not alone [allein^ home [nach ffausfl^ come) ? 
 
 13. Get ready {machen Sie sich fertig) to accompany me 
 {mich zu hegleiten) ; I do not like {ich mag nicht) to 
 go out alone. 
 
 14. Please get breakfast ready at once, as I must go to 
 
 the bank. 
 
 15. Do get ready in time {hei Zeite7i). 
 
 16. Why did you not get ready in time ? Now it is too 
 late to go to his office {nach seinem Comptoir zu 
 gehen). 
 
 17. It is getting {es wird) dark {dunJcel). Please light 
 the gas {ziinden Sie das Gas an). 
 
 18. It is growing cold {es wird halt). 
 
 19. He got very angry {er wurde sehr drgerlich) when I 
 told him that you did not like the goods. 
 
 20. He said he got these goods entirely on your account 
 from England (= he had [hdtte] these goods extra 
 for you from [aus'\ England got [Icommen lassenl). 
 
 21. How do you like my bedroom } 
 
i?99 
 
 9. Bitte, holen Sie mir einen deutschen Arzt, denn ich 
 flihle mich sehr krank. 
 
 10. Warum haben Sie mir einen franzosischen Arzt ge- 
 iiolt ? Sie wissen ja, dass ich nur deutsch und eng- 
 lisch spreche. 
 
 11. Ich gehe jetzt nach dem Conservatorium (con-zer- 
 idh-tore'-yooni) ; holen Sie mich, bitte, um zehn 
 Uhr ab. 
 
 12. Warum soil ich Sie abholen ? Konnen Sie nicht 
 allein (dh-line') nach Hause kommen ? 
 
 13. Machen Sie sich fertig, mich zii begleiten [be-gli'- 
 ten) ; ich mag nicht allein ausgehen. 
 
 14. Bitte, machen Sie das Friihstuck gleich fertig, da ich 
 nach der Bank gehen nuiss. 
 
 15. Machen Sie sich ja bei Zeiten fertig {by isl'-ten fer'- 
 tP). 
 
 16. Warum haben Sie sih nicht zur rechten Zeit {or, bei 
 
 Zeiten) fertig gemacht? Jetzt ist cs zu spiit nach 
 seinem Comptoir zu gehen. 
 
 17. Es wird dunkel {doon'-kei). Bitte, zunden Sie das Gas 
 an (tsiin'-den zee das gas an). 
 
 18. Es wird kalt. 
 
 19. Er wurde sehr argerlich (air voor'-de zair air'gher- 
 
 W), als ich ihm sagte, dass Ihnen die Waaren nicht 
 gefallen hatten {or gefielen). 
 
 20. Er sajrfe, er hatte diese Waaren extra fiir Sie aus 
 England kommen lassen (got or ordered). 
 
 21. Wie gefallt Ihnen mein Schlafzimmer ? 
 
3^0 
 
 8. 
 
 22. I think your bedroom is very pretty, but I dislike 
 the German beds very much {aher die deutschen Bet- 
 ten misf alien mir sehr). 
 
 23. I got my own (eigenen) bedsteads and mattresses 
 from Manchester {=Ich habe mir . . . kommen lassen). 
 
 24. How is your brother getting on with his English 
 studies? (— How comes your Mr. brother with his 
 English studies ahead [mit seinen engliscJien Studien 
 voran] ?) 
 
 25. Thank you, he is getting along finely (er kommt recM 
 gut voran) ; he is going to graduate on the first of 
 December (= and will on the ist December his ex- 
 amination make [^sein Examen mache^i]), 
 
 26. Didn't you get any news from Mr. Reichenheim ? 
 (= Have you no news [keine Nacliriclitenl from 
 \von'\ Mr. R. received \erllalten^^ ?) 
 
 27. Yes, I got a letter this morning, in which he informs 
 me that he is getting along very nicely (= Yes, I 
 have this morning a letter from him received, in 
 which he me informs \if)iittlieilt\ that he very well 
 \reclit gut\ ahead comes [yorivdrts hoynrnf]). 
 
 28. At what o'clock do you usually get up {or rise) ? 
 
 [To get up = aufstehen, a separable compound ir- 
 regular verb. Present: ich stehe auf ; Imperfect: 
 ich stand auf ; Perfect : icli bin aufgestanden.] 
 
 29. I usually get up at seven o'clock, but this morning 
 
 I was very tired (milde), and rose at nine o'clock 
 (= and have [bitij only [erst] at nine o'clock risen 
 aufgesta7iden]). 
 
301 
 
 3. 
 
 22. Ich finde Ihr Schlafzimmer sehr hiibsch, aber die 
 
 deutschen Betten gefallen mir gar nicht (^r misfallen 
 
 mir sehr). 
 2^. Ich habe mir meine eigenen (i' -ghe-tieri) Bettstellen 
 
 und Matrat'zen aus Manchester koninien lassen. 
 24. Wie kommt Ihr Herr Bruder mit seinen englischen 
 
 Studien voran {sh'too'-dyen for-dn')} 
 
 25. Danke schon, er kommt recht gut voran, und wird 
 
 am ersten December sein Examen machen {zine ik- 
 tsdh'-men ma-c'hen). 
 
 26. Haben Sio keine Nachrichten von Herrn Reichen- 
 
 heim {ri' -^ en-hime) erhalten ? 
 
 27. Ja, ich habe heute Morgen einen Brief von ihm er- 
 
 halten {or bekommen, or empfangen), in welchem er 
 mir mittheilt {mit'tilet), dass er recht gut vorvvarts 
 kommt (for'-vairts cdmt). 
 
 28. Um wie viel Uhr stehen Sie gewohnlich auf (sh'tay'- 
 h^n zei ghe-vohn'-U^ oufe) [to get up == auf stehen] ? 
 
 39. Ich stehe gewohnlich um sieben Uhr auf, aber heute 
 Morgen war ich sehr miide {mii'-di) und bin erst um 
 neun Uhr aufgestanden. 
 
302 
 
 GRAMMATICAL REMARKS. 
 
 Exercises and Words used in Common Conversation, 
 
 The Indefinite Numerals. 
 
 I. The greater part of the indefinite numerals are 
 used and inflected as adjectives. They are : 
 
 Masc. 
 jeb=cr {yay'-der), every, each. 
 QU^Cr (all) {d-le'r), all. 
 fcin=CC {klne), no. 
 mand^^Cr {mdn'-yir\ many a 
 
 {or an), 
 toict (////), much. 
 tDCnig {vay'-ntv), little. 
 
 beib=C (pi.) {bide I both. 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Neuter. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 jeb=c. 
 
 ieb-^cS. 
 
 {wanting.) 
 
 a\U, 
 
 dl^cg (aU). 
 
 QlH all. 
 
 fein=c. 
 
 fein. 
 
 fein-e, no. 
 
 nian(^=e. 
 
 tttonrf)=c^. 
 
 mQncl^>e, some. 
 
 t)ict=e. 
 
 Diel. 
 
 btel^e. many. ^ 
 
 n)cnig=e. 
 
 ttjenig. 
 
 tt)cnig=c, few. 
 
 tne^rc=rc (pi.) {may -re-re), several. 
 
 einig-e (etUc^e) (pi.) {t -nie-ghe), 
 
 some, a few. 
 bie meift-cn (pi.) {dee mi-sien\ 
 
 most. 
 
 2. ^// is in German never followed by the definite 
 article, as it is in English ; as : All the girls, alle SJ^db^ett 
 {not, a((e bie OJJab^en). All the boys, alle ^oben. All the 
 money, a((e§ ®e(b. — For the English all^ in the sense of 
 the whole ^ the Germans use gan^, and not ail; as: A/l 
 the day, i.e. the w/^^/^ day, bett oatt^eti ^ag («^/ ben alien 
 Xag). ^// ///^ week, bie ganje Soc^e. ^// //^^ year, ba« 
 gan^e 3a()r. 
 
 3. The English some or any, when used before a 
 noun in the singular, is not rendered in German ; as: 
 
303 
 
 Here is some ink, §ier ift Xink {ttn'-te). Have you any ink ? 
 §abcu ^ie !Iintc (////-//) ? Have you some ink? gaben 
 (Sie Xinte? Before a noun in the plural, some and any 
 must be rendered by eintge; as: Give me sojtie {i.e. a 
 few) pens, @eben (Sie mir einige gcbern. Have you any 
 pens? §aben ^\t einige gebern?— Not any is given by 
 fetn (sing.), and feinc (pi) He has not received any 
 money, (5r l)at fein @e(b empfangcn. — In replies to questions, 
 where we use only some without a substantive, it is 
 rendered by the accusative of \oz\^)tX (tuetdjeUr tnclffje, 
 welc^c^) ; or by bat) on, for the j/;/^w/«/', and by einige, 
 for the plural ; as : Have you some bread, §aben (Sie ^rob ? 
 Yes, I have some ; ^% ic^ l)abc tDCldje^. Have you any 
 butter? .?>aben 'Sie gutter? Yes, I have some; ^^, t(^ 
 l)abe n? e ( c^ e . Have you any pens ! §Qben (gie gebern ? 
 ^^s, I have some; 3^, id) l)abe einige. 
 
 5. 3Sie( and hjenig remain frequently unchanged, 
 especially when they state a quantity ; as: (5r ^at tttcl 
 (S^eift {g/ilste), aber menig @elb, He has much sense, but little 
 money. 8ie \)ahzxi Did 2:a(ent, aber tucnig gleig, You have 
 much talent, but little application. 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 What day o! tne month is i. Which date (Sffield^cS 3)Qtum) 
 it ? have we to-day ? or The 
 
 which date (bcr mieoielte) is 
 to-day ? 
 If is the twenty-fourth of 2. It is the (ber) twenty-fourth 
 May. May (aJioi) ; or We have the 
 
 (ben) twenty-fourth May. 
 How many yards of this cloth 3. How many yards (2J2cter) cloth 
 would you want ? (X^^) wish you ? 
 
304 
 
 4- Please give me i6 meters of 4. Please give (you) to me r6 
 the blue cloth, and 13 of the meters blue (blaueg,^rt)ont)em 
 
 black one. blauen) cloth (Xudf) and 13 
 
 meters black (fc^tuorjeS or tjon 
 bcm fd^marjen). 
 
 The Pronouns. 
 
 I. Personal Pronouns, 
 
 
 
 3c^, /. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 N. 
 
 i^I. 
 
 Plur. tt)ir, we. 
 
 
 G. 
 
 meiner {mi'-ner\ of me. 
 
 unfcrer {ddn' -zi-rir\ of us. 
 
 
 D. 
 
 nilr, to me, me. 
 
 ung, to us, us. 
 
 
 A. 
 
 mid), me. 
 
 uti8, us. 
 
 
 
 ^U, thou. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 N. 
 
 bu, thou. 
 
 Flur. il^r or @ie, you. [you. 
 
 
 G. 
 
 bciner {di-ner), of thee. 
 
 eurcr {oy'-j-er) or Sl^rer, of 
 
 
 D. 
 
 bir, to thee, thee. 
 
 cuc^ or 3I)nen, to you, you. 
 
 
 A. 
 
 bi^, thee. 
 
 eud^ or (Sie, you. 
 
 
 
 (5r, fie, e^, he^ she, it. 
 
 
 
 Masc. Fern. Neut. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 N. 
 
 er he. 
 
 fte, she. 
 
 e«, it. 
 
 
 G. 
 
 fciner {zi-nSr), of him. 
 
 i^rer, of her. 
 
 (feiner), of it. 
 
 
 D. 
 
 i^m, to him, him. 
 
 i^r, to her, her. 
 
 (i^m), to it. 
 
 
 A. 
 
 i^n, him. 
 
 fie, her. 
 
 e«, it. 
 
 
 
 Plural for all three Genders. 
 
 
 
 N. fie, they. 
 
 D. iljnen, to them, them. 
 
 
 
 G. i^rer, of them. 
 
 A. fte, them. 
 
 
 
 Reflective Form : \\d). 
 
 D. 
 
 fic^ 
 
 himself, herself, itself. [ For all 3 Genders. 
 
 A. 
 
 yourself, yourselves, 
 
 themselves, f 
 
 Sing, and Plural, 
 
305 
 
 1. The form btt (plur. il^r) is used only in speaking 
 to near relatives, intimate friends, servants, and children 
 (or in solemn and poetical stj'le). Teachers address 
 young pupils, and employers their servants, with b U. 
 (The forms i^r, eurer, CUC^, cud) are simply the plurals 
 of bu, and are used in the same way.) 
 
 The general mode of address is <S t e , which is really 
 the third person plural, but is distinguished from it by a 
 capital initial. In the same way we distinguish between 
 3f)rer, O^ncn, of you, to you, and i^rer, i^nen, of them, to 
 them. 
 
 In the Imperative the Germans, as we have seen, always 
 employ (Sic. Ex. : ^ommcn (Sic, come ; g c b c n (Sic 
 bicfcn ■53ncf an §crm 48., give this letter to Mr. B. ; f agctt 
 ©ic i^m ba^, tell him so; f c^cn (Sic ntcf)t fo drgertic^ au^, 
 do not look so angry ! 
 
 2. Observe the difference between the German and 
 English mode of expression in the following : 
 
 it is I, ic^ bin c«. 
 
 it is he (she), cr (fte) tfl e8. 
 
 it was I, id) tt)ar e8. 
 
 is it I? binl(^e«? 
 is it he? ift cr c«? 
 
 it is we, ttjir finb c8. 
 
 it is you, ®ic finb c8. 
 
 it was you, ®ic tt)orcn t%, &c. 
 
 Interrogative. 
 
 is it we? ftnb hjir c6? 
 is it you? *tnb <Sie e8? 
 
 3. The pronoun of the third person C§, &c., is used very 
 differently from the English. For instance, we say, I 
 am satisfied with it, but the Germans must say, ^6) bin 
 b a m i t jufricben. We will talk about it afterwards, $Bir 
 wollcn nacf)^cr barUbcr fprec^en. I cannot help it, 3^^ 
 
306 
 
 faun nidjt^ b a f it r. He laughed at it, ($r Iaif)te b a r ii b e r 
 I did not think of it, Qd) \)abt nid)t b ar an gebad)t 
 Observe the following list: 
 
 baiuit', with it or with them, 
 barill', in it or in them. 
 babUl'rf)', through it or them. 
 baUDU', of or from it or them, 
 barnuf , upon it or them, 
 borons', from it or them. 
 
 baju', to it or to them. 
 
 baOci', ) 
 
 , V at It or at them 
 
 barnn , ) 
 
 banVDcv, about or over it, ibem, 
 baruu'tCC, among them, 
 bafiil*', for it or them. 
 
 Tlie Keflexive Personal Pronoun. 
 
 The pronouns of the first and second person have in 
 German a reflexive power. The word SOlf, used in 
 English, can, therefore, in these two persons not be ex- 
 pressed separately, 2i.s\ Sing., I blamed myself, \d) tcibelte 
 mid); plur, we blamed owxselves, tDtr tabeltett un^; he 
 blamed hXmself, er i^tXit fic^ ; plur., they blamed them- 
 sclves, fie tabetten ftrf). But when the English pronouns 
 myself, thyself, &c., are emphatic repetitions of the nom- 
 inative, they ai-e rendered by felbft or felber, as : 
 
 I myself, id) \ti\i% we ourselves, \0\x fclbfl. 
 
 thou thyself, bu fcIDfl. you yourself, ®ie fcIbft. 
 
 he himself, er fcfOfl. they themselves, fie fcIDft. 
 
 she herself, jic fffbjt. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 He himself told me so. ®r l)at e§ tnir f etbft (^cfogt. You took it 
 yourself, @ie ^abeu e§ felbft geuommen. The judge himself did not 
 know it, S)er 9fJid)ter {riy'-ter) tnu^te e§ fclber nld)t. She did it 
 herself, ®ie I)Ot e§ felbft gef^an. Tbey saw it themselves, @ie 
 Ijaben eg f e I b ft gefeben. 
 
307 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 35^arum Ijahtn <Bxt Wjvx mein (Sc^reibcti (letter) am t)tx* 
 gangcncn {fer-gdn*-ghe-nen, last) !Dtenftag nicf)t abgegeben? 
 3'ti) ^abe Cv5 fciner grau iibcrreid)t {U-ber-rUt' , handed), unb 
 fie Derfprad) mir {fer-sJi prdch' , promised), t^m baffelbe \it\ 
 fciner ^^Intunft (an' -kodnft, arrival) gebctx gu iDoIIen. 3d) l^abe 
 il)n'fclbft gc|"prod)cn, unb cr fagt mir, bag feinegrau fid) nid)t er* 
 inncrn (remember) fijunte, \iQ^^ oic il)r ben ^rtef am oergangenen 
 ^Dienftag iiberrcid)t Ijittten. 3d) fann mid) 3l)rer nic^t erinnent, 
 mem §err. (vrinnem 8ie fid) meiner ntd)t mct)r ? 3d) liatte 
 bie (iljvc, 3i)nen'auf bcm ^alle bc^ beut{d)en ©efanbten {ghe- 
 zdn'-ten, an^bassador) in "ifari^ Dorgeftcllt gu tnerben. Senn 
 ^ic nad) Berlin fommen, fo t^un Sic mir ben ©efallcn, fid) 
 nac^ ben S5erl)a(tnif]'en {fer-helt'-nis-sm, affairs, circum- 
 stances) bicfe^ §crrn ^u crfunbigen (to inform). SSer ift ba? 
 3d) bin c5. Sarcn Sic e§, ber foebcn an bic Xl)iire (door) 
 getlopft \)^i (knocked) ? 3d) luar cd nid)t ; c^ mar bicfer jungc 
 9J?ann, n)cld)er 3ic in cincr @c|d)aft^=5lngelegenl)eit ^u fpred)en 
 tDiinfd)t. 
 
 Words. 
 
 !Dic ^cit [htte) 
 
 Time. 
 
 bos 3o^r {ydhr\ pi bic 3nt)rc, 
 
 the yeir. 
 
 bcr 9D?onat {moh'-ndt), pi. bie iFJionate 
 
 the month. 
 
 cine S[Bo(f)c (z/J'-r>^/), pi. bie 2Bo(f)cn, 
 
 a week. 
 
 ber lag. pi. bie %a%t. 
 
 the day. 
 
 bie ^JiQrfjt, pi. bic ^JJac^te, 
 
 the night. 
 
808 
 
 ber aJtorgen, 
 
 the morning. 
 
 bev 2«ittag, 
 
 the noon. 
 
 bei* S?or'mittag, 
 
 the forenoon. 
 
 ber 9^ac{)mittag, 
 
 the afternoon. 
 
 ber Mtnh {afi-bent), pi. bie 5lbenbc, 
 
 the evening. 
 
 l)eute {ho/-te). 
 
 to-day. 
 
 ^eute 3)?orgen, 
 
 this morning. 
 
 l)eute ^ormittog, 
 
 this forenoon. 
 
 ^eute S^Jac^mittag, 
 
 this afternoon. 
 
 lieute Slbenb, 
 
 this evening, to-night. 
 
 geftern, 
 
 yesterday. 
 
 geftern Slbenb, 
 
 yesterday evening, last night. 
 
 borgeftern {fffr'-ghes-tcm), 
 
 the day before yesterday. 
 
 morgen, 
 
 to-morrow. 
 
 tnorgen frii^, 
 
 to-morrow morning. 
 
 iibermorg en {u ber-mor-ghen). 
 
 the day after to-morrow. 
 
 eineii Sag urn ben anberen, 
 
 every other day. 
 
 ncutirfi {noy'-Uy), 
 
 the other day. 
 
 n% 
 
 early. 
 
 \m. 
 
 late. 
 
 cin ^QtbeS 3ol^r, 
 
 half a year. 
 
 brei aJ^onate, or tin SSiertelja^r {fir'- 
 
 
 til-ydhr), 
 
 three months, a quarter. 
 
 bier^etin Soge, 
 
 a fortnight. 
 
 ©ie ^age ber 5Bo(^e (Die SBoc^entage), Days of the Week 
 
 @onntog {zonn'-tdg), 
 
 Sunday. 
 
 aRontag {mdn'-tdg\ 
 
 Monday. 
 
 SDienftag Ureens'-tdg), 
 
 Tuesday. 
 
 SD^Jittrooc^ {mii'-voch). 
 
 Wednesday. 
 
 SDonnerftag {ddn'-ners'tdg\ 
 
 Thursday. 
 
 f^reitog (/n'-/^^). 
 
 Friday. 
 
 ©omftog {zdms'-tdg) \ 
 ©onnobenb {zdn' -nd-bent), ) 
 
 Saturday. 
 
809 
 
 Tlomtt, 
 
 Months. 
 
 3anuar {yah! -ndd-are)^ 
 
 January. 
 
 gebruar {fay'-broo-, 
 
 are) 
 
 February. 
 
 W^Xl {merts\ 
 
 
 March. 
 
 Slprit {a-pril\ 
 
 
 April. 
 
 3«ai {nil). 
 
 
 May. 
 
 3uni {yoo-nee), 
 
 
 June. 
 
 3uti {yoo-lee). 
 
 
 July. 
 
 Slug lift ipu-gddst'). 
 
 
 August. 
 
 (September {zep-tim' 
 
 -ber\ 
 
 SeptemDer. 
 
 October {dc-to-bir), 
 
 
 October. 
 
 9?ot)ember {no-vim' -bir). 
 
 November, 
 
 2)ecembcr {day-cem' 
 
 -bir\ 
 
 December. 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 1. Did you get the money at 
 Stewart & Co.'s? 
 
 2. I called there twice, but 
 could not get a penny. 
 
 3. The manager asserted that 
 ihe goods had arrived in 
 vervbad condition, and that 
 he would not pay for them 
 unless you made a reduc- 
 tion of 10 per cent. 
 
 Have you the money at (bel) 
 Stewart & Co. got ? 
 I have there twice been, but 
 could not a penny (einen ^fcu* 
 nig) get. 
 
 The manager (ber 2)i8ponent') 
 asserted that the goods in 
 very bad condition (in fel^r 
 fd)(ec^tem 3"fton^c o^ in \t\fc 
 fd)led^tcr ^Serforfung) arrived 
 were, and that he them not 
 pay would if you not a re- 
 duction (einc 9?ebuction) ot 
 (Don) 10 per cent (^rocent) 
 make would. 
 
310 
 
 I should be much obliged 
 to you if you could send 
 there once more ; for I am 
 very anxious to settle this 
 matter as quickly as pos- 
 sible. 
 
 5. Have you been long in 
 
 America ? 
 5. Since the 20th of May. 
 
 7. And how do you like it? 
 
 8. Tiianks, I like America very 
 much, though many things 
 and customs are new and 
 strange to me. 
 
 9. If you want to get along well 
 with your German studies, 
 you must frequently con- 
 verse with refined native 
 Germans. 
 
 10. "What are you laughing at? 
 
 11. Reflect about it. 
 
 12. If you had reflected about it 
 you would have seen that 
 I was right and you were 
 wrong. 
 
 4. I should to you much (fel^r) ob- 
 liged be if you once more 
 (noc^ einmal) tliere (bortI)in) 
 send could for (benn) I am 
 very anxious this matter as 
 quickly as possible (fo fd)nett 
 tt)ie tnoglic^) to (ju) settle (er* 
 le'bigen). 
 
 5. Are you already long in 
 America ? 
 
 6. Since (felt) the (bem) 20th May 
 (3«ai). 
 
 7. And how pleases it you ? 
 
 8. Thanks, America pleases me 
 very well (fel)r gut), though 
 (obgletd)) many things (Swinge) 
 and customs (@ebrau rf)e)to me 
 new and strange (frcmb) are. 
 
 9. If you with your German 
 studies well (gut) to get 
 ahead desire, then (fo) must 
 you frequently ({joufig) with 
 refined (gebil beten) native (ge^ 
 bo'renen) Germans converse. 
 
 10. What at (tDoriiber) laugh you ? 
 
 11. Think you about it (bariiber) 
 after. 
 
 12. If you about it reflected (nad^a 
 
 gebarflt) had, then would you 
 seen have that I right and 
 you wrong had. 
 
tl« ^ebt.|t$#n-|a5t«m, 
 
 OERMAN 
 
 PART XII. 
 
XII. 
 
 * {Continuation.) 
 
 30. I do not feel at all {gar nicht] well ; I shall get up late 
 (= I shall only late [erst spdt\ get u^\ailrfste]ie7i\). 
 
 31. Get up (stelien 8ie auf)\ it is very lat^ 
 
 32. At which station do you get out {stti^r" iSie aus)? 
 
 [To get out = aussteigen ; irregular. Imperfect: 
 ich stieg aus ; Perfect : ich bin ausgestiegeii.] 
 
 33. I am going to gel out at the next station, [/am 
 going to is translated by the future or present tense.] 
 
 34. Stop {Jialten bie an), cabman ; 1 Sxi^^aid like to get 
 
 down here for a moment {auf einen Auge7ibUch). 
 
 35. Get in {steigen 8ie ein\ gentlemen ; the train is going 
 to leave at once {geht sofort at). 
 
 36. Let us take a seat (Platz nehmen) here. 
 
 37. No, come into the next compartment; /am not fond 
 of sitting {ich sitze nicht gem ^) in a smoking com- 
 partment. 
 
 38. Are you fond of smoking } 
 
 39. Are you fond of this soup.^ 
 
 40. Are you not fond of beer.? 
 
 41. No, I rather take {icJi trinke lieher) water. 
 
 42. Are you not fond of novels.? 
 
 i) Oern, lieber, am licbsten is used in connection with almost 
 any verb and expresses our to be fond of, as : Spielen Sie gent 
 Clavier, are you fond of playing the piano ? — Ich hore gute Musik 
 
XII. 
 
 (Continuation). 
 
 30. Ich befinde mich gar nicht wohl ; ich werde erst spat 
 aufstehen. 
 
 31. Stehen Sie auf ; es ist sehr spSt. 
 
 32. Auf welcher Station steigen Sie aus {sh'ti-'ghen zee 
 ouse) ? 
 
 33. Ich werde auf der nachsten Station aussteigen (or 
 Ich steige auf der nachsten Station aus). 
 
 34. Halten Sie an, Kutscher ; ich mochte gem auf einer^ 
 Augenblick hier aussteigen. 
 
 35. Steigen Sie ein, meine Herren ; der Zug geht so- 
 
 fort ab. 
 
 36. Lassen Sie uns hier Platz nehmen. 
 
 37. Nein, kommen Sie in das nachste Coupe; ich sitze 
 7iicht gem ^ in einem Rauchcoup6. 
 
 38. Rauchen Sie gern ? 
 
 39. Essen Sie diese Suppe gern ? 
 
 40. Trinken Sie nicht gern Bier? 
 
 41. Nein, ich trinke lieber (lee'-ber) Wasser. 
 
 42 Lesen Sie nicht gern Romane {roh-mdh'-ne)? 
 
 sehr gern, I am very fond of good music. — Was se hen Sie lieber, ein 
 Schauspiel oder ein Lustspiel? What do you prefer, a drama or a 
 comedy ? — Ich sehe eine Oper am liebsten, I am very fond <rf the opera. 
 
314 
 
 43 I am quite fond of good novels, but I prefer (ich Use 
 
 lieher) historical works. 
 44. And I like poetry best (=1 read the soonest [am 
 
 liehsten] poetry \_Gedichte]). 
 
 2. 
 On a Railway. 
 
 In the Carriage, 
 
 1. Will you allow me {inir erlauien) to put my carpet- 
 bag (BeisetascJie) here ? 
 
 2. Please do so. 
 
 3. Is my carpet-bag in your way (= to you in the way) ? 
 
 4. I am afraid (ich fiirchte) my carpet-bag is in your 
 way (or is an inconvenience to you — leldstigt Sie). 
 
 5. Not at all;^ I am quite comfortable (= I sit quite 
 comfortable [ich sitze ganz hequem]). 
 
 6. I am afraid you are not comfortable, madam (gnddige 
 Frauy 
 
 7. Allow me (eriauben Sie mir) to take away my rug 
 
 = (you from my rug to free [Sie von meiner Reise- 
 decke zu hefreieri]). 
 
 8. Please take a seat on this side (auf diese Seite). 
 
 9. Please take a seat here ; there is a draught there. 
 
 10. Will you allow me to close the window (das Fenster 
 zuzumachen) ? There is a draught here. 
 
 i) Not at all ; by no means ; not by any means, is rendered, ganz 
 ujid gar nicht ; durchaus nicht ; keineswegs {ki' -nes-vaigs). 
 
 2) The Germans, in their overpoliteness, address all ladies, espe- 
 
315 
 
 43- Ich lese gute Romane ganz gern, aber icli Icse 
 
 histo'rische VVerke lieber (lee-ber). 
 44. Und ich lese am liebsten Gedichte (leep'-sten g/ie- 
 
 2. 
 
 Auf der Eiseubalm. 
 
 Im Waggon {vd-giuig'). 
 
 1. Wiirden Sie mir erlauben {er-lou -ben) meine Reise- 
 tasche hier hinzustellen {ri-ze-td-she here hin'-tsdo- 
 "zJitellen) ? 
 
 2. Bitte sehr. 
 
 3. 1st meine Reisetasche Ihnen im Wegc {7^ay'-ghe)? 
 
 4. Ich furchte, meine Reisetasche ist Ihnen im Wege 
 (or meine Reisetasche belastigt Sie [pe-les'-tD't zee]). 
 
 5. Ganz und gar nicht ; * ich sitze ganz bequem [zit'-ze 
 gdnts be-quaym'). 
 
 6. Ich fiirchte, Sie sitzen nicht bequem, gnadige Frau ' 
 {gnay' -dee-ghe /row'). 
 
 7. Erlauben Sie mir, Sie von meiner Reisedecke zu be- 
 freien {be-frt-en). 
 
 8.- Bitte, setzen Sie sich auf diese Seite [zet'-sen zee zi^ 
 
 oufe dee'-ze zi'-te). 
 9. Bitte, setzen Sie sich hierher; esziehtdort {tscit dnrt). 
 10. Wiirden Sie mir wohl erlauben, das Fenster zuzu- 
 
 machen ? Es zieht hier sehr {tseet zayr). 
 
 ciallj'ihose with whom the)' are but sliehtly acquainted, by 'Gnadij'<^ 
 Frau' (= your ladyship), or ' Gnadiges Fraulein,' or 'Meine 
 Gnadige.' 
 
316 
 
 II Will you please (gefdUigst) open the window? It is 
 very warm {or close [schwiil]) in this carriage (in 
 diesem Waggon). 
 
 12. There isn't much room in these carriages (or^ One 
 has to sit very close [sehr e7ig'] in these carriages). 
 
 13. Would you object to my opening the window a 
 little? [JVould you object "i is simply rendered, ^r- 
 lauben Sie mir .^] 
 
 14.' A little air {Lnft) would be an advantage (= would 
 us good do [witrde uns gut thun]). 
 
 15. I don't mind (=1 have nothing against it [da- 
 gegen]). 
 
 16. We are going very fast (very slow). 
 
 17. Did you hear the name of that station ? 
 
 18. How long do we stop at this station ? 
 
 19. Five minutes' stay here. 
 
 20. The travellers (Passagiere) for Berlin change here 
 (steigen hier urn). 
 
 21. You have to change cars in Cologne, gentlemen (Sie 
 milssen . . . iimsteigen). 
 
 22. 1 am going to Dresden, conductor. Where must I 
 change cars ( Wo muss ich umsteigen) ? 
 
 23. You do not change. You remain in this carriage 
 
 (z=z you remain seated). 
 
 24. How long must I wait [tvarten) for the Berlin train 
 (cm f den Zug nach Berlin) ? 
 
 25. Have I to change again {tiocli einmal) ? 
 
 26. No ; the train leaves here at 1.40, and goes through 
 to Berlin (und geht his nach Berlin durch). 
 
 27. Conductor, how long have I to stay (warten) here? 
 
317 
 
 1 1. Wollen Sie gefalligst das Fenster offnen ? Es ist 
 sehr warm {or schwiil) in diesem Waggon. 
 
 1 2. Man sitzt in diesen Waggons sehr eng. 
 
 13. Erlauben Sie mir, das Fenster ein wenig zu offnen? 
 
 14. Ein wenig Luft {lodft) wiirde uns gut thun. 
 
 15. Ich habe nichts dagegen {da- g hay' -g hen). 
 
 16. Wir fahren sehr rasch (sehr iangsam). 
 
 17. Haben Sie den Namen jener Station gehort? 
 
 18. Wie lange halten wir auf dieser Station an? 
 
 19. FUnf Minuten Aufenthalt {oufe'-ent-hdlt), 
 
 20. Die Passagiere {pdsdjee' -re) nacli Berlin steigen 
 
 hier um. 
 
 21. Sie miissen in Coin umsteigen, meine Herren. 
 
 22. Ich reise nach Dresden, Schaffner. Wo muss ich 
 umsteigen ? 
 
 23. Sie steigen nicht um; Sie bleiben sitzen {or Sie 
 
 bleiben in diesem Coupe). 
 
 24. Wie lange muss ich auf den Zug nach Berlin war- 
 ten ? 
 
 25. Muss ich noch einmal umsteigen ? 
 
 26. Nein, der Zug geht hier um i Uhr 40 Minuten ab 
 und geht durch bis nach Berlin {or and geht bis 
 nach B. durch). 
 
 27. Schaffner, wie lange muss ich hier warten? 
 
318 
 
 28. Where to (Wofahren Sie hin)? To Bruxelles. Then 
 you will have to wait till (bis) the Frankfort train 
 arrives (ankonwit). 
 
 29. When [or at what time) is the Frankfort train due 
 here ? 
 
 30. When does this train reach Dresden ? (or, When is 
 this train due at Dresden ?) 
 
 31. This train reaches Dresden (kommt . . . an) at 8 p.m. 
 
 (Abends) (a.m. = friih). 
 
 32. We have to wait two hours for the next train. It 
 leaves at 2.40. 
 
 33. Let us (lassen Sie uns) go into the refreshment-room 
 
 (die Restauration) and take (tritiken) a cup of coffee 
 
 (eine Tasse Kaffee). 
 3 ^. I should like {icli mbclite) to take something warm 
 
 (etwas Warmes zu mir nehmen) ; the weather is 
 
 awfully cold (fiirchterlich kalt). 
 35. Please give me a cup of tea (eine Tasse Thee) and 
 
 some bread and butter (etivas Butterbrod). 
 36 Don't drink tea in German restaurants ; one cannot 
 
 swallow it (= he is undrinkable, or uneatable, [er 
 
 ist ungeniessbar). 
 
 37. Waiter, give me something else (etivas anderes) ; I 
 
 cannot eat this ham (=this ham is uneatable \iinge- 
 niessbar]). 
 
 38. Let us have dinner here (Jiier zu Mittag speisen) ; the 
 train does not stop anywhere till we come to Dres- 
 den (= till \bis\ Dresden have we nowhere \iiirgends\ 
 stoppage l^Aufenthalt]). 
 
 39. No, thanks ; I will only take a ham-sandwich (ein 
 helegtes Butterbrod mit Schinken). 
 
319 
 
 28. Wo fahren Sie hin ? Nach Briissel. Dann miissen 
 
 Sie warten bis der Frankfurter Zug ankommt. 
 
 29. Wann kommt der Frankfurter Zug hier an ? 
 
 30. Wann kommt dieser Zug in Dresden an ? 
 
 31. Dieser Zug kommt um acht Uhr Abends (frlih) in 
 Dresden an. 
 
 32. Wir haben zwei Stunden auf den nachsten Zug zu 
 warten. Er geht um zwei Uhr 40 Minuten ab. 
 
 33. Lassen Sie uns in die Restauration {res-to-rdh-tsyone') 
 gehen und eine Tasse Kaffee trinken. 
 
 34. Ich mochte etvvas Warmes [et'-vds vdr'-mes) zu mir 
 nehmen ; das Wetter ist fiirchterlich kalt (vet'-tcr ist 
 fury'-ter-liy kdhlt). 
 
 35. Bitte, geben Sie mir eine Tasse Thee {tay) und etwas 
 B u 1 1 e rb rod {boot' - ter-brote) . 
 
 2y(i. Trinken Sie keinen Thee in deutschen Restaura- 
 tionen ; er ist ungeniessbar {oon! -ghe-nees' -bdr). 
 
 37. Kellner, geben Sie mir etwas anderes {et'-vds dn' -de- 
 res) ; dieser Schinken {shin'-kifi) ist ungeniessbar. 
 
 38. Lassen Sie uns hier zu Mittag speisen {sli pi! -zen) \ 
 bis Dresden haben wir nirgends Aufenthalt {nir'- 
 ghents oufe'-ent-hdhlt') 
 
 39. Nein, danke schon ; ich werde nur ein belegtes 
 Butterbrod mit Schinken essen. 
 
320 
 
 40. Come, waiter, hurry ; the bell is ringing for the train 
 to start (= the bell [die Glocke] rings \ldutet\ior the 
 departure \zur Aifahrt]). 
 
 41. You have plenty of time; the train will not start for 
 
 six minutes, (= the train goes only [erst] in six 
 minutes off). 
 
 42. Give me some sandwiches in a paper-bag (in einer 
 
 Tiite) and a little bottle of port wine {ein kleines 
 Fldscli' chen Portwein). 
 ^3. What is your charge ? [These are the three modes 
 most frequently employed for asking the price or 
 charge.] 
 
 44. Here is our train ; let us get in. 
 
 45. There is no room here; you must go further forward, 
 gentlemen {weiter vorwdrts, mei?ie Herren), 
 
 46. Is there room for two here, gentlemen } 
 
 47. No, we are full {— here is every seat [alles] occu- 
 pied [besetzt\). 
 
 48. There is room here; let us get in. 
 
 49. That is the starting signal. 
 
 50. There is the steam whistle ; we are off {= the loco- 
 
 motive whistles [pfeift\). 
 
 51. I think we had better get ready to get out (= It is 
 time to get ready for getting out [sich zum Aicssteigeti 
 fertig zu maclien\). 
 
 52. That is my travelling-rug; will you have the kind- 
 
 ness to hand it to me (sie mir lieriiherzureiclieii)} 
 
 53. Thanks [or I am very much obliged to you). 
 
 54. I am delighted to have made your acquaintance {= It 
 was to me very agreeable your acquaintance to 
 make). 
 
321 
 
 40. Hier, Kellner, beeilen {bi-t-lin) Sie sich ; die Glocke 
 lautet zur Abfahrt {glok'-ke loy'-tet tsodr dp'-fdhrt). 
 
 41. Sie haben noch viel Zeit {feel tsite)\ dcr Zug geht 
 erst in sechs Minuten ab. 
 
 42. Geben Sie mir einige {t-nie-gh^) belegte Butter- 
 brode in einer Tiite und ein Flaschchen i^ flesh' -^ hi) 
 Portwein. 
 
 / Wie viel macht das ? 
 
 43. ■< Wie viel kostet das? 
 
 ' Wie viel betragt' das ? 
 
 44. Hier ist unser Zug ; lassen Sie uns ein'steigen. 
 
 45. Hier ist kein Platz mehr. Weiter vorwarts (vi* -ter 
 for'-vairts)y meine Herren. 
 
 46. Haben Sie noch zwei Platze, meine Herren ? 
 
 47. Nein, hier ist alles besetzt'. 
 
 48. Hier ist noch Platz ; lassen Sie uns ein'steigen. 
 
 49. Das ist das Zeichen (tsi'">'en) zur Abfahrt. 
 
 50. Die Locomotive pfeift (pfiff) \ wir fahren ab. 
 
 51. Es ist Zeit sich zum Aus'steigen fertig zu machen. 
 
 52. Das ist meine Reisedecke; hatten Sie wohl die Giite, 
 sie mir heriiberzureichen {rt-^in)} 
 
 53. Ich danke Ihnen {or Ich bin Ihnen sehr verbunden). 
 
 54. Es war mir sehr angenehm, Ihre Bekanntschaft zu 
 machen. 
 
322 
 
 55- Good-bye to you ; I hope we shall meet again some- 
 where (I hope == hoffentlich). 
 
 56. Conductor, where is the luggage-room ? 
 
 57. You need not trouble yourself {Sie brauchen sich 
 
 nicht zu lemiihen) ; please give me your luggage^ 
 check. 
 
 58. Shall I take your luggage and get you a cab, sir ? 
 
 * 
 
 59. Porter, what is your charge ? 
 
 60. As you please, sir. 
 
 61. I leave it to you. 
 
 {Continuation.) 
 3. 
 
 Or would you adrise me to engage prirate 
 
 lodgings? 
 
 Or 
 
 would you 
 to me, me 
 to advise^ 
 
 i) Rathen {rdh'-tin) is thus conjugated in the 
 
 Present, 
 ich rathe {rdh''ti), I advise, &c. wir rathen, we advise, &C. 
 
 du rathst {or du rathest). Sie rathen. 
 
 er ratht {or er rathet). sie rathen. 
 
32:i 
 
 55. Adieu {dh-dyo'). Hof'fentlich treffen wir uns noch 
 einmal wieder {ine'-mdhl vei'-der). 
 
 56. Schafifner, wo ist das Gepiick-Bureau ? 
 
 57. Sie brauchen sich nicht zu bemli'hen ; geben Sie mir 
 nur Ihren Gepack'schein. 
 
 58. Soil ichihr Gepack nehmen und Ihnen eine Droschke 
 holen {or hesor'gen), mein Herr ? 
 
 59. Gepacktr?ger, was bin ich Ihnen schuldig {shool' -di^'Y 
 
 60. Nach Belieben {be-lee' -ben) . 
 
 61. Ich iiberlas'se es Ihnen. 
 
 (Continuation.) 
 
 Oder wiirden Sie mir rathen, in einer Privat- 
 
 -d6r vlir'-den zC5 mere r5h'-t6n in I'-ner prge-v5ht'- 
 
 wohnung Logis zu uehnien? 
 
 v0h-n66ng l5-jes' tsOO nay'-m6n. 
 
 Oder {p'-der) 
 
 wiirden Sie {viir'-den zee) 
 
 mir {mere) 
 
 rathen {rah' -ten) * 
 
 Imperfect. Ich rieih {reet)\ Perfect. Ich habe fferathen (^>^/-;'JA'- 
 //«). Rathen m^TiVLS ■3\sr\ ^ to ^uess.^ Ex.: Sie kQnnen nicht rathen, 
 wen ich gesehen habe, You cannot guess whom I eawr. KOnnenSie 
 es rathen ? Can you guess at it ? 
 
324 
 
 the advice 
 
 he gave me good advice 
 
 in 
 
 private lodgings 
 
 my private dwelling is in King Street 
 
 that is a private affair {or personal matter) 
 
 lodgings 
 
 to 
 
 to take (Imperfect : I took, ich nahm ; Perfect : I have 
 taken, ich habe genommen) 
 
 Present. 
 
 I take. we take, 
 
 thou takest. you take, 
 
 he takes. they take. 
 
 1. Would you advise me to stop in this hotel (=in this 
 hotel to stop [zu Meiben]) ? 
 
 2. What is your advice.? 
 
 3. What would you advise me to do ? 
 
 4. I should advise you not to have anything to do with 
 this man {sich nichf mit diesem Menschen einzu- 
 lassen). 
 
 5. Follow {folgen Sie) my advice, and do not have any- 
 thing to do with this man (lassen Sie sich nicht mit 
 diesem Menschen ein), 
 
 6. I did as you advised. 
 
 7. Give me your advice what to do in this matter 
 (=what I in this matter do shall). 
 
325 
 
 der Rath [rdht) [Used only in the singular] 
 
 er gab mir einen guten Rath 
 
 in [Preposition governing the dative and accusative. 
 Compare pp. i^,^, 137 and 138.] 
 
 die Privatwohnung (pree-vdhf -vdh-noong) 
 
 meine Privatwohnung befindet sich in der Konig-Strasse 
 
 das ist eine Privatangelegenheit {an' 'ghe-lay-ghenhite) 
 
 das Logis {lojee') [Only used in the singular] 
 
 zu {tsod) ^ 
 
 nehmen {nay' -men) [Irregular in the Imperfect, ich nahm^ 
 and in the Perfect, ich habe genomme}i\ The 
 Present is conjugated : 
 Ich nehme {tiay'-me). wir nehmen. 
 
 du nimmst. Sie nehmen. 
 
 er nimmt. sie nehmen. 
 
 1. Wurden Sie mir rathen, in diesem Hotel zu bleiben 
 (bit -ben) ? 
 
 2. Was rathen Sie mir? 
 
 3. Was wurden Sie mir zu thun rathen ? 
 
 4. Ich wiirde Ihnen rathen, sich nicht mit diesem Men- 
 schen einzulassen {men'-^hen ine' -tsoo-lds' -shi), 
 
 5. Folgen Sie meinem Rathe, und lassen Sie sich nicht 
 mit diesem Menschen ein {ine), 
 
 6. Ich habe gethan, was Sie mir gerathen haben. 
 
 7. Rathen Sie mir, was ich in dieser Anj^elegenheit 
 thun soil. 
 
326 
 
 8. One can give neither advice nor help. 
 
 9. I cannot give any advice; this is a private matter, 
 with which I can have nothing to do (or^ in which I 
 cannot interfere [^auf die ich mich niclit einlassen 
 kann\). 
 
 10. Do not have anything at all to do with it. 
 
 11. Who advised you to do so ? 
 
 12. Mr. B., a German \yooks€i\t,x {Buclihdndler) in this 
 place, advised me (rieth mir) to apply personally to 
 the "ambassador {mich direct an den Gesandten zu 
 weyideii). 
 
 13. What is the matter with your sister ? I met her yes- 
 terday {ich bin ihr gestern begegiiet), and she looks 
 very pale indeed. 
 
 14. Her health {ihre Gesundheit) has been very bad for 
 the last six months {wdhrend der letzten 6 Monate). 
 
 15. She intends {sie Mabsichtigt or sie gedenkt) going to 
 
 Italy. 
 
 16. Who advised her to do so {das) ? 
 
 17. I should like to hire {miethen) this office. Would you 
 advise me to do so (=Would you advise me to it 
 [dazu]) ? 
 
 18. If I were in your place {an Ihrer Stelle), I should 
 not do so, because the business location is not cen- 
 tral enough for you. 
 
 19. What are you going to do (^r, What do you intend 
 doing) ? 
 
 20. I am going to act upon your advice and write to him 
 at once {sofort). 
 
 21. What are you going {was gedenhen Sie) to do in this 
 matter ? 
 
327 
 
 8. Da ist nicht zu rathen und zu helfen. 
 
 9. Da kann ich keinen Rath geben; das ist eine Privat- 
 angelegenheit, auf die ich mich nicht einlassen 
 kana. 
 
 10. Lassen Sie sich ja nicht darauf ein (tne). 
 
 11. Wer hat Ihnen das gerathen ? 
 
 12. Herr B., ein hiesiger {Jiee'-zee-gher) deutscher Buch- 
 hiindler, rieth mir, mich direct an den Gesandten zu 
 wenden {reet mere mi">' dee-reci' an dayn ghe-zdn' -ten tsod 
 ven'-den). 
 
 13. Was fehlt Ihrem Fraulein Schwester ? Ich bin ihr 
 gestern begegnet {or Ich habe sie gestern getroffen), 
 und sie sieht {zeet) wirklich sehr blass aus. 
 
 14. Hire Gesundheit (ghe-zoont'-hite) ist wahrend der letz- 
 ten sechs Monate sehr schlecht gewesen. 
 
 15. Sie beabsichtigt {be-dp' -zP iPi) nach Italien zu reisen 
 (or^ Sie gedenkt, nach Italien zu reisen). 
 
 16. Wer hat ihr das gerathen ? 
 
 17. Ich mochte gern dies Comptoir miethen. Wiirden 
 Sie mir dazu rathen {dd-tsoo rdh'-ten) ? 
 
 18. Wenn ich an Ihrer Stella ware, wiirde ich das nicht 
 thun, weil die Geschiiftslage fiir Sie nicht central' 
 genug ist. 
 
 19. Was woUen Sie thun {or Was gedenken, or Was be- 
 absichtigen Sie zu thun) 1 
 
 20. Ich werde Ihren Rath befolgen und ihm sofort 
 
 schreiben. 
 
 21. Was gedenken Sie in dieser Angelegenheit zu thun ? 
 
328 
 
 GRAMMATICAL REMARKS. 
 
 Exercises and Words used in Common Conversation, 
 
 The Possessive Pronouns. 
 
 The possessive pronouns agree in gender, number, and 
 case with the noun they refer to. 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Neuter. 
 
 For all Genders. 
 
 ntein {mine) 
 
 tneine 
 
 meiu 
 
 my. 
 
 ttteine 
 
 
 my. 
 
 bein {dine) 
 
 beiue 
 
 bein 
 
 thy. 
 
 beine 
 
 
 thy. 
 
 fein {zlne) 
 
 feiue 
 
 jein 
 
 his (its). 
 
 feine 
 
 
 his (its). 
 
 i^r {ee'r) 
 
 i^re 
 
 i^r 
 
 her (its). 
 
 i^re 
 
 
 her (its). 
 
 unjer {ddn'-zir) 
 
 uufere 
 
 unjer 
 
 our. 
 
 unjerc 
 
 
 our. 
 
 3l)r {e-er) 
 (euer \oy'-?r\ 
 
 3t)re 
 euere 
 
 3^r ) 
 euer) \ 
 
 your. 
 
 3l)re 
 (euere, 
 
 cure) 
 
 - your. 
 
 i^r {eer) 
 
 tl^re 
 
 i^r 
 
 their. 
 
 i^re 
 
 
 their. 
 
 The declension of the first three is shown in the first 
 lesson. The last five are declined as follows : . 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Fern. Neuter. 
 
 unjerc unjer 
 
 Masc. 
 
 N. unjer 
 
 G. unjerc^ 
 
 D. unjercin 
 
 A. unjercn 
 
 our. 
 
 unjerer unjerc^ of our. 
 unjercc unjercm to our. 
 unjerc unjer our. 
 
 For all Genders. 
 unjerc our. 
 
 unjer cc of our. 
 
 unjercn to our. 
 
 unjerc our. 
 
329 
 
 N. 
 
 3^r 
 
 3^re 
 
 3^r 
 
 your. 
 
 3^rc 
 
 your 
 
 G. 
 
 3^rcd 
 
 3^rcr 
 
 3^rc^ 
 
 of your. 
 
 3l)rft 
 
 of your. 
 
 D. 
 
 3l?rcm 
 
 Sljrcc 
 
 3^rcm 
 
 to your. 
 
 3l)rcn 
 
 to your 
 
 A 
 
 3I)rcn 
 
 3^rc 
 
 3^r 
 
 your. 
 
 3^rc 
 
 your. 
 
 Masc. 
 ber meinigc {mi'-nie-ghi) 
 ber bcinigc {di'-nn-ghi) 
 bcr jeinigc {zt -nH-ghi) 
 
 ber i^rige {ee'-reeghi) 
 
 Neut 
 
 
 \^Q,^ meinigc 
 
 mine. 
 
 baS beinige 
 
 thine. 
 
 \iQA jeiuige 
 
 his. 
 
 bos i!)rige 
 
 hers. 
 
 When the possessive pronoun is not immediately con- 
 nected with a noun, the following forms are used. These 
 forms must be always preceded by the definite article. 
 They are : 
 
 Fern. 
 
 bie meinige 
 bic beinige 
 bie feinige 
 bie iljrige 
 
 PI. bie meinigen ; bie beinigen ; bie feinigcn ; bie i^rigen. 
 ber, bie, bag nnjrige ; pi. bie nnfrigen, ours, 
 ber, bie, bo8 3^rigc or curige ; //. bit S^rigen, yours, 
 ber, bie, bas i^rige ; //. bie i^rigen, theirs. 
 
 They are declined like adjectives with the definite 
 article {N. ber ttteitiig c ; G. bc« tnemtg en; D. bem mei^- 
 nig e n ; A. ben meinig en. PL bie nteinig e n , &c. ) 
 
 There is another form unaccompanied by the article, 
 viz. : 
 
 St 
 
 Masc. 
 
 ngular. 
 Fern. 
 
 Neuter. 
 
 Plural. 
 For all Genders. 
 
 meiner {mi-nir) 
 
 meine 
 
 meineS 
 
 meine 
 
 mine. 
 
 bcincr {dl'-nir) 
 
 beine 
 
 beineS 
 
 beine 
 
 thine. 
 
 jeiner (2/' «/r) 
 
 feine 
 
 jeines 
 
 feine 
 
 Ins. 
 
 i^rcr {ee-rir) 
 
 ibre 
 
 itireS 
 
 i^rc 
 
 hers. 
 
 unfercr {pdn-zS-rSr) 
 
 unjere 
 
 unfereS 
 
 unjere 
 
 ours. 
 
 3^rer {ie-rir) 
 
 3t)re 
 
 3t)res 
 
 3^rc 
 
 j- yours. 
 
 cuerer {py'-i-rit) 
 
 euere 
 
 euereS (eureS) 
 
 euere 
 
 i^rer (ie-rir) 
 
 i^re 
 
 i^rcS 
 
 i^re 
 
 theirs. 
 
330 
 
 This latter form is commonly used in conversation, and 
 
 declined like 
 
 biefer, biefe, 
 
 biefe^; viz.: 
 
 
 
 Declension. 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Neuter. 
 
 
 N. mcincr 
 
 meinc 
 
 nteineS 
 
 meinc. 
 
 G. meinc^ 
 
 tnetncr 
 
 meine^ 
 
 meincc. 
 
 D. meincin 
 
 tneincc 
 
 meincin 
 
 meincn 
 
 A. meincn 
 
 meinc 
 
 meinc^ 
 
 meinc. 
 
 Ex.: ©aben 3te 3^rctt Uebergte^er? ^% id) ^abe meinen 
 {or ben tncinigen). Have you your overcoat ? Yes, I have 
 mine. !Die[e^ §au§ unb ba^ meinen greunbeS ift p oerfaufen. 
 This house and that of my friend is for sale (ift JU t)er= 
 faufen). ©at er fein "ipferb nod) ntd)t uerfauft? ^^ I)abe 
 mein^3 {or ba^ meinige) uorgeftern oerfauft. Has he not sold 
 his horse yet ? I sold mine the day before yesterday. 
 
 In English we often say of tnine^ instead of one of my ; 
 e.g. J A friend of mine, or one of my friends; but in Ger- 
 man only the latter form is employed ; e.g.., (5iner meiner 
 grennbe. I am very anxious to meet a business friend of 
 mine who is expecting me, (56 (iegt mir fe^r baran c t n e n 
 meiner^efrfjdft^freunbe^u treffcn, mc(cf)cr mid) enrar? 
 let. But : He is a friend of mine, ^r ift ein grcunb t)on mir. 
 
 The absolute posessive pronouns are also used as sub- 
 stantives, and then have a capital initial; e.g.., ^ie 9}2eini* 
 gen finb ade gefunb, All my family is well. 
 
381 
 
 Demonstrative Pronouns. 
 
 The demonstrative pronouns are : 
 
 Masc. Fern. Neuter. 
 
 biefer {dee'-zer) bicfc biejea 
 
 jcncr iyay'-ner) jcne jencd 
 
 bcrjcuige (^a//- bicjenige bo^ienige 
 
 yay-nee-ghi) 
 
 bcr bie ba8 
 
 berfelbe bicjelbe boffctbe 
 
 {dayr-zt^f be) 
 
 berndmlicf)c bie namlidje baiJ namlid)e 
 
 (naym'-li-ye) 
 
 (ebcnbcvfclbe cbcnbiefctbe cbcnbaffclbc 
 
 ber Qubcrc bie anbere bo3 anberc 
 
 i^an'.d^-re) 
 
 Declension of bcrienigc. 
 
 SiTigular. 
 
 Masc. Fevt. Neuter. 
 
 N. btrjenigc bicjeuigc bn^ieuigc that. 
 
 G. brdjcnigcn bfrjcnigcn bcdjenigcn of that. 
 
 D. bnujcnigcn bfijenigcii bcmieuigcn to that. 
 
 A. bcnjeuigru bicjenige bnejenige that. 
 
 this one. 
 
 that (that one). 
 
 ) that (oO, the one. 
 r (French :- celui, celled 
 
 the same. 
 
 the very same.) 
 the other. 
 
 Plural. 
 For all Genders. 
 bicjenigcn those, 
 bcrienigcii of those, 
 bcnienigcil to those, 
 bicjenigcn those. 
 
 N. ber' 
 
 G. bffffii 
 D. bent 
 A. ben 
 
 j\ bridged Form. 
 
 bie \>^^ that ! bie 
 
 berf n bcffen of that. ! be rcc ' 
 
 ber bem to that. ' benen 
 
 bie ba§ that. I bie 
 
 those, 
 of those, 
 to those, 
 those. 
 
 I. The p^enitive of the demonstrative \)Xox\o\xn^ abridged 
 form, beffen, beren, bcffen, is sometimes employed for the 
 
 i) To distinguish this demon<:trntive pronoun from tlie definite ar- . 
 tide, more stress mu«;t be laid upon it. 
 
 2) Sometimes also, but rarely, beren. Ex. : ^aben Sie eine Uljr? 
 3c^ t)abc beren ^roei. Have you a watch ? I have two of them. 
 
332 
 
 possessive pronoun of the third person, to avoid ambigui- 
 ty ; e.g,^ She has seen our sister and her daughters, their 
 cousins and their relations, Ste \)^i Utlfere (Sd)n)efter UTlb 
 beren 3^ocI)ter, i^re Soufinen, unb beren 35ertt)anbte, gefel^en (t^r 
 might be ambiguous in this connection). 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 Asking one's way in the Street. 
 
 1. I beg your pardon, sir, could 
 
 you tell me the way to King 
 Street ? 
 
 2. Can you tell me whether this 
 
 street will take me to King's 
 Square ? 
 
 3. Where does this road lead 
 to? 
 
 4. Which is the shortest way 4 
 to Frederic Street ? 
 
 5. Is this the way to the Park ? 5 
 
 6. How far is it from here to 
 the Opera-house ? 
 
 7. I am very sorry, sir, but I 
 do not know this part of 
 the town. 
 
 1. Excuse me, sir, could you to 
 me the way to King Street 
 (nad^ bcr fonig§ftraBe)give(an* 
 geben) ? 
 
 2. Can you perhaps tell me if this 
 street me to King's Square 
 
 (itac^ bem ^onigsplo^) leads 
 (fu^rt)? 
 
 3. Where leads this street to 
 (^in)? 
 
 4. Which (roeldieg) is the shortest 
 (nad)fte) way to Frederic Street 
 (nac^ bcr ^ricbric^ftroBe) ? 
 
 Is ihat (bag) the way to the (nac^ 
 bent) Park ? 
 
 6. How far (roeit) is it from here 
 (tJOU \)\tx to the Opera house? 
 
 7. I am ven sorry (2)08 t^Ut mir 
 fel^r Icib), sir, but I am in this 
 quarter of the town (@tabt* 
 
 toiertel) strange (frcmb o*- unbc 
 !annt). 
 
333 
 
 Go straight on as far as 
 l^eipzig Street, then turn to 
 your left, and go right down 
 till you come to the bridge. 
 
 Take the first turning on 
 the left (on the right). 
 
 10. You are going in the wrong 
 direction. 
 
 8. Go (you) straight on (gerobe 
 auS) to Leipzig Street (bi8 
 nad) ber Vetpjiger ©trofee), then 
 turn to your left (menben @ic 
 ftrf) (inf«), and go right down 
 (geiQbe !)erunter) till (biS) you 
 to the bridge (an bie S^riicfe) 
 come. 
 ). Take (you) the first turning 
 (Cucrftrafje) left (Unt§. or ju 
 3t)rer IHnfen) (on the right, 
 red)t8 or^u 3^ver 9lerf)tcn). 
 
 lo. You go in the wrong direc- 
 tion (in ber fatfd^en SRic^tung), 
 or You go not correctly (rid^* 
 
 tig). 
 
 Words. 
 
 'I^tc @tabt. 
 bie <Strafee, pi. bie ©tra^cn, 
 einc gepflafterte Strajje, 
 ber 3)amm, 
 
 finer ben !2)amm gel)en, 
 oaf bie anbcre (Seite ge^en, 
 bag Xrottoir {trot-todhr'\ 
 ber 33Urgerfteig {bur -ghir-stige), 
 ber Slinnftein ^sh'tine), 
 bie C5(fe, 
 bie (gtra^cnecfe, 
 om Grnbe ber ©tra^e, 
 geraoe aus! 
 bie iroeite Ouerflroge rec^t9, 
 
 The Town. 
 
 the street. 
 
 a paved street. 
 
 the carriage road. 
 
 to cross the road. 
 
 to cross to the other side. 
 
 the footpath. 
 
 the gutter, 
 the corner, 
 the street corner, 
 at the end of the street 
 straight on ! 
 
 the second street {or turning) 
 on the right. 
 
334 
 
 bie 3tt)eite OuerftraBe Un!«, 
 
 geljen ®ie nad) Unfg (<?^ linfg ob), 
 
 ge^en @ie nad^ rec^t« (t?r red)t8 ab), 
 
 cin ^^ta<5, 
 
 ber ^bnig§pla^, 
 
 eiuc ®a[fe, 
 
 eiu 2)urd)gang {doorr .gang), ) 
 
 eine ^affage {pa-sah'-Je), ) 
 
 bie 53rucfe, pi. bie ^rucfen, 
 
 iiber eine ^riicfe ge^en, 
 
 ba§ S)eufmal, pi. bie 2)enfmale, 
 
 eine @tatnc {stdh-tu), 
 
 eine 5?ivc^e {klr'-ye), 
 
 bei* '^rcbiger { pray' -dee-g her), 
 
 prebigeu {piav'-dee ghen), 
 
 bie ^rebigt {pray-dl^t), 
 
 ber ^^aftor', 
 
 beteu {bay -ten), 
 
 ba§ ©ebet (^^/-<5ay/), 
 baS ^ aterun f er,* 
 
 the second turning on the left 
 
 turn to the left. 
 
 turn to the right. 
 
 a square. 
 
 King's Square. 
 
 a lane. 
 
 a passage, an alley. 
 
 the bridge. 
 
 to cross a bridge. 
 
 the moiiument. 
 
 a statue. 
 
 a church. 
 
 the preacher. 
 
 to preach. 
 
 the sermon. 
 
 the minister. 
 
 to pray. 
 
 the praj^er. 
 
 the Lord's prayer. 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 I. From the ist of January, 1878, 
 to the 20th of December 
 1881, 1 lived in London. 
 
 2. At what o'clock do you usu- 
 
 ally get up? 
 
 3. I usually get up at a quarter 
 
 past seven, and take break- 
 fast at half-past eight. 
 
 1. From the ist January (SSom 
 
 erftcn 3anuar), 1878, till the 
 20th December (bis JUtnjttJan* 
 gigften December), 1881, lived 
 I in London. 
 
 2. At what o'clock get you usu- 
 
 ally (gen)bf)nlid^) up? 
 
 3. I get usually at a quarter off 
 
 (auf) eight up, and breaKfast 
 at half nine. 
 
 I) SBatcr unfer = our lather, thus called baS SSatcrunfer. 
 
^\]t %th^utj\tA\i'^p$Um, 
 
 GERMATSr. 
 
 PAHT sm. 
 
XIII. 
 (Continuation^ 
 
 12. \ am going {ich luerde) to make him a reduction 
 {eine Reductio7i) of 2^ per cent, but not a penny 
 {einen Pfennig) more. 
 
 23. I do not think (ich glauhe nicht) he will accept this 
 offer (diese Offerte annehmen)^ as the goods arrived 
 in a very bad condition (in selir sc1dechte7n Zustande 
 ayigekommen sind). 
 
 24. Very well ! I am not going (ich denke gar nicht 
 dara7i) to make him a greater reduction. 
 
 25. Where are you going ? 
 
 26. I am going home (nach Hause ; but, ' I am at homey 
 ich bi7i zu Hause '}^, 
 
 37. Are you going to the theatre to-night ? 
 
 28. No, I cannot do so (nein, das geht nicht). We have 
 too much to do at home (zu Hause zu thun). 
 
 29. Are you going to London this season (Werden Sie 
 . . . reisen) ? 
 
 30. I think so (Ja wohl, or Wahrscheinlich^^roh^bly). 
 
 31. Where are you going to take lodgings (or^ to stay, 
 to stop) ? 
 
 32. I usually stop at the Imperial Hotel (im Kaiserhof). 
 
XIII. 
 
 {Continuation.) 
 
 22. Ich werde ihm eine Reduction (ray-dook-tsyone') von 
 zwei und ein halb Procent machen, aber nicht einen 
 Pfennig mehr. 
 
 23. Ich glaube nicht, dass er diese Offer'te annehmen 
 wird, da die Waaren in sehr schlechtem Zustande 
 {tsdo'-sh'tdn-de) angekommen sind. 
 
 24. Nun schon ! Ich denke gar nicht daran, ihm eine 
 grossere Reduction zu machen. 
 
 25. Wo gehen Sie hin ? 
 
 26. Ich gehe nach Hause. 
 
 27. Gehen Sie haute Abend in's Theater {tay-dk' -ter) ? 
 
 28. Nein, das geht nicht. Wir haben zu viel zu Hause 
 zu thun. 
 
 29. Werden Sie in dieser Saison nach London rcisen ? 
 
 30. Ja wohl (or Wahrscheinlich [vdhr-shine' -U^^. 
 
 31. Wo werden Sie Logis nehmen? 
 
 32. Ich logire {lo-Jie'-re) gewohnlich im Kaiserhof (ki'- 
 
 zer-hof). 
 
338 
 
 2. 
 
 A YISIT. 
 
 Expressions of politeness commonly used during 
 
 a call. 
 
 To visit a person ; to call on [or upon) a person ; to give 
 {or pay) one a call ; to call at one's lodgings [or at a 
 person's house). 
 
 1. Somebody is knocking. 
 
 2. Somebody is knocking, if I am not mistaken. 
 
 3. Please knock. 
 
 4. Why don't you knock at the door waiter, before you 
 enter the room [ehe Sie in's Zimmer treten) ? 
 
 5 Some one rings. 
 
 6. Please ring the bell. 
 
 7. Go and see, please, who it is. 
 
 8. It is Mr. C. 
 
 9. Come in (^r. Walk in ; pray enter) ! 
 
 TO. Ah, good morning; how do you do ? 
 
 11. I hope I do not intrude (or^ I hope I don't disturb you). 
 
 12. Please do not let me {or allow me to) interrupt you. 
 
 13. You do not interrupt me at all. 
 
 14 If I in any way disturb you, I shall be off at once. 
 15. You do not disturb me in the least. On the contrary 
 {hn Gegeiitheil), I am delighted to see you. 
 
 i) Separable compound verb. 
 
 2) Separable compound verb (irregular). Present. Ich spreche 
 vor, du sprichst vor, er spricht vor, wir sprechen vor, Sie sprechen 
 
{ 39 
 
 EIN BESUCH {bc.zddch\ 
 Die gewohiilichsten Hofliclikeits- Ausdrucke bei 
 
 dee ghe-von'-liys-ien liof'-II>- kites - ouse'-driik-ke by 
 
 Besuchen. 
 
 be zoo' chen. 
 Jemanden besuchen ; Jeiiiandem eineii Besucli abstat- 
 ten ;^ Jemandem einen Besuch machen ; bei Jeman- 
 deni vorsprechen.' 
 
 1. Es klopft. 
 
 2. Wenn ich mich nicht irre, klopft Jemand. 
 
 3. Bitte, klopfen Sie an. 
 
 4. Warum klopfen Sie nicht an die Thiire, Kellner, ehe 
 
 Sie .in's Zimmer treten ? 
 
 5. Es klingelt {klin'-g licit) {or Man schellt, or Es lautet 
 W-tet\). 
 
 6. Bitte, klingeln Sie (lauten Sie, schellen Sie). 
 
 7. Sehen Sie gefalligst nach, wer da ist. 
 
 8. Es ist Herr C. {tsay). 
 
 9. Herein {Jic-rifie) {or Bitte, treten Sie niiher ; or Treten 
 Sic gefalligst naher). 
 
 1-. Ah, guten Morgen ; wie geht es Ihnen .? 
 
 1 1. Ich store docli nicht etwa ? 
 
 12. Bitte, lassen Sie sich nicht von mir storen. 
 I ^ Sic storen mich durchaus nicht. 
 
 I ;. Wenn ich Sie store, so gehe ich gleich wieder. 
 
 I >. Aber ich bitte Sie, Sie storen mich durchaus nichl. 
 
 Im Gegentheil {gay' -ghen-tUe)^ es freut mich sehr, Sie 
 
 zu sehen. 
 
 vor, sie spre- hen vor. Imperfect. Ich sprach vor. Perfect. Ich 
 babe vorgesprochen. 
 
340 
 
 1 6. I am very glad (very much pleased, or happy) to see 
 you. 
 
 17. Won't you sit down, please? 
 
 18. Be seated, pray. 
 
 19. Please take a seat. 
 
 20. Please be seated on the sofa (auf dem Sopha), 
 
 21 
 
 How do you do ? 
 How are you ? 
 
 22. How is your health } 
 
 23. Is it really you ? You are quite a stranger. {Liter- 
 ally : One sees you hardly any more.) 
 
 24. I am very glad {or extremely happy) to see you so 
 well again after your illness. 
 
 25. You are very kind. 
 
 26. I did myself the honor of calling upon you yester- 
 day. 
 
 27. I took the liberty {ich hahe mir die Freiheit genom- 
 men) of calling upon you. 
 
 28. I called to know how you did ( = 1 wanted to inquire 
 how you were). 
 
 29. I regret {ich dedaure sehr, dass) not having been at 
 home. 
 
 30. My wife {or Mrs. N.) begs to be remembered to you 
 all. [These are standing idiomatic German phrases, 
 and must be learned by heart.] 
 
 31. Please present my compliments {or. Pray give my 
 respects) to your brother. 
 
341 
 
 1 6. Ich bin erfreut {or Ich freue mich), Sie zu sehen. 
 
 17. Wollen Sie sich nicht setzen? 
 
 18. Bitte, setzen Sie sich. 
 
 19. Nelimen Sie gefalligst Platz. 
 
 20. Nehmen Sie bitte, auf dem Sopha {zo'-fdh) Platz. 
 f Wie befinden Sie sich ? 
 
 21. ^ Wie geht es Ihnen? 
 ^ Was machen Sie? 
 
 22. Wie geht es {or steht es) mit Ihrer Gesundheit ? 
 
 23. Man sieht Sie gar nicht mehr. 
 
 24. Es freut mich ungemein {don' -g he-mine) y Sie nach 
 Ihrer Krankheit wieder wohl [und miinter {moon'-ter 
 = fresh)] zu sehen. 
 
 25. Sie sind sehr glitig. 
 
 26. Ich hatte die Ehre, gestern bei Ihnen vorzusprechen. 
 
 27. Ich habe mir die Freiheit (frt'-hite) genommen, bei 
 Ihnen vorzusprechen. 
 
 28. Ich wollte mich erkundigen, wie Sie sich befinden 
 {or befanden). 
 
 29. Ich bedaure sehr (or Es thut mir sehr leid), dass ich 
 nicht zu Hause war. 
 
 Meine Frau lasst sich Ihnen bestens empfehlen. 
 Meine Frau lasst Sie alle bestens griissen. [This 
 
 phrase is used when the parties are on a familiar 
 
 footing.] 
 Bitte empfeh'len Sie mich Ihrem Herrn Bruder. 
 Griissen Sie Ihren Herrn Bruder von mir, bitte. 
 
 30. i 
 
342 
 
 32. Remember me kindly to your wife {Hire Frau Ge- 
 malilin). 
 
 33. How is Mr. N. {Ilir Herr Gemahl)? [The Germans 
 never speak of Mr. B. or Mrs. B., but always say, 
 * Ih?- Herr Gemahl,' ^ Hire Frau Ge7nahli7i.*] 
 
 34. Is your wife well ? (It is always well to say, ' Hire 
 Frau Gemahlin ;' ^ Hire Frau' would be only em- 
 ployed by intimate friends; while a husband, speak- 
 ing of his own wife, says simply ' Meine Frau.') 
 
 35. Thanks, my wife is quite well. 
 
 36. How is your health } Are you well ? 
 
 37. I hope you are well. 
 
 38. Are you better ? 
 
 39. Thanks, my health has been somewhat better lately 
 
 (= since recently \^seit hurzerri] goes it with my 
 health somewhat better). 
 
 40. I am very glad of it. 
 
 41. How did your sister get on in France {in Franlc- 
 reicli) ? 
 
 42. How have you been since I had the pleasure {seitdem 
 ich das Vergnilgen Jiatte) of seeing you in London ? 
 
 43. I am pretty well {or tolerably well), I thank you. 
 
 44. Do you continue in good health in our climate {in 
 unserein Clima) ? 
 
 45. Thank you, I never {7tie) was better. 
 
 46. I am as well as can be expected {ivie man's erwarten 
 darf). 
 
343 
 
 32. Bitte, griissen Sie Ihre Frau Gemahlin von mir. 
 [Ihre Frau Gemahlin^ Ihr Herr Gemahl^ are the forms 
 used in speaking about the husband or wife.] 
 
 33. Wie befindet sich Ilir Herr Gemahl ? 
 
 34. 1st Ihre Frau Gemahlin wohl ? (d?r Befinded sich Ihre 
 Frau Gemahlin wohl ? or Geht es Ihrer Frau Ge- 
 mahlin gut?) 
 
 35. Danke sehr, meine Frau ist ganz wohl. 
 
 36. Wie steht's mit Ihrer Gesundheit ? Sind Sie wohl? 
 
 37. Hoffentlich befinden Sie sich wohl {or geht es Ihnen 
 wohl). 
 
 38. Befinden Sie sich besser? {or Geht es Ihnen besser?) 
 
 39. Danke schon, seit kurzem {zite koort'-scni) geht es 
 mit meiner Gesundheit etwas besser. 
 
 40. Das freut mich sehr. 
 
 41. Wie ist es denn Ihrem Fraulein Schwester in Frank- 
 reich { frank' -7'U e) ergangen ? 
 
 42. Wie ist es Ihnen denn ergangen, seitdem ich das 
 Vergniigen {fer-gnii' -ghen) hatte, Sie in London zu 
 sehen ? 
 
 43. Danke bestens, ich befinde mich ziemlich wohl 
 {tsrrm'-Iiy vohl), 
 
 44. Befinden Sie sich stets (= always) wohl in unserem 
 Ciima {klec'-jndJi) ? 
 
 45. Danke, ich befand mich nie {nee) wohler. 
 
 46. Mir geht's so gut, wie man's erwar'ten darf. 
 
344 
 
 47* You are looking extremely well. 
 
 48. I never (nie) was better. 
 
 49. How is your husband? Thank you, he is rather 
 
 poorly (es geht ilim niclit zum hesten). 
 
 50. And how is your father.? As usual {or much as 
 usual). 
 
 51. My father is quite well, but I am sorry to say that 
 my little son is ill. [Leide?- is very frequently used 
 by Germans, and means * unfortunately,' or ' I am 
 sorry to say'.] 
 
 52. What is the matter with him ? What ails her ? What 
 is the matter with you ? Is anything the matter with 
 you ? 
 
 53. He has taken cold. 
 
 54. Last evening, on coming out of the theatre, I took an 
 awful cold (ich habe mich furchterlich erhdltet). 
 
 55. I am very sorry to hear it; nothing serious, i hope. 
 [Idiomatic German phrase.] 
 
 56. I hope not (Iloffentlich niclit). [I hope so =Jwffe7itl ich.] 
 
 57. The physician attends (hesuclit) my little one every 
 day {alle Tage) ; but he thinks it will have no serious 
 consequences {es wird niclits auf sick hahen). 
 
 58. So much the better. 
 
 59. Colds are a general complaint this spring (= Every 
 one complains about colds \klagt ilber Erkdltung] 
 in this spring [Frillij alir]) . g 
 
 60. It seems to me {mich dilnkt)^ you do not look as well 
 as usual. 
 
 61. I am a little indisposed {or I feel rather unwell). 
 
345 
 
 47- Sie sehen ungemein (don' -g he-mine) wohl aus. 
 
 48. Ich befand mich nie {nee) besser. 
 
 49. Wie befindet sich Ihr Herr Gemahl ? Danke sehr, 
 es geht ihm nipht zum besten. 
 
 50. Und wie geht es Ihrem Herrn Vater ? Wie gewohn- 
 lich {ghe-von' -li^'). 
 
 51. Mein Vater befindet sich recht wohl, aber mein 
 kleiner Sohn ist leider krank {li'-der krdnk). 
 
 52. Was fehlt ihm ? Was fehlt ihr? Was fehlt Ihnen ? 
 Fehlt Ihnen etwas ? 
 
 53. Er hat sich erkal'tet. 
 
 54. Ich habe mich gestern Abend, als ich aus dem Thea- 
 ter kam, fiirchterlich {fur^'-ter-li^) erkaltet. 
 
 55. Das thut mir sehr leid ; hoffentlich wird es nichts auf 
 sich haben {or hoffentlich wird es nicht von Bedeu- 
 tung sein [^be-doy' -toong ztne]). 
 
 56. Hoffentlich nicht. 
 
 57. Der Arzt besucht meinen Kleinen {kli'-neTi) alle 
 Tage; doch meint {minet) er, es wird nichts auf sich 
 haben {or es wird nichts zu bedeuten haben ; or es 
 wird nicht von Bedeutung sein). 
 
 58. Desto besser. 
 
 59. Jedermann klagt liber Erkaltung in diesem Friih- 
 jahr {frii'-ydhr). 
 
 60. Mich diinkt, sie sehen nicht so wohl aus, wie ge- 
 wohnlich. 
 
 61. Mir ist nicht ganz wohl {or Ich bin nicht wohl). 
 
346 
 
 62. My sister was dangerously ill {gefdhrlich hrank), but 
 is nearly recovered {fast gan% loolil) now. 
 
 63. She seems to have a very good constitution {emesehr 
 gute Constitution). 
 
 64. I hope you will dine with us ? 
 
 65. I hope you will not refuse me the pleasure 
 {das Vergniigen) of your company at dinner to- 
 day? 
 
 66. I thank you very much {Iwflichst) for the honor you 
 do me {filr die Elire, die Sie mir enveisen), but I can- 
 not stay. 
 
 67. You will kindly {giltigst) excuse me, but I really can- 
 not stay any longer. 
 
 68. I have accepted an invitation {ei^ie Einladung) al- 
 ready. 
 
 69. I cannot stay any longer. 
 
 70. I niust go {or I must leave you). 
 
 71. What! will you leave us already .? 
 
 72. You are but just {ehen erst) come. 
 
 73. You must not think of leaving us yet. 
 
 74. I am exceedingly sorry, but I must go home. 
 
 75. Mrs. N. will wonder {loird sich wu7idern) what has 
 become of me {loas aus mir geworden ist), 
 
 76. My wife does not know where I am. 
 
 77. I must really go now ; I have an important business 
 appointment {eine ^vicJitige Gesclidftsconferenz). 
 
 78. Then I will not detain {aufhalten) you any longer. 
 
 79. I hope I shall soon (hald) see you again {ivieder). 
 
34 7 
 
 62. Meine Schwester war gefiihrlich krank, ist aber jetzt 
 fast ganz wohl {or liergestellt). 
 
 63. Sie scheint einc sehr gute Constitution [con-stee-tdo- 
 tsyone') zu besitzen. 
 
 64. Sie bleiben doch hoffentlicli zu Mittag ? 
 
 65. Iloffentlich warden Sie mir doch das Vergniigen 
 machen, lieute bei uns zu speisen ? 
 
 66. Icli danke Ilinen hoiliciist fiir die Elirc, die Sie mir 
 erweisen {er-vl'-zeri)^ aber ich kann nicht liinger blei- 
 ben {bll'-ben). 
 
 67. Entschuldigen Sie mich giitigst {gu'-ti^'st), aber ich 
 kann wirklich nicht liinger bleiben {bll'-bai). 
 
 dZ. Ich habe schon eine Einladung {Ine' -Idh-ddong^ ange- 
 nommen. 
 
 69. Ich kann wirklich nicht liinger bleiben [, ll'-ben). 
 
 70. Ich muss gehen {or Ich muss wirklich fort). 
 
 71. Wie ! Sie woUen schon fort {or Sie woUen sclum 
 wieder \vee'-der'] gehen) ? 
 
 72. Sie sind ja eben erst {ay -ben airst) gekommen. 
 
 73. Sie diiifen noch nicht an's Gehen denken. 
 
 74. Es thut mir unendlich leid, aber ich muss nach 
 
 Hause. 
 
 75. Meine Frau wird sich wundern, was aus mir ge- 
 worden ist. 
 
 76. Meine Frau hat keine Idee {e&day', or Alinung), wo 
 
 ich bin. 
 
 77. Ich muss wirklicli jetzt fort, ich habe eine wichtige 
 Geschiiftsconferenz {con-f ay-rents'). 
 
 78. Dann will ich Sie niclit liinger aufhrdten. 
 
 79. Hoffentlich sehe ich Sie bald wieder {bdhlt vee'-der). 
 
348 
 
 8o. I regret {or I am very sorry) you paid us so short a 
 call {dass Sie einen so hurzen Besuch gemacht habe7i). 
 
 8i 
 
 ( My regards to your father. 
 
 ( Please give my regards to your father. 
 
 82. Remember me kindly to your father, please. 
 
 83. Thanks, I shall not fail (ermangelu) to do so. 
 
 84. My wife begs to be remembered to you. [All these 
 
 sentences are standing idiomatic German phrases, 
 and must be thoroughly committed to memory.] 
 
 85. Good-bye ; I hope to see you soon again. 
 
 Shopping. 
 
 Buying, Sellings Paying 
 
 1. I am going out to do some shopping. 
 
 2. I should like to make some purchases. 
 
 3. Would you not rather {lieher) do your shopping at 
 this large establishment {in diesem grossen Magaziti) ? 
 
 4. I am afraid I shall be taken in {or overcharged, ilher- 
 theuer7i) . 
 
 5. I think American people are always overcharged in 
 Germany. 
 
 6. Would you mind coming with me? 
 
 7. Not at all {Jceinesivegs), I shall be very glad (to do so). 
 
 8. What does this . . . cost ? 
 
 9. What is the price of this ? 
 
349 
 
 8o. Ich bedaure sehr {or Es thut mir unendlich leid), 
 dass Sie uns einen so kurzen Besuch gemacht haben. 
 Meine Empfefilung {cm-pfay' -loong) an Ihren Herrn 
 
 Vater. 
 Bitte, empfehlen Sie {cm-pfay' -len zee) mich Ihrem 
 Herrn Vater. 
 82. Bitte, griissen Sie Ihren Herrn Vater von mir. 
 S3. Danke sehr, ich werde nicht ermangeln es auszu- 
 richten {er-mdn'-gheln es ouse' -isoo-ri^ -ten). 
 
 8 
 
 ( Mei 
 «+ i Mei 
 
 Meine Frau lasst sich Thnen bestens empfehlen. 
 eine Frau liisst Sie bestens grussen. 
 
 85. Adieu, auf reclit baldiges Wiedersehen {bdhV-dee-ghes 
 vee'-der-zay-hen) . 
 
 Eink'aufe. 
 
 Kaufen^ Verkaufen^ Bezahlen. 
 
 1. Ich will eihige Einkaufe machen. 
 
 2. Ich mochte gern einige Einkaufe machen. 
 
 3. Mochten Sie nicht Ihre Einkaufe lieber {lee'-ber) in 
 diesem grossen Magazin machen "> 
 
 4. Ich fiirchte, man wird mich iibertheuern {u-ber- 
 toy'-ern). 
 
 5. Ich finde, dass man die Amerikaner immer in 
 Deutschland ubertheuert. 
 
 6. Wurde es Ihnen unbequem (= inconvenient) sein, 
 mich zu begleiten {be-gli' -ten) ? 
 
 7. Keineswegs {ki-nes-vaygs') ^ ich will es sehr gern thuji. 
 
 8. Wie viel kostet das ? 
 
 9. Was ist der Preis davon (or dafUr) ? 
 
350 
 
 GRAMMATICAL REMARKS. 
 
 Exercises and Words used in Common Conversation. 
 
 The Relative Pronouns. 
 
 These are : tt)e(c^er, n)e((i)e, lr»e((^e§, who, which, or that ; 
 and the abbreviated form, ber, bie, '^oA, 
 
 Declension of meWjcr, iDeldje, lueldje^. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Neuter, 
 
 For all Genders. 
 
 N. 
 
 iretc^CC 
 
 tncld^c 
 
 tDd(^C^ 
 
 XOtX^t who, which (that). 
 
 G. 
 
 bfffcn 
 
 bcrcn 
 
 fcCffCrt 
 
 bCCCn of whom, whose, of which. 
 
 D. 
 
 njelcfjcm 
 
 h)elcf)cr: 
 
 ttjetc^em 
 
 tueli^Cn to whom, to which. 
 
 A. 
 
 ttjeld^cn 
 
 n)eld)c 
 
 n)etd)c^ 
 
 tDelc^C whom, which (that). 
 
 
 
 The Abrid 
 
 ged Form. 
 
 N. 
 
 bcr 
 
 bie 
 
 \>Q.^ 
 
 bie who, which (that). 
 
 G. 
 
 beffcn 
 
 bccen 
 
 beffen 
 
 bCl'CU of whom, whose, of which. 
 
 D 
 
 bem 
 
 ber 
 
 bem 
 
 benett to whom, to which. 
 
 A. 
 
 ben 
 
 bie 
 
 \>Q.% 
 
 bie whom, which (that). 
 
 Note. — Notice that in the genitive plural the abridged 
 form of the relative is ber en and not berer. 
 
 They must agree in gender and number — but not in the 
 case — with the noun they refer to. It is, as we have seen, 
 peculiar to them to place the verb at the end of the sen- 
 tence or clause. Ex.: 
 
 X)cc ^err, n)c[d)cn (^^bcti) ®te geftern geje^en I)abcn, ifi einer ber 
 reic^fteu ^tefigen ^oufleute, The gendeman you saw yesterday is one 
 
351 
 
 of the richest merchants in this place, ^ic !Damc, iuclrfjC mir bicjen 
 S3riet gcfd)ncben l)nt, ift cine unfcrer befteu ©dngcrimicn (z/w'^-^-^/nw- 
 nen, singers), Ihe lady who wrote this li tier to me is one of our best 
 singers. 3ci) fauii bit beutjcf)cn ^ud)er, Mc {or )uc(ri)c) ^ic miv uov uier= 
 yt\)\\ Xogen gejanbt I)nbcn, nid)t brQud)eu, I cannot use the German 
 books you sent me a fortnight ago. X^cr dommi^, ^UClcljcm {or bciu) 
 Sie bicje 9icrf)miiig \)t\(x\)\X l)nbcn, ift augcnblidlid) nid)t Ijicr, The clerk 
 to whom you paid this bill is not here at present. 
 
 Observations. 
 
 1. In English tiie relative \)Yono\xns 7vhom,which^ thafy 
 though understood, are frequently left out ; but in Ger- 
 man they must always be added, as: 
 
 X^ic 2)amc, luctrijc {or bic) (Sic gefcl)cu ^obcn, ift mciue Soufme, The 
 lady you saw {or whom you saw) is my cousin. 
 
 2. The relative pronouns are often contracted with 
 prepositions similar to the English whereof^ whereby^ 
 wherefore^ wherewith^ &:c. The verb in such sentences 
 stands always last. Such contractions are : 
 
 lUOJU {vdh-lsdo), to which or to 
 
 what. 
 ItJDburri) {vdhdddry'), by which or 
 
 what. 
 ttJCinit', with which or what. 
 iOObci' {voh-bi), at which or what. 
 ttJCfflt, for which or what. 
 UJOUOn {voh-fdtt'), of which or 
 
 what. 
 
 iDOrnuS {voh-rouse), from which 
 
 or what. 
 iUOrin', in which or what. 
 JDOnVbcr, at (over) which or what. 
 lUOUnuf {voh-roufe), upon which 
 
 or what. 
 ttJOran {vdh-rdn'),zx which ^r what. 
 ItJOnintcr {voh rddnUr), among 
 
 which. 
 
 These contractions may also be used in question . 
 Examples. 
 
 fSBc^u (for what purpose) l)abcn ®ie i^m bic« mttgctl)ei(t (informed)^ 
 aSoju n)unfd)en @ie i^m bad ju fogen ? SSobucc^ ^abe \6) bicS ocrbient 
 
352 
 
 {/4r-deent', earned)? (Sr ^at ben @(i)luffel (key), nJOlltit ic^ biejeS 
 @d)Io|3 (lock) offnen (open) ti3nnte, oerloren {/eflo-ren, lost), unb \)a^ ift 
 bev @runb {grodnd, reason), H)Ci3W)Cf\Cn Kves-vay -ghen, on account ot 
 which) i(^ je^t ju bem @d)toffer (locksmith) fenbeii {zen-dm, send) mu^. 
 2)eu 33ricf, iuotutci) ic^ bie8 erfa^ren (heard) l^abe, ift mir joeben juge* 
 fommett {tsoo-ghe-kdm-men, come to hand). 3)ie ©umitte, \MO\\\t @ie 
 Oteje^ 3Berf (work) unterne^men {pdn-ter-nay -men, undertake), ift frciUc^ 
 {/ri'-liy, indeed) fel)r gering {ghe-ring\ small), aber id) faun itJivfUd) 
 uid)t mel^r an'ttjenben (lay out). 2)er gall (case), nJoruUcu \^ @ie urn 
 9iat!^ fragen moc^te, ift \^\^tVi\itx.{fdl'-ghen-der, the following), ^ouon 
 ift biejes ein V!)t\\ {tile, part)? ^oju ge^rt' (belongs) biefes? ^ofiic 
 I)alten (take) @ie mi(^? ^otnn ift er geftor'ben (did he die)? 3c^ 
 h)ei6 ben ^JJamen ber ^ranf^eit nic^t, njocan er geftorben ift. fl6oi*ttU^ 
 l)aben @ie bieS entnommcn (taken) ? 
 
 3. SSeld) er, e, e^, in German, is also used in the 
 sense of some or a?iy^ as a substitute for a noun previously 
 expressed ; e.g.: 
 
 §aft bu 33rob'? 3a, id) I)obe itjctrfjc^. SBotlen ®ic S3utter f)aben? 
 gfJein, id) bante 3t)nen, i(^ I)abe it)cIri)C. 3c^ ^abe etraag "-l^apier ; brauc^en 
 @te lucfdjc^ ? 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 S3er^et^en (Sie {fer-tst'-hen zee., I beg your pardon), n)ie 
 fomme id) nad) bem gatnburger :^a^n^of ? (^e^en 8ie liber biefe 
 S3riicfe unb bie gegeniiberliegenbe {ghe-ghen-u'-ber-lee-ghen-dey 
 opposite) (gtra^e ^tnunter. ^ann ift e^ bie (Strafe ^ur IHnfen. 
 ^ijnnen 8ie mir nid)t fagen, ob biefe ^tra^e nad) bem 3:i)eater 
 fiil)rt? ^^ tneig e^ tuirflidj nid}t ; fragen (2ie Gefdllicjft ben 
 crften bcften (the very first) ^olijiften {pd-lee-cW -len, police- 
 man) ; ber ix)irb e^ 3^nen fagen. (^el^en (Sie nur immer {hn'- 
 mer, always) gerabe au^ ; (Sie !onnen benSeg gar nid)t t)erfe^* 
 (en {fer-faf-len, miss). ^a§ ift cine fel^r (eb^afte {layp' -haf-te, 
 
363 
 
 lively, busy) (^trage. Saffcn 8ie un^ iiber ben JJ^amm 
 ge^en. 9k^men '8ie fid) in M}t (take care), ba fommt cin 
 2i>agen {vdh^-ghen^ carriage), ^ommen eie ; e^ ift gerabe 
 gwijlf mr. 2Bir ttJoKen jc^t bie , ^inben ' l)eruntcr bie jum fbntg- 
 lidjen ^alaft {ko -nig-li-^' en pd-last\ royal palace) QC^en, benn 
 um biefe ^i\i befinbet fic^ bie gan^e oorne^nte Sett {/or'-nay-me 
 velt, fashionable world) , Unter t^txi ii^inben.' 3d) mod)te mir 
 auc^ gem baS berii{)mte 9J2onmnent Don griebric^ bent ©rogen 
 anfel)en. 
 
 Correlative Pronouns. 
 
 she who ; that which. 
 
 The relative and demonstrative pronouns may be com- 
 bined. The two conjointly are called Correlative Pro- 
 nouns. Thus : 
 
 Masculine, bcrjentgc, njcld^er, or \ 
 
 berienige, ber, or ?• he who ; that which. 
 
 ber, tt)e(d)er (ber), ) 
 Feminine biejcntge, n)ctd)e, or 
 
 biejcuige, btc, or 
 
 bie, ttjelc^c (bie), 
 
 Neuter. bo^ientge, n)e(cl)e8, or \ 
 
 baSjcnige, wag, or \ that which ; what. 
 
 \i^^, melc^cs (mas), ) 
 
 Plural for all biejenigen, tvelc^e, or J 
 
 Genders. bieienigen, bie, or r those who ; those which. 
 
 bie, ttjclc^e (bie), ' 
 
 In the same manner are used : 
 berfelbe {or c'benberfelbc), iDelc^er (^r ber), the same who, which, 
 &c.; n)er— ber, he who (he); bae— tua^, that which 
 (what). 
 
354 
 
 Examples. * 
 
 2B e I uid)t l)oren irill, mu§ fitl)(eu (feel).— S a § idf) bort gefeljen unb 
 0el)ort t)abtv faun id) 3[)ncn gar nid)t bcfdjrcibcn {be-shri -ben, describe). 
 — ^'euuen (£ie bie beibeii juiigcii Seamen ft) e 1 d) e bort fi^eu ?— 3d) leune 
 bie eine t>on it)ueu ; abcr bicjenige, n)eld)e foeben mit bem alteii, 
 biftiuguirt aiigfel)ciibeu (distinguishtd looking) §erm fprid)t, feiiue id) 
 itid)t.— 2B em iDoUen @ie biefcS fc^one j^e'bermefier (pen-knife) gcbeu?— 
 3d) tx)itt ee b e m j e ii i g e n (t^r be m) gebeu, ' ft) e 1 d^ e r biefe bcutfc^cii 
 <gd't3e (sentences) \t\)[tx\xt\{fay -ler-fri, without mistakes, faultlessly) 
 iibevie^en (translate) fann.— 3d) gab i^nt, ft) ag ic^ bei mir ^atte.— S)a3 
 ift gcrabe, jd a S id) ft)oUte.— 3d) fpred)e ininter, ft3a§ ic^ benfe.— 2Ba8 
 er 3t)ueu gefagt l)at, mag mal)r fein, aber id) glaube eS nid)t.— 2;i)uen @ie 
 Itie {^nee, never) il) aS bcr SJioral' guftjiber {tsoo-vee 'der, against) ift. 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 ^6) mocf)te gem einige (vinfdufe {ine'-koy-fe, purchases) 
 madjen. SoUeit @te fo freunb(td) {froynt'-in\ kind) fein, mit 
 mir 3U fommen ? Wd SSergtiiigen {fer-gnu'-ghen, pleasure). 
 -3d) tDerbe 3I)i^en gern biejenit3en 8dben ^eigen {tsi'-ghen, diow), 
 U)o man gnt nnb bidig !anft. ^6) m()d)te jnerft {tsdd-ayrst\ 
 in the first place) nad) einem §anbfd)nl)(aben (glove-fhop) 
 gcl)en, ba id) mel)rerc ^aar (pairs) .f)anbfd)u^e braudje (want). 
 SKoHen Sie W (^iitc (kindness) ^aben, mic^ nad) einem i^aben 
 gn fii^ren, \m man ^u feften ^reifen (at a fixed price) Dcrtduft, 
 benn id) liebe e^ nid)t nad) bentfdjer 9}?anicr ^u ^anbeln {hdn'- 
 deln, to bargain). ^<x ()aben 8ie frcilid) 9?ed)t. 3Ka^ man 
 
 i) The correlative pronouns berjenige, ft? etd) er , &c., do not 
 frequently occur, w^hile ft)er,ber; bag, tua§ are often used in 
 general statements and proverbs. 
 
355 
 
 md) immcr fton 5lmerifa bcn!cn mag (may), fo Did ftel^t fcft 
 (is sure), ^a^ man bort beffcr unb rcc'lkr (more honest) fauft, 
 Qt« in !l}eutfd)Ianb ; unb namcntlid) {ndh' -mcnt-lU , espe- 
 cially) ift bao ctdljaftc {ay'-kH-hof-tc, disgusting) bcutfc^e 
 S5or[dj(ai3cn {fo?e'-s/ildh~ghm, proposing) unter amcnfani[d)cn 
 ^'ttuflcutcn oanj unbcfannt. 2l^omit tann id) 3t)ncn bicncn? 
 Sd) braudjc gtDci ^Naar §anbfd}ul)c, cin "^aax fdjnjarse, unb ein 
 ?aar uicijc (r/'-j/, white). :53ittc, scigcn <2ic mir @(acel)anb* 
 }d)ut)c (kid-gloves) Don ucr[d)iebcncn garbcn {fcr-shee -dc-7ien 
 far' -ben, different colors). 3^ U'CldjCm ^rcifc ncf)nicn <2ic 
 fie? 3rf) nc^me fie geiubl)nlid) gu jmei 9Jtar! nnb 50 "ipfenniocn 
 {pfcn-nce-ghai), 2S?eld)e ^fiummer tvagen<Sic (do you wear) ? 
 3d) gtaubc, id) trage "iyiumnter 6. SKcnn id) mid) nid)t fc()r irre, 
 fo ti'agc id) ^\. ^ittc, crlauben (Sic mir ^\)xt vSjanb (allow me 
 [to see] your hand). 3d) Q^ciubc, bnf; bicfcr§anbfd)u()3f)ncn 
 |3af'|cn (fit) loirb. SKoUcn ^\z i()n gcfildigft an'probiren {dn'- 
 pro bcc-rhi, to try on). Grlaubeu >8ie, \ia% id) 3()ttcn cin tuenig 
 l)e(fe {or, \ia^ id) 3^ncn einbi^d)en \bh' -^' ai—'a little] bcl)iirf(id) 
 fei). 9^eue ganbfd)ut)e miiffcn immcr Dorfid)tig {fore'-zU-tl^^ 
 cautiously) angc^ogcn tDcrben (to be put on). !^icfe §anb^ 
 fd)u^e fi^en 3^^^^ (^^ ^a\\txi 3l)^cn, fit you) luirflid) gan^ au«^ 
 gegeic^net. tann ic^ 3^^<^ fonft nid)t§ (nothing else) geigen 
 (isi'ghen, show) ? 9^ein, banfc, 'tid^ ift allc^, icaS i^ l)eute 
 broud)e (brow'che, need). SBoden @ie gefafligft an ber taffe 
 bega^Ien. So njoflen ©ie je^t ^in'ge{)en ? 3d) ^abe eine Un'- 
 maffe (a very great number) Don tlcinigfcitcn (kll'-nP-ki-ten, 
 small things) ein^ufaufcn. Scnn e^ 3^^^tt aber red)t (con- 
 venient) ift, fo laffen 8ie un^ juerft {tsoo-airst') in biefe^ (5af^ 
 
356 
 
 eintreten unb eine portion di^ (ice, ice) effcn. S^ mo(f)te auc^ 
 gcrne eine eng(i[(J)e ^^iti^^S ^^f^tx. ^ellner, geben (Bk un^ p)d 
 ^ortio'ncn iii^r unb bringen @te un^ einige amerifanifc^e ^tu 
 tungen. ^a^ tl)ut ntir fe^r (etb, mein §err, wiv ^al'ten (we 
 keep) fctne anierifantfdje i^^^tungen. ^d) tann 3^nen jeboc^' 
 (however) Son'boner 3^it^^9^^ ^^b 3ourna'(e bringen. d^ 
 ift bod) eigentpm(id) {l-ghen-tUm' -U^ ^ strange, peculiar), bag 
 man fo \t\Xvix cine amerifanifdje ^^^^i^^S ^^ T)eutf(i){anb ober 
 granfreid) befommen !ann. Unb bennod) leben fe^r tjiele 5lme^ 
 rifaner I)ter ! ^ie eng(ifd)en 3^itungen finb ganj gut fiir (Sng^ 
 Idnbcr, aber fie ent^al'ten (contain) gett)ol)nlic^ faft gar fetne 
 amerifanifc^e 9^euig!eitcn {nof -iy -ki-ten, i.ews) unb finb be^^ 
 I)a(b (therefore) fiir un§ fe^r unintereffant {pdn! -in-te-rh-sdnt, 
 
 uninteresting), ^n Berlin, Sten, ^reSben unb ©tuttgart 
 
 ^XV^ZXi (gie jeboc^ ftet^ ben New York Herald uub Harper's 
 
 Weekly, uub in fteiueren ^(d^en !ann man !aum (scarcely) 
 amerifanifc^c ^^itungen gu finben ernjar'ten (expect). 
 
 Interrogative Pronouns. 
 
 The interrogative pronouns are : 
 
 \QtX, ? who ? 
 it)a^? what? 
 
 UJeIrf)er? which? what? 
 
 U)a^ fiit cin? what kind ^rsort of? 
 
 Declension. 
 
 N. iuct ? who ? XoaA ? what ? 
 
 G. nJCffcn? whose? ttJCffcn? of what? 
 D. itJf m ? to whom ? 
 
 A. tocn? whom? 1 hJa^? what? 
 
857 
 
 ^cld)cx, wtidjc, n)e(d)e«, w/iu^, what ? 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Masc. Fern. Neuter. For all Genders. 
 
 n)Cld)C which ? 
 njelc^CC of which ? 
 Z>. tDf(d)cin n)cld)cc tDdc^cm to which? jT)eIcI)cn to which? 
 A. welc^cii n)cld)c njeldjcd which? n)etd)c which? 
 
 N. tDcIc^cc raclc^c njclc^c^ which? 
 G. n)eld)cd n)elci)cc tDeldjc^ of which? 
 
 1. 3Bcr is only used j«/^j/««//W/v, and refers exclusively 
 :o persons. 2Ber ift ba? Who is there? 353 er \)QX an 
 
 ie 2^^Urc oeflopft ? Who has been knocking at the door'? 
 
 2. S93 a § is, like tt)er, used substantively, and applies 
 only to things or indefinite objects. Ex.: SS3a^ ift \iQA'^ 
 What is that ? S a 6 giebt'^ 9^eue^ ? What is the news ? 
 
 3. SBelc^cr is usually accompanied by a noun and 
 refers to particular objects. It answers exactly to the 
 English interrogative tt/>^/V// f Ex. : SSon ttJelc^em (Sd)Qffner 
 l^abcn (Sie bicfen ®epd(ff(^cin er^alten? Se(rf)en %xii l)aben 
 (2ie gcfragt ? 
 
 4. 2Ba^ fiir cin answers to our w/^a/^//?^ ^// and is 
 used in asking after the quality, kind, or species of a 
 thing or person. Ex.: 3Ba§ fiir cittcn ©ut n)iinfd)en (Sic? 
 2Ba§ fiir eine ^irc^e !ann ba^ fein, in ber biefcr 3)iann prcbtgt 
 (preaches) ? 
 
 5. Before fiames of materials and nouns used in the 
 plural, the Germans say simply ttjaS fiir? Ex.: SKa^ 
 fiir :53ratcn n)itnfcf)en (Sic jum 3J?ittag«cffcn? Sa« fiir Scin 
 foil id) bcftcUcn (order) ? 2Ba^ fiir papier- {pah-peer' , paper) 
 foU ic^ fiir Sic faufcn? Sae fiir ^(ciber {)at Sic mitgebrad)t 
 (brought with her) ? 
 
S58 
 
 Declension of n?a§ fitr ein. 
 
 Singula?'. 
 
 
 Plural- 
 
 Masc. Fern. 
 
 Neuter. 
 
 
 For all Genders. 
 
 N. iua§ fiiv ctu 
 
 cine 
 
 ciu 
 
 U)Q§ fiir, what sort of 
 kind of. 
 
 G. mas fiir chic^ 
 
 eiitcr 
 
 eineg 
 
 UiQ§ fiir, of what sort of. 
 
 D. \o(x^ fiir cincm 
 
 finer 
 
 ein em 
 
 ti)a^ fiir, to what sort of. 
 
 A. iv)a« fiir cincn 
 
 eine 
 
 ein 
 
 iuaS fiir, what sort of. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 2Ber ift ba? SSer l)at 3l)nen \^(x^ gefngt? Sffier ift blcfe ^iibfrf)e 
 junge 2)amc, iuetd)e fo ctegant' ongefleibet {an -ghe-kU-det, dies.-ed) ift? 
 3B e f f e n §au8 ift bag? 2B e j f e n linber finb bieg, bie S^rigen ober bie 
 3t)reg ^hidj'barg (neighbor's) ? 2S e m tjat er biefe SBaoren Derfanft ? 
 58on tt) e m fpred()en @ie ? ^on in e m l)Qbeu €ie biefe ^J(Qcl)'rid)ten (news, 
 information) erl)aUen ? 9)lit ti) e m ift cr an«fgcgangen ? ii^on in e 1 d) e m 
 W(x\\\\t fprccf)en ®ie eigentlic^ (z'-^///«/-//y, icaily)? W\i U) eld) em 
 2)ampffd)iff (steamer) beabfid)tigen Sie {bay-op'-zi^-iee-ghen, do you 
 intend) nad) I'onbon ^u reifen ? 3d) ^abe mid) nod) ni(^t entfd)iof'fen (I have 
 not yet made up my mind), mU meld)em 2:Qnipfer id) abreifcn merbe ; 
 id) glonbe jebod) mit ber „?h-i3ona." 3>on n? e I d) e m oon ben 33riibern 
 ift biefeg ©emalbe (picture) gematt (painted) iDorben ? 5B a § f ii r e t n 
 2Hann ift ba8 ? 3S a§ f ii r e i n 9Kann ift biefer (gd)rift'fteUer (author) ? 
 28 a § fur ©otba'ten (soldiers) fmb bie g-ronjofenV $K?ag fur S3e* 
 bingnngen ( erms) ^at er 3{)nen geniad)t? 2Bem gel)ort' biefcS ^q.\\%, 
 3t)nen ober 3i)rem ^errn S?rnber ? 3" tt) e t d) e m ^IPreife fi)nnen @ie 
 mir biefe SSaareu oerfaufen? 3" tt)eld)em 3*^^^^ (/jz^^">^'-/^/,- pur- 
 pose) iDiinfd)en (2ie~bie§3u n^iffen? 3S a ? t)Qt ber (gd)affner gn 3t)nen 
 gefagt? SSaS fiir 33raten miinfd)en (2ie ,;;um 2J?ittag§effen ? 2Bn« 
 f ii r 3Bein foil ber ^etlner fiir igtc beftetten ? ©or feinen, id) trinfe lieber 
 {lee -ber, rather) eine ^Taffe Vc\tz. 2B a S fiir ein ^re'biger fann baS 
 fein, ber fotd)e ©runb'fci^e (principles) {)at ! SS o § f ii r 3been {ee-day- 
 en) '\^<x^ finb ! SS a ? fid) fiir etnen 3)?Qnn fc^icft (\vhat is meet for a 
 man), fd)irf t fid) nic^f immer fiir ^noben. 2B o r a n ift er geftorben % 
 SSoran \t\\it\.{iidet, suffers) er? SBomit far.n id^ 3^nen bienen? 
 
t j|(t$t^fi^ttaft-Jg$Nm» 
 
 Q- E R M A xN . 
 
 PART XIV. 
 
XIV. 
 FOUNDATION SENTENCE. 
 Haying but just returned from a very long 
 
 and trying jour'^<^y, I have beei* unabi" is yet to 
 
 make up my mind, wnether we bnall caxry on this 
 enterprise or dr4»p it. 
 
 Having but just returned from a very long 
 nd trying journey. 
 
 A.S, since, because 
 
 I 
 
 just, just now 
 
XIV. 
 FOUNDATION SENTENCE. 
 Da ich soeben erst Yon einer sehr langen dim. 
 
 dSih V zO-ay'-tea airst fdn I'-aSr zayr lan'-gb£n ddm 
 
 anstretigenden Reise zuriick^ekehrt bin, so hab* 
 
 an'-sh'trSa-ghea-dea tl'z6 tsOO rUk'-gti£ kairt Uq zO h2h'-b( 
 
 ich mich noch uicnt entschliessen konnen, ob wii 
 
 lY mV noch nlyt €nt shlec'-s£n kcin'-n^n op vCCf 
 
 das Unternehmeii ausfahren oder fallen lassen 
 
 d^ ddn-ter-nay'-mea ouse'-fQ-r^a o'-dSr f2h'-Ua Hs's&n 
 
 sollen. 
 
 zol'-lea. 
 
 1. 
 
 Da ich soeben erst yon einer sehr langen nnd 
 
 dsh U zo-ay'-bSn airst fdn I'-nSr zayr Ilo'-ghSQ 66iu 
 
 anstrengenden Beise zariickgekehrt bin. 
 
 an'-sb'trCn-ghen den rl'-z6 tsOO-rilk'gg kairt bin. 
 
 Da {^d/i) [Denotes a reason or motive, and corresDonds 
 to the English as, since, because\ 
 
 ich (/y) 
 
 soeben (zo-ay-ben) 
 
362 
 
 first (When used before an adverb of time, it must be 
 translated by 'but' or 'not till: Ex.: erst gesterr 
 but yesterday ; erst morgeUy not till to-morrow > 
 
 from 
 
 a 
 
 very 
 
 long 
 
 and 
 
 trying, wearisome 
 
 the journey, voyage, trip 
 
 from a very long and trying iournev 
 
 to make a journey 
 
 the traveller, the passenger 
 
 to undertake a journey 
 
 my father is out on a journey (trip) 
 
 returned 
 
 am. 
 
 I. Having* but just arrived, I have not yet had time to 
 examine this affair (=1 have still no time had this 
 affair to examine \zu untersuchen]). 
 
 i) a. The participle present, which is formed of all verbs by adding 
 the syllable end to the root, is but rarely used in German. 
 
 3) When in English \\\g. participle present is used by itself, i.e. with- 
 out a preposition, to denote cause, reason, or time, it must always be 
 replaced in German by the corresponding conjunction with the finite 
 verb. When the participle expresses cause or reason, the corres- 
 ponding conjunctions are : da (as or since), weil (because), or indent 
 
S63 
 
 erst {airst) 
 
 von {/on) 
 
 eiiier {t-ner) [Gen. sing, fem.) 
 
 sehr (zair) 
 
 lang (Idng) 
 
 und {dont) 
 
 an St re n gen d {an' -sh! tren-gMnt) 
 
 die Reise {die rV-ze) 
 
 von einer sehr langen und anstrengenden Reise 
 
 eine Reise machen 
 
 der Reisende {rt-zen-de) 
 
 eine Reise an'treten 
 
 mein Vater ist verreist {fer-rtsei') 
 
 zuriickgekehrt [Past participle of the regular compound 
 separable verb ich kehre zuriick] 
 
 bin [Neuter verbs of motion are, in the compound tenses, 
 mostly conjugated with the auxiliary settif to be). 
 
 I. Da* ich erst soeben angekommen bin, so habe ich 
 noch keine Zeit gehabt, diese Angelegenheit zu 
 u n tersuchen {ddn-ter-zoo^ -cheri). 
 
 (since, as). For time: ah (when), nachdem (after), or indent (as), 
 must be used. Observe also that the subordinate sentence (beginning 
 with a conjunction) may be the first member ^.s well as the second. 
 If it is the first, the subject of the second — which is the principal one 
 —is placed after the verb. This change is often indicated by the 
 word so, which must not be translated. Compare the above and the 
 following sentences. 
 
364 
 
 2. Having read your advertisement in to-day's paper (in 
 dcr lieutigen Zeitung), I hereby request you (so Utte 
 ich Sie hierduch) to call upon me to-morrow morn- 
 ing. 
 
 3. Having talked so long, he finally (endlich) gave me 
 this letter. 
 
 4. Having taken leave (Ahschied) of me, he went to the 
 depot at once (direct). 
 
 5. Wishing to see him in a very important affair, I went 
 to his house (ging ich nach seiner Wolinung). 
 
 6. Having dined, I took a walk (ging ich spazieren). 
 
 7. Having given these orders, he went (reiste er) to 
 London. 
 
 8. Not being at home yesterday, I had not the pleasure 
 (das Vergnilgen) to see you. 
 
 9. Wishing to see you, we came (hamen wir) to Munich 
 (Mihichen). 
 
 10. Having waited a whole hour (eine Stunde lang) for 
 him (auf ihn)j he came at last (endlich). 
 
 11. Not having any money with me, I was obliged (war 
 ich genothigt) to borrow some (welches) from him. 
 
 12. You must apply (8ie milssen sich wenden) to his 
 attorney (Aiiwalt), as he has not returned yet. 
 
 13. Hasn't he returned yet from his pleasure trip (Ver- 
 gnilgimgsreise) ? 
 
 14. He has returned, but he has not yet risen (eristnoch 
 nicht aufgestanden). 
 
 15. Just guess (rathen Sie einmal) whom I yesterday met 
 in the street. 
 
 16. I am sure I can't guess it. 
 
365 
 
 2. Da ich Ihre Annonce in der heutigen Zeitung {hoy'- 
 tee-ghen tsi-todng) gelesen habe, so bitte ich Sie hier- 
 durch {heir-doory')^ mich morgen friih zu besuchen. 
 
 3. Nachdem er so lange gesprochen hatte, gab er mir 
 endlich diesen Brief. 
 
 4. Als er von mir Abschied {dp' -sheet) genommen hatte, 
 ging er direct {dee-rect') nach dem Bahnhof. 
 
 5. Da ich ihn in einer sehr wichtigen Angelegenheit 
 zu sehen wiinschte, ging ich nach seiner Wohnung. 
 
 6. Nachdem ich zu Mittag gegessen hatte ging ich spa- 
 zieren {sh'pd-tset-ren). 
 
 7. Nachdem er diese Befehle gegeben hatte, reiste er 
 nach London. 
 
 8. Da ich gestern nicht zu Hause war, hatte ich nicht 
 das Vergniigen, Sie zu sehen. 
 
 9. Da wir Sie zu sehen wiinschten, kamen wir nach 
 Miinchen. 
 
 10. Nachdem wir eine Stunde lang auf ihn gewartet 
 hatten, kam er endlich. 
 
 11. Da ich kein Geld bei mir hatte, war ich genothigt, 
 welches von ihm zu borgen. 
 
 12. Sie miissen sich an seinen Anwalt wenden, weil 
 {vile) er noch nicht zurlickgekehrt ist. 
 
 13. Ist er noch nicht von seiner Vergnugungsreise zu- 
 rlickgekehrt ? 
 
 14. Er ist zurlickgekehrt, aber er ist noch nicht aufge- 
 standen. 
 
 15. Rathen Sie einmal, wem ich gestern auf der Strasse 
 begegnet bin. 
 
 16. Das kann ich sicherlich {zt* -"^ er4i^) nicht rathen. 
 
366 
 
 17. Did you fall asleep soon {sind Sie bald eingeschlafen) 
 after he left last night ? 
 
 1 8. Yes, I went to sleep at once (ich bin sofort einge- 
 schlafen)^ and woke up very late. I was so very tired 
 {So milde tvar ich). 
 
 19. As soon as (sowie) he returns from his journey, I 
 shall send you word (werde ich Ihnen Nachricht 
 senden). 
 
 20. I remained two days only in these lodgings, for the 
 attendance (Aufwartung) was so bad that I could not 
 stand it any longer {dass ich es nicht Idnger aushalten 
 konnte). 
 
 2. 
 I have been unable as yet to make up my mind. 
 
 So, thus 
 
 have 
 
 I 
 
 me 
 
 still, yet 
 
 not 
 
 not yet 
 
 i) The auxiliary verbs of mode : konnen, durfen, mogen, wollen, 
 lassen, sollen, miissen, when used in connection with the infinitive of 
 another verb, are required to be in the infinitive present, instead 
 
367 
 
 17- Sind Sie gestern Abend bald eingeschlafen {tne'-ghi- 
 shld'-fen)^ nachdem er fort war ? 
 
 1 8. Ja, ich bin sofort eingeschlafen und bin erst sehr 
 
 spat aufgewacht. So miide war ich. 
 
 19. Sowie er von seiner Reise zuriickgekehrt ist, werde 
 ich Ihnen Nachricht senden. 
 
 20. Ich bin nur zwei Tage in diesem Logis geblieben 
 {ghe-blei'-ben), denn die Aufwartung was so schlecht, 
 dass ich as nicht langer aushalten konnte. 
 
 2. 
 So habe ich mich noch nicht entsehliessen lionnen.* 
 
 zo hah'-bg Vf miy noch ni>'t 6nt-shlce'-sen kon'-nSn. 
 
 So (zo) (Cannot be translated in this sentence. Compare 
 p. ^04, Note i) 
 
 habe {hah' -be) 
 
 ich (/y) 
 
 mich {mP) (Accusative of ich) 
 
 noch {noch) 
 
 nicht {ni^t) 
 
 noch nicht 
 
 of in the past participle. Ex. : Er hat es nicht thun kovnen 
 (instead oi gekonnt). Er hat den Brief schreiben »/«/\rj^» (instead of 
 gemusst). 
 
368 
 
 to decide 
 
 to be able 
 
 I have made up my mind {or I have decided) 
 she has made up her mind. 
 
 1. My brother has made up his mind to sell his business. 
 
 2. Have you made up your mind about this affair (i?i 
 Betreff dieser A7igelegenlieit) ? 
 
 3. I cannot make up my mind about it (dazu). 
 
 4. As soon as I have made up my mind about it {da- 
 rilher), I will let you know. 
 
 5. Make up your mind one way or another {a^if eine 
 oder die aiiderc Weise). 
 
 6. When does your brother intend to return ? 
 
 7. I don't know. I got a letter from him this morning, 
 but it seems to me he cannot make up his mind what 
 to do {ivas er tliun soil). 
 
 8. Make up your mind what you are going to do {was 
 Sie tliun wolleii). 
 
 9. Mind^ {or consider, ilherlegen JSie sich) what you are 
 doing in this matter. 
 
 10. Let him mind {kilmmern) his own business. 
 
 i) To mind, to make up one's mind, never mind, the mind, to 
 change one's mind. &c., are rendered by different German idioms. 
 
369 
 
 entschliessen (ent-shlee' -sen) (Infinitive of the irregular re 
 flective verb sich entschlUssen. Imperfect : Ich ent- 
 schloss mich ; Perfect : Icli habe mich entschlossen) 
 
 konnen {kon'-nen) {Present: ich kann ; Imperfect: ich 
 konnte ; Perfect : ich habe gekonnt) 
 
 ich habe mich entschlossen 
 
 sie hat sich entschlossen. 
 
 1. Mein Bruder hat sich entschlossen sein Geschaft z\\ 
 verkaufen. 
 
 2. Haben Sie sich in Betreff dieser Angelegenheit ent- 
 schlossen ? 
 
 3. Ich kann mich nicht dazu entschliessen. 
 
 4. Sobald ich mich dariiber entschlossen habe, will ich 
 
 es Sie wissen lassen. 
 
 5. Entschliessen Sie sich so oder so {or auf eine oderdie 
 andere Weise {vt-ze). 
 
 6. Wann beabsichtigt Ihr Herr Bruder zuriickzukehren ? 
 
 7. Das weiss ich wirklich nicht. Ich habe heute Morgen 
 einen Brief von ihm erhalten, aber es scheint mir, 
 dass er sich noch nicht hat entschliessen konnen, 
 was er thun soil. 
 
 8. Entschliessen Sie sich (gefalligst)^ was Sie thun 
 wollen. 
 
 9. Ueberlegen Sie sich {ii-ber-lay' -ghen zee zi^)y was Sie 
 
 in dieser Angelegenheit thun wollen. 
 
 10. Er soil sich um seine eigenen An'gelegenheiten {an'- 
 ghe-lay-ghen-hl-teti) k il m mern . 
 
 which must be committed to memory. Compare the following sen- 
 tences. 
 
870 
 
 11. Never mind what he says. I am sure {ich Ixn davon 
 iiherzeugt) he will do what is right and just {was 
 recht und hiUig ist). 
 
 12. I have considered the matter, and shall return home 
 a fortnight hence. 
 
 13. I have changed my mind. 
 
 14. He is a very peculiar man {eigenthumlicher Menscli). 
 
 15. I don't think so. 
 
 16. But I have the best proof of it {Beweis davon). 
 
 17. Yesterday he seemed firmly decided (fest entsclilosseii) 
 in regard to this matter {in Betreff dieser Angelegen- 
 heit), and to-day he writes me that he has changed 
 his mind. 
 
 18. I have a good mind {ich hahegrosse Lust) to make my 
 purchases to-day. 
 
 19. She had a good mind to go with me, but her mother 
 forbade it {verhot es ihr). 
 
 20. I should feel greatly inclined {icli hdtte grosse Lust) 
 to make this trip with you, but I have not money 
 enough. 
 
 21. Do you not feel inclined to hear this celebrated (fe- 
 male) singer {diese heriihmte Sdngerin) ? She sings 
 very finely indeed {wirhlicJi ausgezeichnei). 
 
 «2. Why didn't you mind (befolgt) the advice I gave you ? 
 
 23. Mind what I told you. 
 
 24. He does not know his own mind. 
 
 25. Never mind {or No matter). 
 
371 
 
 11. Kummern Sie sich nicht darum, was er sagt. Ich 
 bin davon uberzeugt (tsoygt')^ er wird thun, was recht 
 und billig {btl'-Hy) ist. 
 
 12. Ich habe mir die Sache iiberlegt und werde in vier- 
 zehn Tagen nach Hause zuriickkehren. 
 
 13. Ich habe mir die Sache anders iiberlegt. 
 
 14. Er ist ein sehr eigenthiimlicher Mensch {i-ghen'tum' - 
 lU^er mensJi). 
 
 15. Das finde ich nicht. 
 
 16. Ich habe aber den besten Beweis davon {be-vise' ddh- 
 , fon'\ 
 
 17. Gestern schien {sheen) er in Betreff dieser Angelegen- 
 beit fest entschlossen zu sein, und heute schreibt er 
 mir, dass er sich die Sache anders iiberlegt habe. 
 
 18. Ich habe grosse Lust meine Einkaufe heute zu 
 
 machen. 
 
 19. Sie hatte grosse Lust mit mir zu gehen, aber ihre 
 Mutter verbot es ihr. 
 
 20. Ich hatte grosse Lust, mit Ihnen zu reiscn, aber ich 
 
 habe nicht Geld genug. 
 
 21. Hatten Sie nicht Lust, diese beriihmte Sangerin zu 
 horen ? Sie singt wirklich ausgezeichnet {puse'-gM- 
 tst^e'-net). 
 
 22. Warum haben Sie den Rath nicht befolgt, welchen 
 
 ich Ihnen gegeben habe ? 
 
 23. Befolgen Sie, was ich Ihnen gesagt habe. 
 
 24. Er weiss {vise) selbst nicht, was er will. 
 
 25. Das schadet nichts {or Das macht nichts, or Das thut 
 nichts). 
 
a72 
 
 3. 
 
 News. 
 
 1. What is the news ? 
 
 2. Any news ? 
 
 3. What is the best news ? 
 
 4. What news is there ? 
 
 5. Is there any news to-day ? 
 
 6. Is there anything new ? 
 
 7. Any news from Paris ? 
 
 8. There is no news. 
 
 9. There is great news. 
 
 10. No news has been received from the seat of war 
 {vom Kriegsschauplatze). 
 
 11. Is this news authentic (authe?itisch) ? 
 
 12. This news is of the utmost importance {von der dus- 
 
 sersten Wichtigkeit). 
 
 13. What do the papers say about it.-* 
 
 14. What is the talk about town ? 
 
 15. There is no talk of anything. 
 
 16. His affairs are the talk of the town (das Stadtge- 
 sprdcli). 
 
 1 7. I have not heard a word (or a syllable) about them 
 daruher or davon). 
 
 18. It has become the talk of the town. 
 
 19. Everybody is talking about it (or about them, davon). 
 
 20. I have heard some talk about it. 
 
 21. I have this news from good authority. 
 
 22. This is news to me. 
 
373 
 3. 
 
 Neuigkeiten {noy'-iy-ki-ten). 
 
 1. Wasgiebt's {or giebt es) Neues {^heepts noy*-h) ? 
 
 2. Giebt's eUvas Neues ? 
 
 3. Was giebt es gutes Neues ? 
 
 4. Was fUr Neuigkeiten giebt es? 
 
 5. Giebt's heute etwas Neues ? 
 
 6. Giebt es irgend etwas Neues ? 
 
 7. Giebt es etwas Neues von Paris ? 
 
 8. Es giebt nichts Neues. 
 
 9. Es sind gross'artige Neuigkeiten da. 
 
 10. Man hat nichts Neues vom Kriegsschauplatze {kreegs'- 
 shou-pldt' -se) gehort. 
 
 11. Sind diese Nachrichten authentisch {ou-ten' -tish) ? 
 
 12. Diese Neuigkeit ist von der aussersten Wichtigkeit 
 (oy* -ser-stai vi ^'-ti ^-klte) . 
 
 13. Was schreibt man in den Zeitungen dariiber (or da- 
 von or in BetrefT dieser Angelegenheit) .-* 
 
 14. Was sagt man denn in der Stadt.^ 
 
 15. Man spricht von nichts. 
 
 16. Seine Angelegenheiten bilden das Stadtgesprach {or 
 sind Stadtgesprach). 
 
 17. Ich habe kein Wort {or keine Sylbe, ^?r gar nichts) 
 dariiber {or davon) gehort. 
 
 18. Es ist zum Stadtgesprach geworden. 
 
 19. Jedermann {or alle Welt) redet davon {or spricht da- 
 von). 
 
 20. Ich habe davon sprechen horen. 
 
 21. Ich habe diese Nachrichten ausguter Quelle (=^^;v^). 
 
 22. Das ist mir neu. 
 
374 
 
 23. This news wants confirmation \uedarf der Bestdti- 
 gung). 
 
 24. This news has not been confirmed. 
 
 25. Nothing positive (Zuverldssiges) is as yet known 
 about it. 
 
 26. That is only a report {ein Geriicht). 
 
 27. This report is wholly unreliable (vollstdndig unzuver- 
 Idssig). 
 
 28. This report has proved false (liat sich ah falsch er- 
 wiesen). 
 
 29. This report seems to be untrue (umvahr) ; we must 
 wait for further particulars {weitere Einzelnheiten). 
 
 30. Have you heard from your brother? (or Have you 
 any word [or news] from your brother ?) 
 
 31. I have not heard from him these two months (seit 
 zwei vollen Monateii). 
 
 32. He has not sent us any word these two months. 
 
 33. Let me hear from you as soon as you arrive (sofori 
 nach Threr Ankunft). 
 
 34. Let me hear from you now and then (hin und wieder) 
 
375 
 
 2^. Diese Nachricht bedarf der Bestatigung {pe-sh'tay'' 
 tie-goong) . 
 
 24. Diese Nachricht hat sich nicht bestatigt (be-sh'tay'- 
 ti^'t). 
 
 25. Bis jetzt weiss man {vise man) noch nichts Zuver- 
 lassiges (tsdd'-/er-les-see-ghes) daruber. 
 
 26. Das ist nur ein Geriicht (gh^-ruJf). 
 
 27. Dieses Geriicht ist vollstandig unzuverlassig. 
 
 28. Dieses Geriicht hat sich als falsch erwiesen {fdhlsh 
 er-vee'-ziri). 
 
 29. Dieses Geriicht scheint unwahr zu sein ; wir miissen 
 weitere Einzelnheiten abwarten {vl'-te-re ine' -tseln-hi- 
 ten dp'-vdr-ten). 
 
 30. Haben Sie von Ihrem Herrn Bruder gehort {or Ha- 
 ben Sie Nachrichten von Ihrem Herrn Bruder ge- 
 habt) ? 
 
 31. Ich habe seit zwei vollen Monaten nichts von ihm 
 gehort. 
 
 32. Seit zwei vollen Monaten hat er nichts von sich 
 horen lassen. 
 
 33. Lassen Sie ja sofort nach Ihrer Ankunft von sich 
 horen. 
 
 34. Lassen Sie mich hin und wieder {vee'-d^r) von Ihnen 
 
 horen. 
 
376 
 
 GRAMMATICAL REMARKS. 
 
 Exercises and Words used in Common Conversation 
 
 Indefinite Pronouns. 
 
 They are : 
 
 man, one (French, on\ they, people, 
 einanber {l-ndn' -der), each other, one another, 
 jebermann {yay-derman'), everybody, every one. 
 jemonb {yay -mdnt\ somebody, some one, any body. 
 UiCItianb {nee-mant), nobody (not anybody). 
 
 {ze/pst) (felber), . . . self (myself, &c.). 
 CtttJOg (it'-vas), something, anything. 
 nid^tS, nothing (not — anything), 
 gar nid^tS, nothing at all, nothing whatever. 
 
 Obseryations. 
 
 I. 90^ an, which is expressed in English hy one ^ they, 
 people, or by t\iG passive voice, occurs only in the Nomina- 
 tive case, and governs the verb in the singular. Observe 
 that the passive voice is not used as frequently in Ger- 
 man, as in English. 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 2J?ati fagt (people say), \i<x% er t)iel (^elb (money) in bicfem 
 ©efdiaft t)er(oren (lost) l)at. ^cati fann nic^t allee glaubett, 
 toa« man ^ort. :Da {)abcn ^te ganj 9?ec^t ; tie ^eute (people) 
 
rcben t)iel, unb man fann nicf)t a(Ic« glauben, tt)a§ laan ^brt. 
 
 9Jian fabrictrt' {fd-bree-ceerf, manufactures) fe^r l^iibfcfje 
 ^anbfc^ul^e in "ipari^. Wtmx 5(n)id)t nad) (according to my 
 opinion) fabricirt man bie beften 2}tafd)inen (fnd-shee'-nen, 
 machines) in (Snglanb unb ^Imerifa. 3Jtan Ijat mir gerot^en ^ 
 (^//^"-r^'-/^«, advised) nad} ^iaXxtXi {ee-tdhlyen, Italy) gu gc^en, 
 'ba meine ®efunbl)eit (ghe-zdont'-htte, health) fcl)r fdjnmc^ 
 (shvdch, weak) ift. ^^xtx @efunb()eit tregen (on account of) 
 l)at mon mcincr ^xau geratl)en, bie[cn (Sommer nad) (Earl^bab 
 gu gc^en. Sa^ fagt man Don bcm ^rieg {kreegh, war) in 
 5(f gt)aniftan ? 2)hn fann fid)' auf bicfen (5ommi§ nid)t t)cr^ 
 laffcn (rely). 3)?an tragi (wears) biefe §itte fel)r Did in ^ari^ 
 unb Berlin. Xrdgt man "iAt £(ciber je^t fo eng (tight) ? ^a0 
 ift einc \)t%\x^z (ugly) 2}2obe (fashion). 
 
 Note I. When another case is required, the correspond- 
 ing case of Ctner is employed. Ex. : One is sorry to see 
 so much misery, g^ t^ut cinem (eib, fo Did Slenb ju fel)en. 
 One is glad when one meets such a thoroughly honest 
 man, (5^ frcut e i u c n , iDcnn man foId)en grunbe()rlid)en 3J(ann 
 trifft {or {o(d)en grunbeljrlidjcn 3Jien)d)cn3U trcffcn). 
 
 Note 2. One's before a substantive is translated in Ger- 
 man with fein (his). Ex.: It is better to lose one's 
 money than one's honor. (S^ ift beffer fcin ®c(b, a(§ 
 fcinc (5^re ju Derliercn. 
 
 Note 3. One's self is translated fic^ fdbft or only fi(^ (but 
 nei^er fdbft without fid)). Ex. : One must not praise one's 
 self. 3}?an mug fic^ nic^t fdbft (oben. 
 
 i) Give passive construction in English. 
 
'618 
 
 Exercise, 
 
 You are expected this even- i. One expects (crttjartet) you 
 
 this evening. 
 
 2. One has to me said that your 
 father ill is. 
 
 3. One has to him advised (ge=» 
 ratl^en) to Italy to go. 
 
 4. One says that it in ATSbama 
 very hot is (Subjunct. mood). 
 
 5. One says that you a professor 
 (3um ^rofeffor) at (an) the 
 University (Uniderfitaf) of 
 Michigan nominated (cr^ 
 ttannt) are (Subjunct. mood). 
 
 6. One must to him his wages 
 (feinen ^olju) pay. 
 
 ing. 
 I have been told that your 
 
 father is ill. 
 He has been advised to go 
 to Italy. 
 
 It is said to be very hot in 
 Alabama. 
 
 You are said to be nomi- 
 nated professor at the Uni- 
 versity of Michigan. 
 
 7. 
 
 6. He must be paid his wages 
 {or : His wages must be paid 
 him). 
 
 His ridiculous dress was 
 laughed at (or: People 
 laughed at his ridiculous 
 dreas). 
 
 He must be given a reward 
 (or: A reward must be given 
 him). 
 
 She should be granted her 
 request (or : Her request 
 should be granted her). 
 One cannot believe every- 
 thing one hears. 
 At your age one is always 
 happy. 
 
 It is easily to be understood 
 why the Americans love lib- 
 erty and prize their constitu- 
 tion as the highest good. 
 
 II. 
 
 12. 
 
 7. One laughed (lad^tc) at (iibcr) 
 
 his ridiculous (Idd^ertid^eS) 
 dress. 
 
 8. One must to him a reward 
 
 (eine 33eIo!^nung) give. 
 
 9. One should to her her request 
 
 (i^re iBitte) grant (gettJci^ren). 
 
 10. One cannot all believe which 
 
 one hears. 
 
 11. At (in) your age is one always 
 
 happy ( gtiicfU(^). 
 
 12. One can easily (Iet(f)t) under- 
 
 stand why (tue^^olb) the 
 Americans the liberty (bic 
 grei^eit) love and their con- 
 stitution ((S^onftitntion') as 
 (ol§) their highest good prize 
 (ad^ten). 
 
3/9 
 
 Declension of the Indefinite Pronoun jebermann. 
 
 N. jebermonn, everybody. 
 G. jcbermonnS, of everybody. 
 D. jcbermonn, to everybody, 
 A. jebcrmonn, everybody. 
 
 Declension of the Indefinite Pronouns jemanb and 
 nicmanb. 
 
 N. jcmanb, somebody. 
 G. icniaiib^, or jemonbcS. 
 D. jemonb or jemonbcm. 
 A. jemanb or jcmanb. 
 
 niemonb, nobody, 
 nicmanbs or niemanbeS. 
 nicmanb or nicmonbcm, 
 nicmonb or niemanb. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 ^(x^ ift nicmanb^ (Sad)e. That concerns no one. SKar 
 iemanb mat^rcnb meiner 2lbn)e[en^cit {df -vay-zen-htte ^ ab- 
 sence) bo, ^ellner? Wv\, mein §err, e8 ift nicmanb ^ier ge* 
 irefen. Did any one call during my absence, waiter? 
 No, sir, no one has been here, ©agcn @ie niemanben 
 ettpaS Don biefer 5lngelegcnl)cit. Do not tell any one (any- 
 thing) about this affair, ^f^iemanb ^ilft mir. No one 
 helps me. 
 
 4. Not — anybody — and not — anything are translated by 
 niemanb and niti)tS. Have you received my letter ? I 
 have not received anything. §aben @ie meinen ^rief zx* 
 l^alten ? ^^ ^abe nid)t^ crt)alten. Do not tell him any- 
 thing, (Sagcn @ie i^m nid)t^. 
 
380 
 
 The Passive Voice. 
 
 The Passive Voice is formed by adding the Past Par 
 ticiple of the transitive verb to all the moods and tenses 
 of the auxiliary verb ttJerbcTl. 
 
 Conjugation of the Passive Voice of the Verb 
 
 Hebeti. 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 I am loved 
 td^ ttjerbe geliebt 
 bu njirft geliebt 
 cr ttjirb geliebt 
 njir ttjerben geliebt 
 ibr tueubct geliebt 
 fie raerben geliebt 
 
 / was loved 
 i(^ tt)urbc geliebt 
 bu njurbeft geliebt 
 er ttjurbe geliebt 
 luir ttjuvben geliebt 
 il^r tDurbet geliebt 
 ftc wurben geliebt 
 
 / have been loved 
 td^ bin geliebt ttjorbcn 
 bu bift geliebt ttjorbcn 
 er ift geliebt trorbeu 
 tuir ftnb geliebt njorbcn 
 i^r fcib geliebt njorben 
 fic fmb geliebt tt)orbcn 
 
 Passive Voice. 
 
 Subjunctive, 
 
 Present. 
 
 I may be loved 
 i(^ njerbe geliebt 
 bu ttjerbeft geliebt 
 er tuerbe geliebt 
 ft»ir werben geliebt 
 % tDerbet geliebt 
 fic iDcrben geliebt 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 I might be loved 
 id^ tDiirbe geliebt 
 bu toitrbeft geliebt 
 cr ujiirbe geliebt 
 tt)ir juiirben geliebt 
 il)r ujiirbet geliebt 
 fie tuiirben geliebt 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 I may have been loved 
 id^ fei geliebt tuorben 
 bu jeieft geliebt tuorbcn 
 er fei geliebt ttjorbcu 
 ttJir feien geliebt worbcii 
 t'^r jeiet geliebt tDorben 
 fie jcieu geliebt ttjorbeu 
 
381 
 
 / had been loved 
 ic^ tDor gclicbt worben 
 bu roarfl geliebt movbcn 
 cr ttjar geliebt morben 
 tt)ir h)aren geliebt ttjorbcn 
 il)r n)ai(e)t geliebt worben 
 fie njaren geliebt njorben 
 
 / shall be loved 
 \^ werbe geliebt njerben 
 bu rairfl geliebt jperben 
 cr tx)irb geliebt hjerben 
 tnir iDerben geliebt trerben 
 il)r trerbet geliebt tuerbcn 
 fic h)crben geliebt ttjerbcn 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 I might have been Uved 
 ic^ tcave geliebt iDovbcn 
 bu mdreft geliebt ttjorben 
 cr tt)Qrc geliebt tDorbcn 
 XQXX iDdreu geliebt morben 
 i^r tt)dret geliebt morbeu 
 fic »t)drcu geliebt tuorben 
 
 First Future. 
 
 I shall be loved 
 id| tuerbe geliebt it)erben 
 bu hjerbeft geliebt tucrben 
 cr njcrbe geliebt luerbcn 
 hjir njcrbcn geliebt irerben 
 i^r ttjerbet geliebt toerben 
 fie tuerben geliebt luerben 
 
 Second Future. 
 
 I shall have been loved 
 ic^ tuerbe geliebt njorben fein 
 bu ttjirfl geliebt njorben fein 
 er tvirb geliebt raorbcn fein 
 tuir tuerben geliebt njorben fein 
 i^r ttjerbct geliebt iDorben jein 
 fie tuerben geliebt morbcn fein 
 
 Present Conditional, 
 I should be loved 
 \&\ hJiirbe geliebt merben 
 bu miirbeft geliebt merbcn 
 cr miirbe geliebt ttjcrben 
 h)ir njurben geliebt rocrbcn 
 i()r hjiirbet geliebt ttjerbcn 
 fie tt)urben geliebt ttierbcn 
 
 njcrbc gclicbt, be loved 
 
 I shall have been loved 
 id^ njerbe geliebt njorben fein 
 bu ttjerbeft geliebt iDorben fein 
 cr ttjerbe geliebt tt)orbeu fein 
 n)ir tuerbeu geliebt rtjorben fein 
 il^r ttjerbet geliebt iuorben fein 
 fie tDcrben geliebt iuorben fein 
 
 Perfect Conditional. 
 I should have been loved 
 Id^ ttjurbe geliebt trorben fein 
 bu njiirbeft geliebt njorbeu fein 
 cr ttjiirbc gclicbt njorben fein 
 n)ir njurbcn geliebt n)orben fein 
 il^r tt)urbet gclicbt tuorben fein 
 ftc ttjarbcn gclicbt morben fein 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 njcrbct geliebt, be loved 
 
382 
 
 Infinitive. 
 Pres. getiebt merben, to be loved 
 Per/, geliebt tt)orben fein, to have been Joved 
 
 Participle. 
 Per/, geliebt, loved 
 
 The Imperative Mood is hardly ever used. When a passive 
 Imperative is required, it is commonly rendered with jei, jeib, as : 
 @ei gepriefen, o §err I Be praised, Lord I @eib gegriigt! Be greeted I 
 { Welcome !) 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 iBerltn, ben 24. j^ebruor, 1881. 
 ©erm iJ. ©. taufmann in Set|3stg. 
 
 (Se^r gee()rter ©err, 
 5lnttt)ort(id) ' ^Ijre^ gee^rten' 8rf)reiben^ t)on 18. b. 3J?.' 
 t^ci(e i^ 3{)ncn mit, ba^ id) mic^ genau' tiad) ben iBer^altniffen 
 Don ©errn ^e^renbt erlunbigt ^oSit. ©r ge^drt, tt)ie man mir 
 i)on gtanbraiirbigfter @eite' beri^tet/ einer fe^r adjtbaren' ga^ 
 mi(ie an, nnb !bnnen @ie i^nt o^ne alle ©efaljr ' (^r o^ne jebeS 
 9?i)'ifo') einen (Srebit don 20—25,000 SJ^ar! gett)a^ren." 
 
 OJ^it ^epg anf " bie Saaren, tvel^e ®ie un« om bergongenen " 
 greitag gefanbt ^aben, tfjeile ic^ S^nen mit, "t^^ biefelben t)ott^ 
 ftcinbig " na(^ Drbre an^gefallen" finb, unb bog ic^ S^tien in 
 einigen !^agcn iveitere" ^eftellungen '' pfenben iDerbe. 
 
 §oc^ad)tung^t)o(l, 
 !I). «. ^ot^c^ilb." 
 
 r) In reply. 2) esteemed. 3) b. W.. is an abbreviation for 
 biefeS 9D^onat«. 4) genou (^/^/-»^7^'), exactly, carefully. ^)gloupe- 
 viir-dP-ster zi'-te, most trustworthy party (or people, literally 'side). 
 6) roie man mir beric^tet, as I am told (or informed). 7) respectable. 
 8) without any danger. g) without any risk. 10) g^rant. n) 
 
 mlt betsooch' oufe, in reference to, as regards. 12) { fer-ghdn -s[he- 
 
 nen, past or last. 13) folt -sh'ten-diy , entirely. 14) executed to 
 
 orders. 15) vl' te-re, further. t6) be-shtet-lddn-ghen, orders. 
 
 17) 9^ot^fi)itb is a German name, and is pronounced rot'-shilt, signi- 
 fying 'a red si^.' 
 
%\n J|mt^r5#h-|a5im. 
 
 O E R M A N . 
 
XV. 
 
 {Continuation.) 
 1. 
 
 10. What do you charge for this arti'^^e^ 
 
 11. Eighteen shillings 
 
 12. That is very dear. 
 
 13. That is a very high price {furcMhar theuer) to give 
 for a thing ^ike that {fur e^fip^t e'artigen Artikel). 
 
 14. On the contrary {im Gegenttieil) inat is very cheap 
 {billig). Just '.c»ok at the quality (die Qiialitdt). 
 
 15. This article is much cheaper, but ci course (natiir- 
 licli) it is of an inferior quality {von geringerer 
 Qnalitdt). 
 
 16. This is the very best thing {dac Vorzuglichste) we 
 have in that line {das es in dieser Art giht). 
 
 17. Show me another pattern {ein anderes Muster). 
 
 18. This cloth {or stuif) is extra good {wunderscJmt), a.nd 
 the pattern most stylish {geschmackvoll). 
 
 19. That is the latest thing out. 
 
 20. I dare say {moglicJi) ; but I do not like the pattern. 
 
 21. Show me some plain, light material {eitien einfarhigen^ 
 hellen Staff). 
 
 22. I can give you the same pattern in other colors {in 
 anderen Farhen), 
 
XV. 
 
 {Continuation.) 
 
 I 
 
 10. Wie theuer verkaufen Sie das ? 
 
 11. Das kostet achtzehn Mark. 
 
 12. Das ist sehr theuer {toy'-er). 
 
 13. Das ist furchtbar theuer fur einen derartigen Artikel 
 {dayr'-dr-tee-ghen dr^tee' -kit), 
 
 14. Im Gegentheil {gay' -g hen- tile) ^ mein Herr, das ist sehr 
 billig. Sehen Sie sich nur die Qualitat an. 
 
 15. Dieser Artikel ist viel biliiger {bil'-lee-gher\ aber 
 natiirlich von geringerer {ghe-ring -e-rer) Qualitat. 
 
 16. Das ist das Vorzuglichste (/«?r^-/j-//;§''-//3'j'-//), das es 
 
 in dieser Art gibt. 
 
 17. Zeigen {tsi'-ghen) Sie mir ein anderes Muster. 
 
 18. Dieser Stoff ist wunderschon {vddn'-der-shdn)y und das 
 Muster ist sehr geschmack'voU. 
 
 19. Das is das allerneuste {or^ Das ist das neuste, das 
 
 man hat). 
 
 20. Moglich, aber das Muster gefallt mir nicht. 
 
 21. Zeigen Sie mir einen einfarbigen {ine'-fdr-bee-ghen)^ 
 hellen Stoff. 
 
 22. Ich kann Ihnen auch dasselbe Muster in anderen 
 Farben geben. 
 
XV. 
 
 {Continuation.) 
 1. 
 
 10. What do you charge for this arti'^^e? 
 
 11. Eighteen shillings 
 
 12. That is very dear. 
 
 13. That is a very high price {furchthar tlieuer) to give 
 for a thing Vike that {fur ernpi e'artigen Artikel). 
 
 14. On the contrary (im Gegentneil) laat is very cheap 
 {billig). Just 'ook at the quality {die Qualitdt). 
 
 15. This article is much cheaper, but ci course (natilr- 
 lich) it is of an inferior quality {von geringerer 
 Qualitdt). 
 
 16. This is the very best thing {dac Vorzilgiichste) we 
 have in that line {das es in dieser Art gibt). 
 
 17. Show me another pattern {ein anderes Muster). 
 
 18. This cloth {or stuff) is extra good {wundersclidn)^2iXid 
 the pattern most stylish {geschmackvoll). 
 
 19. That is the latest thing out. 
 
 20. I dare say (moglicJi) ; but I do not like the pattern. 
 
 21. Show me some plain, light material {einen einfarMgen, 
 hellen Si off). 
 
 22. I can give you the same pattern in other colors {in 
 anderen Farhen), 
 
XV. 
 
 (Continuation.') 
 
 I 
 
 10. Wie theuer verkaufen Sie das ? 
 
 11. Das kostet achtzehn Mark. 
 
 12. Das ist sehr theuer {toy'-er). 
 
 13. Das ist furchtbar theuer fiir einen derartigen Artikel 
 (dayr'-dr-tee-ghen dr^tee' -ket), 
 
 14. Im Gegentheil {gay' -ghen-tile\ mein Herr, das ist sehr 
 billig. Sehen Sie sich nur die Qualitat an. 
 
 15. Dieser Artikel ist viel billiger {bil'-lee-gher\ aber 
 natiirlich von geringerer {ghe-ring -e-rer) Qualitat. 
 
 16. Das ist das Vorziiglichste (/c^r^-Zi-^'-Z/y^-/^), das es 
 
 in dieser Art gibt. 
 
 17. Zeigen (tst'-ghen) Sie mir ein anderes Muster. 
 
 18. Dieser Stoff ist wunderschon {voon' -der-shdn)^ und das 
 Muster ist sehr geschmackVoll. 
 
 19. Das is das allerneuste (ory Das ist das neuste, das 
 
 man hat). 
 
 20. Moglich, aber das Muster gefallt mir nicht. 
 
 21. Zeigen Sie mir einen einfarbigen {itie' -fdr-bee-gheri)^ 
 hellen Stoff. 
 
 22. Ich kann Ihnen auch dasselbe Muster in anderen 
 Farben geben. 
 
S86 
 
 23- This is too light {hell), I want something darker 
 (etwas dunkleres). 
 
 24. Is that your lowest price ? 
 
 25. I could not possibly give it for less (unter dent). 
 
 26. I scarcely make {ich verdiene kaum) a shilling by it. 
 27 I put the goods at cost price {zum Kostenpreise), 
 
 28. I do not want to lay out so much on it. 
 
 29. I can get it cheaper elsewhere {a7iderswo). 
 
 30. There you are mistaken ; at least (wenigstens) not of 
 
 this quality. 
 
 31. Well, ril take this article; please send it (= him) to 
 
 my place (7iach ineiner Wohnung). Here is my ad- 
 dress. 
 
 32. Send these goods with a receipted bill (mit einer 
 quittirten Rechnung) to my hotel. 
 
 33. How much does it come to.f* 
 
 34. What is the total amount .'* 
 
 35. I may as well pay for these things at once. 
 
 36. I have to get one shilling in change. 
 
 37. Here is your change, sir. 
 
 2. 
 
 Whether we shall carry on this enterprise or 
 drop it. 
 
 Whether, if 
 
387 
 
 fj. Das ist mir zu hell. Ich wunsche etwas dunk- 
 leres. 
 
 24. Ist das Ihr ausserster Preis ? 
 
 25. Ich kann es Ihnen wirklich nicht unter dem geben. 
 
 26. Ich verdiene (fer-dee'-ne) kaum eine Mark daran. 
 
 27. Ich liabe Ihnen die Waare zum Kostenpreise be- 
 rechnet. 
 
 28. So viel mag ich nicht daran wenden. 
 
 29. Ich kann es andersvvo billiger haben. 
 
 30. Da irren Sie sich ; wenigstens nicht in derselben 
 Gute (^'V Qualitat). 
 
 31. Gut, ich will diesen Artikel nehmen. Schicken Sie 
 ihn gefalligst nach meiner Wohnung. Hier ist 
 meine Adresse. 
 
 32. Schicken Sie mir diese Waaren mit einer quittirten 
 Rechnung nat.h meinem Hotel. 
 
 33. Wie viel macht das ? 
 
 34. Wie viel betragt das? 
 
 35. Ich will es Ihnen lieber {lee'-ber) gleich bezahlen. 
 
 36. Da bekomme ich eine Mark heraus. 
 
 37. Hier ist, was Sie herausbekommen (or^ Hier ist Ihr 
 
 Kleingeld). 
 
 Ob wir das Unternehmen ausftthren Oder 
 
 Op vggr das 06n-ter-nay'-mSn ouse'-fU-r6n o'd6r 
 
 fallen lassen sol I en. 
 
 f5h'-l6n las'-s5n zOl'-lgn. 
 
 Ob (dp) 
 
388 
 
 we 
 
 the 
 
 enterprise 
 
 to execute, to finish 
 
 or 
 
 to fall, to drop [German verbs of motion are conjugated 
 with sein ; therefore, Ich lin gef alien, I have 
 fallen (I fell)] 
 
 to let, to permit, to leave 
 
 to be obliged 
 
 I) Conjugation of the auxiliary verb lassen, to let, to permit, to 
 leave. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 ich lasse, I may permit, 
 du lassest, thou mayst permit, 
 er lasse, he may permit, 
 wir lassen, we may permit, 
 ihr 1 isset, you may permit, 
 sie lassen, ihey may permit. 
 
 Imperfect, 
 
 ich liesse, I might permit, 
 du liessest thou mightsl permit, 
 er liesse, he might permit, 
 wir liessen, we might permit, 
 ihr liesset, you might permit, 
 sie liessen, they might permir 
 
 Compound Tenses. 
 
 Perfect. ich habe gelassen, I have permitted. 
 
 Pluperfect. ich hatte gelassen. I had permitted. 
 
 Fi}-st Ftitui'c'. ich wcide lassen, I shall permit. 
 
 Second Future. ich wtrde yt lassen haben, I shall have permitted. 
 
 First Conditional, ich wiiide lassen, I slicnild permit. 
 Second Conditional, ich vvtirde gelassen haben. I should have permitted 
 Lassen, to let {or to permi), when placed before another verb in 
 the infinitive, is like the English to cat^< {¥xqx\c\\ faire) ; e.g. Ich liesi 
 
 Indicative. 
 ich lasse, I permit {or I let). 
 du lassest, thou permittest. 
 er lasst, he permits, 
 wir lassen, we permit, 
 ihr lasst, you permit, 
 sie lassen, they permit.. 
 
 ich liess, I permitted. 
 
 du liessest, thou permittedst. 
 
 er liesS; he permitted. 
 
 wir liessen, we permitted. 
 
 ihr liesset, you permitted. 
 
 sie liessen, they permitted. 
 
389 
 
 wir {vere) 
 
 das [Neuter definite article] 
 
 Unternehmen {oon-ter-nay' -men) 
 
 ausfuhren {ouse'-fu-ren) [Comp. separ. regular verb] 
 
 Oder {p'-der) 
 
 fallen {fdh'-len) [Irregular verb. Present : ich falle^ du 
 fdllst, er fdllt, toir fallen y Sle fallen, sie fallen. Im- 
 perfect : ichfiel {feel), &c. Perfect : ich bin gef alien) 
 
 lassen^ {/a -sen) 
 
 soUen' {zol'-len) 
 
 ineinem Soline einen Rock machen, I had a coat made {i.e. I caused 
 a coat to be made) for my son. 
 
 The object of lassen is generally in the accusative, but if there are 
 two objects in a sentence, the person is in the dative, 2^\\^ the thing in 
 the accusative ; e.g. Er hat ineinem Bruder das Geld gelassen. 
 
 2) Conjugation of the auxiliary verb sollen, to be obliged. 
 
 Pres. ich soil, I am to. 
 
 du sollst, thou shalt. 
 
 er soil, he is to or shall, 
 
 wir sollen, we are to. 
 
 ihr soUt, ) ye shall. 
 
 Sie sollen, I" you shall. 
 
 sie sollen. they are to 
 
 or shall. 
 
 Imperf. ich sollte, I should, I 
 
 was to, or I ought to. 
 
 Per/. ich habe gesollt, or ich 
 
 habe . . . sollen. 
 Pluperf. ich hatte gesollt. 
 1st Put. ich werde sollen. 
 2nd Put. (ich werde gesollt haben.) 
 1st Cond. ich sollte, I should, I ought to. 
 2nd Cond. ich hatte — sollen, I ought to have. 
 
 Inf. Pres. sollen. | Part. Past, gesollt. 
 
 / s ha// is translated ich werde, and in the interrogative form werde 
 ich? but when sha/l I is used in the sense of am I to, it is rendered 
 by so// ich? e.g. We shall go, wir werden gehen ; Shall we go? i.e. 
 are we to e^o ? So//en wir gehen ? 
 
 Subj. ich solle, I shall, 
 du sollest. 
 er solle. 
 wir sollen. 
 j ihr soUet. 
 \ Sie sollen. 
 sie sollen. 
 
 ich sollte, I should. 
 
 ich habe gesollt. 
 
 ich hatte gesollt or sollen. 
 ich werde sollen. 
 
390 
 
 whether we shall carry on the enterprise or drop it. 
 
 1. Let us go ; it is very late, and I am obliged to get 
 up very early to-morrow. 
 
 2. Have you sent for a cab ? {Hahen Sie mir . . . holen 
 lassen ?) 
 
 3. Get a commissioner {or porter) (lassen Sie mir einen 
 Dienst7na7in holen) ; I must send this luggage to the 
 depot {nach der Balm), 
 
 4. Where did you have this coat made ? ( Wo hahen 
 Sie . . . machen lassen ?) It fits you very well. 
 
 5. My sister had her dress made at the French dress- 
 maker's. (. . . hat sich . . . machen lassen.) 
 
 6. Send for a policeman (lassen Sie ?nir . . . rufen). 
 
 7. Whom did you send for? 
 
 8. Why did you not send for me at once ? 
 
 9. Let us dine here, for this train does not stop any- 
 where (nirgends) long (lange). 
 
 10. Let us take a walk (emen Spaziergang) ; the air (die 
 Luft) is so very pleasant. 
 
 11. You kept us waiting a long time. 
 
 12. My brother has built a new house for himself (. . . hat 
 sich . . . hauen lassen). 
 
 13. BidtYiQ gentleman to come in (lassen Sie , . . ndher 
 treten). 
 
 14. He sent for me yesterday (er Hess mich gestern Icom- 
 men [or rufen, or holen\)^ and told me that he re- 
 ceived a very unpleasant letter from your teacher. 
 
391 
 
 ob wir das Unternehmen ausfiihren oder fallen lassen 
 sollen. 
 
 1. Lassen Sie uns gehen ; es ist schon sehr spat, und 
 ich muss morgen ganz friih aufstehen. 
 
 2. Haben Sie mir eine Droschke holen lassen? 
 
 3. Lassen Sie mir einen Dienstmann (deensf-mdn) holen ; 
 ich muss dies Gepiick nach der Bahn senden {or 
 schicken). 
 
 4. Wo haben Sie diesen Rock machen lassen ? Er sitzt 
 Ihnen sehr gut. 
 
 5. Meine Schwester hat sich ihr Kleid (klite) bei der 
 franzosischen Schneiderin (shni' -de-rin) machen 
 lassen. 
 
 6. Lassen Sie mir einen Polizisten rufen {or holen). 
 
 7. Wen haben Sie rufen lassen? 
 
 8. Warum haben Sie mich nicht gleich holen lassen ? 
 
 9. Lassen Sie uns hier zu Mittag essen, denn dieserZug 
 
 halt nirgends lange. 
 
 10. Lassen Sie uns einen Spaziergang (sh' pd-tseer' -gang) 
 machen : die Luft ist so angenehm. 
 
 11. Sie haben uns lange warten lassen. 
 
 12. Mein Bruder hat sich ein neues Haus bauen lassen. 
 
 13. Lassen Sie den Herrn naher treten. 
 
 14. Er Hess mich gestern kommen und sagte mir, dass er 
 einen sehr unangenehmen Brief von Ihrem Lehrer 
 erhalten hattc. 
 
B92 
 
 15- I cannot understand (^r, It cannot be understood) 
 how you could do such a thing. 
 
 1 6. Of that, much might be said. 
 
 17. Nothing is to be done {or^ That cannot be helped). 
 iS. That might be taken into consideration. 
 
 19. Did you make up your mind if we should drop this 
 enterprise "^ 
 
 20. Shall we drop it ? 
 
 21. Who is to do it, he or I? 
 
 22. I was to have left by the first train, but it was im- 
 possible. 
 
 23. What shall I {pr^ What am I to) tell him in regard 
 to this enterprise (or affair) ? 
 
 24. You ought not to have told him. 
 
 25. You ought to have made up your mind sooner; now 
 it is too late. 
 
 26. The physician ought to have given him some other 
 
 medicine. 
 
 27. You ought to have telegraphed to him; then we 
 would have had an answer from him to-day. 
 
 28. You ought to have learned these sentences (diese 
 Sdtze) by heart.' 
 
 29. If he should come, tell him that I have gone out. 
 
 30. In case it should rain, I shall have to stay at home. 
 
 31. In case you should see him {or, if you should happen 
 to see him), please tell him so. 
 
 i) With the reflective pronoun sich, es lasst involves the idea of 
 it can be or may be. 
 
 2) In the imperfect and pluperfect, sollen denotes a duty— »i 
 oiight to. 
 
393 
 
 15. Es lasst* sich nicht begreifen {be-grV -fen)^vj\t, Sie das 
 haben thun konnen. 
 
 16. Dariiber Jasst sich sehr viel sagen. 
 
 17. Da liisst sich nichts thun. 
 
 18. Das liisst sich horen. 
 
 19. Haben Sie sich entschlossen, ob wir dieses Unten 
 nehmen fallen lassen sollen ? 
 
 20. Sollen wir es fallen lassen ? 
 ^\. Wer soil es thun, er oder ich? 
 
 22. Ich soUte schon mit dem ersten Zuge abreisen, aber 
 es war unmoglich. 
 
 23. Was soil ich ihm in Betreff dieses Unternehmens 
 mittheilen (mW-ti-len) (or sagen) ? 
 
 24. Sie batten ihm das nicht sagen sollen.' 
 
 25. Sie batten sich friiher entschliessen (ent-shlee* -sen) 
 sollen ; jetzt ist es zu spiit. 
 
 26. Der Arzt liatte ihm eine andere Medicin' geben 
 
 sollen. 
 
 27. Sie batten ihm telegraphiren sollen ; dann wiirden 
 wir schon heute eine Antwort von ihm gehabt haben. 
 
 28. Sie batten diese Satze auswendig {ouse'-vayn di^) ler- 
 
 nen ' sollen. 
 
 29. Wenn er kommen soUte/ so sagen Sie ihm, dass ich 
 ausgegangen bin. 
 
 30. Wenn es regnen sollte, so werde ich zu Hause blei- 
 ben {bll'-ben) miissen. 
 
 31. Wenn Sie ihn sehen sollten, so bitte, sagen Sie ihm 
 das. 
 
 3) To learn by heart = auswendig lernen. 
 
 4) The subjunctive of the imperfect sollte is used after wenn, to 
 express a chance, or an event whi i is not quite certain. 
 
394 
 
 32. If the weather should clear up, we'll take a walk. 
 
 33. If he should ask for ^ the money, tell him that I will 
 send it to him to-morrow. 
 
 3<j.. Dr. B. is saicP to be the best teacher {pr^ People say 
 Dr. B. is the best teacher). 
 
 35. He is said ^ to have died {geBtofhen sein) in America. 
 
 36. A great battle is reported ^ to have taken place in 
 Afghanistan. 
 
 37. He is supposed^ to have lost a great deal of money 
 (sehr viel Geld) in this speculation. 
 
 38. The Berlin opera is said to be the best in all Ger- 
 many (in ganz Deutscliland). 
 
 39. It is said to have been very cold in Paris yesterday. 
 
 3. 
 Illness. 
 
 1. How do you do? 
 
 2. How are you ? 
 
 3. How do you feel ? 
 
 4. I am not well. 
 
 5. I am (or I feel) unwell. (I do not feel well.) 
 
 6. I am indisposed. 
 
 7. He is ill. 
 
 8. He makes believe (er stellt sich) to be ill. 
 
 9. I was taken ill. 
 
 i) To ask for a thing = etwas verlangen. 
 
395 
 
 32. Wenn sich das Wetter aufkliiren sollte, so wollen 
 wir einen Spaziergang {shpd-tseer' -gang) machen. 
 
 33. Wenn er das Geld verlangen sollte, so sagen Sie 
 ihm, dass ich es ihm morgen schicken werde. 
 
 34. Dr. B. soW^ der bestc Lehrer sein {or^ Man sagt, dass 
 Dr. B. der beste Lehrer ist). 
 
 35. Er soil' in Amerika gestorben sein. 
 
 36. Es soil ' cine grosse Sclilacht in Afghanistan stattge- 
 fiinden haben. 
 
 37. Er soil ' sehr viel Geld bei {or in) dieser Speculation 
 
 {sli pay-koo-ldht-syone') verlo'ren haben. 
 
 38. Die Berliner Oper soil die beste in ganz Deutschland 
 
 sein. 
 
 39. Es soil gestern in Paris sehr kalt gewesen sein. 
 
 3. 
 Tom Krankseiu. 
 
 1. Wie befinden Sie sich ? (Wie geht es Ihnen ?) 
 
 2. Was machen Sie? » 
 
 ,,r. r.., 1 c- • t -. r [Only used to invalids.] 
 
 3. Wie fuhlen Sie sich ? ) "- "^ -" 
 
 4. Ich bin nicht wohl. (Mir ist nicht wohl.) 
 
 5. Ich bin unwohl. (Mir ist unwohl. Ich fiihle mich 
 nicht wohl.) 
 
 6. Ich bin leidend {li'-dent). 
 
 7. Er ist krank. 
 
 8. Er stellt sich krank (or^ Erstellt sich, als ob er krank 
 wiire). 
 
 9. Ich bin krank geworden. (Ich bin erkrankt.) 
 
 2) Soll,'p\. sollen, means is or are said, supposed, or reported, but 
 only in the present tense. 
 
396 
 
 10. I hope {or, It is to be hoped) it will not be of my 
 importance. 
 
 11. That will soon pass off. 
 
 12. Her condition {ihr Zustand) causes me great anxi' 
 ety. 
 
 13. Don't worry yourself on his account {seinetws* 
 gen). This illness [or complaint) is but trifling. 
 
 14. He must keep his bed. 
 
 15. I am better, thank God {Gott S6i Dank), but I must 
 continue to keep my room. 
 
 16. Take care of your health. 
 
 17. Take care of yourself. 
 
 18. You ought really to take better care of yourself. 
 
 19. You will catch an illness (or, You'll get some com* 
 plaint). 
 
 20. He fell ill ( = He has taken [zugezogen] an illness). 
 
 2 1 . I have taken {or caught) cold. 
 
 22. I have a cough {den Husten). 
 
 23. He has coughed all night {die ganze Nacht Mndurch) 
 
 24. I could not sleep for coughing. 
 
 25. It lays on my chest {anf der Brust). 
 
 26. Where does it pain you ? 
 
 27. When I cough it pains me here. 
 2S. Where do you feel the pam? 
 
 29. I have a headache. 
 
 [) Is very frequently used by Germans. 
 
897 
 
 10. Es wird hoffentlich nichts auf sich haben. 
 
 11. Das wird bald vorii'bergehen. 
 
 12. Ihr Zustand beunruhigt (be-ddn'-rdd-hPi) (or angstigt) 
 mich sehr. 
 
 13. Beunruhigen Sie sich seinetwegen {zt* -net-vay-gheti) 
 nicht. Diese Krankheit hat nichts auf sich. 
 
 14. Er muss das Bett hiiten. 
 
 15. Es geht mir, Gott sei Dank,* besser, aber ich muss 
 noch immer das Zimmer hiiten. 
 
 16. Schonen Sie Ihre Gesundheit, 
 
 17. Schonen Sie sich. 
 
 18. Sie sollten sich wirklich mehr schonen (or mehr in 
 Acht nehmen). 
 
 19. Sie werden sich eine Krankheit zuziehen (tsdo'-tsee- 
 hen). 
 
 20. Er hat sich eine Krankheit zugezogen (tsoo' -ghe-tso- 
 ghen). 
 
 21. Ich habe mich erkaltet (or, Ich habe mir eine Erkal- 
 tung zugezogen). 
 
 22. Ich habe (leil Husten. 
 
 23. Er hat die ganze Nacht hindurch gehustet. 
 
 24. Der Husten hat mich nicht schlafen lassen. 
 
 25. Es liegt mir auf der Brust (brdost), 
 
 26. Wo thut es Ihnen weh ? 
 
 27. Wenn ich huste, so thut es mir hier weh. 
 
 28. Wo fiihlen Sie Schmerzen ? (or, Wo haben Sie 
 Schmerzen ?) 
 
 29. Ich habe Kopfweh (or Kopf schmerzen).' 
 
 2) Kopfweh or Kopf schmerzen. Zahnwei. or Zahnschmerzen, && 
 
393 
 
 30. He has the toothache (a sore throat, Halsweh); he 
 has the stomach-ache (Magenschmerzeyi). 
 
 31. He has broken his arm (his leg, das Bein \^bi?ie\), 
 
 32. The pulse is good (bad or full). 
 
 33. His pulse beats (geht) very fast ; he has the fever (or 
 he is feverish, er fiehert). 
 
 34. I think he is better. 
 
 35 I hope you'll soon be better/ 
 
 36. Which doctor is attending you? 
 
 37. Which doctor do you have.-* 
 
 38. Please show me your tongue. 
 
 39. Your tongue is coated. 
 
 40. Have you any appetite.^ 
 
 41. What is the doctor's opinion of your illness? 
 
 42. He has ordered strict diet. 
 
 43. This complaint is curable (incurable). 
 
 44. He is cured {or. He has recovered). 
 
 45. He is not yet convalescent. 
 
 46. Did you take the medicine ? 
 
 47. How is this medicine to be taken ? 
 48 Take a teaspoonful every hour. 
 
 4r). He is dying. 
 
 50. Of what did he die ? 
 
 51. He died of brain fever. 
 
 52. He died quite suddenly. 
 
 53. He is in mourning. 
 
39J 
 
 30. Er hat Zahnweh (Halsweh ; Magenschmerzen 
 \shmert' -sen]). 
 
 31. Er hat sich den Arm (das Bein) gebrochen. 
 
 32. Der Puis ist gut (schlecht ; voll). 
 
 33. Sein Puis geht sehr schnell ; er fiebert (fee'-dert). 
 
 3|. Ich finde, dass es ihm besser geht. 
 
 35. Gute Besserung !^ 
 
 36. VVelcher Arzt behandelt Sie ? 
 
 37. Was fiir einen Arzt haben Sie? 
 
 38. Bitte, zeigen Sie mir Ihre Zunge (tsSdn'-ghe) ? 
 
 39. Ihre Zunge ist belegt. 
 
 40. Haben Sie Appetit {ap-pay-teet') ? 
 
 41. Was sagt dor Arzt zu Ihrer Krankheit ? 
 
 42. Er hat mir strenge Diiit {dee-ayt') veror'dnet. 
 
 43. Diese Krankheit ist heilbar (Jiile'-bdr) (unheilbar). 
 
 44. Er ist geheilt (or genesen \ghi-nay' -zen\), 
 
 45. Er ist noch nicht hergestellt. 
 
 46. Haben Sie Arznei eingenommen [drts-nie' ine'-ghi^ 
 nom-men) ? 
 
 47. Wie soli ich diese Arznei einnehmen {or, Wie nimmt 
 man diese Arznei ein) ? 
 
 48. Nehmen Sie alle Stunden einen Theeloffel voll {or, 
 einen Theelofifel voll stUndlich. 
 
 49. Er stirbt. 
 
 50. Woran ist er gestorben ? 
 
 51. Er ist am Gehirn'fieber gestorben. 
 
 52. Er ist ganz plotzlich gestorben. 
 
 53. Er ist in Trauer {or, Er tragt Trauer) 
 
 i) This is a parting salute to all invalids. 
 
GRAMMATICAL REMARKS. 
 
 Exercises and Words used in Common Conversation, 
 
 Adverbs. 
 
 The Adverbs are divided into three principal classes! 
 Adverbs of place^ of time^ and of manner or degree, 
 
 1. Adyerbs of Place. 
 
 TOO, where. 
 
 t)ier, here. 
 
 'ii<x, bort, there. 
 
 meit {vite), fern, far. 
 
 no^e {nd'-ki), near. 
 
 ^inten {hht'-tin), behind. 
 
 tJorn {forn), before. 
 
 Oben, above. 
 
 ttttteit {ddn'^ten\ below. 
 
 ir'genbft)0, anywhere, somewhere 
 
 ttir'genbnJO, nowhere. 
 
 ii'beraU, everywhere. 
 
 juriicf', back, backward. 
 
 t)or'tt)art§, forward. 
 
 jeit'rt)ort§ {zlte' -vairts), sideways. 
 
 tiicf'ttJfirtg, backward. 
 
 Uttte, (to) on the left. 
 
 red^tS, (to) on the right, etc. 
 
401 
 
 2. Adverbs of Time, 
 
 rtjann, when. 
 
 t)cutc, to-day. 
 
 morgcn, to-morrow. 
 
 u'levmorncn, the day after to- 
 morrow. 
 
 Qvltein, yesterday. 
 
 i)or\)v*ft:rn, the day before yester- 
 day. 
 
 ie^t, now. 
 
 c'ljcmai^i, formerly. 
 
 ba'mal^, then, at that time. 
 
 oft, often. 
 
 11 ic (wtv), never. 
 
 gmueilcn {tsdo-vt -Hn), sometimes 
 
 immcr, always. 
 
 3U»or', before. 
 
 fd^ou, already. 
 
 frii^, early. 
 
 fpat, late. 
 
 g(cid), fogleid), directly, etc. 
 
 3. Adverbs of Manner or Degree. 
 
 njic, how. 
 ]o, thus, 
 gern, willin^Sy. 
 jogar', even, 
 foft, almost. 
 
 iDaruni, why. 
 
 bciimljc {bl-jia-hi), almost. 
 
 JhJOr, indeed. 
 
 getuif?', certainly. 
 
 UicUeid)t', perhaps, etc. 
 
 Almost all adjectives are used as adverbs without 
 changing their form, as : 
 
 @l fd^reibt gut, He writes well. 
 
 Gi crbcitet irf)led)t, He works badly. 
 
 Gr lernt flel^ig, He learns diligently. 
 
 The two adverbs t)er, hither^ l)itt, tJiither, are often 
 combined with other adve>bs or prepositions \ \)tx denotes 
 mostly a movement toward the speaker, I) in a movement 
 a7vay from him. 
 
 l^crab', t)iuab', down. 
 ^eiQuf, Ijinauf, up. 
 herein', binein', in. 
 ijcrait^', l)inQU8', out 
 t)cniu'tcr, l)inun'tcr, down, 
 ^icr'ljer, ^ier'^in, this way, hither. 
 
 ba't)er, ba'biii, th<.re, thence, 
 
 thither. 
 bort'I)cr, bort'^in, thence, there. 
 tt)ol)cr', mo^in', whence, whither, 
 
 where to. 
 
402 
 
 The adverbs 1^ t e r , here^ '^^f there, combined with prep- 
 ositions, serve likewise to form adverbs. 
 
 I)ieran', by this. 
 l)ieranf', hereupon, 
 ^icrbei', hereby, 
 ^ierbiir^', hereb}'. 
 Ijieraug', out of this, hence. 
 I^ierin', in this. 
 Ijierfiiv', for this. 
 I^ierge'gen, against this. 
 
 baron', by that, 
 barauf J thereupon, 
 babei', thereby, 
 baburc^', by that. 
 barou§', out of that, 
 barin', therein, 
 bafiir', therefor, 
 bage'gen, against it. 
 
 The adverb it) , where, is combined in the same man- 
 
 If 
 ner. 
 
 njoron', at which. 
 iDorauf, upon which. 
 n)orau8', out of which, 
 njorin', in which. 
 ttJObei', whereby. 
 
 hJoburd^', whereby. 
 ttJOtnit', wherewith. 
 ttJOUoit', wherefrom. 
 ttJO^u', for what, 
 monac^', after which. 
 
 Adjectives used adverbially, can be compared. They 
 form their degrees of comparison in the same manner 
 as the adjectives : 
 
 fpat, late. fpotct, later. fpcitcft, latest. 
 
 The superlative of the adverb is generally preceded by 
 a m or a u f § , as : am fcf)onften, auf^ fdiotifte. 
 
 ©r fd^reibt am fd^onften, He writes most beautifully. 
 @r fcf)relbt nuf^ jd^bufte, He writes most beautifully. 
 
 The former of these sentences conveys the idea of 
 comparison ; the latter stands absolute. 
 
403 
 
 Sometimes the superlative takes the termination end/ 
 as: 
 
 fru^cflcn^, at the soonest. I^od^jten^, at most. 
 
 The following adverbs form their degrees of com- 
 parison irregularly: 
 
 batb, soon. c^er, sooner. am c'^cflcn, soonest, 
 
 gcrn, willingly. licber, more willingly, am Uebftcn, most willingly. 
 
 Conjunctions. 
 
 Conjunctions which connect two co-ordlnate sen- 
 tences are called Co-ordinate Conjunctions, while 
 conjunctions which are used to connect the subordinate 
 with the principal sentence, are called Subordinate 
 Conjunctions. 
 
 I. Co-ordinate Conjunctions. 
 
 A. Copulative Conjunctions. 
 [They simply join two sentences.] 
 
 unb, and. 
 
 njebcr. .not^, neither, .nor. 
 
 au(^, also, too. 
 
 t^eit«. .t^eilS, partly, .partly. 
 
 jubem', besides, moreover. 
 
 erfl, erftUc^, first. 
 
 ou'gcrbem, besides. 
 
 bann, then. 
 
 iiid)t nut. • •) tt ( 
 
 ferncr, further. 
 
 nlc^tblofe.. (^f^ not only.. 
 md,taUein.. ) 1 «( but also. 
 
 enbtid), finally, 
 namtid), namely. 
 
 |on)o^t . . al3 (au(^), as well as ; 
 
 at6, as ; n)ie, like. 
 
 both. .and. 
 
 
404 
 
 B. Causal Conjunctions. 
 [Denoting a cause.] 
 
 bo^er', ^ 
 besiue'c^en, 
 
 
 
 be§{)a(b', 
 
   therefore. 
 
 Qtfo, accordingly. 
 
 borum', 
 
 
 folg'Uc^, consequently. 
 
 bemnad^', 
 
 
 benn, for. 
 
 C. Adversative Conjunctions. 
 [Implying restriction or denial,] 
 
 nid^t. .jonbern, not. .but. 
 
 eutmeber. .obcr, either, .or. 
 
 fonft, else. 
 
 benn (e§ fei benn), unless. 
 
 aber, but. 
 
 attein, but. 
 
 I)inge'gen, on the contrary. 
 
 inbe^, inbeffen, however. 
 
 bod^, 
 
 jebocl)', J. yet, though, still. 
 
 ben'nodE), 
 
 beffenungeoc^tet', \ nevertheless, 
 
 nic^t§beftoit)e'ni= /• notwithstand- 
 
 0er, ) ing. 
 
 gteid^n)0^r, for all that, 
 bage'gen, on the contrary. 
 JttJar, indeed. 
 
 aber is the English but in the sense of ^^ but yet f 
 fonbern is the English but in the sense of '^ but on the 
 contrary^'' and is only used after a negative. Examples : 
 
 6« ift nid^t SSinter, aDcc t% ift giemtic^ !alt, It is not winter, but it is 
 
 pretty cold. 
 (S§ ift nic^t SBinter, fonbctn @ommcr, It is not winter, but summer. 
 
 II. Subordinate Conjunctions. 
 
 a 
 
 as if, as though. 
 
 at8, when, as. 
 
 ats ob, 
 
 atg njenn, 
 
 atg bo§, but that. 
 
 anftatt \iO,% instead of. 
 
 Inbcm, as, while. 
 
 inbeffen, inbc§, while, 
 jc. .befto, the. .the. 
 nad^bem, after, 
 ob, whether, if. 
 ungead)tet, notwithstanding, 
 ttjcil^rcnb, while, whereas. 
 
406 
 
 hjann, when, whenever. 
 
 JDenn, when, if. 
 
 iDcnn nid)t, unless. 
 
 an] bafj, in order that. 
 
 bcDor, before. 
 
 bis, until. 
 
 ba, as, since. 
 
 bo^, that, in order that. 
 
 bamit, in order that. 
 
 bamit nic^t, lest. 
 
 cl^c, before. 
 
 foUS, in case. 
 
 obgleic^, obj(^on, ) though, 
 
 obttJO^t, njiettJO^I, ) although. 
 
 feit, jcitbcm, since. 
 
 fo, so, as. 
 
 fo oft (a(S), whenever. 
 
 fo balb {al9), as soon as. 
 
 jo ba§, so that. 
 
 fcwic, as. -as. 
 
 um gu, in order to. 
 
 wenna...*, | ,^^^g^_ 
 
 wennglei,*, V ^,^^^„g^_ 
 
 tt)enn fc^on, ) 
 
 toeil, because (while). 
 
 ttjic, how, when, as. 
 
 tt)ic ttjenu, as when. 
 
 tt)CSt)alb', wherefore. 
 
 tt)e«njc'gen, for which reason. 
 
 njofcrn', in case. 
 
 The Infinitive. 
 
 The word gu forms no part of the Infinitive; when it 
 precedes this mood, it is because some word in the sen- 
 tence requires the preposition g u. 
 
 I, The verbs bUrfen,/^ l^e allowed; fiJnnctt, can; 
 mogen, w^jy mUffen, fnust ; foHen, shall ; moden, 
 will; (affcn, to let; ^ctgctt, to call, bid; mac^ett, to 
 make, cause ; ncnmn, to call ; \)t{\ tW., to help j Ic^reu, 
 to teach; (erticn, to learn; fe^cn, to see; \txtXi, to 
 hear ; f it ^ I e n , /^ feel ; f t Tl b C Tl , ^^ fnd, are followed by 
 the Infinitive without the preposition ju. 
 
 3cf) barf QU^ge^cn. I am allowed to go out. 
 
 ^d) fann nici)t fprcc^cn. I cannot speak. 
 
 3cf) itJiU nicf)t rciten {ri'-tin). I will not ride. 
 
 Sr ^ot jcic^ncn {tsi-ynen) gelernt. He has learned to draw. 
 
406 
 
 2. The Infinitive with gU is used when it depends on 
 a noun or adjective, and after verbs not mentioned 
 above, as : 
 
 ^pahcn @ie !i?uft, mit mir ju reijen ? Have you a mind to go with me ? 
 
 3cf) bill begie'rig, e^ gu tl)un. I am anxious to do it. 
 
 3d) tuiiiifdje, i^n ju fel)cn. I wish to see him. 
 
 (gr freute fic^, mid) tt)iebeu5ufel)en. He was glad to see me again. 
 
 2Bir l)aben md)U ju tt)un. We have nothing to do. 
 
 3. The preposition ^U is also used after the preposi- 
 tion I) n e , ivithout ; \\.^ii or a n ft a 1 1 , iiistead of ; U lit , 
 in order to, to. 
 
 Otatt mir 511 banfcn, Iad)tc er mid^ Instead of thanking me, he 
 aii§. laughed at me. 
 
 (Sr ging t)inau§, o!)ue mid) angureben. He went out without addressing 
 
 me. 
 
 SSir !ommcn, urn 3^nen l^ebemo^l gu We come to bid you good bye. 
 fagen. 
 
 4. The Infinitive of the verbs biirfen, /^ be allowed ; 
 I'^iXiXitV., can ; I a f f e Tt , /^ let ; m g e Tl , may ; m it f f e U , 
 
 must; foUen, shall J ttjoHen, will; I) elf en, to help; 
 ^ r e n , to hear ; f e ^ e n , /^ see^ is used instead.of the Past 
 Participle when these verbs govern another verb in the 
 Infinitive mood. 
 
 3d) \)Ciht ibn arbciten fe^en. I saw him working. 
 
 @ie t)at bc'^Q()lcn miiffcti. She has been obliged to pay. 
 
 aSir I)aben fie fiiigcit fjoren. We have heard her sing. 
 
 @ie \)a\. eg it)m uic^t fagen motten. She was not willing to tell him. 
 
 5. Infinitives may be used substantively, and be pre- 
 ceded by the article, as : 
 
 ba§ 33eten, praying. hci% Xanitn, dancing. 
 @eben ift feUger, atS ne^men. To give is more blessed than to receive. 
 
407 
 
 ALPHABETICAL LIST 
 
 OF THE STRONG AND THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 Note. — In the following table the principal parts of 
 all the verbs of the Strong and Irregular Conjugations, 
 namely the Present Infinitive^ Imperfect, and Past Pajti- 
 ciple, are given first. Compounds, whose simple verbs 
 are no longer used by themselves, are also given. 
 
 Pres. Inf. Imperf. 
 
 bacfen but 
 
 to bake baked 
 
 bcfet)tcu befall 
 
 Past Part. 
 
 gcbadfcit 
 baked 
 
 befo^Ien 
 
 to command commanded commanded 
 
 bcginncn 
 
 begonn 
 
 begonuen 
 
 Imperf. S. id) bcgi3nne or bc= 
 
 to begin 
 
 began 
 
 begun 
 
 gonnc. 
 
 bciOeu 
 
 m 
 
 gebiffeti 
 
 
 to bile 
 
 bit 
 
 bitten 
 
 
 bcrgcn 
 
 barg 
 
 gcborgen 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu birgft, cr birgt. 
 
 to hide 
 
 hid 
 
 hidden 
 
 Imperat. birg ! Imperf. S. 
 id) biirgc or bdvge. 
 
 bcrften 
 
 barfl 
 
 geborjlcn 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu birft, er bivfl. 
 
 to burst 
 
 burst 
 
 burst 
 
 Imperat. birft ! Imperf. S. 
 id) borftc or bdrftc. 
 
 bcitiegcn 
 
 bctoog 
 
 bcmogen 
 
 betnegcn, to move, follows the 
 
 to induce 
 
 induced 
 
 induced 
 
 Weak Conjitgation. 
 
 bicgcii 
 
 bog 
 
 gebogen 
 
 Imperf. S. id) boge. 
 
 to bend 
 
 bent 
 
 bent 
 
 
 bictni 
 
 bot 
 
 gcboten 
 
 Imperf. S. id) bbtc. 
 
 tt< offer 
 
 offered 
 
 offered 
 
 
 biubcn 
 
 banb 
 
 gebiinbcn 
 
 Imperf. S. id) bcinbc. 
 
 to bind 
 
 bound 
 
 bound 
 
 
 bitten 
 
 bat 
 
 gcbcten 
 
 Imperf S. i(^ bate. 
 
 to ask 
 
 asked 
 
 asked 
 
 
 Various Irregularities. 
 Pres. Ind. tu bdcfft, er bcirft. 
 Imperf id) bufc. 
 
 Pres. Ind. bit befict){ft, er be= 
 fie^lt. Imperat. befie^U 
 Imperf S. id) befo^lc. 
 
40 
 
 Pres. Inf. 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 Past Part. 
 
 blafen 
 to blow 
 
 blie§ 
 blew 
 
 geblQJen 
 blown 
 
 bteiben 
 to remain 
 
 blieb 
 remained 
 
 geblieben 
 remained 
 
 bleid^en 
 to bleach 
 
 bUrf) 
 bleached 
 
 geblic^en 
 bleached 
 
 broten 
 to roast 
 
 briet 
 roasted 
 
 gebraten 
 roasted 
 
 bredfien 
 to break 
 
 brad^ 
 broke 
 
 gebroc^cn 
 broken 
 
 brenncn 
 to burn 
 
 brannte 
 burned 
 
 gebrannt 
 burned 
 
 bringen 
 to bring 
 
 brad^te 
 brought 
 
 gebra(f)t 
 brought 
 
 ben!en 
 to think 
 
 boci^te 
 thought 
 
 gebad^t 
 thought 
 
 bingen 
 to engage 
 
 bingte 
 engaged 
 
 gebungcn 
 engaged 
 
 brefd)en 
 to thrash 
 
 brofd) 
 thrashed 
 
 gebrojc^en 
 thrashed 
 
 bringen 
 to press 
 
 brong 
 pressed 
 
 gebrungen 
 pressed 
 
 biirfen burfte geburft 
 
 to be allowed was allowed been allowed 
 
 em^fe^ten cmpfa^t empfo^Ien 
 to commend commended commended 
 
 e]]en 
 to eat 
 
 fa^rcn 
 to drive 
 
 aft 
 ate 
 
 fn^r 
 drove 
 
 gcgeffen 
 eaten 
 
 gefa^ren 
 driven 
 
 Various Irregularities. 
 Pres. Ind. bu blaft, er bidft. 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu brcitjl, er brat 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu bric^fl, er brid^t 
 Imperat. brirf) ! Imperf. 5. 
 id^ brad^c. 
 
 Imperf. S. id^ brennte. 
 
 Imperf S. \6) bradf|te. 
 Imperf S. \6) bad)te. 
 
 Only the participle gebungeit 
 
 belongs to the Strong Con^ 
 
 jugation. 
 Pres. Ind. bn brifc^ft, er 
 
 brifd^t. Imperat. brifcf) ! 
 
 Imperf. S. ic^ brbfd^e. 
 Imperf. S. icf) brdnge. 
 
 Pres. Ind. x^ barf, "t^Vi barfft, 
 er barf. Pres. S. \6) biirfe. 
 Imperf. S. id) biirfte. 
 
 Pres. Ind. bn empfiel^Ift, er 
 empfte^lt. Imperat. em* 
 pfie^t! Imperf. S. id) em* 
 pfo^te. 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu i^t, er i§t. Im- 
 perat. i^ ! Imperf. S. id^ 
 age. 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu fd^rjl, er fd^rt 
 Imperf. S. id) fu^re. 
 
400 
 
 Pres, Tnf. 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 Past Part. 
 
 Various Irregularities. 
 
 fallen 
 
 fel 
 
 gcfallen 
 
 Pres.Ind. bu fdUft, er fdttt. 
 
 to fall 
 
 fell 
 
 fallen 
 
 
 fallen 
 
 faltete 
 
 gefaltcn 
 
 Only the participle gefalten 
 
 to fold 
 
 folded 
 
 folded 
 
 belongs to the Strong Con- 
 jugation. 
 
 fan gen 
 
 fing 
 
 gcfangcn 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu fangft,cr fdngt. 
 
 to catch 
 
 caught 
 
 caught 
 
 
 fccf)ten 
 
 fod)t 
 
 gefod)ten 
 
 Pres. Ind. bn fid)fl, tx fid)t. 
 
 to fight 
 
 fought 
 
 fought 
 
 Imperat. ftd)t ! Itnperf. S. 
 id) fod)tc. 
 
 finben 
 
 fonb 
 
 gefunben 
 
 Imperf. S. id^ fdnbc. 
 
 to find 
 
 found 
 
 found 
 
 
 flecfjten 
 
 florfjt 
 
 gcflod^ten 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu flidjft, cr flid)t. 
 
 to twine 
 
 twined 
 
 twined 
 
 Imperat. flic^t ! Imperf. S. 
 idl fldd)te. 
 
 fliegen 
 
 flog 
 
 gcflogcn 
 
 Imperf S. iO) fliige. 
 
 to fly 
 
 flew 
 
 flown 
 
 
 fliet)en 
 
 fio^ 
 
 gefto^en 
 
 Imperf. S. idf flo^e. 
 
 to flee 
 
 fled 
 
 fled 
 
 
 fliefjen 
 
 ftoO 
 
 gefloffen 
 
 Imperf S. id) floffc. 
 
 to flow 
 
 flowed 
 
 fljwed 
 
 
 freffen 
 
 fraf3 
 
 gefreffen 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu fri§t, er frifet. 
 
 to devour 
 
 devoured 
 
 devoured 
 
 Imperat. frijj ! Imperf. S. 
 ic^ frdfec. 
 
 fricrcn 
 
 fror 
 
 gefroren 
 
 Imperf. S. i(^ frorc. 
 
 to freeze 
 
 froze 
 
 frozen 
 
 
 gebarcn 
 
 gebar 
 
 geboren 
 
 Pres. Ind. bn gcbierft, er ge 
 
 to bear 
 
 bore 
 
 borne ; born 
 
 biert. Imperat. gebicr 
 Imperf. S. i(^ gebdrc. 
 
 gcben 
 
 gob 
 
 gegeben 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu gibft, er gibt 
 
 to give 
 
 gave 
 
 given 
 
 Imperat. gib ! Imperf. S 
 
 gcbeiljen 
 
 gebie^ 
 
 gebie^en 
 
 ic^ gdbc. 
 
 to thrive 
 
 thrived 
 
 thrived 
 
 
 gel)en 
 
 ging 
 
 gcgangen 
 
 • 
 
 to go 
 
 went 
 
 gone 
 
 
 getingen 
 
 gclang 
 
 gclungcn 
 
 Imperf. S. gcldnge. 
 
 to succeed 
 
 succeeded 
 
 succeeded 
 
 
410 
 
 Pres. Inf. 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 Past Part. 
 
 Various Irregularities. 
 
 get ten 
 
 to be worth 
 
 gcnefcn 
 to lecover 
 
 0Ott 
 
 was worth 
 
 gena« 
 recovered 
 
 gegoUen 
 been worth 
 
 geitefeit 
 recovered 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu gittft, er gilt 
 Imperat. gilt ! Imperf. S. 
 id) goUe. 
 
 Imperf S. '\6) gendfc. 
 
 gcnieOen 
 to enjoy 
 
 genog 
 enjoyed 
 
 genoffen 
 enjoyed 
 
 Imperf S. \6) genoffe. 
 
 gcf(l)cl)en 
 to happen 
 
 gefdia^ 
 happened 
 
 gcft^e^en 
 happened 
 
 Pres. Ind. (eg) gefd^ie^t. /;«- 
 perf S. (eg) gefc^d^e. 
 
 gcmiimcn 
 to gain 
 
 gch)onn 
 gained 
 
 gett)onnen 
 gained 
 
 Imperf S. i(^ gettjonne or ge^ 
 tcdnne. 
 
 gic^cit 
 to pour 
 
 90§ 
 poured 
 
 gcgoffen 
 poured 
 
 Imperf. S. \^ goffe. 
 
 gleid)en 
 
 to resemble 
 
 glid^ 
 resembled 
 
 gegUd)en 
 resembled 
 
 
 gteitcn 
 to jjlide 
 
 gUtt 
 glided 
 
 gcgtitten 
 glided 
 
 
 groben 
 to dig 
 
 grub 
 dug 
 
 gegraben 
 dug 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu grfibfl, cr grabt. 
 Imperf. S. ic^ gviibe. 
 
 gififcn 
 to seize 
 
 griff 
 
 seized 
 
 gegriffen 
 seized 
 
 
 IjQben 
 to have 
 
 l)atte 
 had 
 
 ge^abt 
 had 
 
 Imperf. S. \^ pttc. 
 
 IjQtten 
 to hold 
 
 llielt 
 held 
 
 ge^alten 
 held 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu ^dltft, er ^citt. 
 
 liaitgcit 
 t > hang 
 
 ^ittg 
 hung 
 
 ge^aitgcn 
 hung 
 
 Pres. Ind. \iVi I)dngfl, er pngt. 
 
 I)aneit 
 t ) hew 
 
 hewed 
 
 gcl^auen 
 hewed 
 
 
 I)rbcn 
 JO lift 
 
 l)ob, '^ub 
 lifted 
 
 ge^oben 
 lifted 
 
 Imperf S. \^ ^obe or id^ 
 Ijiibe, 
 
 I)ci§ert 
 lo call 
 
 called 
 
 get)ei^en 
 called 
 
 
 I)elfcn 
 to help 
 
 ^atf 
 helped 
 
 gef)otfen 
 helped 
 
 Pres. Ind bU \)\M, tX l)itft. 
 Imperat. \)\\\\ Imperf. S. 
 
 16) biiife or ^dffe. 
 
411 
 
 Pres. Inf. 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 Past Part. 
 
 Various Irregularities, 
 
 fcnncn 
 
 fonntc 
 
 gcfannt 
 
 Imperf. S. id) fcnnte. 
 
 to know 
 
 knew 
 
 known 
 
 
 tlimmcn 
 
 tlomm 
 
 gcflommcn 
 
 Imperf. S. id) flbmmc 
 
 to climb 
 
 climbed 
 
 climbed 
 
 
 fling en 
 
 Kang 
 
 gcflnngcn 
 
 Imperf. S. ic^ flange. 
 
 to sound 
 
 sounded 
 
 sounded 
 
 
 fncifcn 
 
 tniff 
 
 gefniffcu 
 
 
 to pinch 
 
 pinched 
 
 pinched 
 
 
 fommcn 
 
 fam 
 
 gcfommcn 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu fommfi or 
 
 to come 
 
 came 
 
 come 
 
 fomnift, er fotnntt or fommt 
 Imperf. S. \^) fcimc. 
 
 fonncn 
 
 !onntc 
 
 gcfouut 
 
 Pres. Ind. id^ fanu, bu fanufl, 
 
 to be able 
 
 was able 
 
 been able 
 
 er faun. Pres. S. \6:) founc. 
 Imperf. S. id) fouute. 
 
 fricd)pn 
 
 frorfi 
 
 gc!ro(!^en 
 
 Imperf S. i(^ frijd)e. 
 
 to creep 
 
 crept 
 
 crept 
 
 
 iQbcn 
 
 tub 
 
 gctobcn 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu Idbft, cr Idbt. 
 
 to load 
 
 loaded 
 
 loaded 
 
 Imperf. S. id) (iibc. 
 
 toffen 
 
 Uc6 
 
 gcloffen 
 
 Pres. Ind bu logt, er iQfet 
 
 to let 
 
 let 
 
 let 
 
 Imperat. lafe I 
 
 lonfen 
 
 Uef 
 
 getoufen 
 
 Pres. Ind. bU Idufft, cr IttUft 
 
 to run 
 
 ran 
 
 run 
 
 
 Iciben 
 
 att 
 
 getitten 
 
 
 to suffer 
 
 suffered 
 
 suffered 
 
 
 leiljcn 
 
 lic^ 
 
 gelic^en 
 
 
 to lend 
 
 lent 
 
 lent 
 
 
 Icjcn 
 
 tQS 
 
 gclcfcn 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu Ilefl, er licfl 
 
 to read 
 
 read 
 
 read 
 
 Imperat. Iic« ! Imperf. S. 
 x6) lofe. 
 
 licflcn 
 
 tog 
 
 gclcgen 
 
 Imperf S. id) logc. 
 
 to lie 
 
 lay . 
 
 lain 
 
 
 lbfrf)cn 
 
 tcfd, 
 
 getofc^cn 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu lifd)fl, er Ufd)t. 
 
 to go out 
 
 went out 
 
 gone out 
 
 Imperat. Ufd) ! Inipf S, id) 
 lofd)r. IVenk, when transit. 
 
 liiflcn 
 
 log 
 
 gclogcn 
 
 Imperf. S. i(^ logc. 
 
 lo lie 
 
 lied 
 
 lied 
 
 
412 
 
 Pres. Inf. 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 Past. Part. 
 
 Various Iri'egularities. 
 
 marten 
 
 ma^lte 
 
 gema'^len 
 
 Only the participle gema^Ieu 
 
 to grind 
 
 ground 
 
 ground 
 
 belongs to the Strong Con- 
 jugation. 
 
 ntciben 
 
 mieb 
 
 gemieben 
 
 
 to avoid 
 
 avoided 
 
 avoided 
 
 
 meffen 
 
 ntaB 
 
 gemeffen 
 
 Pres. Ind. \iyx mifet, cr mlBt. 
 
 to measure 
 
 measured 
 
 measured 
 
 Imperat. tni^ ! Imperf. S 
 \^ mafee. 
 
 mt^lingen 
 
 migtang 
 
 ntifetungeit 
 
 Imperf. S. id) miOtcinge. 
 
 to fail 
 
 failed 
 
 failed 
 
 ^ 
 
 ntogen 
 
 mod)te 
 
 gemod^t 
 
 Pres. Ind. \^ niQg, bit magft, 
 
 to like 
 
 liked 
 
 liked 
 
 er mog. Pns. S. id] mbge. 
 Imperf. S. id) lliiJC^te. 
 
 ntuffen 
 
 tttu^te 
 
 gemup 
 
 Pres. Ind. id) mufe, bu mii^t. 
 
 to be obliged was obliged 
 
 been obliged 
 
 er muO. Pres. S. id) miiffe. 
 
 
 
 
 Imperf. s. id) miifete. 
 
 ite^men 
 
 tta^m 
 
 geitommen 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu itimtttft, et 
 
 lo take 
 
 took 
 
 taken 
 
 nimmt Imperat. nimm \ 
 Imperf. S. id) naljme. 
 
 nennen 
 
 nattittc 
 
 gcnonnt 
 
 Imperf S. id} nenutc. 
 
 to name 
 
 named 
 
 named 
 
 
 pfeifen 
 
 ^fiff 
 
 gcpfiffcn 
 
 
 to whistle 
 
 whistled 
 
 whistled 
 
 
 Ijreifen 
 
 pries 
 
 gepriefen 
 
 
 t ) praise 
 
 praised 
 
 praised 
 
 ,. 
 
 quetlen 
 
 quott 
 
 gequollen 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu qiiiGfi, er quillt. 
 
 t) gush 
 
 gushed 
 
 gushed 
 
 Imperat. quitt ! Imperf. S. 
 \d\ quoKe. 
 
 ratten 
 
 rietf) 
 
 gerott)en 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu tat^fl, er rot^. 
 
 to advise 
 
 advised 
 
 advised 
 
 
 reiben 
 
 rieb 
 
 gerieben 
 
 
 to rub 
 
 rubbed 
 
 rubbed 
 
 
 reiben 
 
 ri^ 
 
 geriffen 
 
 
 to tear 
 
 tore 
 
 torn 
 
 
 reiten 
 
 ritt 
 
 geritten 
 
 
 to ride 
 
 rode 
 
 ridden 
 
 
 rettitett 
 
 rannte 
 
 gerannt 
 
 Imperf. s. Id^ rettute. 
 
 to run 
 
 ran 
 
 run 
 
 
413 
 
 P>es Inf 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 Past Part. 
 
 Various Irregularities. 
 
 ricc^cn 
 
 rod) 
 
 gcrodjcn 
 
 Imperf. S. id) rbd)e. 
 
 to smell 
 
 smelled 
 
 smelled 
 
 
 ringcn 
 
 rang 
 
 gcrungcn 
 
 Imperf. S, it^ range. 
 
 lo wrestle 
 
 wrestled 
 
 wrestled 
 
 
 riniicn 
 
 ronn 
 
 gcrouucn 
 
 Imperf. S. id) rounc or id) 
 
 to run 
 
 ran 
 
 run 
 
 rannc. 
 
 nifcn 
 
 rief 
 
 gerufcn 
 
 
 to call 
 
 called 
 
 called 
 
 
 jaufcii 
 
 foff 
 
 gcfoffcn 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu ffiuffl, cr jaiift. 
 
 to drink 
 
 drank 
 
 drunk 
 
 Imperf S. id) fbffe. [Of 
 animals.] 
 
 faiigcn 
 
 fog 
 
 gcfogcn 
 
 Imperf. S. id) fogc 
 
 to suck 
 
 sucked 
 
 sucked 
 
 
 jci)affcii 
 
 jrfiuf 
 
 gcfd)affcn 
 
 Imperf. S. id) jd)ufc. 
 
 lo create 
 
 created 
 
 created 
 
 
 fd)aUcn 
 
 jcI)oa 
 
 gcfd)oUcn 
 
 
 to sound 
 
 sounded 
 
 sounded 
 
 
 jd)cibcn 
 
 rrf)icb 
 
 gcfdjlcbcit 
 
 
 to part 
 
 parted 
 
 parted 
 
 
 jd)fiucn 
 
 id)icn 
 
 gcid)ieucit 
 
 
 to appear 
 
 appeared 
 
 appeared 
 
 
 jd)eltcn 
 
 fd)alt 
 
 gcjd)oItcn 
 
 Pres. Ind. bit \d)\m, cr fd)ilt. 
 
 to scold 
 
 scolded 
 
 scolded 
 
 Imperat. jd)llt ! Imperf. S. 
 id) fd)OltC. 
 
 jd)crcu 
 
 fd)OC 
 
 gcjc^oren 
 
 Pres, Ind. bii )rf)icrft. cr fd)icrt. 
 
 to shear 
 
 sheared 
 
 shorn 
 
 Imperat. jd)icr ! Imperf. S. 
 id) )d)orc. 
 
 fdjicbcu 
 
 fd)ob 
 
 gefd)obcu 
 
 Imperf. S. id) fd)obe. 
 
 to shove 
 
 shoved 
 
 shoved 
 
 
 jd)ic{jeu 
 
 1ci)0ij 
 
 gcid)of|cn 
 
 Imperf. S. id) fd)i3ffc. 
 
 to shoot 
 
 shot 
 
 shot 
 
 
 jc^lafcn 
 
 jd)liff 
 
 gc)d}lafcn 
 
 />7ri. /n./.bii jd)lafft,crjd)latt 
 
 to sleep 
 
 Slept 
 
 slept 
 
 
 jdjlogon 
 
 fd)lug 
 
 gefd)Iagcn 
 
 Pres. Ind bit jrf)tdgft et 
 
 to beat 
 
 beat 
 
 beaten ' 
 
 jd)lagt. Impf. S. id) jd)luge. 
 
 t(^letd)en 
 
 fd)hd) 
 
 gt)d)lid)cit j 
 
 
 to sneak 
 
 sneaked 
 
 sneaked ' 
 
 
414 
 
 Pres. Inf, 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 Past Part. 
 
 j(f)Icifen 
 
 \m^ 
 
 gefd)Uffen 
 
 to sharpen 
 
 sharpened 
 
 sharpened 
 
 |d)Ue§en 
 
 fd)lo^ 
 
 gcjd)loifen 
 
 to shut 
 
 shut 
 
 shut 
 
 jcJ^Iiiigcn 
 
 fd)Iang 
 
 gefc^lungeu 
 
 to sling 
 
 slung 
 
 slung 
 
 fd)mcif3en 
 
 je^mife 
 
 gejdimifjen 
 
 to smite 
 
 smote 
 
 smitten 
 
 f(^mcl;;cn 
 
 jd^mots 
 
 Qz\6)mo\\tx\. 
 
 to melt 
 
 melted 
 
 melted 
 
 ^c^naubeu 
 
 fd)nob 
 
 gefd^noben 
 
 lo snort 
 
 snorted 
 
 snorted 
 
 jci)neiben 
 
 ^d)nitt 
 
 gef(^uitten 
 
 to cut 
 
 cut 
 
 cut 
 
 jc^raubcn 
 
 fd^rob 
 
 gefd^robcn 
 
 to screw 
 
 screwed 
 
 screwed 
 
 fd^recfeu 
 
 frfjraf 
 
 gefdf)ro(fen 
 
 to be afraid 
 
 was afraid 
 
 been afraid 
 
 f(!)reibeu 
 
 j(^rieb 
 
 gefc^riebett 
 
 to write 
 
 wrote 
 
 written 
 
 fct)reien 
 
 \mt 
 
 gejc^rien 
 
 to cry 
 
 cried 
 
 cried 
 
 j(^reiten 
 
 jrfiritt 
 
 gefd^ritten 
 
 to stride 
 
 strode 
 
 stridden 
 
 jd)iDaren 
 
 fd)tt3or 
 
 gefd)tt)oren 
 
 to ulcerate 
 
 ulcerated 
 
 ulcerated 
 
 fd)tretgen 
 
 fc^luicg 
 
 ge[cf)tDiegen 
 
 to be silent 
 
 was silent 
 
 been silent 
 
 jd)tt)eEen 
 
 fc^roott 
 
 gef(^tt)oUen 
 
 to swell 
 
 swelled 
 
 swelled 
 
 fd}it)immcn 
 
 fc^n^omm 
 
 gefc^tt)ommen 
 
 to swim 
 
 swam 
 
 swam 
 
 f(I)tDinbcn 
 
 jd)tt)anb 
 
 gefd)tt)uitben 
 
 to vanish 
 
 vanished 
 
 vanished 
 
 Various Irregularities. 
 
 Imperf. S. id) fdjtbffc. 
 Imperf. S. id^ jc^laiige. 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu fc^mtlsjl, cr 
 jd)miljt Imperat. jd)miljl 
 Imperf. S. id) fd)mbl3e. 
 
 Imperf. S. id) fd^nobe. 
 
 Pres, Ind. bu \6)X\d% tX 
 fd^rirf t. Imperat. \6s(t\d 1 
 
 Imperf. S. id) jc^rice. 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu jd)tt)ierft, er 
 fc^iDiert. Imperf. S. \6) 
 jd^tDore or fc^tuiire. 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu jd^tt)ittft, cr 
 jd)n3illt. Imperat. fd)tt)ilt ! 
 Imperf. S. \i) fd)tt)oEe. 
 
 Imperf S. id) fc^tt)bmtnc or 
 ic^ fc^mamme. 
 
 Imperf. S. idf) fd)tt)atlbc. 
 
415 
 
 Pres. Inf. 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 Past Part. 
 
 fd)tDinflcn 
 to swing 
 
 fd)n)aug 
 swang 
 
 ncid)H)ungpn 
 swung 
 
 fd)tt)orru 
 to swear 
 
 fd)n)orJd)n)ur gcfd)n)orcn 
 swore sworn 
 
 to see 
 
 saw 
 
 gcfcl)cn 
 seen 
 
 jein 
 to be 
 
 mar 
 was 
 
 gcttjcfcn 
 been 
 
 fcnbeii 
 to send 
 
 sent 
 
 gefanbt 
 sent 
 
 fiebcu 
 to boil 
 
 fott. fiebete 
 boi'ed 
 
 gcfottcn 
 boiled 
 
 ftng cu 
 to sing^ 
 
 jang 
 sung 
 
 gcfungcu 
 sung 
 
 finfcu 
 to sink 
 
 fanf 
 sunk 
 
 gcfunfcn 
 sunk 
 
 fimt CU 
 to muse 
 
 faun 
 niusrd 
 
 gcfonnen 
 mused 
 
 fi^en 
 to sit 
 
 fa§ 
 sat 
 
 geicffcn 
 sat 
 
 bUcn foUte 
 to be obliged should 
 
 gefoUt 
 
 been obliged 
 
 fpeicn 
 to spit 
 
 fpie 
 spit 
 
 gcfpicn 
 spit 
 
 fpinnen 
 to spin 
 
 fpann 
 spun 
 
 gcfponncn 
 spun 
 
 fpredjcn 
 to speak 
 
 fprarfj 
 spoke 
 
 gefprod)cn 
 spoken 
 
 jpriegcu 
 to sprout 
 
 fpro6 
 sprouted 
 
 gcfproffen 
 sprouted 
 
 fpringcn 
 to spring 
 
 f^rang 
 sprung 
 
 gcfprungen 
 sprung 
 
 Various Irregularities. 
 Imperf. S. id^ fd^mangc. 
 
 Imperf. S. id^ jrf)tt)urc of 
 jrf)tt)orc. 
 
 Pres. IncL bu ficl)fl, cr fic^t. 
 Imperat. fic^ I Imperf. S. 
 id) fdl)e. 
 
 Pres. Ind. id) bill. Pres. S. 
 id) jci. Imperat. fci I Im- 
 perf, S. id) luarc. 
 
 Imperf. S. ic^ fcnbcte. 
 
 Imperf. S. id) ftcbcte. 
 
 Imperf. S. id) fcinge. 
 
 Imperf S. id) jdnfe. 
 
 Imperf. S. td) jonnc. 
 
 Imperf. S. id) jnfje. 
 
 Pres. Ind. id) foU. bu foUft, er 
 ioU. Pres. S. id) joUte. 
 Imperf. Si td) foUtc. 
 
 Imperf. S. id) fpicc. 
 
 Imperf. S. id) fponne or id^ 
 fpdnnc. 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu fprid)fl, cr 
 fprid)t. Imperat. fpric^ ! 
 Imperf. S. id) fprad)e. 
 
 Imperf. S. id) fprbffc. 
 
 Imperf. S. id) fprongc. 
 
416 
 
 Pres. Inf. 
 
 Tmperf, 
 
 Past Part. 
 
 ftcd)cu 
 to sting 
 
 ftac^ 
 stung 
 
 gcftod)en 
 stung 
 
 ftct)cii 
 to stand 
 
 ftaub 
 stood 
 
 geftanben 
 stood 
 
 ftet)Icu 
 to sieal 
 
 ftat)I 
 stole 
 
 geftoblen 
 stolen 
 
 ftcigcn 
 to ascend 
 
 ftieg 
 ascended 
 
 geftiegen 
 ascended 
 
 fterbeu 
 to die 
 
 ftarb 
 died 
 
 geftorben 
 died 
 
 ftiebcii 
 
 to disperse 
 
 ftob 
 dispersed 
 
 geftobcn 
 dispersed 
 
 ftinfcn 
 to stink 
 
 [ton! 
 stunk 
 
 geftunfen 
 stunk 
 
 ftofeen 
 to push 
 
 ftie{3 
 pushed 
 
 geftofeen 
 pushed 
 
 ftrcic^en 
 to strike 
 
 ftrid) 
 struck 
 
 geftrid^en 
 stricken 
 
 ftreiteu 
 to strive 
 
 ftritt 
 strove 
 
 geftritten 
 striven 
 
 tt)Un 
 to do 
 
 tt)at 
 did 
 
 getl^an 
 done 
 
 tragen 
 to carry 
 
 trug 
 carried 
 
 getragen 
 carried 
 
 ireffen 
 to hit 
 
 traf 
 hit 
 
 getroffcn 
 hit 
 
 trcibin 
 to drive 
 
 trieb 
 drove 
 
 getriebcn 
 driven 
 
 treten 
 
 to tread , 
 
 trat 
 trod 
 
 getreten 
 trodden 
 
 triefen 
 to drip 
 
 troff 
 dripped 
 
 getrieft 
 dripped 
 
 Various Irregularities. 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu ftid)ft, er flid^t 
 Imperat. ftid) ! Imperf. S. 
 id) ftad)c. 
 
 Imperf. S. i(^ ftdubc. 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu ftiet)Ift, er ftieI)U. 
 Jmperat. ftictjl ! Imperf. S. 
 \i) ftol)lc or ftdl)le. 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu ftirbft, er ftirbt. 
 
 Imperat. ftirb ! Imperf, S* 
 
 ic^ ftiirbc. 
 Imperf. S. id) ftobc. 
 
 Imperf. S. id) ftdnfe. 
 
 Pres. Ind. bU flijfet, er jlofet. 
 
 Imperf. S. \^ t^cite. 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu tragft, er tragt 
 Imperf. S. id) triigc. 
 
 Pres. Tnd. bn triffft, er trifft 
 Imperat. triff ! Imperf. S. 
 '\&\ trdfe. 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu trittft, er tritt. 
 
 Imperat. tritt! Imperf. S. 
 
 ic^ trdte. 
 Imperf. S. id) troffc. 
 
417 
 
 Pres Inf. 
 
 Tmperf 
 
 Past Part. 
 
 trintm 
 to drink 
 
 trant 
 drank 
 
 getrunfen 
 drunk 
 
 triigcn 
 to deceive 
 
 trog 
 deceived 
 
 gptrogcn ^ 
 deceived 
 
 tjerberben 
 to perish 
 
 ttcrborb 
 perished 
 
 ocrborbcn 
 perished 
 
 bcrbriefecn 
 to vex 
 
 tterbrog 
 vexed 
 
 toerbroffen 
 vexed 
 
 dcrgeffcn 
 to forget 
 
 t)crga§ 
 forgot 
 
 Dcrgeffcn 
 forgotten 
 
 t)erlicrcn 
 to lose 
 
 berlor 
 lost 
 
 ocrtoren 
 lost 
 
 h)Q(^fcn 
 to grow 
 
 tt)ud)3 
 grew 
 
 gch)Qd)fen 
 grown 
 
 hjfigen 
 to weigh 
 
 iDog 
 weighed 
 
 genjogcn 
 weighed 
 
 hjofc^cn 
 to wash 
 
 ttJUfc^ 
 washed 
 
 gcnjofrf)en 
 washed 
 
 tt)Cbcn 
 to weave 
 
 njob 
 wove 
 
 gcttjcbcn 
 woven 
 
 tt)cid)en 
 to yield 
 
 ft»id) 
 yielded 
 
 gcnjid^cn 
 yielded 
 
 ttjcifen 
 to show 
 
 showed 
 
 gcroicfcn 
 shown 
 
 h)cnbcn 
 to turn 
 
 ttionbtc 
 turned 
 
 gemanbt 
 turned 
 
 iDcrben 
 to sue 
 
 marb 
 sued 
 
 gcttjorbcn 
 sued 
 
 iDerbcn 
 to become 
 
 murbe, tt)arb 
 became 
 
 gem orb en 
 become 
 
 Various Irregularities 
 Imperf. s. id) trdnfc. 
 
 Imperf S, id) troge. 
 
 Pres. Ind. hu dcrbirbft. cr 
 oerbirbt. Tmperat. Dcrbirb! 
 Imperf. S, id) oerbiirbc. 
 
 Imperf. S. id) ocrbroffe. 
 
 Pres. Ind. bn tjcrgifet, cr tier* 
 gi§t. Imperat. ocrgift ! 
 Imperf. S. id) dcrgdfec. 
 
 Imperf. S. id) bcrlorc. 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu h)ad)fi, er mdc^fl. 
 Imperf. S Id) n)Ud)fe. 
 
 Imperf. S. id) ttJOgc. 
 
 Pres Ind. bu ttJCifdlfl, cr 
 njcifd)!. Imperf. S. id) 
 miifd)e. 
 
 Imperf. S. id) ttJobc. Now 
 more usually of the IVeak 
 Conjugation. 
 
 Imperf. S. id) tt)enbctc. 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu wirbfl, cr ttjlrbt. 
 Imperat. njirb! Imperf S. 
 id) njiirbe. 
 
 Pres. Ind. bu n)irfl,'cr njirb, 
 Imperf. S. id) luiirbc. 
 
418 
 
 Pres Jnf 
 
 Imperf, 
 
 Past. Pari. 
 
 Various Irregularities. 
 
 niprfen 
 
 tvatf 
 
 getuorfen 
 
 Pres Ind. bu iDirfft, CV XQ\x\i. 
 
 to throw 
 
 threw 
 
 thrown 
 
 Tmperat tt)irf! Intpeff. S. 
 
 
 
 if 
 gpiDogcn 
 
 id) triirfc. 
 
 tt)i?gen 
 
 tt?og 
 
 Imperf. S. idi troge. 
 
 to weigh 
 
 wf.ighed 
 
 weighed 
 
 
 tDinbm 
 
 tt)Onb 
 
 gemunben 
 
 Tmperf. S. id) trcinbe. 
 
 to wind 
 
 wound 
 
 wound 
 
 
 i\)iffeu 
 
 tDUfjtP 
 
 geraufst 
 
 Pres. Tnd. idl mci^ bu wriftt. 
 
 to know 
 
 knew 
 
 known 
 
 ft itieife. Pres. S id)iuiffc. 
 Imperf. S idl tviifett. 
 
 iDotlini 
 
 njolltp 
 
 getDoKt 
 
 Pres. Ind. id) tuifl. bu JDiUft 
 
 to be Willi 
 
 ng was willing 
 
 been willing 
 
 cr mitl. Pres. S. id) tuoUe. 
 Impetf. S. id) tDoUtC. 
 
 xeil)cu 
 
 M) 
 
 ge^ie!)en 
 
 
 to accuse 
 
 accused 
 
 accused 
 
 
 i?ie!)en 
 
 m 
 
 gp^ogcu 
 
 Imperf. S. trf) gogf. 
 
 to draw 
 
 drew 
 
 drawn 
 
 
 i^mingen 
 
 xnjong 
 
 ge;}tt)ungen 
 
 Imperf. S, id) jtoangeo 
 
 to compel 
 
 compelled 
 
 compelled 
 
 
 /"« 
 
 .^c^ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 ^-■/^ 
 
 1/ 
 
 
 'o/ 
 
 / 
 
 / 1; 
 
 ^.0 
 
YB 35712